รายการหนังสือเตรียมจำหน่ายออกปี2559


1	NO.	Call_Number	Title / Author	imprint

2	1	150 H481p 1964	Principles of psychological measurement / G. C. Helmstadter.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1964.
3	2	150 K73i 1969	Introduction to group dynamics, by Malcolm and Hulda Knowles	New York, Association, 1969
4	3	300 B586m 1958	Modern society, an introduction to social sciences, John Biesanz and Mavis Biesanz	Prentice-Hall, 1958
5	4	301 O112r 1964	Readings in general sociology / by Robert W. O'Brien, Clarence C. Schrag, Walter T. Martin	Boston, Mass : Houghton Mifflin, (c.1964)
6	5	301 U54c 1969	The Church : the university and socialpolicy : the danforth study of campus ministries / Kenneth Underwood	Connecticut : Wesleyan University, 1969
7	6	309.22 S946t 1966	Technical assistance-theory and guidelines	Syracuse Syracus University Press, 1966
8	7	320 G463h 1966	Hidden hierarchies, the professions and goverment	New York, Harper & Row, 1966
9	8	350 B877j 1966	Judgement in administration / Ray E. Brown	New York, McGraw-Hall, 1966
10	9	350 R569a 1964	Administration in developing countries : the theory of prismatic society / Fred Warren Riggs	Boston : Houghton Mifflin, (c.1964)
11	10	350 S594a 1961	Administrative behavior : a study of decision-making processes in administrative organization / Herbert A. Simon	New York : Macmillan, 1961
12	11	354.54 B619a 1966	Administrative problems in Pakistan / Guthrie Birkhead	N. Y. Syracuse University Press, 1966
13	12	354.54 S322t 1950	The technique of executive control / Erwint Haskell Schall	New York, McGraw-Hill, 1950
14	13	354.59 R569t 1966	Thailand : the modernization of a bureaucratic polity / Fred W. Warren	Honolulu : East-West Center Press, (c1966)
15	14	371.76 B295g 1959	New ways in sex education : a guide for parents and teachers / Dorothy Walter Baruch , sketches by Lois Fisher technical drawings by Robert Demarest.	New York : McGraw-Hill, (c.1959)
16	15	371.76 G878s 1975	Sexual issues in marriage	New York, Spectrum Publication, 1975
17	16	371.76 J71h 1963	Human sex and sex education : perspectives and problems / Warren R. Johnson with the collaboration of Julia Ann Johnson	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1963
18	17	371.76 J71H 1973	Human sexual behavior and sex education, with historical, moral, legal, linguistic, and cultural perspective, by Warren R. Johnson and Edwin G. Belzer Jr	Philadelphi, Lea & Febiger, 1973
19	18	371.76 L735S 1967	Sex and society in sweden	New York, Pantheon Books, 1967
20	19	371.76 S217s 1975	Sexual behavior : pharmacology and biochemistry. Ed. by Merton Sandler and G. L. Gessa	New York, Raven Press, 1975
21	20	519.92 C663e 1966	Experimental designs / by William G. Cochran and Gertrude M. Cox	1966
22	21	634.928 D262a 1954	American forest management	New York, McGraw-Hill, 1954
23	22	651 A428m 1958	Management and organization	New York, McGraw-Hill, 1958
24	23	910 T136d 1967	Debate about the earth : approach to geophysics through analysis of continental drift / [by] H. Takeuchi, S. Uyeda [and] H. Kanamori translated by Keido Kanamori illustrated by James K. Levorsen.	San Francisco : Freeman, Cooper, [1967]
25	24	BF 21 A512p 1979	Psychology teacher's resource book : first course / Margo Johnson and Michael Wertheimer, editors.	Washington : The Association, c1979.
26	25	BF 38 G973p 1979	Psychology and women : in transition / Jeanne E. Gullahorn.	Washington, D. C. : V. H. Winston, 1979.
27	26	BF 38 ส286จ 2521	จิตวิทยาทั่วไป / โสภา ชูพิกุลชัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยวัฒนาพานิช, 2521
28	27	BF 637 K64f 1975	First impressions : the psychology of encountering others / Chris L. Kleinke.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, [1975]
29	28	H 62 S595b 1978	Basic research methods in social sciences : the art of empirical investigation / Julian L. Simon.	New York : Random House, 1978.
30	29	HB 1066.5 T562r 1978	The Recent fertility decline in the Chiang Mai area of Thailand / Tieng Pardthaisong.	Honolulu, H.I. : East-West Center,1978.
31	30	HB 1066.5 ต272ภ [ม.ป.ป.]	ภาวะวิกฤติของสังคมไทยในครึ่งศตวรรษที่ยี่สิบเอ็ด / เตียง ผาดไธสง	[ม.ป.ท. : ม.ป.พ.], [2531?]
32	31	HB 851 ศ211ป 2509	ประชากร / ศักดิ์ ผาสุขนิรันต์	กรุงเทพฯ โรงพิมพ์มงคลการพิมพ์, 2509
33	32	HB 881 S662d 1970	Demography : principles and methods / by T. Lynn Smith and Paul E. Zope	Philadelphia, Pa : F.A. Davis, (c.1970)
34	33	HD 31 E85m 1964	Modern organizations / Amitai Etzioni	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1964
35	34	HD 31 H236u 1976	Understanding organizations / [by] Charles B. Handy.	Harmondsworth : Penguin Books, 1976.
36	35	HD 31 M129g 1974	Group leadership and self-realization / by Taylor McConnell	London : Leviathan House, c1974
37	36	HD 31 P978o 1971	Organization theory : selected readings / edited by D. S. Pugh.	Harmondsworth, Middlesex : Penguin Books, 1971.
38	37	HQ 766 ว234ป 2519	ปัญหาและการวางแผนประชากร = Population proble and planning / วิทูร โอสถานนท์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์พระจันทร์, 2519
39	38	LB 1025 T945s 1976	Sydney micro skills handbook : Series 4, guiding small group discussion, small group teaching, and individualized instruction / by C. Turney ... [et al.]	Sydney : Sydney University Press, c1976
40	39	LB 1025 T954s 1973	Sydney micro skills handbook : series 1, reinforcement, basic questioning, variability / by C. Turney ... [et al.]	Sydney : Sydney University Press, c1973
41	40	LB 1025 T954s 1975	Sydney micro skills handbook : series 2, explaining, introductory procedures and closure, advanced questioning / by C. Turney ... [et al.]	Sydney : Sydney University Press, c1975
42	41	LB 1025 T954s 1976	Sydney micro skills handbook : series 3, classroom management and discipline / by C. Turney and L. G. Cairns	Sydney : Sydney University Press, c1976
43	42	LB 1025 T954s 1977	Sydney micro skills handbook : series 5, guiding discovery learning, and fostering creativity / by C. Turney, P. Renshaw and K. E. Sinclair	Sydney : Sydney University Press, c1977
44	43	LB 1028 K32i 1977	Instructional design : a plan for unit and course development / Jerrold E. Kemp.	Belmont, Calif. : Fearon-Pitman, c1977.
45	44	LB 1051 G135e 1975	Essentials of learning for instruction / Robert M. Gagn.	Hinsdale, Ill. : Dryden Press, [1975]
46	45	LB 1051 J66e 1979	Educational psychology / David W. Johnson.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, c1979.
47	46	LB 1134 H758h 1964	How children fail / [by] John Holt.	New York : Pitman, c1964.
48	47	LB 1134 H758h 1967	How children learn / [by] John Holt.	Harmondsworth, Middlesex : Penguin Books, 1967.
49	48	LB 1727 W872t 1976	Teacher education in ASEAN / edited by F. H. K. Wong.	Kuala Lumpur : Heinemann Educational Books (Asia), 1976.
50	49	LB 2367 A236t 1974	Test construction : development and interpretation of achievement tests / [by] Dorothy C. Adkins.	Columbus, Ohio : C. E. Merrill, c1974.
51	50	LB 2367 T549p 1974	Principles of examining / [by] James M. Thyne.	London : University of London, c1974.
52	51	LB 2369 ช235ห 2522	หลักและวิธีการทำวิทยานิพนธ์ : รายงานประจำภาคและเอกสารวิจัย / ชินวุธ สุนทรสีมะ	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยวัฒนาพานิช, 2522
53	52	LB 2393 B877l 1978	Lecturing and explaining / George Brown	London : Methuen, (c.1978)
54	53	LC 5219 M135c 1976	Changing the curriculum / [by] Barry MacDonald and Rob Walker.	London : Open Books, 1976.
55	54	LC 5219 P957k 1976	Knowledge and schooling / [by] Richard Pring.	London : Open Books, c1976.
56	55	LC 5219 W299c 1975	Curriculum structure and design / [by] David Warwick.	London : University of London Press, 1975.
57	56	LC 5219 W585t 1973	Towards a compulsory curriculum / by J. P. White.	London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1973.
58	57	Q 181 G686m 1972	Medical exzmination review book, vol.3 basic sciences / edited by Marvin I. Gottlieb ... [et al.]	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1972
59	58	QA 73 J67s 1949	The Slide rule / Lee H. Johnson	Princeton, N. J. : D. Van Nostrand, (c.1949)
60	59	QA 76 ช242ก [ม.ป.ป.]	การสื่อสารข้อมูล / ชูชัย ธนสารตั้งเจริญ, ทินกร ดุ๊ก	กรุงเทพฯ : ฟิสิกส์เซนเตอร์, [2530]
61	60	QA 76 ส247ร [2530]	ระบบสื่อสารข้อมูลคอมพิวเตอร์ / สุริยัน ศรีสวัสดิ์กุล	กรุงเทพฯ : ฟิสิกส์เซนเตอร์, [2530?]
62	61	QA 76.25 จ173ห [252-?]	หลักภาษาเบสิค / โดย จลีพร โกลากุล ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	[กรุงเทพฯ] : ยูไนเต็ดท์บุ๊คส์, [252-?]
63	62	QA 76.73.B3 C652b 1978	Basic BASIC : an introduction to computer programming in BASIC language / James S. Coan.	Rochelle Park, N.J. : Hayden Book, c1978.
64	63	QC 100 W927s 1977	The SI for the health professions : prepared at the request of the thirtieth World Health Assembly / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1977.
65	64	QC 173 L784e 1960	Elementary introduction to nuclear reactor physics / S. E. Liverhant.	New York , Wiley [1960]
66	65	QC 20 H155c 1974	Cooperative effects : progress in synergetics : lectures given at a summerschool at Erice/Sicily, May 1974 / edited by H. Haken.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1974.
67	66	QC 20 H429p 1965	Physics , by Wayne E. Hazen and Robert W. Pidd.	Reading, Mass. , Addison-Wesley , c1965.
68	67	QC 20 W428r 1970	Review text in physical science / Jules J. Weisler edited by Saul L. Geffner	New York : Amsco School, c1970
69	68	QC 355 S172f 1974	Fibre-optic endoscopy / P. R. Salmon with a pref. by Alan Read.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1974.
70	69	QC 792 I61i 1978	Isotope studies on rice fertilization / International Atomic Energy Agency	Vienna : IAEA, 1978
71	70	QC 792 I61m 1977	Manual of food irradiation dosimetry / International Atomic Energy Agency	Vienna : IAEA, 1977
72	71	QC 792 I61t 1976	Trace contaminants of agriculture, fisheries and food in developing countries : final report and conclusions of a series of studies coordinated by the Joint FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture and financed by the Swedish International Development Authority, SIDA, 1972 to 1976.	Vienna : IAEA, 1976.
73	72	QC 792 M495n 1976	Nutritional evaluation of cereal mutants : proceedings of the Advisory Group Meeting ... held in Vienna, 26-30 July 1976 / jointly organized by the Joint FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture, the Food Policy and Nutrition Division of FAO, and the Gesellschaft fHur Strahlen-und Umweltforschung, Munich, and held in Vienna, 26-30 July 1976	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1977.
74	73	QC 792 P963i 1973	Improvement of food quality by irradiation : proceedings of a Panel on Improvement of Food Quality by Irradiation / organized by the Joint FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1974.
75	74	QC 792 P963t 1976	Tracer studies on non-protein nitrogen for ruminants III : proceedings of a Research Co-ordination Meeting on Tracer Techniques in Studies on the Use of Non-protein Nitrogen (NPN) in Ruminants / organized by the Joint FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture and held in Alexandria, Egypt, 15-18 March, 1976.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1976.
76	75	QC 795 M559f 1972	Fundamental physics of radiology / by W. J. Meredith and J. B. Massey.	Bristol : J. Wright, 1972.
77	76	QC 83 H645s 1977	Spaceship earth physical science [by] Faith Fitch Hill [and] Peter B. Barcaski.	Boston , Houghton Mifflin [1977]
78	77	QD 101 W692s 1964	A Short course in quantitative analysis / by Hobert H. Willard and others	Princeton, N.J : D. Van Nostrand, 1964
79	78	QD 101 D994q 1967	Quantities and units in clinical chemistry : Including Recommendation 1966 of the Commission on Clinical Chemistry of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry and of the International Federation for Clinical Chemistry / R. Dybkaer & K. Jorgensen.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1967.
80	79	QD 101 F533b 1961	A Basic course in the theory and practice of quantitative chemical analysis.	Tokyo , Maruzen , 1961.
81	80	QD 101 K81t 1936	Textbook of quantitative inorganic analysis / by I.M. Kolthoff ... and E.B. Sandell ...	New York : The Macmillan company, 1936.
82	81	QD 11 A851i 1966	Introduction to laboratory chemistry / revised with the assistance of Mario D' Andrea Loftus	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby , 1966
83	82	QD 11 B848o 1961	Organic chemistry / by Ray Q. Brewster and William E. McEwen	Englewood Cliffs, N.J : Prentic-Hall , (c.1961)
84	83	QD 11 M952i 1958	Introduction to experimental chemistry / by Joseph C. Muhler, Charles S. Rohrer and Ernest E. Compaigne	New Jersey : Prentice-Hall, 1958
85	84	QD 11 N338c 1962	Chemistry : with selected principles of physics / Raymond E. Neal.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962.
86	85	QD 11 P328g 1948	General chemistry : an introduction to descriptive chemisty and modern chemical theory / Linus Pauling.	San Francisco, W. H. Freeman, 1948.
87	86	QD 11 S622c 1961	College chemistry : a systematic approach / by Harry H. Sisler ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillan, 1961.
88	87	QD 11 S631g 1971	General chemistry / by Wendell H. Slabugh and Theran D. Parsons	New York : John Wiley, (c.1971)
89	88	QD 11 W177c 1956	Chemistry and human health / by Burnham S. Walker, Isac Asimov and M. Kolaya Nicholas	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1956
90	89	QD 117.E42 X7 1969	X-ray and electron probe analysis in biomedical research / edited by K. M. Earle and A. J. Tousimis.	New York, :bPlenum Press, 1969.
91	90	QD 15 R869t 1958	20th century chemistry / Joseph Isaac Routh.	Philadelphia,\| : Saunders, 1958.
92	91	QD 171 Y73a 1961	Anodic oxide films / L. Young.	London : Academic Press, 1961.
93	92	QD 248 C745i 1960	Introduction to organic chemistry / by F. E. Condon and Herbert Meislich	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston , (c.1960)
94	93	QD 257 F466t 1952	Textbook of organic chemistry / by Louis Frederick Fieser and Mary Fieser	Japan : Maruzen, 1952
95	94	QD 26 B842f 1966	Fundamentals of chemistry : a modern introduction / [by] Frank Brescia [and others]	New York : Academic Press, [1966]
96	95	QD 26 H468f 1969	Foundations of college chemistry / Morris Hein.	Belmont, Calif. : Dickenson, 1969 c1967
97	96	QD 26 I61m 1974	Medicinal chemistry : proceedings of the 4th International Symposium on Medicinal Chemistry, Noordwijkerhout, The Netherlands, September 9-13, 1974 : main lectures / edited by J. Maas.	Amsterdam : Elsevier Scientific, 1974.
98	97	QD 26 K45s 1961	Some recent developments in the chemistry of phosphate esters of biological interest / Har Gobind Khorana.	New York : John Wiley, 1961.
99	98	QD 262 O68 1941	Organic syntheses. Collective volume.	New York : John Wiley, c1932-
100	99	QD 271 C522i 1963	Identification of organic compounds a student's text using semimicro techniques [by] Nicholas D. Cheronis [and] John B. Entrikin.	New York : Interscience Publishers, 1963.
101	100	QD 271 C522s 1965	Semimicro qualitative organic analysis the systematic identification of organic compounds [by] Nicholas D. Cheronis, John B. Entrikin [and] Ernest M. Hodnett.	New York : Interscience, [1965]
102	101	QD 271 R813s 1972	Systematic analysis of surface-active agents / [by] Milton J. Rosen and Henry A. Goldsmith.	New York : Wiley-Interscience, 1972.
103	102	QD 271 S649c 1960	Chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques / edited by Ivor Smith.	London : Heinemann, 1960.
104	103	QD 271 S781t 1969	Thin-layer chromatography . A laboratory handbook . Translated by M. R. F. Ashworth. With 241 figures and 3 plates in color.	London , George Allen & Unwin , 1969.
105	104	QD 301 E58p 1961	Principles of organic chemistry : an introductory text in organic chemistry / by James English and Harold G. Cassidy	Tokyo : Koyakusha , (c.1961)
106	105	QD 301 H254s 1953	A Short course in organic chemistry / by Harold Hart and Robert D. Schuetz	Boston : Houghton Mifflin , (c.1959)
107	106	QD 301 M878o 1959	Organic chemistry / [by] Robert Thornton Morrison and Robert Neilson Boyd. Foreword by Richard T. Arnold.	Boston : Allyn and Bacon, 1959.
108	107	QD 31 B584c 1950	Chemistry in health and disease / Harry C. Biddle.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1950.
109	108	QD 31 B584c 1954	Chemistry for nurses : including certain essential principles from inorganic, organic and biochemistry / by Harry C. Biddle.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1954.
110	109	QD 31 B584c 1958	Chemistry for nurses : a combined text and laboratory manual / by Harry C. Biddle.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1958.
111	110	QD 31 B584c 1959	Chemistry in health and disease / [by] Harry C. Biddle	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1959.
112	111	QD 31 B674f 1953	Fundamentals of chemistry / by L. Jean Bogert.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1953.
113	112	QD 31 L967e 1945	Essentials of chemistry / Gretchen O. Luros.	Philadephia : Lipincott, 1945.
114	113	QD 321 M994c 1977	Chitin / by Riccardo A. A. Muzzarelli.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1977.
115	114	QD 33 R869f 1954	Fundamentals of inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry / Joseph I. Routh.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1954.
116	115	QD 33 R869f 1965	Fundamentals of inorganic, organic and biological chemistry / Joseph Isac Routh	Philadelphia : Saunders, (c.1965)
117	116	QD 401 S653p 1975	Porphyrins and metalloporphyrins : a new edition based on the original volume by J. E. Falk / edited by Kevin M. Smith.	Amsterdam : Elsevier Scientific, 1975.
118	117	QD 411 M214b 1968	Basic biological chemistry / by Henry R. Mahler and Eugene H. Cordes	Tokyo : John Weatherhill , (c.1968)
119	118	QD 415 H498m 1965	The Molecules of nature : a survey of the biosynthesis and chemistry of natural products / James Briggs Hendrickson	New York : W.A. Benjamin, 1965
120	119	QD 45 B674l 1966	Laboratory manual of chemistry, to accompany Bogert's fundamentals of chemistry / Lotta Jean Bogert	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
121	120	QD 453 G184o 1943	Outlines of physical chemistry / by Frederick H. Getman ...	New York : J. Wiley, 1943.
122	121	QD 463 G795m 1967	Molecular insights into the living process / by David E. Green [and] Robert F. Goldberger.	New York : Academic Press, 1967.
123	122	QD 464 N359c 1957	College chemistry / William H. Nebergall.	Boston : Heath, 1957.
124	123	QD 471 L475 1957	Chromatography : a review of principles and applications / by Edgar Lederer and Michael Lederer.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1957.
125	124	QD 476 S561s 1959	The Systematic identification of organic compounds a laboratory manual / [by] Ralph L. Shriner, Reynold C. Fuson [and] David Y. Curtin.	New York : John Wiley, 1959
126	125	QD 501 C596o 1960	Oxidation-reduction potentials of organic systems / William M. Clark.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1960.
127	126	QD 51 D378p 1955	Practical laboratory chemistry, a manual for beginners / Horace G. Deming	New York : John Wiley & Sons, 1955
128	127	QD 51 G326g 1962	Guide for safety in the chemical laboratory.	New Jersy : Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1962.
129	128	QD 51 N338l 1962	Laboratory experiments for chemistry, with selected principles of physics / by Raymond E. Neal and Rosemary Kennelly	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962
130	129	QD 533 C554p 1964	PH and dissociation : a learning program for students of the biological and medical sciences / [by] Halvor N. Christensen.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964.
131	130	QD 553 R484p 1961	Eletroforese em papel e mBetodos relacionados . English;"Paper electrophoresis a review of methods and results , by L.P. Ribeiro, E. Mitidieri, and O.R. Affonso. [Translated by Charity Cole]."	Amsterdam , Elsevier , 1961.
132	131	QD 75 B163i 1962	Introduction to chemical instrumentation electronic signals and operations / Edward J. Bair	New York , McGraw-Hill , 1962.
133	132	QD 75 F586c 1967	Chelates in analytical chemistry : a collection of monographs / edited by H. A. Flaschka and A. J. Barnard	New York : Marcel Dekker , 1967
134	133	QD 75 S462c 1965	Chemistry for medical technologists;"Seiverd's chemistry for medical technologists / [by] Wilma L. White [and] Sam Frankel."	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1965.
135	134	QD 79.E44 C367i 1976	Isoelectric focusing / edited by Nicholas Catsimpoolas.	New York : Academic Press, 1976.
136	135	QD 81 C379q 1962	Quantitative chemical analysis and inorganic preparations / R. M. Caven	London : Blackie, 1962
137	136	QD 83 O61l 1962	A Laboratory manual of qualitative organic analysis / H. T. Openshaw	Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1962
138	137	QD 96 T473a 1978	Atomic absorption, fluorescence and flame emission spectroscopy : a practical approach.	New York : John Wiley, 1978.
139	138	QD 98 B848p 1958	Polarografie v lekahrstvi biochemii a farmacii. English;"Polarography in medicine, biochemistry, and pharmacy / by M. Brezina and P. Zuman eith a foreword by J. Heyrovsky."	New York : Interscience, 1958.
140	139	QH 15 B774a 1970	The Assessment of biological age in man / F. Bourliere.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1970.
141	140	QH 15 J77b 1975	Bio-logic vol. II : multicellularity / Larry W. Jones	Minneapolis : Burgess, 1975
142	141	QH 205 H174i 1966	Introduction to electron microscopy / Cecil E. Hall.	New York : MacGraw-Hill, c1966.
143	142	QH 205 W811i 1962	Introduction to electron microscopy / Saul Wischinitzer.	New York : Pergamon Press, 1962.
144	143	QH 205 W811i 1970	Introduction to electron microscopy.	New York : Pergamon Press [1970]
145	144	QH 211 B248l 1968	Lecture notes on the use of the microscope / by R. Barer.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1968.
146	145	QH 211 F855l 1974	Laboratory medicine : clinical microscopy / by James A. Freeman [and] Myrton F. Beeler.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1974.
147	146	QH 211 N374p 1958	The Practical use of the microscope : including photomicrography / George Herbert Needham.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1958.
148	147	QH 237 C752b 1969	H. J. Conn's Biological stains a handbook on the nature and uses of the dyes employed in the biological laboratory [by] R. D. Lillie. Prepared with the collaboration of various members of the Biological Stain Commission.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1969.
149	148	QH 273 B968m 1965	Microscopic diagnosis of the parasites of man / Robert B. Burrows	London : Yale University Press, 1965
150	149	QH 307 B959c 1970	Cell biology / Jack D. Burke.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1970.
151	150	QH 307 E49a 1966	Atom and organism : a new approach to theoretical biology / by Walter M. Elsasser.	Princeton, N.J. : Princeton University Press, 1966.
152	151	QH 307 G118g 1955	Great experiments in biology / edited by Mordecai L. Gabriel and Seymour Fogel.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1955.
153	152	QH 307 M373p 1965	Principles of modern biology	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston , (c.1965)
154	153	QH 307 N263t 1965	Textbook of modern biology.	New York : Wiley [1965]
155	154	QH 307 P266i 1970	Introduction to natural science / by Lawrence V. Parsegian and ... [et al.]	New York : Academic Press, c1968-
156	155	QH 307 S581c 1963	Chemical constitution and biological activity / W. A. Sexton with a foreword by Lord Todd.	Princeton, N.J. : Van Nostrand, 1963.
157	156	QH 307 T238g 1961	General biology / by William T. Taylor and Richard J. Weber illustrated by Wilma Riley.	Princeton, N.J. : Van Nostrand, 1961.
158	157	QH 307 V729b 1962	Biology / Claude A. Villee	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1962
159	158	QH 307 Y69i 1959	Introduction to biological science : a study of the human body and of the world of plants and animals / by Clarence W. Young and others illustrations by Louise Bush	New York : Harper & Row, Publishers , (c.1956)
160	159	QH 309 F893l 1970	Lithium clinical and biological aspects / edited by F. A. Freyhan	Basel : S. Karger, 1970
161	160	QH 317 P266l 1970	Laboratory manual to accompany introduction to natural science / V. Lawrence Parsegian, Paul R. Shilling and Floyd V. Monaghan	New York : Academic Press, 1970
162	161	QH 321 A158l 1963	Laboratory outlines in biology / by Peter Abramoff and Robert G. Thomas	San Francisco : W.H. Freeman , (c.1963)
163	162	QH 321 I61b 1970	Biological activities of complement : proceedings of the biological activeites of complement ... / edited by D. G. Ingram.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
164	163	QH 321 J12b 1941	Biology of the laboratory mouse / by the staff of the Roscoe B. Jackson memorial laboratory, Clarence C. Little, director, George D. Snell, editor [and others] ... with a chapter on Infectious diseases of mice, by J.H. Dingle ...	Philadelphia : The Blakiston company, c1941.
165	164	QH 323.5 B878b 1971	Biomedical engineering / [edited by] J. H. U. Brown, John E. Jacobs [and] Lawrence Stark.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, c1971.
166	165	QH 323.5 J19c 1972	Compartmental analysis in biology and medicine.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1972.
167	166	QH 324 A875t 1959	Tools of biological research / by Hedley J. B. Atkins and Sir Cyril Hinshelwood	Oxford : Blackwell, 1959
168	167	QH 324 P985s 1973	Strategy of drug design : a guide to biological activity / by William P. Purcell, George E. Bass [and] John M. Clayton.	New York : John Wiley, 1973.
169	168	QH 325 M665m 1967	Minimum requirements of biologic products.	[Tokyo] : The Ministry, 1967.
170	169	QH 331 K14r 1966	Regulation and control in living systems / edited by H. Kalmus.	London : Wiley, [1967, c1966]
171	170	QH 335 B812i 1966	Introduction to molecular biological techniques [by] L. Jack Bradshaw.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall [1966]
172	171	QH 335 D744b 1969	Biological membranes / edited by Robert M. Dowben.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1969.
173	172	QH 335 D761m 1970	The molecular basis of mutation [by] John W. Drake.	San Francisco : Holden-Day [1970]
174	173	QH 335 H811c 1974-75	Current topics in cellular regulation.	New York : Academic Press, 1974-75
175	174	QH 335 J37r 1968	Regulatory functions of biological membranes proceedings of a symposium held in Helsinki, Finland, November 6-9, 1967 . Edited by Johan Jarnefelt.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, c1968.
176	175	QH 335 U57m 1970	Molecular mechanisms in memory and learning / edited by Georges Ungar contributors: D. A. Booth ... [et. al.]	New York : Plenum Press, 1970.
177	176	QH 335 W852m 1971	Macromolecules: structure and function.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall [1971]
178	177	QH 345 K17c 1966	Current aspects of biochemical energetics Fritz Lipmann dedicatory volume , edited by Nathan O. Kaplan and Eugene P. Kennedy.	New York : Academic Press, 1966.
179	178	QH 401 R569m 1963	The Mathematical approach to physiological problems : a critical primer / Douglas S. Riggs.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963.
180	179	QH 408 V217b 1968	Behavior / by William G. Van der Kloot.	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1968.
181	180	QH 431 A832g 1962	The Genetic code / Isaac Asimov	[New York] : New American Library, c1962
182	181	QH 431 B262s 1974	Sickle cell / by Marion I. Barnhart ... [et al.]	Kalamazoo, Mich. : UpJohn, 1974.
183	182	QH 431 B792p 1963	Papers on human genetics.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall [1963]
184	183	QH 431 C597g 1964	Genetics for clonician / C. A. Clarke	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1964
185	184	QH 431 C932e 1971	Essentials of medical genetics / by Charles G. Crispens Jr. With a foreword by John L. Fuller.	New York : Harper & Row, 1971.
186	185	QH 431 D221e 1969	The Elements of genetics / [by] C. D. Darlington and K. Mather with a new introd. by C. D. Darlington.	New York : Schocken, 1969.
187	186	QH 431 E53e 1979	Elements of medical genetics / Alan E. H. Emery.	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
188	187	QH 431 F841g 1975	Genetics of man / F. Clarke Fraser, James J. Nora.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1975.
189	188	QH 431 F841h 1966	Heredity, genes, and chromosomes / Alex Fraser illustrated by Richard Leech.	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1966]
190	189	QH 431 G217p 1962	Principles of genetics / Eldon John Gardner	New York : John Wiley, [1962]
191	190	QH 431 G653a 1977	Atlas of the face in genetic disorders / Richard M. Goodman, Robert J. Gorlin.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
192	191	QH 431 H215h 1971	Human cytogenetics general cytogenetics / [by] John L. Hamerton.	New York : Academic Press, 1971.
193	192	QH 431 H297h 1959	Human biochemical genetics / H. Harris with a foreword by L. S. Penrose.	Cambridge : University Press, 1959.
194	193	QH 431 H572g 1962	Genetics / Irwin H. Herskowitz.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962.
195	194	QH 431 H873h 1968	Human developmental genetics / by David Yi-Yung Hsia with a foreword by L. K. Penrose.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1968.
196	195	QH 431 I61g 1971	The Genetics of the spermatozoon : proceedings of an international symposium held at the University of Edinburgh, Scotland, on August 16-20, 1971 / editors and organizers, R. A. Beatty, S. Gluecksohn-Waelsch.	Edinburgh : R. Beatty, S. Gluecksoh-Waelsch, 1972.
197	196	QH 431 J61e 1964	Extrachromosomal inheritance.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall [1964]
198	197	QH 431 K84i 1964	Introduction to genetics , a program for self-instruction [by] Edward J. Kormondy.	New York : McGraw-Hill [1964]
199	198	QH 431 L665g 1968	Genetics.	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston [1968]
200	199	QH 431 L693h 1961	Human genetics : principles and methods.	New York, : McGraw-Hill , (c.1961)
201	200	QH 431 M471m n.d.	Mathematical tables for research workers in human genetics / by Sheila Maynard-Smith, L.S. Penrose, and C.A.B. Smith.	Boston : Little, Brown, [1962?]
202	201	QH 431 M891g 1967	Genetics of interracial crosses in Hawaii / by Newton E. Morton, Chin S. Chung and Ming-Pi Mi.	Basel : Karger, 1967.
203	202	QH 431 N532d 1964	Differentiation and development, proceeding of a symposium / sponsored by the New York Heart Association	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
204	203	QH 431 P417r 1961	Recent advances in human genetics / edited by L.S. Penrose with the assistance of Helen Lang Brown.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961.
205	204	QH 431 P429e 1963	Elements of evolution, cytology, genetics and breeding (for B. Sc. students of botany, zoology and agriculture) / by K. Periasamy.	Delhi : Emkay, 1963
206	205	QH 431 P963 1967	Proceedings of the third international congress of human genetics / ed. by James F. Crow and James V. Neel	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins, 1967
207	206	QH 431 R645i 1963	An Introduction to medical genetics / John Alexander Fraser Robert.	London : Oxford University Press, 1963.
208	207	QH 431 R645i 1978	An Introduction to medical genetics / J.A. Fraser Roberts and Marcus E. Pembrey.	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1978.
209	208	QH 431 S549p 1973	Practical genetics / edited by P. M. Sheppard.	New York : John Wiley, c1973.
210	209	QH 431 S615p 1965	Principles of genetics / Edmund W. Sinnott, L. C. Dunn [and] Theodosius Dobzhansky.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1958.
211	210	QH 431 S617e 1962	Elementary genetics / W. Ralph Singleton drawings by Te-hsiu Ma.	Princeton, N.J. : Van Nostrand, 1962.
212	211	QH 431 S699c 1965	The control of human heredity and evolution , edited by T. M. Sonneborn.	New York : Macmillan [1965]
213	212	QH 431 S781m 1964	The mechanics of inheritance.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall [1964]
214	213	QH 431 S819p 1964	Progress in medical genetics / editors: Arthur G. Steinberg ... [et al.]	Philadephia : Saunders, 1964-
215	214	QH 431 S839p 1960	Principles of human genetics.	San Francisco : W. H. Freeman [1960]
216	215	QH 431 S912o 1960	Outline of chemical genetics / Bernard S. Strauss.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960.
217	216	QH 431 S989d 1964	Differentiation and development / proceedings of a symposium sponsored by the New York Heart Association	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
218	217	QH 431 Sy7213 1957	A symposium on the chemical basis of heredity : ssonsored by the McCollum-Pratt Institute of the John Hopkins University with support from the Atomic Energy Commission / edited by William D. McElroy and Bentley Glass.	Baltimore : John Hopkins Press, 1957.
219	218	QH 431 T243m 1963	Molecular genetics / edited by J. Herbert Taylor.	New York, N. Y. : Academic Press, 1963-1979.
220	219	QH 431 T243s 1965	Selected papers on molecular genetics : a collection of reprints / with introductory material by J. Herbert Taylor.	New York : Academic Press, 1965.
221	220	QH 431 T473g 1966	Genetics in medicine / [by] James S. Thompson and Margaret W. Thompson.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1966.
222	221	QH 431 U19f 1969	Fluorescence assay in biology and medicine / Sidney Udenfriend.	New York : Academic Press, 1962-69.
223	222	QH 431 W134g 1965	Genetics and metabolism [by] Robert P. Wagner [and] Herschel K. Mitchell.	New York : J. Wiley [1965]
224	223	QH 431 W188c 1966	Chromosomes, giant molecules, and evolution / Bruce Wallace illustrated by Frances Ann McKittrick.	New York : Norton, [1966]
225	224	QH 431 W759g 1958	Genetics a survey of the principles of heredity . [Under the editorship of H. Bentley Glass].	Boston : Houghton Mifflin [1958]
226	225	QH 431 W759g 1966	Genetics : a survey of the principles of heredity.	Culcutta, : Oxford & IBH Publishing , (1966)
227	226	QH 431 W867b 1959	Biochemistry of human genetics / edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Cecilia M. O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959
228	227	QH 431 Y95b 1969	Biochemical methods in red cell genetics / edited by Jorge J. Yunis.	New York : Academic Press, 1969.
229	228	QH 431 ว232ม 2518	มนุษยพันธุศาสตร์ / โดย วิจารณ์ พานิช และสรรใจ แสงวิเชียร	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา คณะแพทยศาสตร์และศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2518
230	229	QH 431 ว234c 2520	Cytogenetics ในเวชปฎิบัติ / วิทยา เมฆานันท์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ โรงพยาบาลรามาธิบดี มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2520
231	230	QH 431 ว234ซ 2522	เซลล์พันธุศาสตร์ Cytogenetics ในเวชปฏิบัติ / วิทยา เมฆานันท์	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
232	231	QH 471 H522o 1972	On the measurement of human fertility : selected writings of / Louis Henry translated and edited by Mindel C. Sheps and Evelyne Lapierre-Adamcyk	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1972
233	232	QH 471 S989u 1971	The Use of non-human primates in research on human reproduction : Proceedings of a symposium organized by the World Health Organization in collaboration with the Ministry of Health of the USSR held at the Institute of Experimental Pathology and Therapy, Sukhumi, Georgia, on 13-17 December 1971 / Edited by E. Diczfalusy and C. C. Standley.	Copenhagen : Periodica, 1972.
234	233	QH 481 H715b 1978	Biology of reproduction / Peter J. Hogarth.	New York : Wiley, 1978.
235	234	QH 485 F699f 1964	Field guide to the study of human reproduction / [by] Clellan S. Ford.	New Haven : Human Relations Area Files Press, 1964.
236	235	QH 485 H644f 1966	Field guide to the ethnological study of child life / [by] M. Inez Hilger.	New Haven : Human Relations Area Files Press, [1966]
237	236	QH 485 N147f 1968	Factors affecting human fertility in the nonindustrial societies : a cross-cultural study / Moni Nag.	[New Haven] : Human Relations Area Files Press, 1968.
238	237	QH 505 A182b 1962	Biophysical science / Eugene Ackerman	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1962.
239	238	QH 505 B627i 1960	An Introductory course in college physics / by Newton Henry Black and Elbert Payson Little	New York : Macmillan , (c.1956)
240	239	QH 505 C183b 1964	Basic medical electronics / Rudolph Cormen Camishion	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
241	240	QH 505 C689m 1972	Membranes, ions, and impulses : a chapter of classical biophysics / by Kenneth S. Cole.	Berkeley : University of California Press, 1968.
242	241	QH 505 G549m 1955	Medical physics / edited by Otto Glasser	Chicago : Year Book, 1955-
243	242	QH 505 H461b 1960	Biochemistry of steriods / [by] Erich Heftmann and Erich Mosettig	New York : Reinhold, [1960]
244	243	QH 505 L478g 1961	General chemistry inorganic and organic / Garth L. Lee	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
245	244	QH 505 N7933c 1957	Chemistry of organic compounds / Carl R. Noller.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957.
246	245	QH 505 O58b 1959	Biophysical science : a study program / planned and edited by J.L. Oncley, editor-in-chief [and others] for the Biophysics and Biophysical Chemistry Study Section of the National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service, U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare.	New York : Wiley, 1959.
247	246	QH 506 W339m 1970	Molecular biology of the gene / [by] J. D. Watson with illus. by Keith Roberts.	New York : W. A. Benjamin, 1970.
248	247	QH 541 L665h 1975	Human ecology / principal author and editor, Norman D. Levine contributing authors, John J. Anderson ... [et al.]	North Scituate, Mass. : Duxbury Press, [1975]
249	248	QH 546 B168b 1966	The Biology of human adaptation / by Paul T. Baker and J. S. Weiner	Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1966
250	249	QH 581 167c 1960	Cytological technique : the principles underlying routine methods / John R. Baker.	London : Methuen, 1960.
251	250	QH 581 B199c 1966	Cytological diagnosis in medical practice / J. Bamforth.	Boston, : Little, Brown, , 1966.
252	251	QH 581 B393c 1974	The Cell in medical science / edited by F. Beck and J. B. Lloyd.	London : Academic Press, 1974-1976.
253	252	QH 581 B796c 1964	The cell: biochemistry, physiology, morphology . Edited by Jean Brachet [and] Alfred E. Mirsky.	New York : Academic Press, 1959-64.
254	253	QH 581 C678e 1964	Elements of cytology.	New York : Harcourt, Brace & World [1964]
255	254	QH 581 D185g 1958	General cytochemical methods.	New York : Academic Press, 1958-1961.
256	255	QH 581 D437c 1975	Cell biology / by E. D. P. de Robertis and others	Philadelphia, Pa : W. B. Saunders , (c.1975)
257	256	QH 581 F855c 1964	Cellular fine structure : an introductory student text and atlas / [by] James A. Freeman, with the collaboration of Jack C. Geer.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1964.
258	257	QH 581 H413s 1959	Subcellular particles : a symposium held during the meeting of the Society of General Physiologists at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, June 9-11, 1958.	New York : Ronald Press, [1959]
259	258	QH 581 K97o 1962	The organization of cellular activity.	Amsterdam : Elsevier Publishing, 1962.
260	259	QH 581 L283c 1966	Cell function : an introduction to the physiology of the cell and its role in the intact organism / Leroy Lester Langley	New York : Reinhold, 1966
261	260	QH 581 L523m 1965	The mitochondrion : molecular basis of structure and function	New York : W.A. Benjamin , 1965
262	261	QH 581 P977m 1972	The Mammalian cell as a microorganism : genetic and biochemical studies in vitro / by Theodore T. Puck.	San Francisco : Holden-Day, 1972.
263	262	QH 581 R53c 1959	Cell organism and milieu / Dorothea Rudnick	New York : The Ronald Press, 1959
264	263	QH 581 R53d 1959	Developmental cytology / Dorothea Rudnick	New York : The Ronald Press, 1959
265	264	QH 581 R53s 1961	Synthesis of molecular and cellular structure / Dorothea Rudnick	New York : The Ronald Press, 1961
266	265	QH 581 R639c 1965	Cell biology [by] E. D. P. De Robertis, Wiktor W. Nowinski [and] Francisco A. Saez.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1965.
267	266	QH 581 S869c 1957	The Cytology of effusions in the pleural, pericardial and peritoneal cavities / A. I. Spriggs	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1957
268	267	QH 581 W582c 1963	The Cultivation of animal and plant cells / Phillip R. White	New York : Ronald Press, 1963
269	268	QH 581 ค87บ 2518	บรรยายร่วมศิริราช 1 เซลล์ / โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการ, 2518
270	269	QH 585 K95b 1977	Biochemical methods in cell culture and virology	Stroudsburg, Pa : Dowden, Hutchingon & Ross , (c.1977)
271	270	QH 600 D996i 1979	Investigating chromosomes / Adrian F. Dyer.	London : Edward Arnold, c1979.
272	271	QH 601 B615 1977	Biochemistry of membrane transport / edited by G. Semenza and E. Carafoli.	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1977.
273	272	QH 601 C466b 1968	Biological membranes : physical fact and function / edited by Dennis Chapman.	London : Academic Press, 1968.
274	273	QH 601 I61r 1971	Role of membranes in secretory processes : proceedings of the 1971 meeting of the International Conference on Biological Membranes / editors: Liana Bolis, R. D. Keynes [and] W. Wilbrandt.	Amsterdam : North Holland, 1972.
275	274	QH 601 M179b 1976	Biochemical analysis of membranes / edited by A. H. Maddy.	London : Chapman and Hall, c1976.
276	275	QH 601 S989m 1978	The Molecular biology of membranes / edited by Sidney Fleischer ... [et al.].	New York : Plenum Press, c1978.
277	276	QH 603.L9 P963e 1974	Enzyme therapy in lysosomal storage diseases : proceedings of the Workshop Cell Biological and Enzymological Aspects of the Therapy of Lysosomal Storage Diseases, Leiden, The Netherlands, April 2-3, 1974 and Papers presented at a Boerhaave Advanced Course on Lysosomal Enzymopathies, Leiden, The Netherlands, April 4-5, 1974 / ed. J. M. Tager, G. J. M. Hooghwinkel and W. Th. Daems.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1974.
278	277	QH 605 B926m 1973	Methods for the analysis of human chromosome aberrations / edited by K. E. Buckton [and] H. J. Evans.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1973.
279	278	QH 605 K82r 1967	Regulation of necleic acid and protein biosynthesis / edited by V.V. Koningsberger and L. Bosch	Amsterdam : Elsevier , 1967
280	279	QH 611 D185c 1968	Cell physiology and pharmacology / James Frederic D.	New York : Hafner, 1968.
281	280	QH 613 B213h 1975	Histochemical techniques / J. D. Bancroft introductory chapter by A. Stevens with a foreword by A. G. E. Pearse.	London : Butterworths, 1975.
282	281	QH 631 S989l 1972	Locomotion of tissue cells.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
283	282	QH 6454 F 899e 1967	The Electrostatics of biological cell membranes / Robert M. Friedenberg.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1967.
284	283	QH 671 B689m 1976	Membranes and disease : [contributions] / editors, Liana Bolis, Joseph F. Hoffman, Alexander Leaf.	New York : Raven Press, c1976.
285	284	QH 90 K23w 1996	Water in biological systems / edited by L. P. Kayushin. Translated from Russian.	New York : Consultants Bureau, 1969.
286	285	QK 100 S693e 2514	Edible and poisonous plants in Thai forests = พืชกินได้และพืชมีพิษในป่าเมืองไทย / by Somchit Pongpangan and Suparb Poobrasert	Bangkok : Science Society of Thailand under H. M. The King's Patronage, 2514
287	286	QK 13 H976g 1964	The Genera of flowering flants, based principally on the genera plantarum of G. Bentham J. D. Hooker / J. Hutchinson	Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1964
288	287	QK 45 H645b 1967	Botany : a textbook for colleges / by J. Ben Hill, Henry W. Popp [and] Alvin R. Grove, Jr.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1967.
289	288	QK 45 T238g 1956	General botany / by William T. Taylor and Richard J. Weber	New York : Van Nostrand, 1956
290	289	QK 47 L912t 1967	Lowson's textbook of botany edition for India, Pakistan, and Ceylon , by J. M. Lowson and Birbal Sahni.	London : University Tutorial P., 1967.
291	290	QK 641 B687m 1957	Morphology of plants / Harold C. Bold	New York : Harper [1957]
292	291	QK 75 S223c 1974	The Complete book of herbs / Kay N. Sanecki advisory editor, Gertrude B. Foster drawings by Edward Russell.	New York : Macmillan, 1974.
293	292	QK 78 C186l 1957	Laboratory work book in introductory botany / Wendell H. Camp	Minneapolis : Burges, 1957
294	293	QK 980 B687p 1960	The Plant kingdom	New Delhi : Prentice-Hall of India , (c.1963)
295	294	QK 980 F966p 1962	The Plant world : a text in college botany / by Harry J.	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1962.
296	295	QK 99 C532p 1964	Protein metabolism in the plant / by Albert C. Chibnall	New Haven : Yale University Press, 1964
297	296	QL 15 D479a 1964	Current veterinary therapy / edited by Robert W. Kirk	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1964
298	297	QL 15 E16c 1969	Chemical communication , by John Ebling-[and] Kenneth C. Highnam.	London : Edward Arnold, 1969.
299	298	QL 368 K45l 1972	Life cycles of coccidia of domestic animals / by Yevgeniy M. Kheysin edited by Kenneth S. Todd, Jr. Translated by Frederick K. Plous, Jr.	Baltimore : University Park Press, 1972/
300	299	QL 392 B259i 1963	Invertebrate zoology / by Robert D. Barnes	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders , (c.1963)
301	300	QL 392 L299m 1959	Veterinary helminthology and entomology / Geoffrey Lapage	London : Bailliere, Tindal and Cox., 1959
302	301	QL 392 S634v 1970	Veterinary clinical parasitology / by Margaret W. Sloss.	Ames : Iowa State University Press, 1970.
303	302	QL 392 V728g 1963	General zoology / by Claude A. Villee and others	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders , (c.1963)
304	303	QL 392 V729g 1968	General zoology [by] Claude A. Villee, Warren F. Walker, Jr. [and] Frederick E. Smith.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
305	304	QL 403 T921m 1960	Medical malacology / Prayuth Thitasut	Chiengmai : Faculty of Medicine, 1960
306	305	QL 407 M939i 1954	An Introduction to molluscan ecology, distribution and population Studies of fresh-water Molluscs / by Alan Mozley	London : Lewis, 1954
307	306	QL 463 M426e 1951	Entomology for introductory courses / Robert Matheson	Ithaca, N.Y : Comstodk Publishing Associates , (1951)
308	307	QL 50 B216f 1971	Functional anatomy of the olfactory system in 23 orders of birds / Betsy G. Bang	Basel : S. Karger, 1971
309	308	QL 53 K59h 1975	Handbook of veterinary procedures and emergency treatment / Robert W. Kirk, Stephen I. Bistner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
310	309	QL 55 C743h 1967	Husbandry of laboratory animals : proceedings of the third International symposium organized by the International Committee on Laboratory Animals / edited by M. L. Conalty.	London : Academic Press, 1967.
311	310	QL 55 L266l 1971	The Laboratory animal : principles and practice / by W. Lane-Petter [and] A. E. G. Pearson.	London : Academic Press, 1971.
312	311	QL 55 P844n 1962	Notes for breeders of common laboratory animals / edited by George Porter and W. Lane-Petter	London : Academic Press , 1962
313	312	QL 55 R484p 1971	The Pathology of laboratory animals / compiled and edited by William E. Ribelin and John R. McCoy	Springfield : Thomas, 1971
314	313	QL 61 S884e1961	Elements of zoology / by Tracy I. Storer, Robert L. Usinger [and] James W. Nybakken.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961.
315	314	QL 61 S884g1951	General zoology / by Tracy I. Storer.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1951.
316	315	QL 697 L933a 1961	Atlas of avian hematology / by Alfred M. Lucas and Casimir Jamroz	Washington : United States Department of Agriculture, 1961
317	316	QL 737 F246r 1963	The Rat in laboratory investigation by a staff of twenty-nine contributors / ed. by Edmond J. Farris and John Q. Griffith	New York : Hafner, 1963
318	317	QL 737 T376h 1972	The House mouse : development and normal stages from fertilization to 4 weeks of age / Karl Theiler.	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1972.
319	318	QL 756 S132a 1967	Animal health and housing / by David Sainsbury with the assistance of Peter Sainsbury.	Bailliere : Williams & Wilkins, 1967.
320	319	QL 785 H662a 1966	Animal behaviour : a synthesis of ethology and comparative psychology / [by] Robert A. Hinde.	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1970]
321	320	QL 805 H333a 1961	The Anatomy of the rhesus monkey / edited by Carl G. Hartman	New York : Hafner, 1961
322	321	QL 805 M649a 1964	Anatomy of the dog / by Malcolm E. Miller with the assistance of George C. Christensen [and] Howard E. Evans illustrated by Marion E. Newson and Pat Barrow.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964.
323	322	QL 806 S646m 1968	The Microscopic anatomy of the white rat : a photographic atlas / by Esther M. Smith [and] M. Lois Calhoun.	Ames, Ia. : Iowa State University Press, 1968.
324	323	QL 812 W186v 1965	Vertebrate dissection / Warren F. Walker, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965.
325	324	QL 838 H236h 1959	Handbook of circulation / Analysis and compilation by Philip L. Altman. Edited by Dorothy S. Dittmer [and] Rudolph M. Grebe prepared under the direction of the Committee on the Handbook of Biological Data, Division of Biology and Agriculture, the National Academy of Sciences, the National Research Council.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
326	325	QL 955 C769l 1969	The Living races of man / by Carleton S. Coon with Edward E. Hunt, Jr.	New York : Alfred A Knopf, 1969.
327	326	QL 955 H917h 1965	The Human species : an introduction to physical anthropology / Frederick Seymour Hulse	New York : Random House, [1965]
328	327	QL 955 M791a 1960	An Introduction to physical anthropology / Ashley Montagu	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1960
329	328	QL 957 I61b 1971	Breeding primates: apes, baboons, macaques, guenons, New World monkeys : general comments on breeding research in reproduction / editor, W. I. B. Beveridge.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
330	329	QL 959 M282e 1964	Elements of comparative vertebrate embryology.	New York : Macmillan [1964]
331	330	QL 959 P316e 1929	Early embryology of the chick / Bradley M. Patten.	Philadelphia : Blakiston, 1929.
332	331	QL 961 R137m 1970	Methods in experimental embryology of the mouse / by Keen A. Rafferty, Jr.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1970.
333	332	QL 971 W375b 1965	The Biochemistry of animal development / edited by Rudolf Weber.	New York : Academic Press, 1965-
334	333	QL366 B583c 1972	Ciliated protozoa : an illustrated guide to the species used as biological indicators in freshwater biology / Hartmut Bick.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1972.
335	334	QM 11 C552h 1962	Geschichte und Bibliographie der anatomischen Abbildung. English;"History and bibliography of anatomic illustration / Ludwig Choulant translated and annotated by Mortimer Frank. Further essays by Fielding H. Garrison, Mortimer Frank [and] Edward C. Streeter, with a new historical essay by Charles Singer, and a bibliography of Mortimer Frank, by J. Christian Bay."	New York : Hafner, [1962, c1945]
336	335	QM 11 C815a 1964	Anatomy . George W. Corner	New York : Hafner, 1964
337	336	QM 17 L284a 1978	Atlas of medical anatomy / by Jan Langman and M. W. Woerdman	Philadeophia, Pa. : W.B. Saunders, 1978
338	337	QM 17 M167c 1977	A Colour atlas of human anatomy / Robert M.H. McMinn and R. T. Hutchings.	London : Wolfe Medical, c1977.
339	338	QM 18 B659m 1979	Multiple choice questions in anatomy and neurobiology for undergraduates / by Michael J. Blunt and M. Girgis	London : Butterworths, (c.1979)
340	339	QM 18 B659n 1976	A New approach to teaching and learning anatomy : objectives and learning activities / Michael J. Blunt.	Sydney : Butterworths, 1976.
341	340	QM 18 F554a 1973	Anatomy -- 1600 multiple choice questions / M. J. T. Fitzgerald, James P. Golden [and] Maeve Fitzgerald.	London : Butterworths, 1973.
342	341	QM 18 L958m 1979	MCQs in anatomy : a self-testing supplement to Essential anatomy / J. S. P. Lumley, J. L. Craven, J. T. Aitken.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
343	342	QM 18 M695h 1971	Human anatomica terminology : a programmed text	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1971
344	343	QM 18 ต252ก 2521	กายวิภาคศาสตร์-สรีรวิทยาของมนุษย์ / แปลและเรียบเรียง โดย เตชะทัต เตชะเสน และ พิทยศักดิ์ ไวทยากร	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
345	344	QM 23 A628t 1944	Textbook of anatomy and physiology / Catherine Parker Anthony.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1944.
346	345	QM 23 B297p 1964	Primary anatomy / J. V. Basmajian.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964.
347	346	QM 23 B297p 1970	Primary anatomy / John V. Basmajian.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1970.
348	347	QM 23 C885a 1966	A Textbook of human anatomy / Roger C. Crafts.	New York : Ronald Press, 1966.
349	348	QM 23 C952f 1966	Functional human anatomy / James E. Crouch.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1966.
350	349	QM 23 C973c 1964	Manual of practical anatomy;"Cunningham's manual of practical anatomy / edited by G. J. Romanes"	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1964
351	350	QM 23 C973c 1972	Cunningham's textbook of anatomy / edited by G. J. Romanes	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1972
352	351	QM 23 D282b 1966	Basic concepts of anatomy & physiology, a programmed study	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966
353	352	QM 23 G824p 1955	Physiology and anatomy : with practical considerations / Esther Maud Greisheimer.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1955.
354	353	QM 23 L138c 1965	Case studies in anatomy / Ernest Lachman.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1965.
355	354	QM 23 L283d 1963	Dynamic anatomy and physiology / [by] L. L. Langley, Ira R. Telford [and] John B. Christensen.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963.
356	355	QM 23 M645h 1951	Human anatomy and physiology / Nellie D. Millard, Barry G. King.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1951.
357	356	QM 23 N216h 1970	Human anatomy : a visual synopsis /cby F. Donald Napolitani.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1970.
358	357	QM 23 R379t 1964	Textbook of anatomy and physiology / Edward J. Reith, Bertha Breidenbach, Mary Lorenc.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1964.
359	358	QM 23 R543e 1966	Elementary textbook of anatomy and physiology applied to nursing / Janet T. E. Riddle illustrated by Kathleen B. Nicoll.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1966.
360	359	QM 23 R824f 1966	Foundations of anatomy and physiology / by Janet S. Ross and Kathleen J. W. Wilson.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1966.
361	360	QM 23 R878c 1967	A concise textbook of anatomy and physiology applied for orthopaedic nurses, / by Joyce W. Rowe and Victor H. Wheble.	Edinburgh, : E. & S. Livingstone, , 1967.
362	361	QM 23 S131h 1962	Human anatomy, descriptive and applied / by S.N. Sahana.	Calcutta : Central Book Agency, 1962
363	362	QM 23 S666a 1960	Anatomy and physiology for students of psysiotherapy : occupational therapy and gymnasties / by C. F. V. Smout and R. J. S. McDowall	London : Arnold, 1960
364	363	QM 23 S671a 1978	Atlas of clinical anatomy / Richard S. Snell artist, Terry Dolan.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978.
365	364	QM 23 ต252ม 2519	มหกายวิภาคศาสตร์ = Human gross anatomy / เตชะทัต เตชะเสน	เชียงใหม่ : เจริญการค้า, 2519
366	365	QM 23 บ554ก 2507	กายวิภาควิทยา และ สรีรวิทยา สำหรับพยาบาล โดยนายแพทย์ เบนทูล บุญอิต และคณะครูผู้สอนวิชากายวิภาคและสรีวิทยา โรงพยาบาลพุทธชินราช พิษณุโลก / เบนทูล บุญอิต	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์แพร่การช่าง, 2507
367	366	QM 23 ส145ค 2521	คู่มือกายวิภาคศาสตร์ / โดย สุเทพ จันทร์ผ่อง และนงเยาว์ จันทร์ผ่อง	กรุงเทพฯ : ม.ป.พ, 2521
368	367	QM 25 A622a 1950	An Atlas of human anatomy / Barry Joseph Anson.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1950.
369	368	QM 25 A628s 1964	Structure and function of the body / Catherine Parker Anthony.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1964.
370	369	QM 25 A628s 1976	Structure and function of the body / Catherine Parker Anthony, Irene B. Alyn.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
371	370	QM 25 D713a 1963	Anatomy for the anesthesiologist a stereoscopic atlas	Springfield : Thomas, 1963
372	371	QM 25 E92a 1972	Atlas of human anatomy : simplified / by F. Gaynor Evans	Totowa : Littlefield, Adams, 1972
373	372	QM 25 E97c 1970	A Cross-section anatomy / by Albert C. Eycleshymer [and] Daniel M. Schoemaker. Drawings by Tom Jones.	New York : Appleton-Century--Crofts, 1970.
374	373	QM 25 W853a 1962	Atlas der systematischen Anatomie des Menschen. English;"Atlas of systematic human anatomy / G. Wolf-Heidegger."	Basel : S. Karger, 1962.
375	374	QM 4 M982h 1969	Human anatomy made simple / I. MacKay Murray illustrated by Eva Cellini.	Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday, 1969.
376	375	QM 4 N152r 1965	Rontgenanatomia. English;"Radiological anatomy / by D. Nagy translated by A. Deak."	Oxford : Pergamon Press, c1965.
377	376	QM 4 R539a 1977	Anatomy and physiology : a self-instructional course / written and designed by Cambridge Communication Limited medical adviser, Bryan Broom.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1985.
378	377	QM 4 ส257ก 2521	กายวิภาคศาสตร์สำหรับพยาบาล เภสัช เทคนิคการแพทย์ / เสริมศักดิ์ เศรษฐวานิช	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
379	378	QM 451 B268h 1979	The Human nervous system : an anatomical viewpoint / Murray L. Barr.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Department, Harper & Row, c1979.
380	379	QM 451 C296c 1978	Core text of neuroanatomy / Malcolm B. Carpenter.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
381	380	QM 451 C594e 1975	Manter and Gatz's Essentials of clinical neuroanatomy and neurophysiology / edited by Ronald G. Clark.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, [1975]
382	381	QM 451 N763n 1957	New research techniques of neuroanatomy	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1957
383	382	QM 451 S671c 1987	Clinical neuroanatomy for medical students / Richard S. Snell.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1987.
384	383	QM 451 อ994ก 2519	กายวิภาคศาสตร์ ระบบประสาท : คู่มือศึกษาและทบทวนด้วยตนเอง / เรียบเรียงโดย ม.ร.ว. อ๊อด กฤดากร และ นารี บุญภิรักษ์	กรุงเทพฯ : สโมสรนิสิตคณะทันตแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์วิทยาลัย, 2519
385	384	QM 455 A581h 1961	The Human cerebellum : an atlas of gross topography in serial sections / by Jay B. Angevine, Jr., Elliott L. Mancall [and] Paul I. Yakovlev foreword by Raymond D. Adams.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961.
386	385	QM 455 F699a 1971	Atlas of the human brain / by Donald H. Ford and J. P. Schade.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1971.
387	386	QM 484 B828a 1971	An Atlas of the ultrastructure of human skin : development, differentiation, and post-natal features / by A. S. Breathnach.	London : Churchill, 1971.
388	387	QM 504 B571e 1979	Essentials of histology / Gerrit Bevelander, Judith A. Ramaley.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1979.
389	388	QM 505 P753r 1977	Review of medical histology of Jacques Poirier and Jean-Louis Ribadeau translated by Ursula Taube	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977
390	389	QM 517 C886c 1975	A Colour atlas of histology / M. B. L. Craigmyle	London : Wolfe Medical, 1975
391	390	QM 517 M439a 1971	Atlas of human histology and ultrastructure / J. L. Matthews and J. H. Martin.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1971.
392	391	QM 525 C771m 1974	Manual of histological demonstration techniques. / H. C. Cook.	London : Butterworths, 1974.
393	392	QM 525 L961m 1968	Manual of histologic staining methods of the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology , edited by Lee G. Luna.	New York : McGraw-Hill [1968]
394	393	QM 531 B821c 1963	Clinical anatomy / Otto Charles Brantigan illustrated by Thomas Stevenson.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963.
395	394	QM 531 F911v 1970-	Visual anatomy / Sydney M. Friedman.	New York : Harper & Row, [1970-72]
396	395	QM 531 J73s 1957	A Synopsis of regional anatomy / Thomas Baillie Johnston.	London : Churchill, 1957.
397	396	QM 531 L349a 1978	Anatomy, regional and applied / R. J. Last.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
398	397	QM 531 W 1963	Johnston's synopsis of regional anatomy / Roger Warwick.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1963.
399	398	QM 532 M147s 1957	A Synopsis of surgical anatomy / by Alexander Lee McGregor.	Bristol : John Wright, 1957.
400	399	QM 532 M147s 1969	A Synopsis of surgical anatomy / by Alexander Lee McGregor and D. J. du Plessis with illustrations by E. A. Thomas.	Baltimore : William and Wilkins, 1969.
401	400	QM 551 B959e 1972	Essentials of histology / by Jack D. Burke, Richard J. Weymouth [and] Hugo R. Seibel.	Woodbury, N.Y. : Barron's Educational Series, 1972.
402	401	QM 551 C955h 1964	Human histology / by Bruce Cruickshank, T. C. Dodds [and] Dugald L. Gardner foreword by J. D. Boyd.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964.
403	402	QM 551 G816h 1966	Histology , edited by Roy O. Greep, with twenty-two contributors.	New York, Blakiston Division : McGraw-Hill [1966]
404	403	QM 551 G816h 1973	Histology / edited by Roy O. Greep [and] Leon Weiss.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1973.
405	404	QM 551 H198h 1957	Histology / Arthur W. Ham.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1957.
406	405	QM 551 H198h 1965	Histology / by Arthur W. Ham.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965.
407	406	QM 551 H198h 1974	Histology / [by] Arthur W. Ham	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1974
408	407	QM 551 H826e 1956	Essentials of histology / by Margaret M. Hoskins and Gerrit Bevelander.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1956.
409	408	QM 551 I61h 1972	Histocompatibility testing 1972 report of an international workshop & conference. Colloque de l'Institut national de la sante et de la recherche medicale, held at Evian, France 23-27 May 1972. Editors: Jean Dausset & Jacques Colombani.	Copenhagen : Munksgaard, 1973.
410	409	QM 551 J95h 1975	Basic histology / Luis C. Junqueira, Jose Carneiro, Alexander N. Contopoulos.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, c1975.
411	410	QM 551 L487h 1970	Histology [by] Thomas S. Leeson and C. Roland Leeson.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
412	411	QM 551 L487h 1976	Histology / C. Roland Leeson, Thomas S. Leeson.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
413	412	QM 551 M464t 1957	A textbook of histology, / by Alexander A. Maximow and William Bloom.	Philadelphia, Pa., : W.B. Saunders , (c.1961)
414	413	QM 551 M464t 1962	A textbook of histology.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
415	414	QM 551 M464t 1968	A textbook of histology / (edited) b6 William Bloom and Don W. Fawcette.	Philadelphia, : W.B. Saunder , (c.1968)
416	415	QM 551 M464t 1975	A textbook of histology / William Bloom, Don W. Fawcett.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
417	416	QM 551 M464t 1986	A Textbook of histology / Alexander A. Maximow.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1986.
418	417	QM 551 N813h 1941	Histology and embryology / Jose F. Nonidez.	New York : University Press, 1941.
419	418	QM 551 N813t 1960	Textbook of histology / Jose F. Nonidez.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1960.
420	419	QM 551 P359h 1960	Histochemistry : theoretical and applied / A. G. Everson Pearse.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961, c1960.
421	420	QM 551 P359h 1968	Histochemistry, theoretical and applied , by A. G. Everson Pearse.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1968-72
422	421	QM 553 B491l 1977	Lecture notes on histology / William A. Beresford.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
423	422	QM 555 D247h 1960	Histological and histochemical technics / Harold Alvin Davenport.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960.
424	423	QM 555 P242m 1961	Methods of tissue culture / Raymond Crandall Parker.	New York : Harper & Row, 1961.
425	424	QM 555 P923m 1959	A Manual for histologic technicians / Ann Preece.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959.
426	425	QM 557 D569a 1967	Atlas of human histology / Mariano S. H. DiFiore.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967.
427	426	QM 557 D569a 1974	Atlas of human histology / Mariano S. H. di Fiore.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1974.
428	427	QM 557 D569n 1977	Nuevo atlas de histologia. English;"New atlas of histology : light microscopy, histochemistry, and electron microscopy / Mariano S. H. di Fiore, Roberto E. Mancini, Eduardo D. P. de Robertis translation, Tomas Alfredo Reader."	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1977.
429	428	QM 557 D639a 1979	Atlas of histology / Everett E. Dodd.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1979.
430	429	QM 557 F518a 1958	Atlas de histologea normal. English;"An Atlas of human histology / Mariano S. H. di Fiore"	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1958
431	430	QM 557 F518a 1961	Atlas de histologia normal. English;"An Atlas of human histology / Mariano S. H. di. Fiore."	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1957.
432	431	QM 557 F961a 1971	Atlas of scanning electron microscopy in medicine / by Tsuneo Fujita, Junichi Tokunaga [and] Hajime Inoue.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1971.
433	432	QM 557 H564a 1966	Atlas der normalen Histologie und mikroskopischen Anatomie des Menschen. English;"Atlas of histology : normal microscopic anatomy of man / Ernst von Herrath translated by C. Hans Keysser and Peter H. Bartels."	New York : Hafner, 1966.
434	433	QM 557 P638a 1965	Atlas of histology / by Sam j. Piliero ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
435	434	QM 557 P846f 1973	Fine structure of cells and tissues / by Keith R. Porter and Mary A. Bonneville with the collaboration of Susan A. Badenhausen in transmission electron microscopy and Peter Andrews in scanning electron microscopy.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973.
436	435	QM 557 R379a 1966	Atlas of descriptive histology / by Edward J. Reith [and] Michael H. Ross.	New York : Harper & Row, 1966.
437	436	QM 557 W556f 1979	Functional histology : a text and colour atlas / Paul R. Wheater, H. George Burkitt, Victor G. Daniels illustrated by Philip J. Deakin.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
438	437	QM 563 C596t 1965	The Tissues of the body / Wilfrid Edward Le Gros Clark	Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1965
439	438	QM 565 R685f 1964	Fat as a tissue / editor: Kaare Rodahl coeditor: Bela Issekutz, Jr. editorial assistants: Carolyn Nocosia [and] Barbara Russell.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964.
440	439	QM 569 W855m 1957	Microscopic anatomy of the temporal bone : a photographic survey of serial sections of the temporal bone cut in the three routine planes of sectioning human specimens / by Dorothy Wolff, Richard J. Bellucci [and] Andrew A. Eggston.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1957.
441	440	QM 601 A425e 1960	Essentials of human embryology / Frank D. Allan.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1960.
442	441	QM 601 A683d 1954	Developmental anatomy : a textbook and laboratory manual of embryology / Leslie Brainerd Arey.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1954.
443	442	QM 601 A683d 1965	Developmental anatomy : a textbook and laboratory manual of embryology.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965.
444	443	QM 601 B186i 1965	An Introduction to embryology / by B. I. Balinsky.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1965.
445	444	QM 601 B186i 1976	An Introduction to embryology / Boris Ivan Balinsky	Tokyo : Toppan, 1976
446	445	QM 601 H321c 1978	Clinical embryology / R. G. Harrison.	London : Academic Press, 1978.
447	446	QM 601 H321t 1963	A Textbook of human embryology / R. G. Harrison.	Philadelphia : Davis, 1963.
448	447	QM 601 L284m 1969	Medical embryology : human development-normal and abnormal.	Baltimore, : William and Wilkins, , 1969.
449	448	QM 601 L284m 1975	Medical embryology : human development--normal and abnormal / Jan Langman ill. by Jill Leland.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1975.
450	449	QM 601 M822s 1975	Study guide and review manual of human embryology / Keith L. illustrated by Glen D. Reid.	Philadelphia : Saunders, c1975.
451	450	QM 601 N428c 1953	Comparative embryology of the vertebrates with 2057 drawings and photos. grouped as 380 illus.	New York : Blakiston [1953]
452	451	QM 601 P237p 1975	Photographic atlas of fetal anatomy / Wesley W. Parke.	Baltimore : University Park Press, [1975]
453	452	QM 601 P316f 1964	Foundations of embryology.	New York : McGraw-Hill [c1964]
454	453	QM 601 P316f 1974	Foundations of embryology [by] Bradley M. Patten [and] Bruce M. Carlson.	New York : McGraw-Hill [1974]
455	454	QM 601 P316h 1953	Human embryology.	New York, : McGraw-Hill , (c.1953)
456	455	QM 601 P316h 1968	Human embryology / [by] Bradley M. Patten	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1968]
457	456	QM 601 P316h 1976	Human embryology;"Patten's Human embryology : elements of clinical development / Clark Edward Corliss."	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1976.
458	457	QM 601 P969f 1972	Fundamentals of oral histology and embryology / by D. Vincent Provenza.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1972.
459	458	QM 601 W432p 1969	Principles of development : a text in experimental embryology / by Paul Weiss ...	New York : Hafner, c1969.
460	459	QM 601 ศ237ก	การเจริญเติบโตของมนุษย์ = Human development / ศิวาภรณ์ อุบลชลเขตต์	สงขลา : มหาวิทยาลัยสงขลานครินทร์, [2525?]
461	460	QM 602 T888i [1975]	Illustrated human embryology / by H. Tuchmann-Duplessis, G. David, P. Haegel	[S.l.] : University Book Publishing, [1975]
462	461	QM 604 F554h 1978	Human embryology : a regional approach / M. J. T. Fitzgerald.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1978.
463	462	QM 617 G251a 1975	Atlas of human embryos / Raymond F. Gasser.	New York : Harper & Row, c1975.
464	463	QM 675 B537t 1969	Teratology : proceedings of a symposium organized by the Italian Society of Experimental Teratology [at] Como, Italy, 21-22 October, 1967 / editor: A. Bertelli co-editor L. Donati.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1969.
465	464	QM569 L487h 1972	Human structure : a companion to anatomical studies / by C. Roland Leeson [and] Thomas S. Leeson illustrated by John W. Hackmaster, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
466	465	QP 111 S986p 1973	The Physiological basis of Starling's law of the heart : [Symposium on the Physiological Basis of Starling's Law of the Heart held at the Ciba Foundation, London, 11-13th September 1973].	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1974.
467	466	QP 121 E37b 1955	The Body fluids, basic physilogy and practical therapeutics / Russell Elkinton J	[S. l. : s. n.], 1955
468	467	QP 121 F842o 1977	Organ physiology : structure and function of the lung, with emphasis on roentgenology / Robert G. Fraser, J. A. Peter Par.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
469	468	QP 121 G992c 1963	Circulatory physiology, cardiac output and its regulation	Philadelphia, Saunders, 1963
470	469	QP 121 H699e 1960	Electrophysiology of the heart / by Brian F. Hoffman [and] Paul F. Cranefield with a foreword by Franklin D. Johnston.	New York : McGraw-Hill, Blakiston Division, 1960.
471	470	QP 121 L192o 1956	Of water, salt and life / by Ladeside Laboratory	[S. l. : s. n.], 1956
472	471	QP 121 W518v 1977	Ventilation/blood flow and gas exchange / John B. West.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
473	472	QP 121 อ244ต 2523	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบหายใจ / โดย อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2523
474	473	QP 146 S773h 1976	Human oral mucosa : development, structure and function / [by] Christopher A. Squier, Newell W. Johnson, Rosamund M. Hopps.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
475	474	QP 165 C958i 1975	Intestinal absorption and malabsorption / editor, T. Z. Csky.	New York : Raven Press, 1975.
476	475	QP 165 J35r 1976	Regulation of depressed metabolism and thermogenesis / edited by L. Jansky and X. J. Musacchia with a foreword by Charles G. Wilber.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
477	476	QP 165 อ244ต 2521	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : พลังงานของสิ่งมีชีวิตและการควบคุมอุณหภูมิของร่างกาย / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
478	477	QP 165 อ244ต 2526	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบพลังงานของสิ่งมีชีวิต การควบคุมอุณหภูมิของร่างกาย / โดย อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2526
479	478	QP 186 อ244ต 2522	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบฮอร์โมน / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
480	479	QP 186 อ244ต 2526	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบฮอร์โมน / โดย อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2526
481	480	QP 187 C567e 1952	Endocrinology, anterior pituitary secretion and hormonal influences in water metabolism	[S. l. : s. n.], 1952
482	481	QP 187 N477p 1954	The Proteins : chemistry, biological activity, and methods / edited by Hans neurath and Kenneth Bailey	New York : Academic Press, 1954
483	482	QP 187 S443v 1954	The Vitamins: chemistry, physiology, pathology / edited by W. H. Sebrell, Jr. [and] Robert S. Harris.	New York : Academic Press, 1954.
484	483	QP 187 S511m 1948	The Management of the climacteric : male or female / Elmer L. Sevringhaus	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1948
485	484	QP 187 S551c 1962	Chemistry of food and nutrition	[S. l.] : Macmillan, 1962
486	485	QP 190 S912b 1957	Body water in man : the acquisition and maintenance of the body fluids / Maurice Benjamin Strauss.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1957.
487	486	QP 190 อ244ต 2527	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบทางเดินอาหาร / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2527
488	487	QP 190 อ244ส 2522	สรีรวิทยาระบบทางเดินอาหาร / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
489	488	QP 191 I61o 1971	Oral physiology : proceedings of the international symposium held in Wenner-Gren Center, Stockholm, August 1971 / edited by Nils Emmelin and Yngve Zotterman.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1972.
490	489	QP 211 R658r 1954	Reflections on renal function / James R. Robinson.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1954.
491	490	QP 211 S749p 1956	Principles of renal physiology / Homer William Smith.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1956.
492	491	QP 211 อ244ต 2521	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบไต / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
493	492	QP 211 อ244ต 2526	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบไต, สมดุลย์ของน้ำ, สมดุลย์ของเกลือแร่, สมดุลย์ของกรด - ด่าง / โดย อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2526
494	493	QP 249 K88r 1976	Renal physiology : principles and functions : an integrated analysis of renal-body fluid regulating systems / Esmail Koushanpour.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
495	494	QP 25 A562e 1972	Experimental physiology.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1972.
496	495	QP 25 D269l 1966	A Laboratory manual in human physiology / by Albert R. Dawe and Robert T. Schopp	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1966
497	496	QP 25 T367e 1972	Experiments in physiology.	Minneapolis, Minn. : Burgess , (c.1972)
498	497	QP 251 B973e 1970	Education for sexuality : concepts and programs for teaching / [by] John J. Burt [and] Linda A. Brower. Illus. by James C. Brower	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970
499	498	QP 251 G816r 1975	Reproductive physiology / Roy Orval Greep	London : Butterworths, 1975
500	499	QP 251 L793h 1964	Human reproduction and sexual behavior / Charles Wait Lloyd	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1964
501	500	QP 251 Y78s 1961	Sex and internal secretions / Contributors: A. Albert [and others] Foreword by George W. Corner	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1961
502	501	QP 26 C946b 1980	Biomedical instrumentation and measurements / Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, c1980.
503	502	QP 29 A859t 1977	Textbook of work physiology : physiological bases of exercise / Per-Olof Astrand, Kaare Rodahl.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1977.
504	503	QP 301 C284c 1970	Control of energy exchange / [by] Loren D. Carlson [and] Arnold C. L. Hsieh	[New York] : Macmillan, [1970]
505	504	QP 301 F352a 1964	The ABC's of athletic injuries and conditioning / by Albert Barnett Ferguson, Jr. [and] Jay Bender. Contributors: Anthony Frederick Susen [and] Frank Koegel.	Baltimore : William & Wilkins, c1964.
506	505	QP 301 M429m 1968	Measurement in physical education [by] Donald K. Mathews. Illus. by Todd Wallis.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
507	506	QP 31 D267t 1964	A Textbook of general physiology.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964.
508	507	QP 31 H859p 1973	Physiology and biophysics / Howell-Fulton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973-1982.
509	508	QP 31 P966c 1961	Comparative animal physiology [by] C. Ladd Prosser [and] Frank A. Brown, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961.
510	509	QP 31 Z85t 1958	Textbook of physiology / by William D. Zoethout and W.W. Tuttle.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1958.
511	510	QP 321 B933p 1976	Physiology of smooth muscle / edited by Edith Blbring, M. F. Shuba.	New York : Raven Press, c1976.
512	511	QP 321 อ244ต 2521	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบกล้ามเนื้อ / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
513	512	QP 321 อ244ต 2523	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบกล้ามเนื้อ / โดย อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2523
514	513	QP 321 อ244ต 2533	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : สรีรวิทยาของกล้ามเนื้อเรียบ สรีรวิทยาของกล้ามเนื้อหัวใจ สรีรวิทยาของตัวรับความรู้สึก สรีรวิทยาของ synapses สรีรวิทยาของระบบประสาทอัตโนมัติ / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2533
515	514	QP 34 B115h 1975	Human physiology / by E. Babsky [and others] Edited by E. B. Babsky translated from the Russian by Ludmila Aksenova [and Yuri Shirokov] Translation edited by H. C. Creighton.	Moscow : Mir, 1970.
516	515	QP 34 B561p 1955	Best & Taylor's Physiological basis of medical practice;"The Physiological basis of medical practice / by Charles Herbert Best and Norman Burke Taylor."	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1955.
517	516	QP 34 B561p 1961	Best & Taylor's Physiological basis of medical practice;"Physiological basis of medical practice / by Charles Herbert Best and Norman Burke Taylor."	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1961.
518	517	QP 34 B561p 1966	Best & Taylor's Physiological basis of medical practice;"The Physiological basis of medical practice, a text in applied physiology / by Charles Herbert Best and Norman Burke Taylor."	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1966.
519	518	QP 34 G796b 1978	Basic clinical physiology / J. H. Green.	Oxford : Oxford, University Press, 1987.
520	519	QP 34 G824p 1972	Physiology and anatomy / Esther M. Esther and Mary P. Wiedeman	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1972.
521	520	QP 34 H236 1960	Handbook of physiology : a critical, comprehensive presentation of physiological knowledge and concepts.	Bethesda, Md. : American Physiological Society, c1977-
522	521	QP 34 J32t 1978	Textbook of surgical physiology;"Jamieson & Kay's Textbook of surgical physiology / by Iain McA. Ledingham, Colin MacKay foreword by R. Ainslie Jamieson, Andrew Watt Kay."	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
523	522	QP 34 L283p 1958	Physiology of man / by L. L. Langley [and] E. Cheraskin.	New York : KacGraw-Hill, 1958.
524	523	QP 34 L744r 1974	Recent advances in physiology / edited by R. J. Linden.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1974.
525	524	QP 34 M169i 1975	Illustrated physiology / by Ann B. McNaught and Robin Callander.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
526	525	QP 34 S466p 1966	Physiology / edited by Ewald E. Selkurt.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1966.
527	526	QP 34 V228h 1970	Human physiology : the mechanisms of body function / by Arthur J. Vander, James H. Sherman [and] Dorothy S. Luciano.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1970.
528	527	QP 34 W784h 1962	Human physiology / by F. R. Winton and L. E. Bayliss.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962.
529	528	QP 34 W953a 1961	Samson Wright's applied physiology.;"Applied physiology / Samson Wright revised by Cyril A. Keele and Eric Neil."	London : Oxford University Press, 1961.
530	529	QP 34 W953a 1965	Applied physiology.	London, : Oxford University Press, , 1965.
531	530	QP 34 ช248ส 2520	สรีรวิทยา / ชูศักดิ์ เวชแพศย์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสมัย, 2520
532	531	QP 34.3 W381c 1979	Clinical engineering : principles and practices / edited by John G. Webster and Albert M. Cook	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, c1979
533	532	QP 341 P729b 1969	Bioelectric phenomena / by Robert Plonsey and David G. Fleming with the introd. and first chapter by David G. Fleming.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1969.
534	533	QP 341 S667m 1960	Medical electronic, proceedings of the second international confernece on medical electronics	Paris : [S. n.], 1959
535	534	QP 351 W223p 1959	Physiology of the nervous system	boston : Little, Brown, 1959
536	535	QP 36 B162e 1957	Bainbridge and Menzies essentials of physiology / H. Hartridge and J. L. D'Silva	London : Longmans, 1957
537	536	QP 36 B245m 1956	Medical physiology / Philip Bard.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1956.
538	537	QP 36 B245m 1961	Medical physiology / edited by Philip Bard.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1961.
539	538	QP 36 B561l 1952	The Living body : a text in human physiology / by Charles Herbert Best [and] Norman Burke Taylor.	New York : Henry Holt, 1952.
540	539	QP 36 D297h 1955	The Human organism / Russell Myles Coursey	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1955
541	540	QP 36 D297h 1961	The Human organism / Russel Myles De Coursey.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961.
542	541	QP 36 E92p 1956	Principles of human physiology / Sir Charles Lovatt Evans
543	542	QP 36 F974t 1955	A Textbook of physiology / John F. Fulton	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955
544	543	QP 36 G 992t 1961	Textbook of medical physiology / Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961.
545	544	QP 36 G198r 1963	Review of medical physiology / William F. Ganong.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, c1963.
546	545	QP 36 G198r 1965	Review of medical physiology / / William Ganong.	Los Altos, Calif : : Lange Medical, , 1965.
547	546	QP 36 G198r 1967	Review of medical physiology	Los Altos, Calif.,: Lange, 1967
548	547	QP 36 G796i 1966	An Introduction to human physiology / by John Herbert Green.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1966.
549	548	QP 36 G875h 1964	The Human body : its structure and physiology / Sigmund Grollman.	New York : Macmillan, 1964.
550	549	QP 36 G992t 1956	Textbook of medical physiology / by Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956.
551	550	QP 36 G992t 1966	Textbook of medical physiology / [by] Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : : W.B. Saunders, 1966.
552	551	QP 36 M929m 1968	Medical physiology / edited by Vernon B. Mountcastle.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
553	552	QP 36 R899m 1960	Medical physiology and biophysics , edited by Theodore C. Ruch and John F. Fulton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960.
554	553	QP 36 R899p 1966	Physiology and biophysics . Edited by Theodore C. Ruch and Harry D. Patton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965.
555	554	QP 36 T233p 1961	Physiology for nurses / by Deryck Taverner.	London : English Universities Press, 1961.
556	555	QP 36 W655p 1954	Physiology in health and disease / by Carl J. Wiggfers	Philadeophia : Lea & Febiger, 1954
557	556	QP 36 W794h 1955	Human physiology / by Winton and Bayliss.	London : Churchill, 1955.
558	557	QP 36 ล19ค 2508	คู่มือสรีรวิทยา สำหรับนักศึกษาพยาบาล / ลออ หุตางกูร	เชียงใหม่ : โรงพิมพ์กลางเวียง, 2508
559	558	QP 361 Am143e 1959	Evolution of nervous control : from primitive organisms to man a symposium organized by the Section on Medical Sciences of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and presented at the New York meeting on December 29-30, 1956 / by Bernard B. Brodie and Allan D. Bass edited by Allan D. Bass.	Washington : The Association, 1959.
560	559	QP 361 E98p 1975	Physiology of the nervous system : an introductory text / Carlos Eyzaguirre, Salvatore J. Fidone.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1975.
561	560	QP 361 G198n 1977	The Nervous system / William F. Ganong.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1977.
562	561	QP 361 W867n 1958	Neurological basis of behaviour/ G. D. W. Wolstenholme	Boston : Little, Brown, 1958
563	562	QP 361 อ244ต 2533	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : สรีรวิทยาของเซลล์ประสาท สรีรวิทยาของกล้ามเนื้อลาย / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2533
564	563	QP 376 E17u 1973	The Understanding of the brain / by John C. Eccles.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1973.
565	564	QP 376 S548s 1974	The Synaptic organization of the brain : an introduction / Gordon M. Shepherd.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1974.
566	565	QP 38 C187c 1963	Clinical physiology / edited by E. J. Moran Campbell, C. J. Dickinson and J. D. H. Slater.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1963.
567	566	QP 38 C187c 1974	Clinical physiology / edited by E. J. Moran Campbell, C. J. Dickinson, J. D. H. Slater.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1974.
568	567	QP 38 D267p 1962	Principles of human physiology / by Starling and M. Grace Eggleton.	London : Churchill, 1962.
569	568	QP 38 G992b 1971	Basic human physiology : normal function and mechanisms of disease [by] Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
570	569	QP 38 G992b 1977	Basic human physiology : normal function and mechanisms of disease / Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
571	570	QP 38 G992s 1976	Structure and function of the nervous system / Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
572	571	QP 38 H199s 1971	Structure and function of the kidney / by Jean Hamburger, Gabriel Richet [and] J. P. Grunfeld.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
573	572	QP 38 H864c 1973	Cell physiology / by John L. Howland.	New York : Macmillan, 1973.
574	573	QP 38 L283o 1965	Outline of physiology / by L.L. Langley illustrated by Frances Langley.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1965.
575	574	QP 38 L283r 1971	Review of physiology / by L. L. Langley.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1971.
576	575	QP 38 R953o 1976	Organ physiology : structure and function of the cardiovascular system / Robert F. Rushmer.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
577	576	QP 38 R953s 1972	Structure and function of the cardiovascular system / Robert F. Rushmer	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972
578	577	QP 4 D271f 1968	Foetal and neonatal physiology : a comparative study of the changes at birth / by Geoffrey S. Dawes.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1968.
579	578	QP 4 Y192p 1965	Physiological control and regulations / William S. Yamamoto and John R. Brobeck, editors.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965.
580	579	QP 40 A288p 1967	Physiology review 1400 multiple choice questions and answers, completely referenced / edited by Edward Aiello.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1967.
581	580	QP 41 D923e 1968	Experimental plant physiology : experiments in cellular and plant physiology / by Joseph Arditti [and] Arnold Dunn.	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, c1968.
582	581	QP 44 C433l 1974	Laboratory manual in physiology and anatomy with study guide questions and practical applications / Ellen E. Chaffee	Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1974
583	582	QP 450 P963s 1976	Sensory functions of the skin in primates, with special reference to man : proceedings of the international symposium held in Wenner-Gren Center, Stockholm, January 13-15, 1976 / edited by Yngve Zotterman [sponsored by the Swedish Medical Research Council, the Wenner-Gren Center Foundation].	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1976.
584	583	QP 51 A735l 1969	A Laboratory manual for Guyton's function of the human body / George G. Armstrong	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1969
585	584	QP 51 D751m 1972	Modern trends in physiology / Butterworths, 1972	London : Butterworths, 1972
586	585	QP 51 G992f 1965	Function of the human body : a laboratory manual / by Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965.
587	586	QP 51 G992f 1974	Function of the human body / by Arthur C. Guyton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974.
588	587	QP 51 L435s 1956	Some founders of physiology : contributors to the growth of functional biology / compiled and edited with the advice of a world-wide group of physiological scientists for the XXth International Physiological Congress, Brussels, Belgium, July 30-August 4, 1956.	Washington, 1956.
589	588	QP 51 T967t 1961	Textbook of physiology / by W. W. Tuttle and Byron A. Schottelius.	St. Louis, Mi. : C.V. Mosby , 1961.
590	589	QP 51 T967t 1969	Textbook of physiology / by W. W. Tuttle [and] Byron A. Schottelius.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1969.
591	590	QP 514 B433t 1965	Textbook of physiology and biochemistry [by] George H. Bell, J. Norman Davidson [and] Harold Scarborough. With a foreword by Robert C. Garry.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins Co., 1965.
592	591	QP 514 C554d 1959	Diagnostic biochemsitry : guantitative distributions of body constituents and their physiological interpretation / Halvor N. Christensen	New York : Oxford University Press, 1959
593	592	QP 514 C755p 1963	Physiological measurements of metabolic functions in man / [by] C. Frank Consolazio, Robert E. Johnson [and] Louis J. Pecora	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, [1963]
594	593	QP 514 G798m 1961	Metabolic pathways / David M. Greenberg.	New York : Academic Press, 1960-61.
595	594	QP 514 H392p 1965	Hawk's physiological chemistry / edited by Bernard L. Oser	New York : McGraw-Hill , (c.1965)
596	595	QP 514 H4p 1937	Practical physiological chemistry / by Philip B. Hawk and Olaf Bergeim	Philadelphia : Blakiston, 1937
597	596	QP 514 H4p 1954	Practical physiological chemistry / by Philip B. Hawk, Bernard L. Oser, and William H. Summerson	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1954
598	597	QP 514 K15i 1957	Radioactive tracers in biology;"Isotopic tracers in biology : an introduction to tracer methodology / Martin David Kamen."	New York : Academic Press, 1957.
599	598	QP 514 L673e 1960	Electrophoresis in physiology / Lena A. Lewis.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1960.
600	599	QP 514 M488b 1959	Biological problems of grafting : a symposium / by P. B. Medawar	Blackwell : Scientific, 1959
601	600	QP 514 M682t 1950	A Textbook of biochemistry / Mitchell, Philip H	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1950
602	601	QP 514 N122m 1960	Molecular biology / David Nachmansohn	New York : Academic Press, 1960
603	602	QP 514 S972b 1961	Biochemical basis of multiple sclerosis / Roy L. Swank	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1961
604	603	QP 514 T475b 1957	Biochemical disorders in human disease / edited by R. H. S. Thompson and I. D. P. Wootton.	New York : Academic Press, 1957.
605	604	QP 514 T475b 1964	Biochemical disorders in human disease , edited by R. H. S. Thompson and E. J. King.	New York : Academic Press, 1964.
606	605	QP 514 W726d 1959	Detoxication mechanisms : the metabolism and detoxication of drugs, toxic substances and other organic compounds / R. Tecwyn William	New York : John Wiley, 1959
607	606	QP 531 P478q 1946	Quantitative clinical chemistry interpretations volume 1 / by John P. Peters and Donald D. Van Slyke	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1946
608	607	QP 531 Z79b 1973	Biological mineralization , edited by Isadore Zipkin.	New York : Wiley [1973]
609	608	QP 541 W726i 1950	An Introduction to biochemistry / by Roger J. Williams and Ernest Beerstecher	Toronto : D. Van Nostrand, 1950
610	609	QP 571 M486 1979	Mechanisms of hormone action / edited by C. R. Austin and R. V. Short ill. by John R. Fuller.	Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1979.
611	610	QP 601 B651m 1958	Paper chromatography;"A Manual of paper chromatography and paper electrophoresis / by Richard J. Block, Emmett L. Durrum [and] Gunter Zweig, with the cooperation of Raymond Lastrange, Winston H. Wingerd, and Kathryn W. Weiss"	New York : Academic Press, 1958
612	611	QP 601 G795e 1960	Enzymes in health and disease / edited by David M. Greenberg and Harold A. Harper. With 26 contributors.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1960.
613	612	QP 601 M498i 1957	Introduction to enzymology / Alan Haskell Mehler.	New York : Academic Press, 1957.
614	613	QP 601 N398o 1955	Outlines of enzyme chemistry / by J.B. Neilands [and] Paul K. Stumpf with a chapter on the synthesis of enzymes by Roger Y. Stanier.	[S.l.] : Unviersity of California, 1955.
615	614	QP 702 I61h 1974	Heparin : structure, function, and clinical implications : [proceedings] / edited by Ralph A. Bradshaw and Stanford Wessler.	New York : Plenum Press, [1975]
616	615	QP 82 M172p 1960	Physiological responses to hot environments	London : Her Majesty's Stationaer Office, 1960
617	616	QP 88.2 C5 [1956]	Ciba Foundation symposium on bone structure and metabolism / editors for the Ciba Foundation: G.E.W. Wolstenholme and Cecilia M. O'Connor.	Boston : Little, Brown, [1956]
618	617	QP 89 P375t 1959	Transplantation of tissues : cartilage bone, fascia, tendon, and muscle / Lyndon A. Peer	Baltimore, Williams& Wilkins, 1955
619	618	QP 89 W893t 1960	The Transplantation of tissues and organs / Michael F. A. Woodruff.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1960.
620	619	QP 905 G996t 1967	Titration in non-aqueous media [by] I. Gyenes. English translation edited by D. Cohen and I. T. Millar. [Translated by E. Helvey]	London , Iliffe Books , 1967.
621	620	QP 91 C5 1961	Biological activity of the leucocyte : in honour of Professor A. Vannotti / editors for the Ciba Foundation: G.E.W. Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor.	Boston : Little, Brown, [1961]
622	621	QP 91 M465c 1962	Clinical disorders of fluid and electrolyte metabolism / edited by Morton H. Maxwell [and] Charles R. Kleeman.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962.
623	622	QP 91 P989p 1960	The Plasma proteins / Frank W. Putnam.	New York : Academic Press, 1960.
624	623	QP 91 R645e 1958	Electrolyte changes in surgery / Kathleen E. Roberts, Parker Vanamel and J. William Poppell	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1958
625	624	QP 91 S797f 1957	Fluid and electrolytes in practice	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1957
626	625	QP 91 S989s 1959	Symposium on salt and water metabolism / Symposium Committee	New York : Heart Association, 1959
627	626	QP 91 T631c 1955	The Coagulation of blood methods of study / edited by Leandro M. Tocantins.	New York, N.Y. : Grune & Stratton, 1955.
628	627	QP 91 W447p 1959	The Plasma proteins : clinical significance / Paul G. Weil	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1959
629	628	QP 91 อ244ต 2520	ตำราสรีรวิทยา : ระบบไหลเวียนโลหิต / อุดม บุณยทรรพ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2520
630	629	QP 99 A428p 1977	Plasma proteins : analytical and preparative techniques / Peter C. Allen, Elizabeth A. Hill, Alistair M. Stokes.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
631	630	QU 100 M821b 1963	The Body cell mass and its supporting environment : body composition in health and disease / by Francis D. Moore ... [et al.] illustrated by Mildred Codding.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1963.
632	631	QU 100 N532c 1964	Connective tissue: intercellular macromolecules proceedings of a symposium / sponsored by the New York Heart Association.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964.
633	632	QU 105 B627e 1957	Essentials of fluid balance / by D. A. K. Black.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1957.
634	633	QU 105 C567r 1960	Regulation of the inorganic ion content of cells : In honour of Prof. E.J. Conway / editors for the Ciba Foundation: G.E.W. Wolstenholme and Cecilia M. O'Connor.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960.
635	634	QU 105 D58n 1965	Notes on body fluid metabolism, a syllabus for students in human physiology	Chicago : University of Illinois, 1965
636	635	QU 105 M359w 1950	Water and salt depletion / Hugh Leslie Marriott	Springfield : Thomas, 1950
637	636	QU 105 S797f 1963	Fluid and electrolytes in practice / Harry Statland	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1963
638	637	QU 105 W464c 1959	Clinical disorders of hydration and acid-base equilibriu / Louis G. Welt.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959.
639	638	QU 105 W853i 1964	An Introduction to body fluid metabolism / by A. V. Wolf [and] Norman A. Crowder.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins Co., 1964.
640	639	QU 105 W867w 1958	Water and electrolyte metabolism in relation to age and sex / edited by G. E. W. Wikstenholme and M. O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1958
641	640	QU 105 W941s 1959	A Symposium on pH and blood gas measurement : methods and interpretation / edited by Ronald F. Woolmer, assisted by Joy Parkinson.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959.
642	641	QU 105 ข171บ 2522	บัฟเฟอร์และการตรวจวัดพีเอช / ขวัญชัย รัตนเสถียร	เชียงใหม่ : คณะเทคนิคการแพทย์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
643	642	QU 120 C678c 1976	Clinical and biochemical aspects of lactic acidosis / Robert D. Cohen, H. Frank Woods foreword by Hans Krebs.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
644	643	QU 120 C755m 1951	Metabolic methods : clinical procedures in the study of metabolic funcitons / by C. Frank Consolazio ... [et al.]	St. Louis : Mosby, 1951
645	644	QU 120 D126i 1970	An Introduction to metabolic pathways / by S. Dagley [and] Donald E. Nicholson.	New York : Wiley, 1970.
646	645	QU 120 F537m 1970	Metabolic conjugation and metabolic hydrolysis / contributors: Eugene A. Davidson [et al.] edited by William H. Fishman.	New York : Academic Press, 1970-73.
647	646	QU 120 F776c 1960	Calcium metabolism and the bone.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1968.
648	647	QU 120 L325i 1971	Intermediary metabolism and its regulation / Joseph Larner.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1971.
649	648	QU 120 L883m 1959	Metabolic aspects of renal function / William D. Lotspeich.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1959.
650	649	QU 120 S989h 1969	Homeostatic regulators : a Ciba Foundation symposium held jointly with the Wellcome Trust / edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Julie Knight.	London : Churchill, 1969.
651	650	QU 120 T138m 1959	Metabolic homeostasis : a syllabus for those concerned with the care of patients / by Nathan B. Talbot ... [et al.]	Cambridge : Harvard University Press, 1959
652	651	QU 120 W366e 1963	Enzyme and metabolic inhibitors.	New York : Academic Press, 1963-<1966- >
653	652	QU 120 W927t 1969	Trace element metabolism in animals : proceedings of WAAP/IBP international symposium, Aberdeen, Scotland, July 1969 / general editor: C. F. Mills.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1970.
654	653	QU 120 ม241ม 2520	เมตะบอลิสม / โดย มุกดา ฐิตะสุต ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2520
655	654	QU 125 C454c 1965	Control of energy metabolism / edited by Britton Chance, Ronald W. Estabrook [and] John R. Williamson.	New York : Academic Press, 1965.
656	655	QU 130 B786t 1966	Trace elements in biochemistry [by] H. J. M. Bowen.	London : Academic Press, 1966.
657	656	QU 130 C728m 1960	Mineral metabolism : an advanced treatise / edited by C. L. Comar [and] Felix Bronner.	New York : Academic Press, 1960-
658	657	QU 130 W322t 1963	The Transfer of calcium and strontium across biological membranes : proceedings of a conference held at Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, May 13-16, 1962 / edited by R.H. Wasserman.	New York : Academic Press, 1963.
659	658	QU 135 A365e 1972	Enzyme inhibitors as substrates : Interactions of esterases with esters of organophosphorus and carbamic acids / by W. N. Aldridge and Elsa Reiner.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1972.
660	659	QU 135 B791e 1970	The Enzymes / Edited by Paul D. Boyer.	New York : Academic Press, 1970-<1986 >
661	660	QU 135 C641 1979	Clinical enzymology / edited by John C. Griffiths.	New York : Masson, c1979.
662	661	QU 135 D621e 1964	Enzymes , by Malcolm Dixon and Edwin C. Webb.	London : Longmans, 1964.
663	662	QU 135 F322s 1964	Structure and activity of enzymes / edited by T. W. Goodwin ... [et al.]	London : Academic Press, 964
664	663	QU 135 F862e 1970	Enzyme activities of human tissue / edited by J. Frei and W. E. Knox	Basel, S. Karger, 1970
665	664	QU 135 F862m 1972	Metabolism of leukocytes in health and disease / J. Frei	Basel : S. Karger, 1972
666	665	QU 135 K67r 1968	Regulation of enzyme activity and allosteric interactions / symposium organizer: J. P. Changeux edited by E. Kvamme and A. Pihl.	London : Academic Press, 1968.
667	666	QU 135 L351i 1968	Isoenzymes in biology and medicine / by Albert L. Latner [and] Andrew W. Skillen.	New York : Academic Press, 1968.
668	667	QU 135 P963t 1970	Tissue proteinases : proceedings of the Royal Society Wates Symposium, held at the Strangeways Research Laboratory, Cambridge, on April 6-7, 1970 / edited by A. J. Barrett and J. T. Dingle.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1971.
669	668	QU 135 S638c 1970	Chemical reactivity and biological role of functional groups in enzymes : Biochemical Society symposium no. 31, held in Oxford, January 1970, organized by the Molecular Enzymology and Protein Groups of the Biochemical Society and the Chemical Society / edited by R. M. S. Smellie.	London : Academic Pr., 1970.
670	669	QU 135 W686i 1970	Isoenzymes [by] J. Henry Wilkinson.	London : Chapman & Hall, 1970.
671	670	QU 135 Z12i 1973	Immobilized enzymes / Oskar R. Zaborsky.	Cleveland : CRC Press, 1973.
672	671	QU 135 Z43s 1973	The study of enzyme mechanisms [by] Eugene Zeffren [and] Philip L. Hall.	New York : John Wiley & Sons [1973]
673	672	QU 145 A326n 1963	Newer methods of nutritional biochemistry : with applications and interpretations / edited by A. A. Albanese	New York : Academic Press, 1963
674	673	QU 145 A512h 1951	Handbook of nutrition : a symposium / American Medical Association. Council on Food and Nutrition	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1951
675	674	QU 145 B369n 1964	Nutrition: a comprehensive treatise / edited by George H. Beaton and Earle Willard McHenry.	New York : Academic Press, 1964-66.
676	675	QU 145 B674n 1966	Nutrition and physical fitness [by] L. Jean Bogert, George M. Briggs [and] Doris Howes Calloway.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
677	676	QU 145 C626d 1966	Diet in health and disease : by F. W. Clements and Josephine F. Rogers	Sydney : Reed, 1966
678	677	QU 145 C734m 1970	Maternal nutrition and the course of pregnancy.	Washington : National Academy of Sciences, 1970.
679	678	QU 145 F854b 1977	A Biochemical approach to nutrition / R. A. Freedland and Stephanie Briggs	London : Chapman and Hall, 1977
680	679	QU 145 H857n 1967	Nutrition for practical nurses / by Phyllis S. Howe.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
681	680	QU 145 J65m 1960	Manual of applied nutrition / Johns Hopkins Hospital.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1960.
682	681	QU 145 K52 1962	The Kingdom of Thailand : nutrition survey October-December 1960 / a report by the Interdepartmental Committee on Nutrition for National Defense, Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense	Washington, D. C. : [S. n.], 1962
683	682	QU 145 M149b 1963	Basic nutrition / [by] E.W. McHenry, with the assistance of George H. Beaton	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [1963]
684	683	QU 145 M922h 1963	Human nutrition	London : Edward Arnold , (c.1963)
685	684	QU 145 N735s 1966	The Science of nutrition and its application in clinical dentistry / by Abraham E. Nizel.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
686	685	QU 145 N976n 1979	Nutrition almanac / Nutrition Search, inc.	New York : McGraw-Hill , 1979.
687	686	QU 145 S434i 1968	Interactions of nutrition and infection / by Nevin S. Scrimshaw, Carl E. Taylor, [and] John E. Gordon.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1968.
688	687	QU 145 W527 1966	Western Hemisphere Nutrition Congress : proceedings Chicago 1965	Chicago : [S. n.]. 1966
689	688	QU 145 W747p 1961	Principles of nutrition / by Eva D. Wilson, Katherine H. Fisher [and] Mary E. Fuqua.	New York : John Wiley, 1961.
690	689	QU 145 ก258ว 2521	วิทยาศาสตร์และเทคโนโลยีการอาหาร / คณะเกษตรศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเกษตรศาสตร์	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
691	690	QU 145 ค141ต 2510	ตำราโภชนาการ / คณะอนุกรรมการสาขาโภชนศาสตร์ ในคณะกรรมการโภชนาการแห่งชาติ 2510	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ศิวพร, 2510
692	691	QU 145 จ255ภ 2507	โภชนาการและอาหารบำบัด / เจนจิรา เบราวนะกุล	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์เชียงเฮง, 2507
693	692	QU 145 อ16ภ 2502	โภชนศาสตร์ / อมรา จันทราภานนท์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์แพร่การช่าง, 2502
694	693	QU 145 อ16ภ 2507	โภชนศาสตร์และโภชนบำบัด / อมรา จันทราภานนท์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ไทยพิทยา, 2507
695	694	QU 146 C749 1964	Congress of nutrition proceedings of the 6th. International congress of nutriton. Edinburgh 9th to 15th August 1963	Edinburgh : Living Stone, 1964
696	695	QU 146 J48a 1966	The Assessment of the nutritional status of the community (with special reference to field surveys in developing regions of the world) / Derrick B. Jelliffe.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1966.
697	696	QU 146 ร34ภ 2518	โภชนาการเพื่อสุขภาพ / จีน เอ. เอส. ริชชี่ แปลโดย เสาวลักษณ์ ภูมิวสนะ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ, 2518
698	697	QU 160 G657b 1963	The Biosynthesis of vitamins and related compounds / Goodwin, Trevor Walworth	London : Academic Press, 1963
699	698	QU 160 J54v 1970	Vitamins in endocrine metabolism / by I. W. Jennings.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1970.
700	699	QU 173 D366v 1979	Vitamin D : metabolism and function / H. F. DeLuca	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1979
701	700	QU 18 M894b 1965	Biochemistry review, 1500 multiple choice questions and answers	Flushign, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1965
702	701	QU 189 W867t 1967	Thiamine deficiency : biochemical lesions and their clinical significance : proceedings / edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1967.
703	702	QU 195 S671c 1962	Chemical and biological aspects of pyridoxal catalysis, proceeding ... / edited by E. E. Snell ... [et al.]	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1962
704	703	QU 23 W926l 1969	Laboratory techniques in biochemistry and molecular biology / edited by T.S. Work [and] E. Work.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1969-72
705	704	QU 25 A766i 1957	Introduction to laboratory chemistry / by L. Earle Arnow	St. Louis : Mosby, 1957
706	705	QU 25 B499m 1965	Methods of enzymatic analysis / edited by Hans Ulrich Bergmeyer.	Weinheim/Bergstr[asse] Verlag Chemie, 1965.
707	706	QU 25 C778t 1977	The Tools of biochemistry / Terrance G. Cooper	New York : John Wiley, c1977
708	707	QU 25 C874e 1957	Experiments in biochemical research techniques / by Robert W. Cowgill [and] Arthur B. Pardee.	New York : Wiley, 1957.
709	708	QU 25 D184l 1967	Laboratory experiments in biochemistry / by Louise J. Daniel and A. Leslie Nial	New York : Academic Press, 1967
710	709	QU 25 K64l 1966	Laboratory instructions in biochemistry / by Israel S. Kleiner, Louis Dotti, Isaac Neuwirth	Saint Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1966.
711	710	QU 25 L912i 1979	An Introduction to affinity chromatography / C. R. Lowe	Amsterdam : Elsevier Biomedical Press, c1979
712	711	QU 25 M875s 1970	Separation methods in biochemistry / by C.J.O.R. Morris and P. Morris.	London : Isaac Pitman, c1970
713	712	QU 25 R397e 1971	Experimental methods in modern biochemistry / George Rendida	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1971.
714	713	QU 25 S291u 1959	Ultracentrifugation in biochemistry	New York : Academic Press , 1959
715	714	QU 25 U49m 1972	Manometric techniques and related methods for the study of tissue metabolism;"Manometric & biochemical techniques : a manual describing methods applicable to the study of tissue metabolism / [by] W. W. Umbreit, R. H. Burris [and] J. F. Stauffer. Chapters on specialized techniques by M. J. Johnson [and others] Contributions by H. F. DeLuca, H. A. Lardy and G. A. LePage"	Minneapolis : Burgess Pub. Co., 1972
716	715	QU 34 T674 1976	Topics in bioelectrochemistry and bioenergetics / edited by G. Milazzo.	London : John Wiley, c1976-<c1983 >
717	716	QU 4 A334r 1978	Recent advances in clinical biochemistry / Albert, Kurt George Matthew Mayer	Edinburgh, Churchill Livingstone, 1978
718	717	QU 4 A634b 1963	Biochemical findings in the differential diagnosis of internal diseases / by anton, H. U. and others,	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1963
719	718	QU 4 A766i 1953	Introduction to physiological and pathological chemistry / by L. Earle Arnow.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1953.
720	719	QU 4 A766i 1966	Introduction to physiological and pathological chemistry / Leslie Earle Arnow revised with the assistance of Marie D'Andrea Loftus.	Saint Louis, 1966
721	720	QU 4 B181d 1948	Dynamic aspects of biochemistry.	Cambridge [Eng.] University Press, 1948.
722	721	QU 4 B181d 1959	Dynamic aspects of biochemistry / Ernest Baldwin.	Cambridge : University Press, 1959.
723	722	QU 4 B244e 1969	Elementary calculations in biochemistry and physiology / by J. A. Barclay and K. White.	London : Churchill, 1969.
724	723	QU 4 B265s 1969	A Short textbook of clinical biochemistry / by D. N. Baron.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1969.
725	724	QU 4 B471m 1966	Modern topics in biochemistry structure and function of biological molecules [by] Thomas Peter Bennett [and] Earl Frieden.	New York : Macmillan [1966]
726	725	QU 4 B592c 1973	Clinical biochemistry / by Homer G. Biggs [and] Geraldine Woodson.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1973.
727	726	QU 4 B827k 1966	Kinetics and thermodynamics in biochemistry / by H. Geoffrey Bray and Kenneth White.	London : Churchill, 1966.
728	727	QU 4 B889b 1970	Biochemical experiments / [by] George Bruening [and others]	New York : Wiley-Interscience, [1970]
729	728	QU 4 B977b 1963	Biochemical frontiers in medicine / by Harris, busch	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963
730	729	QU 4 C189b 1975	Basic biochemistry for medical students / P. N. Campbell, B. A. Kilby, editor [contributions by] J. B. C. Findlay ... [et al.].	London : Academic Press, 1975.
731	730	QU 4 C229b 1954	Biochemistry / by Abraham Cantarow [and] Bernard Schepartz.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1954.
732	731	QU 4 C229b 1962	Biochemistry / Abraham Cantarow, Bernard Schepartz.	Philadelphia, Pen. : Saunders, 1962
733	732	QU 4 C229c 1945	Biochemistry in internal medicine;"Clinical biochemistry / Max Trumper, Abraham Cantarow."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1945.
734	733	QU 4 C229c 1955	Clinical biochemistry / by Abraham Cantarow and Max Trumper.	Philadelphia : Saunder, 1955.
735	734	QU 4 C229c 1962	Biochemistry in internal medicine;"Clinical biochemistry."	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1962.
736	735	QU 4 C229c 1975	Cantarow and Trumper, Clinical biochemistry, with a chapter on Hormone assay and endocrine function / by Albert L. Latner, Reginald Hall and Gordon M. Besser.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1975.
737	736	QU 4 C323b 1959	Biochemistry in relation to medicine / by C.W. Carter [and others]	London : Longmans, Green, [1959]
738	737	QU 4 C753o 1963	Outlines of biochemistry / by Eric E. Conn and P.K. Stumpf.	New York : John Wiley, 1963.
739	738	QU 4 E21i 1973	Introductory biochemistry fundamentals of cellular metabolism and molecular biology [by] Stuart J. Edelstein.	San Francisco : Holden-Day [c.1973]
740	739	QU 4 E24b 1958	Biophysical chemistry / by John T. Edsall and Jeffries Wyman	New York : Academic Press , 1958-
741	740	QU 4 E34b 1964	Biochemistry and behavior [by] Samuel Eiduson [and others].	Princeton : Van Nostrand [1964]
742	741	QU 4 F288i 1961	Introduction to biochemistry / William Robert F., Willesm John Edward Jessop.	New York : Academic Press, 1961.
743	742	QU 4 F639c 1960	Comparative biochemistry : a comprehensive treatise / edited by Marcel Florkin [and] Howard S. Mason.	New York : Academic Press, 1960-64.
744	743	QU 4 F639C 1963	Comprehensive biochemistry / edited by Marcel Florkin and Elmer H. Stotz.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1962-<1986 >
745	744	QU 4 F912m 1974	Mass spectrometry in biochemistry and medicine / editors: A. Frigerio [and] N. Castagnoli, Jr.	New York : Raven Press, 1974.
746	745	QU 4 F945g 1953	General biochemistry [by] Joseph S. Fruton [and] Sofia Simmonds.	New York : John Wiley [1953]
747	746	QU 4 G559m 1954	Methods of biochemical analysis.	New York : Wiley, 1954-
748	747	QU 4 G646r 1960	Recent advances in biochemistry	London, Churchill, 1960
749	748	QU 4 G657i 1966	Instrumentation in biochemistry : Biochemical Society symposium no. 26, held in London, April, 1966 / organized and edited by T. W. Goodwin.	London : Academic Press, 1966.
750	749	QU 4 G657p 1970	British biochemistry past and present : Biochemical Society symposium no. 30, held in London, December 1969 / organized and edited by T. W. Goodwin.	London : Academic Press, 1970.
751	750	QU 4 H294r 1961	Review of physiological chemistry / H. A. Harper	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical Publications, 1961.
752	751	QU 4 H294r 1969	Review of physiological chemistry / H. A. Anthony	Tokyo : Maruzen, c1969
753	752	QU 4 H294r 1975	Review of physiological chemistry / Harold A. Harper	Los Altos, Calif. : LANGE Medical, (c.1975)
754	753	QU 4 H294r 1977	Review of physiological chemistry / Harold A. Harper, Victor W. Rodwell, Peter A. Mayes.	Taipei : Mei Ya, , c1977.
755	754	QU 4 H297r 1957-	Review of physiological chemistry.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1957.
756	755	QU 4 H323t 1950	Textbook of biochemistry / by Benjamin Harrow.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1950.
757	756	QU 4 H323t 1958	Textbook of biochemistry / by Benjamin Harrow [and] Abraham Mazur.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958.
758	757	QU 4 H323t 1962	Textbook of biochemistry / by Benjamin Harrow, Abraham Mazur.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
759	758	QU 4 H323t 1966	Textbook of biochemistry [by] Benjamin Harrow [and] Abraham Mazur.	Tokyo : Toppan (c.1966)
760	759	QU 4 H375p 1950	Progress in biochemistry : a report on biochemical problems and on biochemical research / byFelix Haurowitz	Basel : Karger, 1950
761	760	QU 4 H711b 1954	The Biochemistry of clinical medicine / by William S. Hoffman.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1954.
762	761	QU 4 H711b 1959	The Biochemistry of clinical medicine / William Samuel Hoffman	Chicago : Year Book Publishers, 1959
763	762	QU 4 H758i 1969	Introduction to organic and biological chemistry [by] John R. Holum.	New York , John Wiley [1969]
764	763	QU 4 K18h 1962	Horizons in biochemistry : Albert Szent-Gyorgyi dedicatory volume / edited by Michael Kasha [and] Bernard Pullman.	New York : Academic Press, 1962.
765	764	QU 4 K18i 1965	Introduction to modern biochemistry by P. Karlson. Translated by Charles H. Doering	New York : Academic Press [c1965]
766	765	QU 4 K23b 1968	Biochemistry : an introduction to dynamic biology	New York : Macmillan , (c.1968)
767	766	QU 4 K64b 1962	Human biochemistry;"Biochemistry / Israel S. Kleiner, James M. Orten."	Saint Louis K C. V. Mosby, 1962.
768	767	QU 4 K64h 1948	Human biochemistry / by Israel S. Kleiner	St. Louis : Mosby, 1948
769	768	QU 4 K64h 1951	Human biochemistry / by Israel S. Kleiner.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1951.
770	769	QU 4 K64h 1958	Human biochemistry / by Israel S. Kleiner [and] James M. Orten.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1958.
771	770	QU 4 L263b 1968	Biochemical preparation / W. E. M. Lands	New York : Wiley, 1968
772	771	QU 4 L523b 1970	Biochemistry : the molecular basis of cell structure and function / Albert L. Lehninger	New York : Worth Publishers, (c.1970)
773	772	QU 4 L523b 1975	Biochemistry : the molecular basis of cell structure and function / Albert L. Lehninger.	New York : Worth, 1975.
774	773	QU 4 L969b 1966	The Biochemical genetics of vertebrates except man / I. E. Lush	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1966
775	774	QU 4 M152b 1971	Biochemistry and the central nervous system.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1971.
776	775	QU 4 M575e 1966	Elementary biochemistry	Minneapolis : Burgess Publishing , (c.1966)
777	776	QU 4 N398b 1961	Basic biochemistry / Michael Wells Neil.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [1961, c1960]
778	777	QU 4 O77b 1970	Biochemistry / James M. Orten, Otto W. Neuhaus.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1970.
779	778	QU 4 P322b 1965	Biochemical energetics and kinetics / [by] A.R. Patton.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, c1965
780	779	QU 4 R122m 1965	Mechanisms in bioenergetics / Efrain Racker.	New York : Academic Press, 1965.
781	780	QU 4 R136b 1968	Basic biochemistry / [by] Max E. Rafelson, Jr. [and] Stephen B. Binkley.	New York : Macmillan, [1968]
782	781	QU 4 R379c 1967	Concepts in biochemistry [by] Francis J. Reithel.	New York : McGraw-Hill [c.1967]
783	782	QU 4 R869e 1969	Essentials of general, organic and biochemistry / [by] Joseph I. Routh, Darrell P. Eyman [and] Donald J. Burton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
784	783	QU 4 S634r 1969	Review of biochemistry [by] Nathan H. Sloane [and] J. Lyndal York.	London : Macmillan [c.1969]
785	784	QU 4 S785 1953	Standard methods of clinical chemistry / edited by Samuel Meites.	New York : Academic Press, 1953-
786	785	QU 4 S836c 1967	Concepts in biochemistry : a programmed text / by William K. Stephenson.	New York : John Wiley, 1967.
787	786	QU 4 T521b 1970	Biochemistry for medical students / by William Veale Thorpe, H. Geoffrey Bray, and Sybil P. James.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1970.
788	787	QU 4 V315p 1976	Practical clinical biochemistry.	London : Heinemann Medical, 1976-
789	788	QU 4 W517t 1955	Textbook of biochemistry / by Edward Staunton West [and] Wilbert R. Todd.	New York : Macmillan, 1955.
790	789	QU 4 W517t 1966	Textbook of biochemistry [by] Edward Staunton West [and others]	New York : Macmillan [c.1966]
791	790	QU 4 W582p 1954	Principles of biochemistry / by Abraham White, Philip Handler [and] Emil L. Smith.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1954.
792	791	QU 4 W582p 1959	Principles of biochemistry [by] Abraham White [and others].	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1959.
793	792	QU 4 W582p 1973	Principles of biochemistry / [by] Abraham White, Philip Handler [and] Emil L. Smith	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1973]
794	793	QU 4 W582p 1978	Principles of biochemistry / Abraham White ... [et al.].	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1978.
795	794	QU 4 ก282ป 2521	ปฏิบัติการและหลักเบื้องต้นในวิชาชีวเคมี / โดย กฤษณา รุ่งเรืองศักดิ์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
796	795	QU 4 ส237ช 2521	ชีวเคมี ฉบับปรับปรุงใหม่ / โดย สิรินทร์ วิโมกข์สันถว์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : สมพงษ์ 2521
797	796	QU 50 B615 1979	Biochemistry / editors M. J. S. Dewar ... [et al.]	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1979
798	797	QU 50 J17e 1938	The Chemical analysis of foods and food products / Morris B. Jacobs	[Huntington, N.Y.] : R. E. Krieger Pub., [1973, c1958]
799	798	QU 50 M122c 1960	The Composition of foods / R. A. McCance and E. M. Widdowson.	London : H.M. Stationery, 1960.
800	799	QU 50 M294 1985	Manual for food composition analysis / edited by Toshio Oiso and Kenji Yamaguchi.	Tokyo : Southeast Asian Medical Information Center, 1985.
801	800	QU 50 M592 1960	Methods of analysis of the Associatio of Official Agricultural Chemists / edited by William Horwitz	Washington : [S. n.], 1960
802	801	QU 50 N277t 1966	Toxicants occurring naturally in foods / by Food Protection Committee, Food and Nutrition Board, National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council	Washington : National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, 1966
803	802	QU 50 R257w 1975	What people eat : an introduction to chemistry and food sciences / by Isaias Raw and others	Los Altos, Calif : William Kaufmann , (c.1975)
804	803	QU 55 A374l 1960	A Laboratory manual of analytical methods of protein chemistry / by P. Alexander and H. P. Lundgren	New York : Pergamon Press, 1960
805	804	QU 55 A469p 1965	Proteins their chemistry and politics / Aaron Mayer Altschul	New York : Basic, 1965
806	805	QU 55 B594p 1972	Protein and amino acid functions / editor: E. J. Bigwood.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1972.
807	806	QU 55 B615 1979	Biological functions of proteinases / edited by H. Holzer and H. Tschesche	New York : Springer-Verlag , 1979
808	807	QU 55 B977h 1965	Histones and other nuclear proteins / Harris Busch.	New York : Academic Press, 1965.
809	808	QU 55 C189t 1967	Techniques in protein biosynthesis / edited by P. N. Campbell and J. R. Sargent.	London : Academic Press, 1967-
810	809	QU 55 C472e 1963	Essays on nucleic acids.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, c1963.
811	810	QU 55 C472n 1955	The Nucleic acids : chemistry and biology / byErwin Chargaff and J. N. Davidson	New York : Academic Press, 1955-
812	811	QU 55 D252p 1964	Progress in nucleic acid research and molecular biology.	New York, N.Y. : Academic Press, 1963-
813	812	QU 55 G685g 1972	Glycoproteins : their composition, structure and function	Amsterdam : Elsevier , 1972
814	813	QU 55 I61r 1965	Radioisotope techniques in the study of protein metabolism Findings of a Panel ... held in Vienna, 1-5 June, 1964 / International Atomic Energy Agency	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1965
815	814	QU 55 M968m 1964	Mammalian protein metabolism / Edited by H.N. Munro and J.B. Allison.	New York : Academic Press, 1964-<1970 >
816	815	QU 55 M968r 1964	The Role of the gastrointestinal tract in protein metabolism : a symposium organized by the Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences, established under the joint auspices of UNESCO & WHO.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1964.
817	816	QU 55 O23p 1971	Principles of competitive protein-binding assays / edited by William D. Odell and William H. Daughaday eith the editorial assistance of Beverly Fisher.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1971.
818	817	QU 55 R874a 1975	Alcohol and abnormal protein biosynthesis biochemical and clinical / edited by Marcus A. Rothschild, Murray Oratz [and] Sidney S. Schreiber.	New York : Pergamon Press, 1975.
819	818	QU 55 S638p 1971	Plasma lipoproteins : Biochemical Society symposium no. 33 held in University College, London, April, 1971 / organized and edited by R. M. S. Smellie.	London : Academic Press, 1971.
820	819	QU 55 S989p 1972	Protein turnover Ciba Foundation symposium 9.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1972.
821	820	QU 55 V878i 1963	Informational macromolecules : [proceedings of] a symposium held at the Institute of Microbiology of Rutgers, the State University / edited by Henry J. Vogel, Vernon Bryson [and] J. Oliver Lampen.	New York : Academic Press, 1963.
822	821	QU 55 บ243ป 2522	โปรตีน / บุญยืน สาริกะภูติ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
823	822	QU 58 D252b 1976	Davidson's the biochemistry of the nucleic acids.	London : Chapman and Hall, c1976.
824	823	QU 58 H323d 1972	DNA synthesis in vitro / edited by R. D. Wells and R. B. Inman.	Baltimore : University Park Press, 1973.
825	824	QU 58 S947n 1979	Nucleosides as biological probes / Robert J. Suhadolnik.	New York : John Wiley, c1979.
826	825	QU 60 B583p 1971	Phenylketonuria and some other inborn errors of amino acid metabolism: biochemistry, genetics, diagnosis, therapy / editors: Horst Bickel, Fred P. Hudson [and] Louis I. Woolf. Collaborators: P. B. Acosta [et al.]	Stuttgart : G. Thieme Verlag, 1971.
827	826	QU 60 B651a 1951	The Amino acid compostion of proteins and foods : analytical methods and results / by Richard J. Block and Diana Bolling	Springfield : Thomas, 1951
828	827	QU 60 D489a 1974	Amino acids, peptides and proteins : biochemical and immunochemical techniques in protein chemistry / by T. DBevBenyi and J. Gergely [English translation by P. Friedrich].	Amsterdam : Elsevier Scientific., 1974.
829	828	QU 60 G815c 1961	Chemistry of the amino acids / by Jesse P. Greenstein and Milton Winitz.	New York : Wiley, 1961.
830	829	QU 60 G981m 1968	Struktury aminokislot. English;"The Molecular structure of amino acids : determination by X-ray diffraction analysis / by Galina V. Gurskaya."	New York : Consultants Bureau, 1968.
831	830	QU 60 S381p 1965-66	The peptides / by Eberhard SchrHoder and Klaus LHubke translated by Erhard Gross.	New York : Academic Press, 1965-66.
832	831	QU 60 S434a 1973	Amino acid metabolism and its disorders / by Charles R. Scriver [and] Leon E. Rosenberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
833	832	QU 75 P631c 1957	The Carbohydrates chemistry, biochemistry, physiology / edited by William Ward Pigman.	New York : Academic Press, 1957.
834	833	QU 75 ข171ค 2522	คาร์โบไฮเดรทเคมีคลินิค / ขวัญชัย รัตนเสถียร	เชียงใหม่ : คณะเทคนิคการแพทย์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
835	834	QU 83 A841p 1970	Polysaccharides / by Gerald O. Aspinall.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, [1970]
836	835	QU 85 B651l 1960	Lipide metabolism / edited by Konrad Emil Bloch.	New York : John Wiley, 1960.
837	836	QU 85 D485l 1951-57	The Lipids : their chemistry and biochemistry / Harry James Deuel.	New York : Interscience, 1951-57.
838	837	QU 85 I61b 1962	Biochemistry problems of lipids / edited by A. C. Frazer.	Amsterdam : Elsevier , (c.1963)
839	838	QU 85 S198h 1969	Hyperlipidemia and hyperlipoproteinemia / Shafeek S. Sanbar.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1969.
840	839	QU 9 C191e 1965	Essays in biochemistry / edited by P. N. Campbell and W. N. Aldridge	London : Academic Press, 1965-
841	840	QU 90 K18p 1976	Prostaglandins--physiological, pharmacological and pathological aspects / edited by S. M. M. Karim.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1976.
842	841	QU 90 M479u 1976	The Unsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids in health and disease / by James F. Mead and Armand J. Fulco.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
843	842	QV 100 I61s 1972	Spasticity : a topical survey / edited by W. Birkmayer.	Bern : H. Huber, 1972.
844	843	QV 102 A526 1979	Amphetamine use, misuse, and abuse : proceedings of the National Amphetamine Conference, 1978 / edited by David E. Smith ... [et al.]	Boston, Mass. : G. K. Hall, Medical, c1979
845	844	QV 109 P771d 1965	Drugs and phantasy : the effects of LSD psilocybin and sernylon college students / by John C. Pollard ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
846	845	QV 109 US54a 1967	Adverse reactions to hallucinogenic drugs, with background papers : conference held at the National Institute of Mental Health, Chevy Chase, Maryland, September 29, 1967 / Roger E. Meyer, editor.	Washington : The Department, 1967.
847	846	QV 11 M617h 1971	A History of drugs / Lydia Mez-Mangold translated from the German by T. L. and J. A. L. Janson.	Basle : F. Hoffmann-La Roche, c1971.
848	847	QV 122 G618b 1976	Biology of cholinergic function / edited by Alan M. Goldberg, Israel Hanin.	New York : Raven Press, c1976.
849	848	QV 122 H239c 1974	Choline and acetylcholine : handbook of chemical assay methods / edited by Israel Hanin.	New York : Raven Press, 1974.
850	849	QV 122 W313c 1975	Cholinergic mechanisms / editor, P. G. Waser.	New York : Raven Press, [1975]
851	850	QV 132 K45g 1967	Ganlion-blocking and ganglion-stimulaitong agents / edited by W. D. M. Paton translated by R. Crawford	Oxford : Pergarmon Press, 1967
852	851	QV 135 R776e 1967	Enzyme cytology / edited by D. B. Roodyn.	London : Academic Press, 1967.
853	852	QV 137 H434 1968	The Health consequences of smoking : a Public Health Service review: 1967.	Washington : U.S. Public Health Service, 1968.
854	853	QV 137 U58s 1964	Smoking and health report of the advisory committee to the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service.	[Washington] : U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service [for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964]
855	854	QV 140 C567c 1962	Curare and curare-like agents : In honour of Professor C. Chagas / editor for the Ciba Foundation: A.V.S. De Reuck.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962.
856	855	QV 150 A634c 1977	Cardiovascular pharmacology / editor, Michael J. Antonaccio.	New York : Raven Press, c1977.
857	856	QV 150 S344a 1967	Antihypertensive agents / edited by Emil Schlittler.	New York : Academic Press, 1967.
858	857	QV 153 D582d 1957	Digitalis / edited by E. Grey Dimond	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1957
859	858	QV 153 P963b 1970	Basic and clinical pharmacology of digitalis : proceedings of a symposium / compiled and edited by Bernard H. Marks and Arnold M. Weissler with a foreword by James V. Warren.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1972.
860	859	QV 157 P963h 1971	Histamine : mechanisms of regulation of the biogenic amines level in the tissues with special reference to histamine / by Czeslaw Maslinski	Strondsburg : Dowden, Hutchinson, 1973
861	860	QV 157 Sy52c 1956	Ciba Foundation Symposium, jointly with the Physiological Society and the British Pharmacological Society on Histamine in honour of sir Henry Dale / editors for the Ciba Foundation, G. E. W. Wolstenholme	Boston : Little, Brown, 1956
862	861	QV 157 ก234ย 2518	ยาต่อต้านฮิสตามีน (ยาแก้แพ้) และดัชนีชื่อยาต่อต้านฮิสตามีน = Antihistamine drugs and ahtihistamine drug index : คู่มือยาแผนปัจจุบ้น 1 / โดย กิตติพันธ์ ตันตระรุ่งโรจน์, ธาริณี สินชัย, วินัย สินประเสริฐ	เชียงใหม่ : พระสิงห์การพิมพ์, 2518
863	862	QV 16 C771m 1962	A mathematical guide to dosage and solutions / by Alice C. Cook and Katherine D. Macaw.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, (c.1962)
864	863	QV 16 M161s 1966	Simplified arithmetic for nurses / Mary Esther McClain	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
865	864	QV 16 R523m 1976	The mathematics of drugs and solutions with clinical applications / Lloyd I. Richardson, Judith Knight Richardson.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1976.
866	865	QV 16 R863c 1961	Calculations in pharmacy / by Sue H. Rouse and M. George Webber.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1961.
867	866	QV 170 I61p 1973	Postaglandin synthetase inhibitors-their effects on physiological functions an dpathological states / edited Harry J. Robinson and John R. Vane	New York : Raven Press, 1974
868	867	QV 170 S193a 1976	Advances in prostaglandin and thromboxane research.	New York : Raven Press, 1976-1980.
869	868	QV 173 P655a 1964	Advances in oxytocin research : proceedings of a symposium held on 1st May 1964 under the auspices of the Blair-Bell Research Society at the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, Sussex Place, Regent's Park, London, England / edited by J.H.M. Pinkerton.	Oxford : Symposium Publications Division, Pergamon Press, 1964.
870	869	QV 175 W927p 1972	Prostaglandins in fertility control / Organizationa at the WHO Research and Training Centre on Human Reproduction, Karolinska Institutet, Stocholm Sweden edited by S. Bergstion K. Green and B. Samuelsson	Stockholm : Karolinska Institute, 1972
871	870	QV 18 G363s 1974	Self-assessment of current knowledge in clinical pharmacy : 1,405 multiple choice questions and referenced answers / edited by Philip P. Gerbino.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974.
872	871	QV 18 G378p 1966	Pharmacy examination review / Robert J. Gerraughty.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, c1966.
873	872	QV 25 C532m 1975	Manual of pharmacology 1975	Chiang Mai Faculty of Medicine Chiang Mai University, 1975
874	873	QV 25 C579i 1969	Isolation and identification of drugs in pharmaceuticals, body fluids and post-mortem material / edited by E. G. C. Clarke	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1969-75
875	874	QV 25 D668a 1971	Animal experiments in pharmacological analysis / by Floyd R. Domer.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1971.
876	875	QV 25 G238q 1964	The Quantitative analysis of drugs / Donald Clarence Garratt.	Tokyo : Toppan, 1964.
877	876	QV 250 B825a 1976	Antimicrobial drug therapy / Abraham I. Braude.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
878	877	QV 250 B977c 1967	Chemotherapy : an introductory / text by Harris Busch [and] Montague Lane.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
879	878	QV 250 S854s 1958	The Strategy of chemotherapy	London : Cambridge University Press, 1958
880	879	QV 250 W111c 1973	Clinical evaluation of amoxycillin (BRL 2333) / J. P. Van Waardhuizen	Basel : S. Karger, 1973
881	880	QV 250 ธ237ค 2519	เคมีรักษา และการดูแลผู้ป่วยมะเร็ง / ธีระ อ่ำสวัสดิ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช, 2519
882	881	QV 253 D261d 1973	Drug treatment in intestinal helminthiases / by A. Davis.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1973.
883	882	QV 254 I61m 1977	Metronidazole : proceedings of the International Metronidazole Conference Montreal, Quebec, Canada, May 26-28, 1976 / editor, Sydney M. Finegold associate editors, James A. McFadzean, Francis J. C. Roe.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1977.
884	883	QV 256 P483c 1970	Chemotherapy and drug resistance in malaria / W. Peters.	London : Academic Press, 1970.
885	884	QV 268 C678d 1966	The Drug treatment of tuberculosis / by Archibald C. Cohen.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1966.
886	885	QV 33 L921f 1979	Forensic toxicology : controlled substances and dangerous drugs / W. T. Lowry and James C. Garriott.	New York : Plenum Press, c1979.
887	886	QV 33.1 J42r 1985	Regulation of pharmaceuticals in developing countries : legal issues and approaches / by D.C. Jayasuriya.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1985.
888	887	QV 33.1 W927g 1988	Guidelines for developing national drug policies	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1988
889	888	QV 34 D419p 1970	Pharmacological experiments on isolated preparations / Department of Pharmacology, University of Edinburgh.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1970.
890	889	QV 34 J66c 1977	Clinical trials / edited by F. Neil Johnson and Susan Johnson foreword by Lord Cohen.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
891	890	QV 34 K77c 1963	Cholinesterases and anticholinesterase agents / George Brampton Koelle	Berlin : springr-Verlag, 1963
892	891	QV 34 S989p 1976	The Principles and practice of clinical trials : based on a symposium organised by the Association of Medical Advisers in the Pharmaceutical Industry / edited by C. S. Good foreword by Sir Cyril Clarke.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1976.
893	892	QV 35 B258i 1955	Introduction to chemical pharmacology / R. B. Barlow	London : Methuen, 1955
894	893	QV 350 F494r 1954	Recent advances in chemotherapy / edited by F. C. O Valentine and R. A. Shooter	London : J. A. Churchill, 1954
895	894	QV 350 K11a 1970	Antimicrobial therapy / edited by Benjamin M. Kagan with contributions by 46 authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
896	895	QV 350 K11a 1974	Antimicrobial therapy / edited by Benjamin M. Kagan. with contributions by 73 authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974.
897	896	QV 350 K95u 1979	The Use of antibiotics : a comprehensive review with clinical emphasis / A. Kucers and N. McK. Bennett.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1979.
898	897	QV 350 S371a 1971	Antibiotics and chemotherapy / edoted by H. Schonfeld and A. De Weck Basel, S. Karger.	Basel : S. Karger, 1971-
899	898	QV 350 S989a 1970	Antimicrobial agents / edited by Prasert Thongcharoen	Bangkok : Thai Karn Pim Press, 1970
900	899	QV 350 W131c 1973	Chromatography of antibiotics / by Gerald H. Wagman and Marvin J. Weinstein.	Amsterdam : Elsevier Scientific, 1973.
901	900	QV 350 W149a 1968	Actinomycin : nature, formation, and activities / edited by Selman A. Waksman.	New York : Interscience, 1968.
902	901	QV 350 W439m 1953	Antibiotic therapy / by Henry Welch ... [et al.]	New York : Medical Encyclopedia, 1953
903	902	QV 350 W439m 1954	Principles and practice of antibiotic therapy / by Henry Wolch	New York : Medical Encyclopedia, 1954
904	903	QV 350 ส168ก 2520	การใช้ยาต้านจุลชีพในโรคติดเชื้อที่พบบ่อยและการสร้างเสริมภูมิคุ้มกันโรค / สมศักดิ์ โล่ห์เลขา	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2520
905	904	QV 356 P529t 1960	Terramycin therapy / Pfizer Laboratories	Brooklyn, Nyu. : Chas. Pfizer, 1960
906	905	QV 38 A333s 1973	Selective toxicity : the physico-chemical basis of therapy / Adrien Albert	London : Chapman and Hall, 1973
907	906	QV 38 A652 1978	Applied therapeutics for clinical pharmacists / edited by Mary Anne Koda-Kimble, Brian S. Katcher, Lloyd Y. Young.	San Francisco : Applied Therapeutics, c1978.
908	907	QV 38 B258i 1968	Introduction to chemical pharmacology / R. B. Barlow.	London : Methuen, 1964.
909	908	QV 38 B474t 1962	Tranquilizing and antidepressive drugs / by Wilbur M. Benson and Burtrum C. Schiele	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1962
910	909	QV 38 C567m 1970	Molecular properties of drug receptors : a Ciba Foundation symposium / edited by Ruth Porter and Maeve O'Connor.	London : Churchill, 1970.
911	910	QV 38 D794 1977	Drug disposition during development / edited by Paolo Lucio Morselli.	New York : SP Books Division of Spectrum, c1977.
912	911	QV 38 D794 1978	Drug treatment : principles and practice of clinical pharmacology and therapeutics / edited by Graeme S. Avery	Sydney : Adis Press, c1978
913	912	QV 38 F533c 1961	Chemistry of drug metabolism / William H. Fishman.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1961.
914	913	QV 38 G624p 1974	Principles of drug action : the basis of pharmacology, by Avram Goldstein, Lewis Aronow and Sumner M. Kalman	New York, N.Y. : John Wiley , (c.1974)
915	914	QV 38 G739p 1966	Pharmacology for medical students / J. D. P. Graham.	London : Oxford University Press, 1966.
916	915	QV 38 H37i 1964	Introduction to molecular pharmacology / by William C. Holland ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillan, 1964.
917	916	QV 38 I61a 1969	Advances in cytopharmacology / edited by F. Clementi and B. Ceccarelli	New York : Raven Press, 1971
918	917	QV 38 I61i 1968	Inflammation biochemistry and drug interaction : proceedings of an international symposium, Como, Italy, 11-13 October 1968 / editors: A. Bertelli [and] J. C. Houck.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1969.
919	918	QV 38 L157f 1971	Fundamentals of drug metabolism and drug disposition / edited by Bert N. La Du, H. George Mandel, E. Leong Way	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1971
920	919	QV 38 L379e 1964	Evaluation of drug activities : pharmacometrics / edited by D.R. Laurence and A.L. Bacharach	London : Academic Press, 1964
921	920	QV 38 M613s 1972	Side effects of drugs : a survey of unwanted effects of drugs reported in 1968-1971 / edited by L. Meyler and Herxheimer	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1972
922	921	QV 38 M636d 1973	Drug resistance and selectivity : biochemical and cellular basis / edited by Enrico Mihich contributors: Rosemary W. Elliott [et al.]	New York : Academic Press, 1973.
923	922	QV 38 M659d 1972	Drugs and driving : a survey of the relationship of adverse drug reactions, and drug-alcohol interaction, to driving safety / Gerald Milner.	New York : S. Karger, 1972.
924	923	QV 38 M689u 1955	The Use of drugs : a textbook of pharmacology and therapeutics for nurses / Walter Modell and Doris J. Place	New York : Springer, 1956
925	924	QV 38 M718 1964	Molecular modification in drug design : a symposium sponsored by the Division of Medicanal Chemistry at the 145th meeting of the American Chemical Society, New York, N. Y., Sept. 9-10, 1963. Fred W. Schueler, symposium chairman.	Washington, D. C. : American Chemical Society, 1964.
926	925	QV 38 N761a 1964	Animal and clinical pharmacologic techniques in drug evalution / edited John H. Nodine and Peter E. Siegler, 1964	Chicago : Yearbook Medical, 1964
927	926	QV 38 R359r 1971	Renal function and drug action / [by] Marcus M. Reidenberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
928	927	QV 38 S571a 1967	Animal and clinical pharmacologic techniques in drug evaluation / by Pete E. Siegler and John H. Moyer	Chicago : Yearbook Medical, 1967
929	928	QV 38 S661v 1973	Variability in human drug response / [by] Stephen E. Smith and Michael D. Rawlins.	London : Butterworth, 1973.
930	929	QV 38 S973b 1970	Current concepts in the pharmaceutical sciences: biopharmaceutics / James Swarbrick, editor.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1970.
931	930	QV 38 S989d 1973	Drug receptors : a symposium / edited by H. P. Rang.	Baltimore : University Park Press, 1973.
932	931	QV 38 T951s 1965	Screening methods inn pharmacology / Robert Arnald Turner	New York : Academic Press, 1965
933	932	QV 38 W138c 1959	The Clinical evaluation of new drugs / by fourteen authors. Edited by S.O. Waife and Alvin P. Shapiro.	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1959.
934	933	QV 38 W867d 1967	Drug responses in man a Ciba Foundation / Gordon Wolstenholme	Boston : Little, Brown, 1967
935	934	QV 4 A839p 1967	Pharmacology for practical nurses / Mary Kaye Asperheim.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
936	935	QV 4 A839p 1968	The Pharmacologic basis of patient care / Mary Kaye Asperheim.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
937	936	QV 4 B326m 1938	Materia medica pharmacology therapeutics and prescription writing, for students and practitioners /Arthur Bastedo, Walter
938	937	QV 4 B395d 1958	Drugs : their nature, action and use	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958
939	938	QV 4 B395p 1961	Pharmacology, the nature, action use of drugs / Harry Beckman	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
940	939	QV 4 B496p 1973	Pharmacology in nursing / by Betty S. Bergersen and Andres Goth.	Saint Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1973.
941	940	QV 4 B571e 1969	Essentials of pharmacology : a textbook for students / editor: John A. Bevan contributors: Joseph H. Beckerman ... [et al.] foreword by Sherman M. Mellinkoff.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row, c1969.
942	941	QV 4 C549a 1963	A Handbook of applied pharmacology and therapeutics including materia medica / by R. N. Chopra and N. K. Dasgupta	Calcutta : Academic, 1963
943	942	QV 4 C592a 1959	Applied pharmacology / Andrew Wilson and H. S. Schild.	London : Churchill, 1959.
944	943	QV 4 C592a 1968	Applied pharmacology / Andrew Wilson	London : Churchill, 1968.
945	944	QV 4 C951l 1971	Lewis's pharmacology / J. J. Lewis rev. by James Crossland	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1971
946	945	QV 4 C991h 1967	Handbook of pharmacology : the actions and uses of drugs / by Windsor C. Cutting.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967.
947	946	QV 4 F974m 1967	Modern trends in pharmacology and therapeutics / W. F. M. Fulton	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967
948	947	QV 4 G123p 1959	Pharmacology / John Henry goddum	London : Oxford University Press, 1957
949	948	QV 4 G126p 1978	Pharmacology / J. H. Gaddum revised by A. S. V. Burgen adn J. F. Mitchell.	London : Oxford University Press, 1978.
950	949	QV 4 G653p 1941	The Pharmacological basis of therapeutics, a textbook of pharmacology, toxicology and therapeutics for physicians and medical students	New York : Macmillian, 1941
951	950	QV 4 G653p 1965	The Pharmacological basis of therapeutics a textbook of pharmacology, toxicology, and therapeutics for physicians and medical students . Edited by Louis S. Goodman & Alfred Gilman.	New York : Macmillan [1965]
952	951	QV 4 G653p 1975	The Pharmacological basis of therapeutics / editors, Louis S. Goodman, Alfred Gilman associate editors, Alfred G. Gilman, George B. Koelle.	New York : Macmillan, 1975
953	952	QV 4 G684m 1972	Medical pharmacology : principles and concepts / Andres Goth.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1972.
954	953	QV 4 G875p 1965	Pharmacology and therapeutics : a textbook for students and practitioners of medicine and its allied professions / by Arthur Grollman with the collaboration of Evelyn Frances Grollman.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1965.
955	954	QV 4 G875p 1970	Pharmacology and therapeutics : a textbook for students and practitioners of medicine and its allied professions / by Arthur Grollman and Evelyn Frances Grollman.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1970.
956	955	QV 4 G976i 1958	An Introduction to pharmacology and therapeutics / J. A. Gunn	London : Oxford University Press, 1958
957	956	QV 4 H353h 1967	Hospital pharmacy / William Ephriam Hassan	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967
958	957	QV 4 H353h 1974	Hospital pharmacy / by William E. Hassan, Jr.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1974.
959	958	QV 4 H683p 1969	Pharmacology applied to patients care / by Lucy F. Hobitzell and Charles L. Winek	Philadelphia : Davis, 1969
960	959	QV 4 H796d 1968	Drugs and pharmacology for nurses / by S. J. Hopkins.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1968.
961	960	QV 4 K89p 1965	Krantz and Carr's pharmacologic principles of medical practice : a textbook on pharmacology and therapeutics for medical students, physicians and the member of the professions allied to medicine / by John C. Krantz and C. Jelleff Carr.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965.
962	961	QV 4 K93p 1955	Pharmacology in nursing / by Elsie E. Krug and Hugh Alister McGuigan.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1955.
963	962	QV 4 K93p 1960	Pharmacology in nursing / by Elsie E. Krug.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1960.
964	963	QV 4 K94i 1951	An Introduction to materia medica and pharmacology / by Elesie E. Krug and Hugh Alister McGuigan	St. Louis : Mosby,1948
965	964	QV 4 K97t 1973	Textbook of pharmacology / by G. Kuschinsky and H. Lullmann translated by Philip C. Hoffmann.	New York : Academic Press, 1973.
966	965	QV 4 L419c 1966	Clinical pharmacology / by D. R. Laurence with some illus. by Peter Kneebone.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966.
967	966	QV 4 L479c 1973	Clinical pharmacology / Desmond Roger Laurence	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973
968	967	QV 4 L673i 1964	An Introduction to pharmacology / John Jacob Lewis	Baltimore William & Wilkins, 1964
969	968	QV 4 M334o 1963	Outline of pharmacology and therapeutics	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1963
970	969	QV 4 M527c 1972	Clinical pharmacology : basic principles in therapeutics / edited by Kenneth L. Melmon and Howard F. Morrelli.	New York : Macmillan, 1972
971	970	QV 4 M613r 1974	Review of medical pharmacology / Frederick H. Meyers, Ernest Jawetz, Alan Goldfien illustrated by Laurel V. Schaubert.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, c1974.
972	971	QV 4 M625e 1961	The Essentials of materia medica, pharmacology and therapeutics / Robert Henry Micks	Churchill, 1961
973	972	QV 4 M989m 1958	Modern pharmacology and therapeutics / by Ruth Musser and Joseph G. Bird	New York : Macmillan, 1958
974	973	QV 4 M989p 1966	Pharmacology and therapeutics / Ruth D. Musser	New York : Macmillan, 1966
975	974	QV 4 R164r 1977	Review and application of clinical pharmacology / Susan E. Ralston, Marion Hale.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
976	975	QV 4 R667r 1968	Recent advances in pharmacology / by J. M. Robson and R. S. Stacey.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1968.
977	976	QV 4 S326i 1975	Introductory clinical pharmacology / by Jeanne C. Scherer.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1975.
978	977	QV 4 S353h 1981	Harper's handbook of therapeutic pharmacology / R. Marilyn Schmidt, Solomon Margolin.	Philadelphia : Harper & Row, c1981.
979	978	QV 4 S565g 1962	General pharmacology / Jean Sice	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
980	979	QV 4 S688m 1957	A Manual of pharmacology and its applications to therapeutics and toxicology / Torald Hermann Sollmann	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1957
981	980	QV 4 S777b 1965	Squire's Basic pharmacology for nurses;"Basic pharmacology for nurses / Jessie E. Squire."	St. Louis : Mosby, c1965.
982	981	QV 4 S966s 1970	A Synopsis of pharmacology / by V. C. Sutherland.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
983	982	QV 4 W927p 1951	The International pharmacopoeia , v.1. / World Health Organization.	Geneva : The Organization, 1951.
984	983	QV 4 W949t 1955	Textbook of pharmacology and therapeutics / by Harold N. Wright and Mildred Montag	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955
985	984	QV 4 W949t 1959	A Textbook of pharmacology and therapyatics including drugs and solutions / by Harold N. Wright and Mildred Montag	Philadeophia : Saunders, 1959
986	985	QV 4 พ223ภ 2521	เภสัชวิทยา = Pharmacology / พาณี เตชะเสน	เชียงใหม่ : เจริญการค้า, 2521
987	986	QV 4 ม193ต 2522	ตำราเภสัชวิทยา / บรรณาธิการ บุญเจือ ธรณินทร์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
988	987	QV 50 C383c 1975	Clinical pharmacology in dentistry / R. A. Cawson and R. G. Spector.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
989	988	QV 50 F818d 1962	Dental pharmacology and therapeutics / by L. E. Francis and D. R. Wood	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
990	989	QV 50 P414d 1965	Dental pharmacology / George W. Pennington.	Philadelphia : Davis, 1965.
991	990	QV 55 B963p 1957	The Principles of therapeutics / oshua Harold Burn	Springfield : Charles, 1957
992	991	QV 55 D779p 1958	Pharmacology in medicine;"Drill's pharmacology in medicine / edited by Joseph R. DiPalma."	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1958.
993	992	QV 55 D779p 1971	Drill's Pharmacology in medicine / edited by Joseph R. DiPalma	New York : McGraw-Hill 1971
994	993	QV 55 F534r 1971	Renal pharmacology / editor: James W. Fisher consulting editor: Edward J. Cafruny.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
995	994	QV 55 H236 1979	Handbook of non-prescription drugs / American Pharmaceutical Association	Washington, D.C. : The Association, 1979
996	995	QV 55 K14p 1962	Pharmacogenetics : heredity and the response to drugs / Werner Kalow.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1962.
997	996	QV 55 M613d 1972	Drug-induced diseases.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1972.
998	997	QV 55 S631m 1968	Medical and veterinary chemicals / by R. Slack and A. W. Nineham.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1968.
999	998	QV 55 W927s 1979	Studies in drug utilization : methods and applications / edited by U. Bergman ... [et al.].	Copenhagen : World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe, 1979.
1000	999	QV 60 B892g 1973	A Guide to drug eruptions / by W. Bruinsma.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1973.
1001	1000	QV 60 S839e 1964	The Evaluation of therapeutic agents and cosmetics / edited by Thomas H. Sternbert [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
1002	1001	QV 600 A681p 1963	Poisoning : chemistry, symptoms, treatments / Jay M. Arena.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1963.
1003	1002	QV 600 B474h 1963	Handbook of treatment of acute poisoning / by E. H. Bensley and G. E. Joron.	Baltimore : Willams and Wilkins, 1963.
1004	1003	QV 600 B872p 1958	Poisons : properties, chemical identification, symptoms, and emergency treatment / by Vincent J. Brookes and Morris B. Jacobs.	Princeton, N.J. : Van Nostrand [1958]
1005	1004	QV 600 C976a 1972	Advances in forensic and clinical toxicology / A. S. Curry.	Cleveland, Ohio : CRC Press, 1972.
1006	1005	QV 600 D118f 1956	Food poisoning / Gail Monroe, Dack	Chicago : Unversity of Chicago, 1956
1007	1006	QV 600 D324s 1964	Symptomatology and therapy of toxicological emergencies / by William B. Deichmann and Horace W. Gerarde.	New York : Academic Press, 1964.
1008	1007	QV 600 D771h 1971	Handbook of poisoning : diagnosis & treatment / Robert H. Dreisbach, William O. Robertson.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1971.
1009	1008	QV 600 D815t 1959	Textbook of toxicology / by Kenneth P. Dubois and E. M. K. Geiling	New York : Oxford University Press, 1959
1010	1009	QV 600 G739d 1962	The Diagnosis and treatment of acute poisoning / James David Provins, Graham	London : Oxford University Press, 1962
1011	1010	QV 600 J17a 1967	The Analytical toxicology of industrial inorganic poisons / by Morris B. Jacobs.	New York : Interscience, 1967.
1012	1011	QV 600 L863e 1968	Essentials of toxicology / by Ted A. Loomis.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1968.
1013	1012	QV 600 M694p 1965	Poisoning diagnosis and treatment / Sven Moeschlin	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1965
1014	1013	QV 600 M954i 1974	Immunoassays for drugs subject to abuse . Editors: S. J. MulBe [and others]	Cleveland : CRC Press [1974]
1015	1014	QV 600 N257h 1956-59	Handbook of toxicology / Wahington National Research Council	Philadephia : Saunders, 1957-
1016	1015	QV 600 S849t 1960	Toxicology : mechanisms and analytical methods / edited by C.P. Stwart and A. Stolman.	New York : Academic Press, 1960, 1961
1017	1016	QV 600 T434c 1964	Clinical toxicology / by Clinton H. Thienes [and] Thomas J. Haley.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1964.
1018	1017	QV 600 V945p 1958	Poisoning, a guide to clinical and treatment / Wolfgang Felix Von Oettingen	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958
1019	1018	QV 600 พ223พ 2521	พิษวิทยา : หลักการวินิจฉัยและรักษา / พาณี เตชะเสน	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
1020	1019	QV 602 A512c 1959	Chemical test for intoxication, manual / American Medical Association, Committee on Medicolegal Problems	[S. l. : s. n.], 1959
1021	1020	QV 602 C976p 1969	Poison detection in human organs / by Alan Curry with an introd. by Keith Simpson.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1969.
1022	1021	QV 627 K55p 1964	Poisonous plants of the United States and Canada / John Merriam Kingsbury	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, [1964]
1023	1022	QV 628 S927i 1967	An Introduction to the alkaloids / George Albert Swan	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1967
1024	1023	QV 628 S989a 1965	Antitumoral effects of Vinca rosea alkaloids : proceedings first symposium of the G.E.C.A. (Groupe Europeen de Chimiotherapie Anticancereuse). Paris 21st, June 1965. Edited by S. Garattini and E. M. Sproston.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1966.
1025	1024	QV 628 T247i 1966	Indole alkaloids : an introduction to the enamine chemistry of natural products / by W.I. Taylor.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1966.
1026	1025	QV 633 G354t 1960	Toxicology and biochemistry of aromatic hydrocarbons / Horace W. Gerarde.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1960.
1027	1026	QV 704 B649c 1972	Clinical pharmacy practice / edited by Charles W. Blissitt, O. Lynn Webb [and] Walter F. Stanaszek	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972
1028	1027	QV 704 B961p 1963	Physical and technical pharmacy / edited by Henry M. Burlage [et al.]	New York : McGraw Hill, 1963
1029	1028	QV 704 F823p 1972	Perspectives in clinical pharmacy : a textbook for the clinically-oriented pharmacist wherever he may practice / edited by Donald E. Francke and Harvey A. K. Whitney, Jr.	Hamilton, Ill. : Drug Intelligence, 1972.
1030	1029	QV 704 G728p 1970	Proceedings of an invitational conference of pharmacy manpower / editors: Joe B. Graber [and] Donald C. Brodie.	[Rockville, Md.] : Health Services and Mental Health Administration, [1971]
1031	1030	QV 704 J52c 1966	Clinical pharmacy : a text for dispensing pharmacy / by Glenn L. Jenkins ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1966
1032	1031	QV 704 K11c 1969	Clinical pharmacy handbook.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1969.
1033	1032	QV 704 K89h 1974	Hospital pharmacy journal articles / a collection of current published articles related to the practice of hospital pharmacy in its many emerging roles edited by Richard L. Kratz.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974.
1034	1033	QV 704 L985p 1955	Textbook of pharmaceutical compounding and dispensing / edited by Rufus A. Lyman and Joseph B. Sprowls.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1955.
1035	1034	QV 704 M379p 1960	Physical pharmacy : physical chemical principles in the pharmaceutical sciences / by Alfred N. Martin.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1960.
1036	1035	QV 704 M379p 1969	Physical pharmacy : physical chemical principles in the pharmaceutical sciences / Martin N. Alfred ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1969
1037	1036	QV 704 S771a 1966	American pharmacy : an introduction to pharmaceutical technics and dosage forms / edited by Joseph B. Sprowls, Jr. and Harold M. Beal	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966
1038	1037	QV 704 S771p 1970	Prescription pharmacy : dosage formulation and pharmaceutical adjuncts / edited by Joseph B. Sprowls	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1970
1039	1038	QV 711 K92h 1976	History of pharmacy;"Kremers and Urdang's History of pharmacy."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1976.
1040	1039	QV 738 W927s 1972	Specifications for the quality control of pharmaceutical preparations, supplement 1971.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1971.
1041	1040	QV 740 D75 1959	Drug in current use / Walter Modell	New York : [S. n.], 1959
1042	1041	QV 744 A512c 1977	Chemistry in medicine : the legacy and the responsibility : a study / by the Committee on Chemistry and Public Affairs, American Chemical Society.	Washington : ACS, 1977.
1043	1042	QV 744 B395p 1968	Practical pharmaceutical chemistry / [by] A. H. Beckett and J. B. Stenlake.	London : Athlone P., 1968-1970.
1044	1043	QV 744 B477t 1960	Bentley and Driver's textbook of pharmaceutical chemistry/ Arthur Owen Bentley revised by L. M. Atherden.	London : Oxford University Press, 1960.
1045	1044	QV 744 B954m 1960	Medicinal chemistry / Edited by Alfred Burger	New York : Interscience, 1960
1046	1045	QV 744 B954m 1979	Medicinal chemistry;"Burger's Medicinal chemistry."	New York : Wiley, c1980-c1981.
1047	1046	QV 744 C495p 1966	Pharmaceutical chemistry / edited by Leslie G. Chatten.	New York : Marcel Dekker, 1966-1969.
1048	1047	QV 744 C753t 1967	A Textbook of pharmaceutical analysis / by Kenneth A. Connors.	New York : Wiley, 1967.
1049	1048	QV 744 C753t 1975	A textbook of pharmaceutical analysis / Kenneth A. Connors	New York : Wiley, [1975]
1050	1049	QV 744 H638p 1961	Pharmaceutical analysis / edited by Takeru Higuchi and Einar Borchmann-Hanssen.	New York : Interscience, 1961.
1051	1050	QV 744 J52c 1957	The Chemistry of organic medicinal products / by Glenn L. Jenkins ... [et al.]	New York : Wiley, 1957
1052	1051	QV 744 J52q 1957	Quantitative pharmaceutical chemistry / by Glenn L. Jenkins, Adelbert M. Knevel [and] Frank E. DiGangi.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1957.
1053	1052	QV 744 J52q 1967	Quantitative pharmaceutical chemistry / [by] Glenn L. Jenkins, Adelbert M. Knevel [and] Frank E. DiGangi.	New York : McGraw-Hill [1967]
1054	1053	QV 744 K84e 1976	Essentials of medicinal chemistry / Andrejus Korolkovas, Joseph H. Burckhalter.	New York : John Wiley, c1976.
1055	1054	QV 744 W747t 1966	Textbook of organic medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry / edited by Charles O. Wilson, Ole Gisvold, and Robert F. Doerge. Authors: T. C. Daniels [and others]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [1966]
1056	1055	QV 746 F823h 1970-	Handbook of I.V. additive reviews.	Hamilton, Ill. : Hamilton Press, 1971-
1057	1056	QV 748 B877d 1965	Drug presentation and prescribing / by W. R. L. Brown and J. W. Hadgraft	New York : Pergamon Press, 1965
1058	1057	QV 748 W949p 1962	Prescription writing and medical jurisprudence / Harold Noel Grant Wright	Minneapalis : Burgess, 1962
1059	1058	QV 752 C616p 1965	Pharmacognosy / by Edward P. Claus and Varro E. Tyler	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1965
1060	1059	QV 752 R183m 1959	Modern pharmacognosy / Egil Ramstad	New York : McGraw Hill, 1959
1061	1060	QV 752 T784t 1966	Textbook of pharmacognosy / byGeorge Edward Trease assisted by William Charles Evans	London : Bailliere, 1966
1062	1061	QV 752 W214t 1967	Textbook of pharmacognosy / T. E. Wallis	London : J & A. Churchill, 1967
1063	1062	QV 76.5 R741n 1977	Neurotoxicology.	New York : Raven Press, 1977-
1064	1063	QV 766 I61n 1977	New natural products and plant drugs with pharmacological, biological or therapeutical activity : proceedings of the First International Congress on Medicinal Plant Research, Section A, held at the University of Munich, Germany, September 6-10, 1976 / edited by H. Wagner and P. Wolff	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1977.
1065	1064	QV 766 N424m 1951	Medical botany a handbook for medical men and all who are concerned in the use of plants : nutritionists, dicticians, pharmacists and veterinarians / Alexander Nelson	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1951
1066	1065	QV 766 Y78p 1951	Pharmaceutical botany / Heber Wilkinson Youngken.	Philadelphia : Blakiston, 1951.
1067	1066	QV 766 ส166ห 2522	หนังสือคู่มือสมุนไพรใกล้ตัว / สมพร ภูติยานันต์	กรุงเทพฯ : กองอำนวยการกลางรักษาความปลอดภัยแห่งชาติ, 2522
1068	1067	QV 766 ส223ข [ม.ป.ป.]	ข้อกำหนดมาตรฐานของสมุนไพร 5 ชนิดในยาแก้ไอ มะแว้ง / องค์การเภสัชกรรม	กรุงเทพฯ : องค์การ, [2534?]
1069	1068	QV 77 B631d 1969	Drugs and the brain : papers on the action, use, and abuse of psychotropic agents / edited by Perry Black.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1969.
1070	1069	QV 77 C164t 1975	Therapeutics in neurology / Donald B. Calne.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
1071	1070	QV 77 C596p 1970	Principles of psychopharmacology : a textbook for physicians, medical students, and behavioral scientists / W. G. Clark, editor in chief J. del Giudice, coeditor contributors: G. K. Aghajanian [et al.]	New York : Academic Press, 1970.
1072	1071	QV 77 C596p 1978	Principles of psychopharmacology / editors, William G. Clark, Joseph del Giudice contributors, Gary C. Aden ... [et al.].	New York : Academic Press, 1978.
1073	1072	QV 77 E92p 1969	The Psychopharmacology of the normal human / compiled and edited by Wayne O. Evans and Nathan S. Kline.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1969.
1074	1073	QV 77 E98e 1963	Experiments with drugs : studies in the relation between personality, learning theory and drug action / H. J. Eysenck.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1963.
1075	1074	QV 77 P567p 1970	The Pharmacology of synapses / by J. W. Phillis.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1970.
1076	1075	QV 77 S115c 1973	Chemical modulation of brain function-a tribute to J. E. P. Toman / edited by Hector C. Sabelli ... [et al.]	New York : Raven Press, 1973
1077	1076	QV 77 S458p 1977	Psychopharmacology : a biochemical and behavioral approach / Lewis S. Seiden, Linda A. Dykstra.	New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold, c1977.
1078	1077	QV 77 U58p 1973	Psychoactive drug control : issues and recommendations / United Nations Social Defence Research Institute	Rome : UNSDRI, 1973
1079	1078	QV 77 U84p 1967	Psychotropic drugs and related compounds / by Earl Usdin and Daniel H. Efron.	Washington : U. S. Public Health Service, 1967.
1080	1079	QV 77 W663r 1957	The Relation of psychiatry to pharmacology / by Abraham Wikler	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1957
1081	1080	QV 77 W829p 1970	Psychopharmacology and the individual patient / editors: J. R. Wittenborn, Solomon C. Goldberg [and] Philip R. A. May.	New York : Raven Press, 1970.
1082	1081	QV 77.9 A633 1985	Antipsychotics / edited by Graham D. Burrows, Trevor R. Norman, and Brian Davies.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1985.
1083	1082	QV 77.9 P963b 1979	Benzodiazepines today and tomorrow / edited by by R. G. Priest ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Universtiy Park Press, 1980
1084	1083	QV 772 D794 1965	Drug & cosmetic catalog.	New York, N.Y. : Drug and Cosmetic Industry, c1956-c1987.
1085	1084	QV 80 A243s 1955	Selection of anesthesia : the physiological basis and pharmacological basis / John Adriani	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1955
1086	1085	QV 80 C323d 1965	Drugs in neurospastic disorders / by Charles H. Carter and Sarah R. Gustafson	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1965
1087	1086	QV 80 K63c 1976	Clinical neuropharmacology.	New York : Raven Press, 1976-
1088	1087	QV 81 F499t 1968	Toxicity of Anesthetics proceedings of a research symposium held in Seattle, May 12-13, 1967 / edited by B. R. Fink.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1968.
1089	1088	QV 81 H295a 1975	Advances in drug research / edited by N. J. Harper and Alma B. Simmonds	London : Academic Press, 1971-
1090	1089	QV 81 P218u 1962	Uptake and distribution of anesthetic agents / Emanel Martin Papper and Richard J. Kitz	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963
1091	1090	QV 84 S344b 1969	Biochemical and clinical aspects of alcohol metabolism / edited by Vishwanath M. Sardesai.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1969.
1092	1091	QV 85 W884a 1972	Antiepileptic drugs / editors: Dixon M. Woodbury, J. Kiffin Penry [and] Richard P. Schmidt.	New York : Raven Press, 1972.
1093	1092	QV 86 L438c 1966	Chemistry and applied pharmacology of tranquilizers : a primer for students and practitioners / Erwin Lear	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1966
1094	1093	QV 86 W829r 1970	The Response to meprobamate--a predictive analysis / by J. R. Wittenborn.	New York : Raven Press, 1970.
1095	1094	QV 95 I61p 1966	Pharmacology of pain : proceedings / edited by Robert K'o-Sheng Lim	Oxford : Pergamon, 1968
1096	1095	QW 160 จ215ค 2521	คู่มือไวรัสวิทยา / โดย จันทพงษ์ วะสี และประเสริฐ ทองเจริญ	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
1097	1096	QW 160 ม193ค 2518	คู่มือวิชาไวรัสวิทยา / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2518
1098	1097	QW 160 ส16ว 2521	ไวรัสวิทยาทั่วไป = General virology / สมศักดิ์ พันธุวัฒนา	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
1099	1098	QW 18 K49m 1965	Microbiology review / by Charles W. Kim.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1965.
1100	1099	QW 180 ส223ค 2520	คู่มือการแยกและวินิจฉัยเชื้อรา /cกรมวิทยาศาสตร์การแพทย์	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2520
1101	1100	QW 4 B951t 1964	Textbook of bacteriology;"Microbiology / by Kenneth L. Burdon with the collaboration of Robert P. Williams."	New York : Macmillan, 1964.
1102	1101	QW 4 ท17จ 2514	จุลชีววิทยา สำหรับพยาบาล / ทรงวุฒิ สรสุชาติ	เชียงใหม่ : พระสิงห์การพิมพ์, 2514
1103	1102	QW 4 น172a 2521	Anaerobes / นราทร ธรรมบุตร	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
1104	1103	QW 504 ว232i	Immunology / วิชาญ วิทยาศัย	เชียงใหม่ : คณะเทคนิคการแพทย์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
1105	1104	QW 504 ส14ว 2522	วิทยาภูมิคุ้มกัน (Immunology) / โดย สดใส เวชชาชีวะ, ประพันธ์ ภานุภาค และ ไหม รัตนวรารักษ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522
1106	1105	QW 568 ว739t 2542	T cell และการตอบสนองทางภูมิคุ้มกัน / วิไลวรรณ เพชรโสภณสกุล, นลินี เปรมประชา	เชียงใหม่ : ภาควิชาจุลชีววิทยา มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2542
1107	1106	QW 570 ส14ก 2521	การศึกษาเรื่องแอนติเจน แอนติบอดี้และภาวะคุ้มกัน : หลักการและการแปลผล = The Study of antigen, antibody and the immune system : principle and interpretation / เรียบเรียงโดย สดใส เวชชาชีวะ	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
1108	1107	QW 805 ป171ว 2519	วัคซีนและซีรั่ม = Vaccine and antiserum therapy / บรรณาธิการ ประเสริฐ ทองเจริญ	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสมัย, 2519
1109	1108	QW 900 ส16ค 2517	คำบรรยาย วิชาวิทยาศาสตร์การแพทย์พื้นฐานและวิทยาศาสตร์คลีนิคสัมพันธ์ตอน Anaphylaxis / สมโพธิ พุกกะเวส, สุภา ณ นคร และ สง่า ภูตระกูล	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2517
1110	1109	QX 17 J46a 1975	Atlas of medical helminthology and protozoology / by H. C. Jeffrey and R. M. Leach.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
1111	1110	QX 17 S968c 1975	Color atlas of human helminth eggs	Tokyo : SEAMIC , (c.1975)
1112	1111	QX 17 Z23a 1978	Atlas of medical parasitology : an atlas of important protozoa, helminths, and arthropods, mostly in colour / Viqar Zaman.	New York : ADIS Press, c1978.
1113	1112	QX 203 A168e 1954	Osnovy nematodologii. English;"Essentials of nematodology / edited by K.I. Skrjabin. [Translated by Marc Paenson and Z.S. Cole]."	Jerusalem : Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1954-
1114	1113	QX 203 A168k 1961	Key to parasitic nematodes / edited by K.I. Skryabin.	Leiden : E.J. Brill, 1961-
1115	1114	QX 203 Y65n 1969	The Nematode parasites of vertebrates / by Warrington Yorke and P. A. Maplestone. Introd. by C.W. Stiles	New York : Hafner, 1969
1116	1115	QX 25 K65l 1973	Laboratory guide in medical parasitology / Michael Kliks	Chiengmai : Faculty of Medicine, Chiengmai Univ., 1973
1117	1116	QX 25 T238m 1978	Methods of cultivating parasites in vitro / edited by Angela E. R. Taylor and John R. Baker.	London : Academic Press, 1978.
1118	1117	QX 25 T238t 1963	Techniques in parasitology : first symposium of the British Society for Parasitology . edited by Angela E.R. Taylor.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1963.
1119	1118	QX 301 S252r 1970	Recent advances in researches on filariasis and schistosomiasis in Japan / edited by Manabu Sasa.	Tokyo : University of Tokyo Press, 1970-
1120	1119	QX 353 D269t 1956	The Trematoda : with special reference to British and other European forms / by Ben Dawes	London : Cambridge University Press, 1956
1121	1120	QX 355 E24s	Schisto Packet I. / Compiled and rewritten by NPO/Task Force	New York : [S.L.], [19--?]
1122	1121	QX 355 M271i 1958	Intermediate hosts of schistosoma, African Biomphalaria and Bulinus / G Masnahl-Barth	Geneva : World Health Organzation, 1958
1123	1122	QX 4 C182p 1958	Parasites and parasitism / Thomas W. M. Cameron.	London : Methuen, 1958.
1124	1123	QX 4 C442p 1969	Proceedings of the fourth Southeast Asian seminar on parasitology and tropical medicine shistosomiasis and other snail-transmitted helminthiasis / Chamlong Harinasuta	Bangkok : Thai Watana Panich Press, 1969
1125	1124	QX 4 E74r 1977	Regulation of parasite populations / edited by Gerald W. Esch with introductory remarks by Brent B. Nickol.	New York : Academic Press, 1977.
1126	1125	QX 4 จ237ป 2521	ปาราสิตวิทยาทางการแพทย์ / จิรศักดิ์ คำบุญเรือง	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2521
1127	1126	QX 4 ส171ต 2504	ตำราปาราสิตวิทยา / สวัสดิ์ แดงสว่าง	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ภักดีประดิษฐ์, 2504
1128	1127	QX 50 G825p 1973	Protozoologie . English;"Protozoology: with 15 tab [by] Karl G. Grell."	Berlin : Springer, 1973.
1129	1128	QX 50 L665p 1961	Protozoan parasites of domestic animals and of man / by Norman D. Levine.	Minneapolis : Burgess, 1961.
1130	1129	QX 50 L665p 1973	Protozoan parasites of domestic animals and of man / [by] Norman D. Levine	Minneapolis : Burgess, c1973
1131	1130	QX 9 B862p 1966	The Pathology of parasitic diseases : fourth symposium of the British Society for Parasitology / edited by Angela E.R. Taylor.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1966.
1132	1131	QY 100 G869d 1966	Diagnostic methods in clinical virology / N. R. Grist, Constance A. Ross, Eleanor J. Bell.	Oxford : Blackwell, 1966.
1133	1132	QY 100 L872a 1966	Antibiotics and chemotherapeutic agents in clinical and laboratory practice / Victor Lorian	Springfield : Ill., Thomas, 1966
1134	1133	QY 110 H168d 1964	Diagnosis medical mycology / Haley, Leanor D	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1964
1135	1134	QY 110 H429l 1960-	Laboratory identification of pathogenic fungi simplified / by Elizabeth L. Hazen, Frank Curtis Reed.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas 1964, c1960.
1136	1135	QY 110 H429l 1970	Laboratory identification of pathogenic fungi simplified / by Elizabeth L. Hazen, Morris A. Gordon [and] Frank Curtis Reed.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1970.
1137	1136	QY 110 U58l 1966	Laboratory manual for medical mycology / Comp. by Libero Ajello ... [et al]	Atlanta : The Center, c1966
1138	1137	QY 110 U58l 1966	Laboratory methods for clinical and public health : mycobacteriology / by George P. Kubica and William E. Dye.	Atlanta : U.S. Bureau of Disease Prevention and Environmental Control, National Communicable Disease Center, 1966.
1139	1138	QY 120 S772 1973	Sputum fundamentals and clinical pathology , compiled and edited by Mauricio J. Dulfano, with twenty-one contributors and an introd. by Isidore Snapper.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas [1973]
1140	1139	QY 125 A257s 1961	Saliva and its relation to oral health : a survey of the literature / D. Afonsky.	University : University of Alabama Press, 1961.
1141	1140	QY 140 S559l 1961	Liver biopsy, an atlas of histologic appearances / by R. G. Shorter	New York : Pergamon Press, 1961
1142	1141	QY 160 ป226ค [ม.ป.ป.]	คู่มือการตรวจอุจจาระเพื่อหาปาราสิตและแบคทีเรีย / บรรณาธิการ ธงชัย ปภัสราทร, มนูญ ไพบูลย์, วิฑูรย์ ไวยนันท์	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคมปาราสิตวิทยาและอายุรศาสตร์เขตร้อนแห่งประเทศไทย, [2527?]
1143	1142	QY 175 B531p 1965	A Programmed text : renal function and renal failure / by Lionel M. Bernstein ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965
1144	1143	QY 175 Sy5065 1961	Ciba Foundation Symposium on Renal Biopsy, clinical and pathological significance of renal biopsy / Editors for the Ciba Foundation : G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Margaret P. Cameron	Boston, Little, Brown, 1961
1145	1144	QY 175 W572c 1961	Clinical disturbances of renal function / Abraham G. White	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
1146	1145	QY 175 W784r 1963	Radioisotope renography : a kidney function test performed with radioisotope-labeled agents / Chester Caldwell Winter.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963.
1147	1146	QY 18 A466m 1968	Medical technology examination review book / edited by Aaron A. Alter ... [et al.]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1968-
1148	1147	QY 18 A466m 1972	Medical technology examination review book 2000 multiple choice type questions and referenced answers / edited by Aaron A. Alter [and others]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972-
1149	1148	QY 18 A466m 1978	Medical technology examination review : 2,000 multiple choice questions and referenced answers / edited by Aaron A. Alter ... [et al.].	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977-
1150	1149	QY 185 D322o 1967	On the control of urine formation / by J. C. DeHaven and N. Z. Shapiro.	Basel : Karger, 1967.
1151	1150	QY 185 F853u 1975	Urinalysis in clinical laboratory practice / authors, Alfred H. Free, Helen M. Free.	Cleveland : CRC Press, c1975.
1152	1151	QY 185 L766u 1957	Urine and the urinary sediment, a practical manual and atlas / Richard William Lippman	Springfield : Thomas, 1957
1153	1152	QY 25 H529m 1960	Manual of clinical laboratory methods . With a foreword by James P. Simonds.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas [1949]
1154	1153	QY 250 R797m 1973	Methods in immunodiagnosis / edited by Noel R. Rose and Pierluigi E. Bigazzi.	New York : Wiley-Interscience, 1973.
1155	1154	QY 26 T483h 1979	Handbook of automated electronic clinical analysis / Harry E. Thomas.	Reston, Va. : Reston, c1979.
1156	1155	QY 265 B471c 1964	Clinical serology / by Clois W. Bennett with a foreword by John J. Andujar.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1964.
1157	1156	QY 265 C775s 1960	The serology of conglutination and its relation to disease / by R. R. A. Coombs ... [et al.]	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1960
1158	1157	QY 265 N992s 1966	Serological diagnostix / Lucio Nuzzolo.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966.
1159	1158	QY 265 P324s 1973	Serological epidemiology / edited by John R. Paul [and] Colin White.	New York : Academic Press, 1973.
1160	1159	QY 265 P375a 1963	The agar precipitation technique and its application as a diagnostic and analytical method / Frans Peetoom	Springfield : Ill. Thomas, 1963
1161	1160	QY 275 U58s 1959	Serologic tests for syphilis 1959 manual / U.S. Dept. of Health, Education & Welfare Public Health Service	Wash, D.C. : U. S. Govt. Printing Office, 1959
1162	1161	QY 330 C164i 1962	Immunoassay of hormones / Editors for the ciba Foundation, G.E.W. Wolstenhelme and Margaret Cameron	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962
1163	1162	QY 330 L865c 1966	Hormone assays and their clinical application / by John A. Loraine, E. Trevor Bell foreword by J. H. Gaddum.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1966.
1164	1163	QY 335 H769m 1961	A manual of pregnancy testing / Edward H. Hon	London : J & A Churchill, 1961
1165	1164	QY 350 A849m 1966	Methods of vitamin assay / edited by Jorg Augustin ... [et al.] for the Association of Vitamin Chemists.	New York : Interscience, c1966.
1166	1165	QY 350 S921v 1966	Vitamin assay : tested methods / Rolf Strohecker and Heinz M. Hennin	Weinhein/Bergstr : Verlag Chemie, 1966
1167	1166	QY 4 G646c 1964	Clinical interpretation of laboratory tests / by Raymond H. Goodal.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1964.
1168	1167	QY 4 G646c 1969	Clinical interpretation of laboratory tests / by Raymond H. Goodale [and] Frances K. Widmann.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1969.
1169	1168	QY 400 C329d 1966	Diagnostic laboratory hematology / by George E. Cartwright.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1966.
1170	1169	QY 400 D118p 1963	Practical haematology / by J. V. Dacie and S. M. Lewis.	New York : Grun & Stratton, 1963.
1171	1170	QY 400 D118p 1975	Practical haematology / J. V. Dacie, S. M. Lewis.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
1172	1171	QY 400 D222h 1963	Haematological technique for medical laboratory technicians and medical students / by E. M. Darmady and C. G. T. Davenport	London : Churchill, 1963
1173	1172	QY 400 S462h 1972	Hematology for medical technologists / by Charles E. Seiverd.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
1174	1173	QY 400 S592t 1976	Technical hematology / Arthur Simmons.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1976.
1175	1174	QY 400 ป171ป 2521	ปฏิบัติการโลหิตวิทยา / ประพิมพร รัฐเขตต์	ขอนแก่น : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยขอนแก่น, 2521
1176	1175	QY 402 B569r 1971	Red cell metabolism : a manual of biochemical methods / Ernest Beutler.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1971.
1177	1176	QY 408 D587r 1976	Rheology of blood in diagnostic and preventive medicine : an introduction to clinical haemorheology / Leopold Dintenfass.	London : Butterworths, 1976.
1178	1177	QY 410 A933l 1975	A Laboratory manual of blood coagulation / [by] D. E. G. Austen, I. L. Rhymes.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
1179	1178	QY 410 L123 1978	Laboratory manual of hemostasis / edited by Chulee Mitrakul	Bangkok : The Society Hematology of Thailand, 1978
1180	1179	QY 410 S621l 1974	Laboratory evaluation of hemostasis / Marjorie S. Sirridge.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1974.
1181	1180	QY 415 D926t 1967	Techniques in blood grouping / by Ivor Dunsford and C. Christopher Bowley	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1967
1182	1181	QY 450 C257m 1960	Microchemical methods for blood analysis / Wendell T Caraway	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1960
1183	1182	QY 455 G425p 1968	Physiology and biochemistry of haemocyanins / edited by F. Ghiretti.	London : Academic Press , 1968.
1184	1183	QY 455 W595h 1960	Bluteiweisskorper des Menschen. English;"The Human blood proteins methods of examination and their clinical and practical significance / by Ferdinand Wuhrmann and Charlie Wunderly translated from the 3d and completely rev. ed. by Harvey T. Adelson."	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1960.
1185	1184	QY 50 C693v 1967	Veterinary clinical pathology / by Embert H. Coles	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1967
1186	1185	QY 50 F246c 1967	The Care and breeding of laboratory animals / Edmond J. Farris, editor, and a staff of fifteen contributors.	New York : John Wiley, 1967.
1187	1186	QY 50 G285m 1965-	Methods of animal experimentation / edited by William I. Gay.	New York : Academic Press, 1965-
1188	1187	QY 50 L941g 1963	Germfree life and gnotobiology / T. D. Luckey.	New York : Academic Press, 1963.
1189	1188	QY 50 S649v 1958	Veterinary pathology / by Hilton Atmore Smith and Thomas Carlye Jones.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1958.
1190	1189	QY 50 W924c 1967	The UFAW handbook on the care and management of laboratory animals.	Edinburgh, : E & S. Livingstone, , 1967.
1191	1190	QY 90 A615c 1956	Clinical chemistry : principles and procedures / Joseph Annino, Roger W. Giese.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1956.
1192	1191	QY 90 C517 1979	Chemical diagnosis of disease / edited by Stanley S. Brown, Frederick L. Mitchell, and Donald S. Young.	Amsterdam : Elsevier/North-Holland Biomedical Press, 1979.
1193	1192	QY 90 H523c 1974	Clinical chemistry : principles and technics / edited by Richard J. Henry, Donald C. Cannon [and] James W. Winkelman.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1974.
1194	1193	QY 90 H651p 1957	Practice clinical chemistry a guide for technicians / Alma Hiller	Springfield : Charles C Thomas, 1957
1195	1194	QY 90 L729h 1965	Histopathologic technic and practical histochemistry.	New York, : McGraw-Hill , (c.1965)
1196	1195	QY 90 W579l 1977	Lecture notes on clinical chemistry / L. G. Whitby, I. W. Percy-Robb, and A. F. Smith.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
1197	1196	QY 90 W592q 1977	Quality control in clinical chemistry / T. P. Whitehead foreword by Morton K. Schwartz.	New York, N.Y. : John Wiley, c1977.
1198	1197	QY 90 Z69c 1979	Clinical chemistry in diagnosis and treatment / Joan F. Zilva, P. R. Pannall.	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1979.
1199	1198	QY 90 ว31ค 2520	เคมีคลินิค / โดย วีกูล วีรานุวัตติ์ และกนกนาถ ชูปัญญา	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2520
1200	1199	QY 95 E38 1978	Electron microscopy in human medicine / edited by Jan Vincents Johannessen.	New York : McGraw-Hill International, c1978-
1201	1200	QZ 140 S679p 1961	Pathologic physiology : mechanisms of disease / edited by William A. Sodeman [and] William A. Sodeman, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961.
1202	1201	QZ 140 V145m 1970	Morphologic pathology of the alimentary canal : gross, radiographic, and microscopic / by Antonio M. Valdes-Dapena [and] George N. Stein.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
1203	1202	QZ 150 P963i 1972	Inflammation mechanisms and control proceedings / edited by Irwin H. Lepow [and] Peter A. Ward.	New York : Academic Press, 1972.
1204	1203	QZ 150 Z97i 1973	The Inflammatory process / edited by Benjamin W. Zweifach, Lester Grant [and] Robert T. McCluskey.	New York : Academic Press, 1973-74.
1205	1204	QZ 160 E89m 1970	Microcirculatory approaches to current therapeutic problems. Lung in shock Organ transplantation Diabetic microangiopathy. Symposia held simultaneously at the 6th European Conference on Microcirculation, Aalborg, 1970 / editors: Jorn Ditzel and David H. Lewis.	Basel : S. Karger, 1970.
1206	1205	QZ 160 S469s 1976	Stress in health and disease / Hans Selye.	Boston : Butterworths, c1976.
1207	1206	QZ 17 S219c 1973	Histopathologie. English;"Color atlas & textbook of tissue and cellular pathology / by Walter Sandritter with the assistance of G. Beneke ... [at al.] translated and edited by William B. Wartman."	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1973.
1208	1207	QZ 17 S219c 1976	Histopathologie. English;"Color atlas & textbook of tissue and cellular pathology / by Walter Sandritter, with the assistance of G. Beneke ... [et al.] translated and edited by William B. Wartman."	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1976.
1209	1208	QZ 17 S219c 1976	Makropathologie. English;"Color atlas & textbook of macropathology / by Walter Sandritter and C. Thomas translated and edited by W. H. Kirsten."	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1976.
1210	1209	QZ 17 S219c 1979	Color atlas & textbook of histopathology / by Walter Sandritter and Carlos Thomas with the assistance of N. Bhm ... [et al.] translated and edited by William B. Wartman.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1979.
1211	1210	QZ 17 S642c 1977	A Colour atlas of histological staining techniques / [by] Arthur Smith, John Bruton.	London : Wolfe Medical, 1977.
1212	1211	QZ 17 S644h 1979	Human disease in color / by Chandler Smith.	Oradell, N.J. : Medical Economics Co., Book Division, c1979.
1213	1212	QZ 17 U58c 1956	Color atlas of pathology, endocrine system, including pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenals, and pancreas, Gynecology and obstetrics including reproductive organs, breasts, Male genital tract, Skin / prep. under the auspices of the U.S. Naval Medical School of the National Naval Medical Center, Bethesda, Md.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1956
1214	1213	QZ 18 A459p 1975	Pediatric oncology case studies : a compilation of 50 case histories related to pediatric malignancies / by Rashid A. Al-Rashid.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975.
1215	1214	QZ 18 S363n 1976	Neuropathology case studies : 60 case histories related to neuropathology / by Sydney S. Schochet, Jr., and William F. McCormick.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1976.
1216	1215	QZ 18 T759p 1965	Pathology review / edited by Myron E. Tracht.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1965.
1217	1216	QZ 190 F364m 1968	The mast-cell system : its relationship to atherosclerosis, fibrosis and eosinophils / foreword by James F. Riley.	Basel : Karger, 1968.
1218	1217	QZ 200 A182c 1962	Cancer: diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis / Lauren V. Ackerman [and] Juan A. del Regato.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1962.
1219	1218	QZ 200 A182c 1977	Ackerman and del Regato's cancer : diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
1220	1219	QZ 200 A693c 1960	Cancer and allied diseases of infancy and childhood / edited by Irving M. Ariel and George T. Pack	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
1221	1220	QZ 200 G816c 1973	Cancer chemotherapy / by Edward S. Greenwald, with a chapter on The management of acute leukemia by Mervyn Goldstein, and a chapter on The use of chemotherapeutic agents in the treatment of non-neoplastic diseases by Peter Barland.	[Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973]
1222	1221	QZ 200 S611g 1978	Getting well again : a step-by-step, self-help guide to overcoming cancer for patients and their families / O. Carl Simonton, Stephanie Matthews-Simonton, James L. Creighton	New York : Bantam Books, 1978
1223	1222	QZ 23 R221m 1960	Manual for laboratory planning and design / Arthur Everett Rappoport	Chicago : College of American Pathologists, 1960
1224	1223	QZ 24 H523a 1964	The Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, its first century 1862-1962 / Robert S. Henry	Washington : Office of the Surgeon General, Dept. of the Army, 1964
1225	1224	QZ 25 A728m 1960	Manual of histologic and special staining technics / Armed Forces Institute of Pathology.	New York : McGraw-Hill, Blakiston Division, 1960.
1226	1225	QZ 4 A547m 1976	Muir's textbook of pathology / edited by J. R. Anderson.	London : Edward Arnold, 1976.
1227	1226	QZ 4 A552p 1948	Pathology / edited by W. A. D. Anderson.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1948.
1228	1227	QZ 4 A552p 1961	Pathology / W. A. D. Anderson.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1961.
1229	1228	QZ 4 A552s 1952	Synopsis of pathology / by W. A. D. Anderson [and] Thomas M. Scotti.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1952.
1230	1229	QZ 4 A552s 1976	Synopsis of pathology / W. A. D. Anderson, Thomas M. Scotti.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
1231	1230	QZ 4 A728p 1976	Pathology of tropical and extraordinary diseases / edited by Chapman H. Binford and Daniel H. Connor.	Washington : Dept. of Defense, Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, 1976.
1232	1231	QZ 4 B623h 1971	Handbook of pathology / Sunil Biswas	Calcutta : Orient Printing, 1971
1233	1232	QZ 4 B789p 1965	Pathology for the physician / by William Boyd.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1965.
1234	1233	QZ 4 B789t 1953	A Text book of pathology / William Boyd	Philadelphia : Febiger, 1953
1235	1234	QZ 4 B899c 1971	Concepts of disease : a textbook of human pathology /. edited by Joel G. Brunson and Edward A. Gall.	New York : Macmillan, 1971.
1236	1235	QZ 4 C247m 1971	Muir's textbook of pathology.	London : Edward Arnold, 1971.
1237	1236	QZ 4 C899m 1967	Modern trends in pathology.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1959-67.
1238	1237	QZ 4 D983t 1939	Text book of pathology : a correlation of clinical observation and pathological findings / Charles W. Duval	[S.l. : s.n.], 1939
1239	1238	QZ 4 F194t 1964	Textbook of pathology / Bruce D. Fallis	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
1240	1239	QZ 4 F632g 1958	General pathology / Sir Howard Florey	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1958
1241	1240	QZ 4 F928p 1976	Pathophysiology : altered regulatory mechanisms in disease / edited by Edward D. Frohlich with 59 contributors ... Franois M. Abboud ... [et. al.].	Philadelphia, Penn. : Lippincott, 1976.
1242	1241	QZ 4 G698m 1964	Microscopic pathology / by S. E. Gould ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
1243	1242	QZ 4 H534p 1959	Pathology / Peter A. Herbut	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1959
1244	1243	QZ 4 H798p 1964	Principles of pathology / Howard C. Hopps	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1964
1245	1244	QZ 4 P375p 1971	Pathology : a dynamic introduction to medicine and surgery / by Thomas Martin Peery [and] Frank Nelson Miller, Jr.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
1246	1245	QZ 4 P438m 1961	Mechanisms of disease : an introduction to pathology / Ruy Perez-Tamayo.	Philadelphia : Saunders, c1961
1247	1246	QZ 4 R632p 1967	Pathology / by Stanley L. Robbins.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
1248	1247	QZ 4 R632t 1957	Textbook of pathology : with clinical applications / Stanley L. Robbins	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
1249	1248	QZ 4 R632t 1962	Textbook of pathology : with clinical application / Stanley L. Robbins	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
1250	1249	QZ 4 R636b 1971	Basic pathology / by Stanley L. Robbins and Marcia Angell.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders , 1971.
1251	1250	QZ 4 R636b 1976	Basic pathology / Stanley L. Robbins, Marcia Angell.	Philadelphia Tokyo : Saunders Igaku Shoin, 1976.
1252	1251	QZ 4 S897s 1978	Systemic pathology / by Thirty-eight Authors edited by W. St C. Symmers.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978-
1253	1252	QZ 4 T482l 1968	Lecture notes on pathology / by A. D. Thomson and R. E. Cotton.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1968.
1254	1253	QZ 4 V259m 1976	Molecular and cellular mechanisms in disease / Julien L. Van Lancker.	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1976.
1255	1254	QZ 4 W232g 1963	General pathology / by J. B. Walter & M. S. Israel.	London : Churchill, 1965.
1256	1255	QZ 4 W232g 1979	General pathology / J. B. Walter, M. S. Israel.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
1257	1256	QZ 4 W232p 1967	Principles of pathology for dental students / by J. B. Walter, Margaret C. Hamilton [and] M. S. Israel.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1967.
1258	1257	QZ 4 W258p 1962	A Primer of pathology / by F. A. Ward.	London : Butterworth, 1962.
1259	1258	QZ 42 D214i 1979	Iatrogenic diseases / P. F. D'Arcy and J. P. Griffin.	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1979.
1260	1259	QZ 45 M886g 1972	Gastrointestinal pathology / by Basil C. Morson and I. M. P. Dawson	Oxford : Blackwell, 1972
1261	1260	QZ 50 H873l 1966	A course for medical students / edited by David Yi-yung Hsia.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1966.
1262	1261	QZ 50 K74g 1965	Genetics and diseases.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill , (c.1965)
1263	1262	QZ 50 R326c 1955	Counseling in medical genetics / Sheldon Clark Reed.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955.
1264	1263	QZ 50 R326c 1963	Counseling in medical genetics / Sheldon Clark Reed	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963
1265	1264	QZ 50 T539r 1974	Rare genetic diseases : a guidebook / T. F. Thurmon, III.	Cleveland : CRC Press, c1974.
1266	1265	QZ 50 V152c 1968	The Chromosome disorders : an introduction for clinicians / by G. H. Valentine.	London : Heinemann, 1968.
1267	1266	QZ 65 C567v 1960	Virus Virulence and Pathogenicity / in honour of prof. J. Mulder editors for the Ciba Foundation: G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Cecilia M. O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
1268	1267	QZ 65 H438m 1967-	Modern trends in medical virology.	London : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967.
1269	1268	QZ 65 S654p 1968	The Pathogenic anaerobic bacteria / by Louis DS. Smith and Lillian V. Holdeman.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1968.
1270	1269	QZ 65 S654p 1975	The Pathogenic anaerobic bacteria / by Louis DS. Smith.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, [1975]
1271	1270	QZ 65 ด227ช 2519	เชื้อราที่ทำให้เกิดโรคในคนและสัตว์ = Pathogenic fungi in man and animals / ดำรง พฤกษราช	กรุงเทพฯ : ชุมนุมวิชาการคณะสัตวแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเกษตรศาสตร์, 2519
1272	1271	QZ 85 F267a 1968	Animal agents and vectors of human disease / by Ernest Carroll Faust, Paul Chester Beaver [and] Rodney Clifton Jung.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1968.
1273	1272	R 029.4 N789a 1965	The Art of research, a guide for the graduate	Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1965
1274	1273	R 371.26 B967f 1959	The Fifth mental measuremonts Yearbook / edited by Oscar Krisen Buros	Highland Park, N. J. Gryphon, 1959
1275	1274	R 423 N532 1976	The New Grolier Webster international dictionary of the English Language	New York : Grolier, 1976
1276	1275	R 423 W377 1958	Webster's new collegiate dictionary	Springfield : G & C. Merrian, 1958
1277	1276	R 423.9591 S776n 2501	New model English-Thai dictionary	พระนคร, 2501
1278	1277	R BF 31 ส241พ [2520]	พจนานุกรมคำศัพท์จิตวิทยา และประวัติจิตวิทยาสาระสำคัญ : ฉบับคู่มือนิสิตนักศึกษาระดับปริญญาโท / สุโท เจริญสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : โอเดียนสโตร์, 2520
1279	1278	R N 72.P5 L722 1970	Life library of photography / by the editors of Time-Life Books	Nederland, Time-Life International, 1970-1974
1280	1279	R QD 251 W429t 1956-	Technique of organic chemistry / Arnold Weissberger.	New York : Interscience , 1946-
1281	1280	R QD 30 L274h 1967	Handbook of chemistry : a reference volume for all requiring ready access to chemical and physical data used in laboratory work and manufacturing / compiled and edited by Norbert Adolph Lange assisted by Gordon M. Forker	New York : McGraw-Hill, (c1967
1282	1281	R QD 5 G228c 1971	Chemical synonyms and trade names : a dictionary and commercial handbook.	London : Technical Press, 1971.
1283	1282	R QD 5 G228c 1978	Chemical synonyms and trade names : a dictionary and commercial handbook containing over 35,500 definitions / by William Gardner	Oxford : Technical Press, c1978
1284	1283	R QH 310 F293b 1972	Biology data book / compiled and edited by Philip L. Altman and Dorothy S. Dittmer.	Bethesda, Md. : Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, 1972-1974
1285	1284	R QH 581 L732h 1969	Handbook of molecular cytology / edited by A. Lima-de-Faria	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1969.
1286	1285	R QH 581 M165s 1973	Scope monograph on cytology : the cell and its nucleus / by A. G. Macleod.	Kalamazoo, Mich. : Upjohn, 1973.
1287	1286	R QK 10 S799b 1966	Botanical Latin: history, grammar, syntax, terminology and vocabulary / [by] William T. Stearn.	New York : Hafner, 1966.
1288	1287	R QK 7 B154s 1963	Cyclopedia of American horticulture;"The standard cyclopedia of horticulture a discussion, for the amateur, and the professional and commercial grower, of the kinds, characteristics and methods of cultivation of the species of plants grown in the regions of the United States and Canada for ornament, for fancy, for fruit and for vegetables with keys to the natural families and genera, descriptions of the horticultural capabilities of the states and provinces and dependent islands, and sketches of eminent horticulturists , by L. H. Bailey, illustrated with colored plates, four thousand engravings in the text, and ninety-six full-page cuts."	New York : Macmillan, 1917.
1289	1288	R QK 9 W734d 1966	A Dictionary of the flowering plants and ferns / by J. C. Willis.	Cambridge : Cambridge U.P., 1966
1290	1289	R QK9 U85d 1966	A dictionary of botany , including terms used in bio-chemistry, soil sciences, and statistics.	London : Constable [c1966]
1291	1290	R QL 35 W927w 1968	World directory of veterinary schools 1964 / Published under the auspices of FAO and WHO	Geneva :bthe Organization, 1968
1292	1291	R QU 135 B258e 1974	Enzyme handbook / Thomas E. Barman.	Berlin : Springer, 1974.
1293	1292	R QU 145 B458d 1965	Dictionary of nutrition and food technology / by Arnold E. Bender.	London : Butterworths, 1965.
1294	1293	R QU 145 F464b 1972	Biology of nutrition : the evolution and nature of living systems the organisation and nutritional methods of life forms / volume editor: Richard N. T-W-Fiennes.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1972.
1295	1294	R QU 145 M891f 1970	The Fat-soluble vitamins / edited by R. A. Morton.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, c1970.
1296	1295	R QU 4 L844b 1961	Biochemists' handbook / compiled by 171 contributors. Consultant editors: Earl J. King [and] Warren M. Sperry.	London : Spon, 1961.
1297	1296	R QV 13 B599a 1978	American drug index / Norman F. Billups, Shirley M. Billups.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1978-88
1298	1297	R QV 13 E49 1968	Elsevier's dictionary of pharmaceutical science and techniques, in five languages : English, French, Italian, Spanish, German / compiled and arranged on an English alphabetical basis by A. Sliosberg.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1968-1980.
1299	1298	R QV 13 E56 1963	Encyclopedia of chemical technology	New York : Interscience, 1963-1966
1300	1299	R QV 13 G855u 1976	USAN and the USP dictionary of drug names / edited by Mary C. Griffiths, Marie J. Dickerman and lloyd C. Miller.	Rockville, Md. : United States Pharmacopeial Convention 1971-
1301	1300	R QV 13 H685d 1955	A Dictionary of terms in pharmacognosy and other divisions of economic botany : a compilation of words and expressions relating principally to natural medicinal and pharmaceutical materials and the plants and animals from which they are derived, their chemical composition, applications, and uses, together with some other materials derived from the plant, animal, and mineral kingdoms of current economic interest / George Macdonald Hocking.	Springfield, Ill. : C.C. Thomas, 1955.
1302	1301	R QV 13 W747a 1976	American drug index 1976 / by Charles O. Wilson and Tony E. Jones	Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1976
1303	1302	R QV 15 U58d 1972	Drug interactions an annotated bibliography with selected excerpts 1967-1970	Betgesda : The Department, 1972
1304	1303	R QV 19 W927w 1966	World directory of schools of pharmacy / World Health Organization	Geneva : WHO, 1966
1305	1304	R QV 4 ธ234ค 2522	คู่มือยา / โดย ธิดา นิงสานนท์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะเภสัชศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522-23
1306	1305	R QV 55 A512a 1973	American Medical Association drug evaluations / American Medical Association	Acton, Mau. : Publishing Sciences Group, 1973
1307	1306	R QV 55 A512a 1977	Americn medical association drug evaluation / American Medical Association	Littleton : The Association, 1977
1308	1307	R QV 55 Am498a 1971	American Medical Association drug evaluations	Chicago, 1971
1309	1308	R QV 55 M555m 1960	The Merck index of chemicals and drugs an encyclopedia for chemists, pharmacists, physicians, and members of allied professions . Paul G. Stecher, editor [and others]	Rahway, N.J. : Merck, 1960.
1310	1309	R QV 55 M555m 1968	The Merck index : an encyclopedia of chemicals and drugs / edited by Paul G. Stecher and others	Rahway, N.J. : Merck, 1968.
1311	1310	R QV 55 M555m 1976	The Merck index : an encyclopedia of chemicals and drugs / Martha Windholz, editor Susan Budavari, associate editor Lorraine Y. Stroumtsos, assistant editor Margaret Noether Fertig, assistant editor	Rahway, N.J. : Merck, 1976.
1312	1311	R QV 600 G554c 1976	Clinical toxicology of commercial products : acute poisoning / Robert E. Gosselin ... [et al.].	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1976.
1313	1312	R QV 704 A512c 1976	Clinical pharmacy sourcebook : [key articles from the American journal of hospital pharmacy].	Acton, Mass. : Publishing Sciences Group, c1976.
1314	1313	R QV 704 P536p 1970	Pharmaceutical handbook : incorporating the Pharmaceutical pocket book.	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1970.
1315	1314	R QV 704 R388p 1975	Remington's pharmaceutical sciences.	Easton, Pa. : Mack Publishing, 1975.
1316	1315	R QV 704 S771a 1974	Sprowls' American pharmacy : an introduction to pharmaceutical techniques and dosage forms / edited by Lewis W. Dittert	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1974
1317	1316	R QV 704 ม224อ 2515	โอสถนิเทศ : แนะนำยารักษาโรคปัจจุบัน / รวบรวมและรียบเรียงโดย มานัส ดุสิตสมิธ	กรุงเทพฯ : แพร่พิทยา, 2515
1318	1317	R QV 738 B862 1963	British pharmacopoeia 1963 / General Medical Council.	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1963.
1319	1318	R QV 738 B862 1968	British pharmaceutical codex, 1968 / Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, London.	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1968.
1320	1319	R QV 738 B862 1971	The British pharmaceutical codex.	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1907-
1321	1320	R QV 738 M384e 1967	Extra pharmacopoeia / William Martindale edited by R. G. Todd	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1967
1322	1321	R QV 738 M384e 1972	Martindale : the extra pharmacopoeia / by William Martindale edited by James E. F. Reynolds.	London : Pharmaceutical Press, 1972.
1323	1322	R QV 738 U85p 1970	The Pharmacopeia of the United States of America / United States Pharmacopeial Covention	Easton, PA. : The Convention, 1970
1324	1323	R QV 738 W927s 1967	Specifications for the quality control of pharmaceutical preparations.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1967.
1325	1324	R QV 740 A512n 1961	New and nonofficial durgs 1961 : an annual compilation of available information on drugs, including their therapeutic, prophylactic and diagnostic status / American Medical Association	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1961
1326	1325	R QV 740 A51n 1975	National formulary / Prepared by the Committee on National Formulary under the supervision of the Council, by authority of the American Pharmaceutical Association	Washington, D.C. : American Pharmaceutical Association, 1975.
1327	1326	R QV 740 H789d 1976	Dispensing of medication : a practical manual on the formulation and dispensing of pharmaceutical products / John E. Hoover, editor	Easton, Pa. : Mack, 1976
1328	1327	R QV 740 O83u 1973	The United States dispensatory	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1973
1329	1328	R QV 766 ส252ม 2508	ไม้เทศเมืองไทย : สรรพคุณของยาเทศและยาไทย / เสงี่ยม พงษ์บุญรอด	กรุงเทพฯ : เกษมบรรณกิจ, 2508
1330	1329	R QV 77 K65p 1974	Psychotropic drugs: a manual for emergency management of overdosage, by Nathan S. Kline, Stewart F. Alexander [and] Amparo Chamberlain.	Oradell, N.J., Medical Economics, 1974.
1331	1330	R QV 771 A512e 1973	Evaluations of drug interactions / American Pharmaceutical Association.	Washington : The Association, 1973-
1332	1331	R QV 771 A512e 1974	Evaluations of drug interactions. Supplement.	Washington : The Association, 1974-
1333	1332	R QV 772 A512 1969	American drug index.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1956-
1334	1333	R QV 772 P578 1976	Drug interactions and side effects index.	Oradell, N.J. : Medical Economics, c1976-
1335	1334	R QV 772 ภ58 2521	เภสัชตำรับของแผนกยาทุนหมุนเวียนโรงพยาบาลจุฬาลงกรณ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสมัย, 2521
1336	1335	R QW 18 J17d 1957	Dictionary of microbiology / [by] Morris B. Jacobs, Maurice J. Gerstein [and] William G. Walter.	Princeton, N.J. : D. Van Nostrand, 1957
1337	1336	R QW 4 L345h 1973	CRC handbook of microbiology / edited by Allen I. Laskin and Hubert A. Lechevalier;"Handbook of microbiology"	Cleveland, O.: CRC Press, c1973
1338	1337	R QW 4 L345h 1977	CRC handbook of microbiology / editors, Allen I. Laskin, Hubert A. Lechevalier.	Boca Raton, Fla. : CRC Press, 1978-
1339	1338	R QW 515 H188g 1971	Glossary of immunological terms / by W. J. Halliday.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
1340	1339	R QX 15 D349c 1973	A catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental region . Compiled and edited by Mercedes D. Delfinado and D. Elmo Hardy.	Honolulu : University Press of Hawaii [1973-77]
1341	1340	R QY 400 S193g 1972	Glossary of haematological and serological terms / [by] P. Samson. Under the general editorship of F. J. Baker.	London : Butterworths, c1972.
1342	1341	R QZ 15 W927i 1976	International classification of diseases for oncology / WHO	Geneva : The Organization, 1976
1343	1342	R QZ 17 K34s 1973	Scope monograph on pathoparasitology : a color atlas of parasites in tissue section / Michael Kenney.	Kalamazoo, Mich. : Upjohn, 1973.
1344	1343	R SF 611 W927w 1973	World directory of voterinary schools 1971 / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1973
1345	1344	R W 13 B637 1973	Blakiston's pocket medical dictionary / Chairman of the editorial board: Arthur Osol.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1973.
1346	1345	R W 13 B637n 1956	Blakiston's new Gould medical dictionary : a modern comprehensive dictionary of the terms used in all branches of medicine and allied sciences .. / editors: Normand L. Hoerr [and] Arthur Osol with the cooperation of an editorial board and 88 contributors.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1956.
1347	1346	R W 13 C934b 1978	Butterworths medical dictionary / edited by Arthur Salusbury MacNalty.	London : Butterworths, 1978.
1348	1347	R W 13 D514g 1952	German-English medical dictionary / Louis De Vries.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1952.
1349	1348	R W 13 D711i 1965	Illustrated medical dictionary / William A. N.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, c1965
1350	1349	R W 13 D711i 1974	Dorland's illustrated medical dictionary.	Philadelphia Tokyo : W.B. Saunders Igaku Shoin, c1974.
1351	1350	R W 13 H496d 1967	A Dictionary of biological terms / by I. F. Henderson and W. D. Henderson.	Princeton, N.J. : Van Nostrand, 1967-
1352	1351	R W 13 L534g 1963	German-English, English-German dictionary for physicians / by Fritz Lejeune and Werner E. Bunjes.	Stuttgart : G. Thieme, 1968-69.
1353	1352	R W 13 M169b 1962	The British medical dictionary / ed. by Sir Arthur Salusbury Mac Nalty in specialist contributors	London : Caxton, 1962
1354	1353	R W 13 S634m 1973	The Medical word book : a spelling and vocabulary guide to medical transcription / by Sheila B. Sloane.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
1355	1354	R W 13 S812m 1949	Medical dictionary / Thomas Lathrop Stedman edited by Norman Burke Taylor	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1949
1356	1355	R W 13 S812m 1972	Practical medical dictionary;"Stedman's Medical dictionary : a vocabulary of medicine and its allied sciences, with pronunciations and derivations."	Washington : Jefferson Law Book, 1972.
1357	1356	R W 13 S812m 1976	Practical medical dictionary;"Stedman's Medical dictionary : a vocabulary of medicine and its allied sciences, with pronunciations and derivations completely rev. by a staff of 36 editors, covering 46 specialties and subspecialties lawyers section edited by William H. L. Dornette."	Cincinnati : Anderson, c1976.
1358	1357	R W 13 T113c 1958	Taber's cyclopedic medical dictionary.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1940-
1359	1358	R W 13 T113c 1970	Taber's cyclopedic medical dictionary : a digest of medical subjects medicine, surgery, nursing, dietetics, physical therapy treatment, drugs / Clarence Wilbur Taber	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1970.
1360	1359	R W 13 พ287พ 2514	พจนานุกรมศัพท์แพทย์ อังกฤษเป็นไทย พร้อมด้วยคำอ่าน / จัดทำโดย ฝ่ายวิชาการแพร่พิทยาและคณะแพทย์แห่งวชิสาร	กรุงเทพฯ : แพร่พิทยา, 2514
1361	1360	R W 13 พ625 2508	พจนานุกรมศัพท์แพทย์ อังกฤษไทย ฉบับราชบัณฑิตยสถาน	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์สำนักทำเนียบนายกรัฐมนตรี, 2508
1362	1361	R W 15 Am512c 1964	Current medical terminology.	Chicago, Ill. : American Medical Association, c1962-c1966.
1363	1362	R W 15 F873u 1969	Understanding medical terminology / by Agnes Clare Frenay. Illustrator: Helen M. Smith.	St. Louis, Mo. : Catholic Hospital Association, 1969.
1364	1363	R W 18 F198 1968	Familiar medical quotations, / by Maurice B. Strauss	Boston, Little, Brown, 1968
1365	1364	R W 18 F626m 1964	Medical state board questions and answers	Philadelphia, Saunders, 1964
1366	1365	R W 18 H314e 1960	Encyclopedia of educational research : a project of the American Educational Research Association / edited by Chester W. Harris with the assistance of Marie R. Liba.	New York : Macmillan, 1960.
1367	1366	R W 18 P963 1954	Proceedings of the first world confernce on medical education London 1953 : Held under the auspices of the World Medical Association	London, Oxford Univ Press, 1954
1368	1367	R W 18 P963 1961	Proceedings of the Second Conference on medical education Chicago 1959	Under the Auspices of the World Medical Association, 1961
1369	1368	R W 20.5 D131m 1975	An MMPI handbook, vol 2 : research applications / by W. Grant Dahlstrom, George Schlager Welsh and Leona E. Dahlstrom	Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press, 1975
1370	1369	R W 20.5 M489 1971	Medical research index, a guide to world medical research including dentistry, nursing, pharmacy, psychiatry, and surgery.	[St. Peter Port, Guernsey, C.I.] : Francis Hodgson, [1971]
1371	1370	R W 22 A323am 1964	American universities and colleges / American Council on Education. edited by Allan M. Cartter	Washington, D. C. : American Council on Education, 1964
1372	1371	R W 22 A849f 1963	Financial assistance available for graduate study in medicine	Evanston, Ilu. : Association of Mamerican Medical Colleges
1373	1372	R W 22 F771f 1964	The Foundation directory / edited by Ann D. Walton and Marianna O. Lewis analytical introduction by F. Emerson Andrews.	New York : Russell Sage Foundation, 1964.
1374	1373	R W 22 L697d 1957	Directory of Medical libraries in British Isles /cCompiled by a Sub-Committee of Medical Section of the Library Association	London, 1957
1375	1374	R W 22 S352m 1959	Medical discoveries who and when, a dictionary listing thousands of medical and related scientific discoveries in alphabetical order, giving in each case the name of the discover, his profession, nationality and floruit and the date of the discovery	Springfield, Thomas, 1959
1376	1375	R W 22 T364 1973	Thai medical directory / edited by Satish Sehgal.	Bangkok : Advertising & Media Consultants, 1974-
1377	1376	R W 22 U58d 1978	Directory of medical schools worldwide	Miami, 1978
1378	1377	R W 22 U58s 1964-1966	Study abroad, international directory of fellowships, scholarships and awards, compiled / by Unesco, thousands of opportunities of study and travel abroad	New York : Unesco Publications Center, 1964-66
1379	1378	R W 22 U58u 1977	U. S. medical directory	Miami, 1977
1380	1379	R W 22 W927w 1973	World directory of medical medical schools 1970	Geneva,: World Health Organization, 1973
1381	1380	R W 22 W927w 1977	World directory of schools for medical laboratory technicians and assistants 1973	Geneva : The Organization, 1977
1382	1381	R W 22 W927w 1979	World directory of medical schools	Geneva : The organization, 1979
1383	1382	R W 3.5 N714 1976	1976 Official congressional directory 94th Congess, 2nd Session	Washington, D. C. : Government Printing Office, 1976
1384	1383	R W 80 E75m 1977	Medical secretary's manual	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1977
1385	1384	R W 89 ค141ว 2519	เวชปฏิบัติคู่มืออายุรกรรม / คณะแพทย์ศาสตร์บัณฑิต [นามแฝง]	พระนคร : แพร่พิทยา, 2519
1386	1385	R WA 100 A468h 1977	Human health and disease / compiled and edited by Philip L. Altman and Dorothy Dittmer Katz.	Bethesda, Md. : Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, c1977.
1387	1386	R WA 100 F532n 1964	The New illustrated medical and health encyclopedia / edited by Morris Fishbein	New York : Stuttman, 1964
1388	1387	R WA 100 U58h 1971	The Health of Australian Aborigines : an annotated bibliography / [by] P. M. Moodie and E. B. Pedersen.	Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service, 1971.
1389	1388	R WA 22 W927w 1972	World directory of schools of public health 1971 / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1972
1390	1389	R WA 31 L776s 1976	The Sociology of medicine and health care : a research bibliography / Theodor J. Litman	San Francisco : Boyd & Fraser, c1976
1391	1390	R WA 400 P737o 1977	Occupational diseases : a syllabus of signs and symptoms / E. R. Plunkett.	Stamford, Conn. : Barrett Book, 1977.
1392	1391	R WB 100 C495c 1970	Current medical references / edited by Milton J. Chatton and Paul J. Sanazaro.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1970.
1393	1392	R WB 100 Cu976 1977	Current diagnosis.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1974,1976,1985
1394	1393	R WB 100 M555m 1961	The Merck manual of diagnosis and therapy / edited by Charles E. Lyght [et al.]	Rahway, N. J. : Merck, 1961
1395	1394	R WB 100 M555m 1966	The Merck manual of diagnosis and therapy	Rahway, N. J. : Merck, 1966
1396	1395	R WB 105 W752p 1976	Principles and techniques of critical care : cardiovascular system, respiratory system, renal systems / Robert Francis Wilson	[S.l. : s.n.], 1976
1397	1396	R WB 13 F532i 1963	The New illustrated medical and health encyclopedia / edited by Morris Fishbein with the collaboration of 26 leading specialists in medicine and surgery.	New York : H. S. Stuttman, 1963.
1398	1397	R WB 15 J11i 1969	Illustrated dictionary of eponymic syndromes, and diseases, and their synonyms / Stanley Jablonsk.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
1399	1398	R WB 15 T469s 1961	Standard nomenclature of diseases and operations / Edward T. Thompson and Adaline C. Hayden, editors	New York : Published for the American Medical Association [by] Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1961
1400	1399	R WB 15 W927i 1978	International classification of procedures in medicine / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1978.
1401	1400	R WB 300 C976 1956	Current therapy latest approved methods of treatment for the practicing physician.	[Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1949-
1402	1401	R WB 300 C976 1975	Current therapy : latest approved methods of treatment for the practicing physician / edited by Howard F. Conn.	Philadelphia, Pa. : W. B. Saunders, 1975-89
1403	1402	R WB 330 M689d 1960	Drugs of choice.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1959-
1404	1403	R WB 330 M689d 1966	Drugs of choice 1966-1967 / Walter Modell.	St. Louis, Miss. : C. V. Mosby, 1966.
1405	1404	R WB 330 M689d 1974	Drugs of choice 1974-1975 / Walter Modell.	St. Louis, Miss. : C. V. Mosby, 1974.
1406	1405	R WB 330 M689d 1976	Drugs of choice 1976-1977 / Walter Modell.	St. Louis, Miss. : C. V. Mosby, 1976.
1407	1406	R WC 140 W927w 1972	World directory of venereal-disease treatment centres at ports / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1972
1408	1407	R WC 15 W927i 1969	International classification of diseases : manual of the international statistical classification of diseases, injuries, and causes of death / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1967
1409	1408	R WC 17 F495s 1972	Scope monograph on anaerobic infections / by Sydney M. Finegold ... [et al.]	Kalamazoo, Mich. : Upjohn, c1972.
1410	1409	R WE 13 R933t 1965	A Theasurus of rheumatology / by Mary Jane Ruhl and Leon Sokoloff, supported by the American Rheumatism Association	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1965
1411	1410	R WE 15 B645m 1977	A Manual of orthopaedic terminology / Carolyn Taliaferro Blauvelt, Fred R. T. Nelson with 68 ill.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
1412	1411	R WE 168 A512s 1970	Selective bibliography of orthopaedic surgery, including a basic science supplement on the musculoskeletal system / American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1970.
1413	1412	R WE 168 J89o 1961	Orthopedic approaches : a sterographic manual / by John J. Joyce and Michael Harty	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1961
1414	1413	R WF 17 M346s 1972	Scope monography on stigmata of respiratory tract allergies	Kalamazoo , Miu. : [S. n.], 1972
1415	1414	R WG 200 L953c 1959	Cardiology, an encyclopedia of cardiovascular system, sponsored by the American College of Cardiology / by Aldo A. Luisada and Ashton Graybiel	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1959
1416	1415	R WH 420 M929d 1976	The Distribution of the human blood groups, and other polymorphisms / A. E. Mourant, Ada C. Kopec, Kazimiera Domaniewska-Sobczak.	London : Oxford University Press, 1976.
1417	1416	R WK 755 B141p 1950	The Pituitary-adrencocortical function : acth, cortisone and related compounds, a bibliography / compiled by Karl A. Baer and Marjory Spencer	Washington, D.C. : Army Medical Library, 1950
1418	1417	R WK 815 T889o 1956-1965	Oral antidiabetic therapy 1956-1965 with particular reference to tolbutamide (Orinase) / H. A. Tucker	Springfield, Ilu. : Thoams, 1956-1965
1419	1418	R WL 100 B167c 1975	Clinical neurology / editor: A.B. Baker. Associate editor: L.H. Baker.	Hagerstown, Md. : Harper & Row, 1975.
1420	1419	R WL 385 G255d 1973	Dictionary of epilepsy / H. Gastaut in collaboration with an international group of experts.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1973-
1421	1420	R WM 100 K91e 1976	Encyclopaedic handbook of medical psychology / edited by Stephen Krauss honorary editorial consultants, Arthur H. Crisp ... [et al.].	London : Butterworths, 1976.
1422	1421	R WM 13 H665p 1960	Psychiatric dictionary / [by] Leland E. Hinsie and Robert Jean Campbell.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1960.
1423	1422	R WM 13 H665p 1970	Psychiatric dictionary / by Leland E. Hinsie and Robert Jean Campbell.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1970.
1424	1423	R WM 13 W865d 1973	Dictionary of behavioral science / compiled and edited by Benjamin B. Wolman in collaboration with Gerhard Adler ... [et al.]	New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1973
1425	1424	R WO 200 T176b 1966	Basic sciences in anesthesiology : a guide for study / by Arthur B. Tarrow.	[San Antonio : Lydette, 1966]
1426	1425	R WP 630 I61d 1968	Directory of selected training facilities in family planning and allied subjects / International Planned Parenthood Federation	London : International Planned Parenthood Federation, 1968
1427	1426	R WR 17 B658s 1974	Scope monograph on dermatology / Samuel M. Bluefarb	Kalamazoo : Michigan, Upjohn, 1974
1428	1427	R WS 366 G319c 1978	Current pediatric therapy.	Philadelphia : Saunders, [1964]-1990.
1429	1428	R WU 15 I61a 1973	Application of the international classification of diseases to dentistry and stomatology : ICD-DA / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1973.
1430	1429	R WU 22 W927w 1977	World directory of schools for dental auxiliaries / World Health Organization	Geneva : WHO, 1977
1431	1430	R WV 100 M257o 1971	Otolaryngology / edited by Walter H. Maloney	New York : Harper, 1971
1432	1431	R WV 15 N651t 1978	Terminology of communication disorders : speech, language, hearing / Lucille Nicolosi, Elizabeth Harryman, Janet Kresheck.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
1433	1432	R WV 17 B396a 1969	Atlas der Hals- Nasen- Ohren- Krankheiten einschliesslich Bronchien und osophagus. English;"Atlas of otorhinolaryngology and bronchoesophagology / by Walter Becker ... [et al.] edited by Walter Becker."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
1434	1433	R WV 17 S386s 1966	Stereoscopic atlas of mastoidotympanoplastic surgery / by Harold F. Schuknecht ... [et al.]	St. Louis : Mosby, 1966
1435	1434	R WW 17 D676a 1966	Atlas of external diseases of the eye / by David D. Donaldson.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1966-
1436	1435	R WW 17 G662s 1971	Scope monograph on the fundamentals of ophthalmoscopy / Daniel Morris Gordon.	Kalamazoo, Mich. : Upjohn, 1971.
1437	1436	R WY 13 M646e 1972	Encyclopedia and dictionary of medicine and nursing / by Benjamin F. Miller and Claire Brackman Keane.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
1438	1437	R WY 18 F688s 1945	State board questions and answers for nurses, essay and objective types / Rouden Foote	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1945
1439	1438	R WY 18 F688s 1951	State board questions and answers for nurses, essay and objective types edited by / John A. Foote ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1951
1440	1439	R WY 18 F688s 1959	State board questions and answers for nurses, essay and objective types / Rawden Foote	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1959
1441	1440	R WZ 100 ส12ช 2508	ชุมนุมพระนิพนธ์และบทความเฉลิมพระเกียรติสมเด็จพระราชบิดา เจ้าฟ้ามหิดลอดุลยเดช กรมหลวงสงขลานครินทร / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยแพทยศาสตร์	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2508
1442	1441	R ZW B655b 1958	A Bibliography of internal medicine : communicable disease / Arthur Leonard Bloomfield	Chicago : Univ. of Chicago Press, 1958
1443	1442	R ZW C557s 1975	Selected bibliography of detection of dependence-producing drugs in body fluids /bCompiled by T. L. Chrusciel and M. Chrusciel	Geneva, World Health Organization, 1975
1444	1443	R ZW K29E 1948	Encyclopedia of medical sources	Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 1948
1445	1444	R ZW T514s 1961	A Select bibliography of medical biography, compiled / by John L. Thornton ...[et al.]	London : The Library Association, 1961
1446	1445	R ZWA 795 M379h 1976	Housing, the housing environment, and health an annotated bibiography	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976
1447	1446	SF 761 B655v 1974	Veterinary medicine / by D. C. Blood and J. A. Henderson.	London : Bailliere Tindall, (1974)
1448	1447	SF 761 G891v 1976	The Veterinary annual.	Bristol : Wright-Scientechnica, 1959-
1449	1448	SF 761 H891d 1975	Diseases of livestock / by T. G. Hungerford	Sydney : McGraw-Hill, c1975
1450	1449	SF 769 T476s 1966	Selected histochemical and histopathological methods / with two chapters contributed by Ronald D. Hunt.	Springfield, Ill. : C.C. Thomas, 1966.
1451	1450	SF 951 C357e 1972	Equine medicine & surgery : a text and reference work / he work of seventy-one authors, edited by E. J. Catcott [and] J. F. Smithcors.	Wheaton, Ill. : American Veterinary, 1972.
1452	1451	SF 985 C357f 1975	Feline medicine & surgery / edited by E. J. Catcott.	Santa Barbara, Calif. : American Veterinary, 1975.
1453	1452	SF 991 A673c 1974	Canine surgery / the product of 46 authors edited by J. Archibald consulting editors, J. E. Alexander ... [et al.] technical editor, E. J. Catcott.	Santa Barbara, Calif. : American Veterinary, 1974
1454	1453	SF 991 C357c 1968	Canine medicine, a text and reference work : The work of sixty-one authors / edited by Earl J. Catcott.	Wheaton, Ill. : American Veterinary, 1968.
1455	1454	TR 510 H453a 1978	The Art of color photography / John Hedgecoe and Jack Tresidder]	London : Mitchell Beazley, c1978.
1456	1455	TR 708 C976p 1962	Photographic illustration for medical writing / by Donald J. Currie and Arthur Smialowski	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, c1962
1457	1456	W 1 A427c 1960	Comparative biochemistry of photoreactive system : symposia on comparative biology of Kaiser Foundation Research Institute / Mary Belle Allen	New York : Academic Press, 1960
1458	1457	W 1 AD877 1978	Advances in surgery	St. Louis : Mosby Year Book, 1965-
1459	1458	W 1 H746p 1955	Potassium metabolism in health and diseases / yHoward L. Holley and Warner W. Carlson	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1955
1460	1459	W 1 H875e 1969	Electrophysiological analysis of synaptic transmission / y J. I Hubbard, R. Llinas and D. M. J. Quastel	London : Edward Arnold, 1969
1461	1460	W 15 C427l 1976	The Language of medicine : a worktext explaining medical terms / Davi-Ellen Chabner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
1462	1461	W 15 P926m 1977	Medical terminology : a text/workbook / Alice Prendergast.	Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, c1977.
1463	1462	W 15 R644m 1959	Medical terms : their origin and construction / Ffrangcon Roberts.	London : Heinemann Medical Books, 1959.
1464	1463	W 15 Y69l 1971	Learning medical terminology step by step / by Clara Gene Young [and] James D. Barger.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
1465	1464	W 16 B213i 1957	Introduction to biostatistics / Huldah Bancroft.	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1957.
1466	1465	W 16 B958h 1970	Handbook of probability and statistics with tables [by] Richard Stevens Burington [and] Donald Curtis May, Jr. Rev. by Richard Stevens Burington.	New York , McGraw-Hill [1970]
1467	1466	W 16 C663s 1966	Sampling techniques / William Gemmell Cochran	New York , Wiley 1966, 1963
1468	1467	W 16 C722l 1971	Lectures on biostatistics : an introduction to statistics with applications in biology and medicine / by D. Colquhoun.	Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1971.
1469	1468	W 16 D621i 1957	Introduction to statistical analysis [by] Wilfrid J. Dixon [and] Frank J. Massey, Jr.	New York , McGraw-Hill , 1957.
1470	1469	W 16 H645p 1966	Principles of medical statistics / Austin Bradford Hill.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1966.
1471	1470	W 16 L773b 1966	Biostatistics [by] Alvin E. Lewis.	New York : Reinhold [1966]
1472	1471	W 16 M153e 1967	Essentials of statistics for scientists and technologists / by C. Mack.	New York : Plenum Press, 1967.
1473	1472	W 16 M225e 1963	Elementary medical statistics;"Mainland's Elementary medical statistics / edited by M. Clinton Miller, III."	Philadelphia : Saunders, c1963.
1474	1473	W 16 M271s 1964	The Statistical analysis of experimental data / John Mandel	New York : Wiley, c1964
1475	1474	W 16 R388s 1970	Statistics with applications to the biological and health sciences / by Richard D. Remington [and] M. Anthony Schork.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1970.
1476	1475	W 16 S636e 1963	Elements of medical statistics / by J. V. Smart.	London : Staples Press, 1963.
1477	1476	W 16 S671s 1956	Statistical methods : applied to experiments in agriculture and biology / by George W. Snedecor and William G. Cochran	Ames, Ia. : Iowa State University Press , (1956)
1478	1477	W 16 T129m 1963	Maternal and child health in Taiwan / Taiwan Provincial Maternal and Child Health Institute	Taiwan : [s.n.], 1963
1479	1478	W 16 W927m 1948	Manual of the international statistical classification of diseases, injuries, and causes of death / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1948
1480	1479	W 18 A182t 1965	Theories of knowledge : a critical introduction / Robert Ackerman.	New York : McGraw-Hill, (c.1965)
1481	1480	W 18 A512m 1976	Medical knowledge self-assessment program IV : recent developments in internal medicine : syllabus / the American College of Physicians.	Philadelphia, Pa. : The College, 1977, c1976.
1482	1481	W 18 A512m 1977	Medical knowledge self-assessment program IV May 1977 / The American College of Physicians	Philadelphia : The College, 1977
1483	1482	W 18 A612f 1973	The Future of medical education / by William G. Anlyan [and others] Judy Graves, coordinating editor.	Durham, N.C. : Duke University Press, 1973.
1484	1483	W 18 B279p 1977	Pretest for students preparing for the National Board examination : [examination booklet] / contributing editors, Jane Barry ... [et al.].	Wallingford, Conn. : PreTest Service, c1977-1978.
1485	1484	W 18 B334i 1956	An Introduction to statistics in the medical sciences / Herbert Clifford Batson	Minneapolis : Burgess, 1956
1486	1485	W 18 B518p 1965	Psychology of learning and teaching / Harold Wright Bernard	New York : McGraw-Hill, (c.1965)
1487	1486	W 18 B784m 1965	Medical education in Japan : from Chinese medicine to western medicine / John Z. Bowers	New York : Hoeber, 1965
1488	1487	W 18 B844t 1962	Techniques of television production / Rudy Bretz.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962.
1489	1488	W 18 B875b 1961	Building a philosophy of education / Harry S. Broudy.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 1961.
1490	1489	W 18 B894p 1969	The Process of education / Jerome S. Bruner.	Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1963, 1969.
1491	1490	W 18 B973g 1962	The Guidance of learning activities : a summary of the principles of teaching based on the growth of the learner / William Henry Burton	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, [1962]
1492	1491	W 18 C456 1972	The Changing medical curriculum : report / edited by Vernon W. Lippard and Elizabeth Purcell.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr., Foundation, 1972.
1493	1492	W 18 C486r 1968	A Review of the nature and uses of examinations in medical education / by Josef Charvat, Christine McGuire [and] Victor Parsons.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1968.
1494	1493	W 18 C641h 1962	How to function effectively as a teacher in the clinical area : a resource unit / Grace K. Clissold	New York : Springer, 1962
1495	1494	W 18 C676p 1965	Planning for medical progress through education : a report submitted to the executive council of the Association of American Medical Colleges / Lowell T. Coggeshall	Evanston, Ill. : Association of American Medical Colleges, 1965
1496	1495	W 18 C875h 1967	How to pass medical college admission test.	New York : The Corporation, 1967.
1497	1496	W 18 D139a 1965	Audio-visual methods in teaching / Edgar Dale.	New York : Rinehart and Winston, 1965.
1498	1497	W 18 D292h 1966	Human learning in the school : reading in educational psychology / John P. DeCecco	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1966
1499	1498	W 18 D419r 1960	Research, principles, and practices in visual communication / Dept. of Audiovisual Instruction of the National Education Association	Washington : The Association, 1960
1500	1499	W 18 D582g 1964	A Guide to instructional television / Robert M. Diamond	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1964]
1501	1500	W 18 E68f 1965	Fundamentals of teaching with audiovisual technology / Carlton W. H. Erickson	New York : Macmillan, 1965.
1502	1501	W 18 Ed24r 1963	The Role of educational research in educational planning : proceedings of the International Conference for the Advancement of Educational Research, December 23-28, 1963 / edited by Prachoomsuk Achava-Amrung, Somsri Patumasootra, Narumol Karnchanachari	Bangkok : Education Society of Thailand, 1965
1503	1502	W 18 F699c 1978	Clinical education for the allied health professions / edited by Charles W. Ford.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1978.
1504	1503	W 18 G362s 1956	Specimen objective test items : a guide to achievement test construction / J. Raymond Gerberich	New York : Longmans, Green, 1956
1505	1504	W 18 G465m 1966	Medical State board examination review book : questions, answers, diagrams from past examinations / by L. Gilbert [and] S. Daniel.	Flushing, N.Y. : Review Book Publishers, 1966.
1506	1505	W 18 G549t 1966	Teaching machines and programmed learning : a source book / edited by A. A. Lumsdaine and Robert Glaser.	[Washington] : Dept. of Audio-Visual Instruction, National Education Association, [1960-65]
1507	1506	W 18 G795t 1963	Teacher-made tests / John A Greeen	New York : Harper & Row, [1963]
1508	1507	W 18 G984e 1965	Extramural medical education in Edinburgh and the school of medicine of the royal colleges / Douglas Guthrie	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1965
1509	1508	W 18 H226t 1959	Teaching comprehensive medical care : a psychological study of a change in medical education / by Kenneth R. Hammond and Fred Kern, Jr. [with] Wayman J. Crow ...[et al.]	Cambridge : Harvard University Press, 1959.
1510	1509	W 18 H644t 1966	Theories of learning / [by] Ernest R. Hilgard [and] Gordon H. Bower.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, [1966]
1511	1510	W 18 H819e 1964	Educating tomorrow's doctors / by Milton J. Horowitz. Foreword by Douglas D. Bond introduction by Thomas Hale Ham.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1964.
1512	1511	W 18 H875m 1961	Multiple-choice examinations in medicine : a guide for examiner and examinee / by John P. Hubbard and William V. Clemans	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1961
1513	1512	W 18 K32p 1963	Planning and producing audiovisual materials / by Jerrold E. Kemp with the assistance of Ron Carraher, art and Willard R. Card, photography.	San Francisco : Chandler, (c.1963)
1514	1513	W 18 K51a 1959	Audio-visual materials and techniques / James Screngo Kinder	New York : American Book, (c.1959)
1515	1514	W 18 K55n 1957	The nature and conditions of learning / rev. by Ralph Garry.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1957.
1516	1515	W 18 K89t 1964	Taxonomy of educational objectives : the classification of educational goals / by a committee of college and university examiners. Benjamin S. Bloom, editor [et al.]	New York : Longmans, Green, 1956-64
1517	1516	W 18 L352c 1970	Community medicine : teaching, research, and health care / dited by Willoughby Lathem and Anne Newbery	New York : Appleton-Centur-Crofts, 1970
1518	1517	W 18 L673e 1961	Educational television guidebook / a service project of the Electronic Industries Association, Educational Coordinating Committee.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961.
1519	1518	W 18 L796p 1964	Practical aspects of team teaching / Delbert M. Lobb	Palo Alto, Cau. : Fearon, 1964
1520	1519	W 18 L825m 1964	Medical illustration a guide for the doctor author and exhibitor / William E. Loechel	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1964
1521	1520	W 18 M173p 1960	Patterns of professional education / William J. McGlothlin	New York : Putnam's, 1960
1522	1521	W 18 M177 1971	Macy Conference on Family Planning, Demography, & Human Sexuality in Medical Education : [papers] / edited by Vernon W. Lippard.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1971.
1523	1522	W 18 M192p 1962	Preparing instructional objectives / Robert Frank Mager.	Belmont, Calif. : Fearon, c1962
1524	1523	W 18 M489 1960	Medical examination review book	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1960
1525	1524	W 18 M595m 1959	The medical sourcebook : a reference handbook for legal, legislative and administrative personnel / frederick Albert Mettler	Boston : Little Brown , (c.1959)
1526	1525	W 18 M648e 1974	Educational strategies for the health professions / [by Allan W. Walldren et al.] edited by George E. Miller, Tamas Fulop.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1527	1526	W 18 M666s 1962	Simplified techniques for preparing visual instructional materials / Ed. Minor	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962.
1528	1527	W 18 M863p 1963	Preparation of inexpensive teaching materials / text and illus. by John E. Morlan.	San Francisco : Chandler, 1963.
1529	1528	W 18 N492p 1976	Pretest for physicians preparing for the ECFMG examination / by Ronald D. Neumann ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1976
1530	1529	W 18 P892e 1966	The Evolution of medical education in Britain	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1966
1531	1530	W 18 P963e 1972	Educating tomorrow's doctors : proceedings / ogranized by the World Medical Association.	New York : World Medical Association, 1973.
1532	1531	W 18 R295 1976	Recent trends in medical education : report of a Macy conference / edited by Elizabeth F. Purcell.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1976.
1533	1532	W 18 R821a 1965	The Assistant medical officer : the training of the medical auxiliary in developing countries / by Edwin F. Rosinski [and] Frederick J. Spencer.	Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina Press, 1965.
1534	1533	W 18 R995m 1957	Rypins' Medical licensure examinations : topical summaries and questions / edited by Walter L. Bierring with the collabortion of a review panel.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1957.
1535	1534	W 18 R995m 1965	Rypins' Medical licensure examinations : topical summaries and questions / by Arthur W. Wright.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1965.
1536	1535	W 18 S616b 1972	Basic medical education / by David Sinclair.	London : Oxford University Press, 1972.
1537	1536	W 18 S643f 1957	Fundamentals of curriculum development / by B. Othanel Smith, William O. Stanley [and] J. Harland Shores.	New York, N.Y. : World Book Harcourt, Brace & World, 1957
1538	1537	W 18 S663u 1961	Using television in the classroom / edited by Mary (Howard) Smith.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961.
1539	1538	W 18 S669c 1965	Chinese lessons to western medicine, a contribution to geographical medicine from the clinics of peiping Medical College	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1965
1540	1539	W 18 S797h 1960	How to instruct successfully : modern teaching methods in adults education / Thomas F. Staton	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1960.
1541	1540	W 18 S841g 1962	Greating visuals for T. V., a guide for educators / James Spear	New York : Division of Audiovisual Instructional Service, 1965
1542	1541	W 18 S875t 1963	Teaching by machine / Lawrence M. Stolurow.	(Washington, D.C.) : U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1963, 1961.
1543	1542	W 18 S963p 1961	Preparation for medical education, a restudy, the report of the Committe on the Resurvey of preprofessional Educaiton n the Liberal Arts College Association of American Medical Colleges by Aur E. Severinghaus	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961
1544	1543	W 18 T253 1974	Teaching the basic medical sciences, human biology : report of a Macy conference / edited by John Z. Bowers and Elizabeth F. Purcell	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr., Foundation, c1974.
1545	1544	W 18 T454i 1964	Integrated teaching materials : how to choose, create, and use them / by R. Murray Thomas [and] Sherwin G. Swartout.	New York : David McKay, 1964.
1546	1545	W 18 U58c 1963	Cancer film guide prepared for the cancer control branch / by the Public Health Service Adiovisual Facility. U. S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare	Washington : Public Health Service Audiovisual Facility, 1963
1547	1546	W 18 V479m 1973	Medical examination review book : family practice specialty board review / John Edward Verby	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973
1548	1547	W 18 W379g 1978	Guide to patient management problems in medical examinations background, strategies and annotated examples / byGeorge D. Webster and Peter A. Cassileth	New York : Elsevier, 1978
1549	1548	W 18 W592a 1966	The Aims of education & other essays / by A. N. Whitehead.	New York : The Macmillan company, 1929.
1550	1549	W 18 W811m 1966	Medical examination review book / edited by Nathaniel Wisch	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1966
1551	1550	W 18 W893b 1961	Basic concepts of teaching / Asahel D. Woodruff.	San Francisco : Chandler, 1961.
1552	1551	W 19 L479m 1962	Medical schools and the changing times, nine case reports on experimentation in medical education, 1950-1960 / Peter Van Arsdale Lee	Evanston, Ilu. : Association of American Medical Colleges, 1962
1553	1552	W 19 U58 1977	The University and medicine : the past, the present, and tomorrow : report of an Anglo-American bicentennial conference / edited by John Z. Bowers and Elizabeth F. Purcell.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1977.
1554	1553	W 19 W498o 1967	One hundred years of medical progress : a history of the New York Medical College, Flower and Fifth Avenue Hospitals / Leonard Paul Wershub.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1967.
1555	1554	W 20 A512d 1952-	Directory of approved internships and residencies.	Chicago : American Medical Association, 1952-
1556	1555	W 20 B531i 1971	Intern's manual (Cook County Hospital) / Arthur Bernstein.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1971.
1557	1556	W 20 B631a 1963	American speech for foreign students / by John W. Black.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1963.
1558	1557	W 20 B854g 1979-	Graduate medical education announcements for ...	Columbus, Ohio : Major Hospital Atlas, c1979-
1559	1558	W 20 B974a 1973	Aids to postgraduate medicine / J. L. Burton.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
1560	1559	W 20 B974a 1976	Aids to undergraduate medicine / J. L. Burton.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1976.
1561	1560	W 20 F593h 1960	How to write, speak, and think more effectively / Rudolf Franz Flesch	New York : Harper, [1960]
1562	1561	W 20 I61m 1971	Migration of medical manpower / edited by John Z. Bowers and Lord Rosenheim sponsored by Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, 1971
1563	1562	W 20 M381e 1960	English for the foreign physician / Jose Murilo Martins	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, c1960
1564	1563	W 20 T511b 1970	Better medical writing / Charles Thorne.	London : Pitman Medical, 1970.
1565	1564	W 20 W887s 1968	Scientific writing for graduate students : a manual on the teaching of scientific writing / edited by F. Peter Woodford.	New York : Rockefeller University Press, 1968.
1566	1565	W 20 W927p 1970	Postgraduate education for medical personnel in the USSR / report prepared by the participants in a study tour organized by the World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1970.
1567	1566	W 20.5 A161s 1979	Survey methods in community medicine : an introduction to epidemiological and evaluative studies / J. H. Abramson.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
1568	1567	W 20.5 A514m 1955-	Medical research : a midcentury survey.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1955-
1569	1568	W 20.5 C226w 1965	The Way of an investigator : a scientist's experiences in medical research / by Walter Bradford Cannon.	New York : Hafner, 1965.
1570	1569	W 20.5 E58m 1975	Medical research : a statistical and epidemiological approach / J. M. England foreword by W. S. Peart.	Edinburgh New York : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
1571	1570	W 20.5 H572h 1976	Human experimentation and the law / by Nathan Hershey and Robert D. Miller.	Germantown, Md. : Aspen Systems, 1976.
1572	1571	W 20.5 L984r 1967	Reflections on research and the future of medicine a symposium and other addresses / edited by Charles E. Lyght.	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1967]
1573	1572	W 20.5 M489 1969	The medical research programme of the World Health Organization, 1964-1968 : report by the Director-General.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1969.
1574	1573	W 20.5 M592 1952	Methods in medical research.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1948-
1575	1574	W 20.5 O81s 1979	Statistical exercises in medical research / John F. Osborn foreword by P. Armitage.	New York : John Wiley, 1979.
1576	1575	W 20.5 P963t 1972	Training of research workers in the medical sciences / by Akinkugbe ... [et al.] proceedings of a Round Table Conference organized by CIOMS with the assistance of WHO and UNESCO, Geneva, 10-11 September 1970.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1972.
1577	1576	W 20.5 S983p 1965	Proceedings of a one day symposium on Progress in Medical Computing held at the Royal Festival Hall, London on 2nd June 1965, Chairman : hedley Atkins, organized by Elliott Medical Automation Ltd.	London : Elliott Medical Automation Ltd
1578	1577	W 20.5 U58i 1963	International biomedical research, first National Institutes of Health International Symposium, Maryland	Maryland : The Department, 1963
1579	1578	W 20.5 ว237ก [ม.ป.ป.]	การควบคุมคุณภาพในการกรอกข้อมูลเข้าคอมพิวเตอร์ เพื่องานวิจัย = Workshop on quality control of data entry to computer for research / วีระศักดิ์ จงสู่วิวัฒน์วงศ์	สงขลา : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยสงขลานครินทร์, [252-?]
1580	1579	W 21 B554w 1969	The Woman doctor : her career in modern medicine / by Patricia H. Beshiri.	New York : Cowles, 1969.
1581	1580	W 21 F974f 1946	Harvey Cushing, a biography / by John F. Fulton.	Springfield, Ill. : C.C. Thomas, 1946.
1582	1581	W 21 G786 1973	The Greater medical profession / report of a symposium sponsored jointly by the Royal Society of Medicine and the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1973.
1583	1582	W 21 H853p 1967	The Physician's career : teaching outline on medical practice and community relations for physicians and medical students / Henry F. Howe, editor.	Chicago : Division of Socio-economic Activities and Division of Scientific Activities, American Medical Association, 1967.
1584	1583	W 21 W725i 1975	An Introduction to the profession of medical technology / by M. Ruth Williams and David S. Lindberg.	Philadelphia, Pa. : Lea & Febiger, 1979.
1585	1584	W 21.5 A875m 1976	The Medical assistant : clinical practice / Betty J. Atkinson Rose Hall, consultant.	New York : Van Nostrad, c1976.
1586	1585	W 21.5 N532 1977	The New health professionals : nurse practitioners and physician's assistants / edited by Ann A. Bliss and Eva D. Cohen.	Germantown, Md. : Aspen Systems, 1977.
1587	1586	W 26 P346i 1966	An Introduction to medical automation / L. C. Payne	London : pitman, 1966
1588	1587	W 26 S775c 1965	Computers in biomedical research / edited by Ralph W. Stacy [and] Bruce D. Waxman.	New York : Academic Press, 1965-74.
1589	1588	W 26 T267c 1959	Clinical flame photometry / Henry A. Teloh	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1959
1590	1589	W 26.5 C738 1972	Computer diagnosis and diagnostic methods : the proceedings / edited by John A. Jacquez.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1972.
1591	1590	W 26.5 S989c 1968	Computers in Medicine, proceedings ... / edited by J. Rose	London : Churchill, 1969
1592	1591	W 275 AA1 M489 1979	The Medicaid experience / edited by Allen D. Spiegel.	Germantown, Md. : Aspen Systems, 1979.
1593	1592	W 275 S587f 1963	Family medical care, report on the family health maintenance demonstration / George A. Silver	Cambridge, Mau. : Harvard university Press, 1963
1594	1593	W 275 S989m 1966	Medical care in developing countries / edited by Maurice King	London : Oxford University Press, 1966
1595	1594	W 275 S989m 1972	Medical care of prisoners and detainees.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
1596	1595	W 30 W927i 1973	Interrelationships between health programmes and socio-economic development	Geneva : WHO, 1973
1597	1596	W 32 S129l 1970	The Law and clinical medicine / by Elliot L. Sagall [and] Barry C. Reed.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1970.
1598	1597	W 322 A648s 1960	Sociological studies of health and sickness : a source book for the health professions / edited by Dorrian Apple.	New York : McGraw-Hill, Blakiston Division, 1960.
1599	1598	W 322 B514p 1960	The Process of communication : an introduction to theory and practice / David Kenneth Berlo	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, [1960]
1600	1599	W 322 B586m 1964	Modern social science / by Robert Bierstedt ... [et. al]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961, 1964.
1601	1600	W 322 B674p 1969	Principles of demography / Donald J. Bogue	New York : John Wiley and Sons, 969
1602	1601	W 322 B915c 1964	The Communication of ideas, a series of addresses / Lyman Bryson	New York : Cooper Square, 1964
1603	1602	W 322 C711s 1965	Social casework in a general medical practice / Joan Collins	London : Pitman, 1965
1604	1603	W 322 D261s 1965	Social casework : a basic textbook for students of casework and for administrators in the social services / by Evelyn H. Davison.	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1965.
1605	1604	W 322 F855h 1972	Handbook of medical sociology / edited by Howard E. Freeman, Sol Levine [and] Leo G. Reeder.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1972.
1606	1605	W 322 H823s 1965	Sociology and the health sciences in consultation with Dorothy N. Bowers illustrated by Frederick J. Ashby.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, (c.1965)
1607	1606	W 322 H845c 1961	Communication and persuasion : psychological studies of opinion change / by Carl I. Hovland, Irving L. Janis, and Harold H. Kelley.	New Haven : Yale University Press, 1961.
1608	1607	W 322 J54m 1944	Medical care of the discharged hospital patient / Frode Jensen, H. G. Weiskotten	New York : The Commonwealth Fund, 1944
1609	1608	W 322 L431a 1961	Adjustment and personality / Richard S. Lazarus	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961
1610	1609	W 322 L567s 1959	Sociology and social problems in nursing / Mary Isidore Lennon	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1959.
1611	1610	W 322 R921n 1964	Nonverbal communication notes on the visual perception of human relations / by Jurgen Ruesch and Weldon Kees.	Berkeley : University of California Press, 1964.
1612	1611	W 322 S291c 1948	Communications in modern society / edited by Wilbur Schramm	Urbana : University of Illinois Press, 1948
1613	1612	W 322 S964s 1971	Sociology in medicine / by M. W. Susser and W. Watson.	London : Oxford University Press, 1971.
1614	1613	W 322 T468f 1957	Fundamentals of communication : an integrated approach / Wayne N. Thompson.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1957.
1615	1614	W 323 H418h 1964	Human relations in nursing : a textbook in sociology / by Wayland J. Hayes [and] Rena Gazaway.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964.
1616	1615	W 323 S467s 1962	Sociology and social problems in nursing service;"Sociology and its use in nursing service / Gladys Sellew."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
1617	1616	W 44 A469m 1977	Malpractice : a trial lawyer's advice for physicians (how to avoid, how to win) / Walter G. Alton, Jr.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
1618	1617	W 44 H727m 1975	Medical malpractice law / foreword by Milton Helpern.	New York : Wiley, 1975.
1619	1618	W 50 D294 1979	Decision making in medicine : the practice of its ethics / edited by Gordon Scorer and Antony Wing.	London : E. Arnold, 1979.
1620	1619	W 50 E24e 1967	Ethical responsibility in medicine : a Christian approach / edited by Vincent Edmunds [and] C. Gordon Scorer.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1967.
1621	1620	W 50 M143m 1967	Medical ethics for nurses;"Medical ethics/ by Charles J. McFadden foreword by Fulton J. Sheen."	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1967.
1622	1621	W 50 ท492จ 2518	จรรยาแพทย์ / ทองท้วม มหาสุวรรณ	เชียงใหม่ : หน่วยพิมพ์คณะแพทยศาสตร์เชียงใหม่, 2518
1623	1622	W 61 C783i 1961	Introduction to logic / Irving M. Copi,	New York : Macmillan, 1961.
1624	1623	W 62 B655d 1963	The Doctor and his patient : a sociological interpretation / Samuel W. Bloom.	New York : Russell Sage Foundation, 1963.
1625	1624	W 62 B658m 1960	The Management of the doctor-patient relationship / Richard H. Blum	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1960
1626	1625	W 62 B784p 1974	Psychosocial basis of medical practice : an introduction to human behavior / by Charles L. Bowden and Alvin G. Burstein.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1974.
1627	1626	W 62 B784p 1979	Psychosocial basis of medical practice : an introduction to human behavior / Charles L. Bowden, Alvin G. Burstein, with 3 contributors.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
1628	1627	W 62 B787t 1963	Techniques in medical communication / Warner Fremont Bowers	Springfield : ilu. : Thomas, 1963
1629	1628	W 62 C187n 1969	New morality or no morality / Robert Campbell.	New York : Bruce, 1969.
1630	1629	W 62 S818p 1964	Patients who trouble you / by William A. Steiger and A. Victor Hansen	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
1631	1630	W 700 692t 1936	Textbook of medical jurisprudence and toxicology / Jaising P. Modi.	Calcutta : Butterworth, 1936.
1632	1631	W 700 F254m 1976	Medicolegal investigation of gunshot wounds / Abdullah Fatteh.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1976.
1633	1632	W 700 G297l 1975	Lecture notes on forensic medicine / D.J. Gee.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
1634	1633	W 700 G544m 1950	Medical jurisprudence and toxicology / by John Glaister.	Edinburgh : E. &. S. Livingstone, 1950.
1635	1634	W 700 G544m 1966	Medical jurisprudence and toxicology / by John Glaister and Edgar Rentoul.	Edinburgh : E. &. S. Livingstone, 1966.
1636	1635	W 700 G663m 1953	Medical jurisprudence / by I. Gordon ... [et al.]	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1953
1637	1636	W 700 G831c 1975	A colour atlas of forensic pathology / G. Austin Gresham.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, [1975]
1638	1637	W 700 H669h 1979	Handbook of legal medicine / Charles S. Hirsch, R. Crawford Morris, Alan R. Moritz.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979.
1639	1638	W 700 L848p 1968	The Physician and the law / by Rowland H. Long. Foreword by Milton Helpern.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1968.
1640	1639	W 700 M692t 1967	Modi's Textbook of medical jurisprudence and toxicology / edited by N. J. Modi.	Bombay : N. M. Tripathi, 1967.
1641	1640	W 700 M862h 1964	Handbook of legal medicine / by Alan R. Moritz, R. Crawford Morris with the assistance of Charles S. Hirsch.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1964.
1642	1641	W 700 P963f 1974	Forensic toxicology : proceedings of a symposium held at the Chemical Defense Establishment, Porton Down, 29-30 June 1972 / edited by Bryan Ballantyne.	Bristol : J. Wright, 1974.
1643	1642	W 700 S613d 1962	A Doctor's guide to court, a handbook on medical evidence	London : Butterworths, 1962
1644	1643	W 700 S613f 1958	Foronsic medicine / Cedric Keith Simpson	London : Arnold, 1958
1645	1644	W 700 S613m 1967	Modern trends in forensic medicine-2 / Keith Simpson	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, Butterworths, 1967
1646	1645	W 700 S613t 1965	Taylor's principles and practice of medical jurisprudence / edited by Keith Sompson	[S. l. : s. n.], 1965
1647	1646	W 700 T256f 1977	Forensic medicine : a study in trauma and environmental hazards / edited by C. G. Tedeschi, William G. Eckert, Luke G. Tedischi associate editors, Herbert B. Hechtman, Bernard Knight, Shields Warren with a foreword from the point of view of jurisprudence by Harry A. Blackmun and a foreword from the point of view of forensic science by Milton Helpern.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
1648	1647	W 700 W319l 1966	Law for the physician / Carl Erwin Wasmuth.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1966.
1649	1648	W 700 W324a 1975	Atlas of legal medicine / Tomio Watanabe.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1975.
1650	1649	W 700 ท472น 2519	นิติเวชศาสตร์ / โดย ทรงฉัตร โตษยานนท์ และณรงค์ สิงห์ประเสริฐ	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์มหาวิทยาลัยธรรมศาสตร์, 2519
1651	1650	W 700 น234พ 2514	พยานทางแพทย์ / นิติวิทยาศาสตร์สมาคมแห่งประเทศไทย โรงพยาบาลตำรวจ	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2514
1652	1651	W 700 ว233น 2519	นิติเวชสาธก / วิฑูรย์ อึ้งประพันธ์	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงสยามการพิมพ์, 2519
1653	1652	W 705 G982f 1966	Forensic odontology / Gosta Gustafson	New York : American Elsevier, 1966
1654	1653	W 705 S712f 1976	Forensic dentistry / by Irvin M. Sopher.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
1655	1654	W 725 D522p 1958	Privileged communications between physician and patient / Clinton DeWitt	Springfield, Liu. : Thomas, 1958
1656	1655	W 725 T761d 1965	The Doctor as a witness / John Evarts Tracy, William Curran	Philadelphia : saunders, 1965
1657	1656	W 74 K97p 1964	Postwar economics growth / Simon Kuznets	Cambridge : Harvard university Press, 1964
1658	1657	W 750 C976p 1976	Poison detection in human organs / by Alan Curry with an introd. by Keith Simpson.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1976.
1659	1658	W 76 C116p 1940	The Patient's dilemma, the quest for medical security in America / Hugh Cabot	New York : Reynal & Hitchcock, 1940
1660	1659	W 76 H179h 1969	Health manpower in Peru a case study in planning / by Thomas L. Hall.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1969.
1661	1660	W 76 I61 1973	Intermediate-level health practitioners : report / edited by Vernon W. Lippard and Elizabeth F. Purcell.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1973.
1662	1661	W 76 T239h 1968	Health manpower planning in Turkey : an international research case study / by Carl E. Taylor, Rahmi Dirican, and Kurt W. Deuschle.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1968.
1663	1662	W 76 W927h 1978	Health manpower planning : principles, methods, issues / edited by T. L. Hall and A. Meja.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1978.
1664	1663	W 775 G732l 1968	Legal medicine / edited by Francis E. Camps	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1968
1665	1664	W 80 B831h 1959	Handbook for the medical secretary / Miriam Bredow	New York : Gregg Pub. Division, 1959
1666	1665	W 80 L425t 1967	A Textbook for medical assistants / by M. Murray Lawton [and] Donald F. Foy. With 137 illus.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1967.
1667	1666	W 80 T329p 1960	Principles of management / George R. Terry	Homewood, Ill. : Richard D. Irwin, 1960
1668	1667	W 800 M563i 1957	The Investigation of death / Donald Karl Merkeley	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1957
1669	1668	W 84 I34 1978	The Impact of health services on medical education : a global view : report of an international Macy conference / cosponsored by the International Children's Centre edited by John Z. Bowers and Elizabeth F. Purcell.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1978.
1670	1669	W 84.6 I61p 1978	Primary health care : a joint report / by the Director-General of the World Health Organization and the Executive Director of the United Nations Children's Fund.	Geneva New York : World Health Organization, 1978.
1671	1670	W 864 B872s 1974	Suicide and attempted suicide / edited by Eileen M. Brooke.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1672	1671	W 864 K92p 1977	Parasuicide / edited by Norman Kreitman.	London : John Wiley, c1977.
1673	1672	W 87 L983t 1968	The Training of good physicians : critical factors in career choices / by Fremont J. Lyden, H. Jack Geiger [and] Osler L. Peterson.	Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1968.
1674	1673	W 87 W386h 1976	Handbook of medical specialties / Henry Wechsler.	New York : Human Sciences Press, c1976.
1675	1674	W 88 C187a 1957	Administrative behavior in educaiton / by Roald F. Campbell and Russell T. Gregg	New York : Harper & Row, 1957
1676	1675	W 88 W855m 1961	The Management of personnel / William B. Wolf	Belmont : Wadsworth, 1961
1677	1676	W 89 C774f 1973	Better homes and gardens family medical guide / edited by Donald G. Cooley. Art direction by Paul Zuckerman.	New York : [Meredith, 1973]
1678	1677	W 89 D263g 1975	General practice for students of medicine / R. Harvard Davis.	London : Academic Press, 1975.
1679	1678	W 89 M488f 1978	Family medicine : principles and applications / edited by Jack H. Medalie.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
1680	1679	W 89 R888f 1972	The Future general practitioner : learning and teaching / by a working party of the Royal College of General Practitioners.	London : British Medical Journal [for] the Royal College of General Practitioners, 1972.
1681	1680	W 90 A512r 1961	The Recruitment of talent for a medical specialty an report to the American Gynecological Society on the problem of the procurements of academic and scientific personnel for obstetrics and gynecology / edited by Howard C. Taylor	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1961
1682	1681	W 925 M266m 1967	The Medical assessment of injuries for legal purposes / Arnold Mann.	London : Butterworths, 1967.
1683	1682	WA 100 B126d 1965	Domestic accidents / E. Maurice Backett	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1965
1684	1683	WA 100 B218h 1966	Health and hygiene / Arthur Leslie Banks and J. A. Hislop	London : University Tutorial Press, 1966
1685	1684	WA 100 B915h 1969	Health & the developing world / John H. Bryant	Ithaca [N.Y.] / Cornell University Press, [1969]
1686	1685	WA 100 B963r 1959	Recent advances in public health / J. L. Burn	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959
1687	1686	WA 100 B974p 1970	Public health and community medicine for the allied medical professions / by Lloyd Edward Burton [and] Hugh Hollingsworth Smith.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1970.
1688	1687	WA 100 C955e 1976	Epidemiology and community health in warm climate countries / edited by Robert Cruickshank Kenneth L. Standard, Hugh B. L. Russell foreword by E. K. Cruickshank.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1976.
1689	1688	WA 100 D135i 1962	Introduction to preventive and social medicine : an epidemiological and bio-social approach for the use of medical students, also medical and health officers, general practitionaers, administrators, social welfare organisers, social scientists, social workers, etc / Sonti Dakshinamurty foreword by A. L. Mudaliar	[Visakhapatnam : [s.n.], 1962
1690	1689	WA 100 D255m 1963	Modern public health for medical students / Iforwyn Glyndwr Davies	London : Arnold, 1963
1691	1690	WA 100 E53a 1952	Administrative medicine / Haven Emerson	Edinburgh : Nelson, 1952
1692	1691	WA 100 G153b 1975	Beyond normality : the predictive value and efficiency of medical diagnoses / Robert S. Galen, S. Raymond Gambino.	New York : Wiley, c1975.
1693	1692	WA 100 G412t 1963	Text book of public health and social medicine / by Amar Nath Ghei, R. N. Ghei [and] Mrs. P. Ghei	New Delhi : Lakshmi Book Store, [1963]
1694	1693	WA 100 G493p 1951	Public health is people : report of an institute on mental health in public health held at Berkeby, California, 1951 / Ethel L. Ginsgurg	Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1951
1695	1694	WA 100 G643m 1965	Mass compaigns and general health services / C. L. Conzalez	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1965
1696	1695	WA 100 H513f 1971	Foundations of health science / [by] Barbara Osborn Henkel [and others]	Boston : Allyn and Bacon, [1971]
1697	1696	WA 100 H684t 1965	The Theory and practice of public health / edited by W. Hobson.	London : Oxford University Press, 1965.
1698	1697	WA 100 H875e 1957	The Early detection and prevention of disease / John Perry Hubbard.	New York : Blakiston Division, 1957.
1699	1698	WA 100 H954n 1966	Nurses' aids series, personal and community health, formerly aids to hygiene / Winifred L. Huntly	London : Balliere, Tindall and Cassell, 1966
1700	1699	WA 100 K48h 1965	Health for modern living / Holger Frederick Kilander	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1965
1701	1700	WA 100 L913e 1973	Epidemiology : a guide to teaching methods / edited for the International Epidemiological Association by C. R. Lowe and J. Kostrzewski in collaboration with the World Health Organization.	Edinburg : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
1702	1701	WA 100 L995f 1964	A First course in hygiene / by R. A. Lyster and revised by A. Leslie Banks	London : University Tutorial Press, [19--]
1703	1702	WA 100 M167e 1960	Epidemiologic methods / by Brain MacMahon, Thomas F. Pugh and Johannes Ipsen	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
1704	1703	WA 100 M612p 1975	Promoting health in the human environment : a review based on the technical discussions held during the twenty-seventh World Health Assembly, 1974 with contributions by Karl Evang ... [et al.] edited by Evelyn E. Meyer, Peter Sainsbury.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1705	1704	WA 100 M876u 1957	Uses of epidemiology / Jeremy Noah Morris	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1957
1706	1705	WA 100 M991i 1953	An introduction to public health / Harry Stoll Mustard	New York : Macmillan, 1958.
1707	1706	WA 100 M991i 1959	An Introduction to public health / by Harry S. Mustard and Ernest L. Stebbins	New York : Macmillan, 1959
1708	1707	WA 100 N545h 1975	Health by the people / edited by Kenneth W. Newell.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1709	1708	WA 100 P235t 1974	Textbook of preventive and social medicine : a treatise on community health / by J. E. Park.	Jabalpur : Banarsidas Bhanot, 1974.
1710	1709	WA 100 P324c 1964	The Control of diseases : social and communicable / Hugh Paul	Baltimore : William & Wilkins, 1964
1711	1710	WA 100 P394e 1963	Epidemiology : reports on research and teaching, 1962 / edited by John Pemberton	London : Oxford University Press, 1963
1712	1711	WA 100 P49r 1958	Recent studies in epidemiology / ed. by J. Pemberton and H. Willard for the International Corresponding Club (Preventive and Social Medicine)	Oxford : Blackwell, 1958
1713	1712	WA 100 R289p 1964	Practical epidemiology of microbial infections, infections occurring by way of the gastrointestinal tract / Hans Reber	Basle : Haffmann-LaRoche, 1964
1714	1713	WA 100 R854i 1957	The incurable wound, and further narratives of medical detection / Berton Roueche.	Boston : Little, Brown, [1958, c1957]
1715	1714	WA 100 S666p 1967	Principles of community health / [by] Jack Smolensky [and] Franklin B. Haar.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
1716	1715	WA 100 S666p 1977	Principles of community health / Jack Smolensky.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
1717	1716	WA 100 T242p 1957	Principles of epidemiology / by Ian Taylor and John Knowelden	London : Churchill, 1957
1718	1717	WA 105 B255p 1973	Practical epidemiology / D. J. P. Barker, with chapters by F. J. Bennett.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
1719	1718	WA 105 F786e 1970	Epidemiology : man and disease / by John P. Fox, Carrie E. Hall [and] Lila R. Elveback.	New York : Macmillan, c1970.
1720	1719	WA 11 B8p 1965	Public health in the nineteenth century / Colin Fraser Brockington	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1965
1721	1720	WA 11 M158t 1965	Topics in public health / James Macalister MacKintosh	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1965
1722	1721	WA 11 O38o 1971	One hundred years of health progress in Japan / edited by F. Ohtani.	Tokyo : International Medical Foundation of Japan, 1971.
1723	1722	WA 11 R813h 1958	A History of public health / George Rosen.	New York : MD Publications, 1958.
1724	1723	WA 110 A545c 1962	Communicable disease control : a volume for the public health worker / by Gaylord W. Anderson, Margaret G. Arnstein [and] Mary R. Lester.	New York : Macmillan, 1962.
1725	1724	WA 110 Am512c 1960	Control of communicable diseases in man : an official report / American Public Health Association	New York : The Association, 1960
1726	1725	WA 110 Am512c 1975	Control of communicable diseases in man / American Public Health Association ed. by Abrams Benenson	New York : The Association, 1975
1727	1726	WA 110 Am512r 1964	Report of the committee on the control of infectious diseases, 1962-63 / American Academy of Pediatrics	Evanston, Ill. : [s.n.], 1964
1728	1727	WA 110 Am512r 1966	Report of the committee on the control of infectious diseases / American Academy of Pediatrics	Evanston, Ill. : [s.n.], 1966
1729	1728	WA 110 Am512r 1970	Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases.	Evanston, Ill. : American Academy of Pediatrics, c1970-c1991.
1730	1729	WA 110 C153m 1956	Control of communicable diseases / by California State Department of Public Health	[S.l. : s.n.], 1956
1731	1730	WA 110 C592p 1967	Preventive medicine / by 39 authors. edited by Duncan W. Clark and Brian MacMahon.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1967.
1732	1731	WA 110 C855i 1963	Infection in hospitals, epidemiology and control : a symposium / Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences established under the joint auspices of UNESCO & WHO ed. by R. E. O. Williams and R. A. Shooter	Oxford : Blackwell, 1963
1733	1732	WA 110 D135i 1961	Introduction to preventive and social medicine / Sonti Dakshinamurty foreword by Sir A. L. Mudaliar	Kakinada St., India : Jayanthi, 1961
1734	1733	WA 110 D897m 1940	Military preventive medicine / George C. Dunham	Harrisburg : [s.n.], 1940
1735	1734	WA 110 G663c 1965	Control of communicable diseases in man : an official report of the American Public Health Association / John E. Gordon prepared by the Committee on Communicable Disease Control	New York : [s.n.], 1965
1736	1735	WA 110 G798m 1953	Modern concepts of communicable diseases / by Morris Greenburg and Anna V. Matz	New York : Putnam, 1953
1737	1736	WA 110 G889p 1964	Preventive medicine and public health : an introduction for students and practitioner / Fred Grundy	London : Lewis, 1964
1738	1737	WA 110 H651p 1959	Preventive medicine : principles of prevention in the occurrence and progression of disease / ed. by Herman E. Hilleboe and Granville W. Larimore	Philadelphia : Saunder, 1959
1739	1738	WA 110 H651p 1965	Preventive medicine : principles of prevention in the occurence and progression of disease / ed. by Hernam E. Hileboe and Granville W. Larimore	Philadelphia : Saunders, c1965, 1968
1740	1739	WA 110 H693z 1964	Zoonoses / edited by J. Van Der Hoeden	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1964
1741	1740	WA 110 L439p 1965	Preventive medicine for the doctor in his community : an epidemiologic approach / Hugh Rodman Leavell, E. Gurney Clark, and twenty-three contributors.	New York : McFraw-Hill, c1965.
1742	1741	WA 110 M392a 1967	The Art of predictive medicine : the early detection of deteriorative trends (proceedings of a symposium) / compiled and edited by Webster L. Marxer [and] George R. Cowgill. Program committee: Wendell H. Griffith, Webster L. Marxer [and] Laurence E. Morehouse.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1967.
1743	1742	WA 110 M463p 1965	Preventive medicine and hygiene;"Preventive medicine and public health / by Maxcy [and] Rosenau."	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1965.
1744	1743	WA 110 M465p 1956	Preventive medicine and public health / Kenneth F. Maxcy	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1956
1745	1744	WA 110 P324c 1958	Clinical epidemiology / John Rodman Paul	Chicago : University of Chicago, 1958
1746	1745	WA 110 P777t 1966	Trials of prophylactic agents for the control of communicable diseases, a guide to their organization and evaluation / prepared by T. M. Pollock ... [et al.]	Geneva : [S. n.], 1966
1747	1746	WA 110 R813p 1939	Preventive medicine and hygiene / Milton Joseph Rosenau	New York : Appleton, 1939
1748	1747	WA 110 S251m 1973	Maxcy-Rosenau preventive medicine and public health / Philip E. Sartwell	New York : Appleton-Century Crofts, 1973
1749	1748	WA 110 S398v 1964	Veterinary medicine and human health / by Calvin W. Schwabe.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964.
1750	1749	WA 110 S641p 1947	Preventive medicine and public health / Wilson G. Smillie	New York : Macmillan, 1947
1751	1750	WA 110 S643p 1958	Preventive medicine and public health / Wilson George Smillie	New York : Macmillian, 1958
1752	1751	WA 110 S643p 1963	Preventive medicine and public health / by Wilson G. Smillie and Edwin D. Kilbourne	New York : Macmillan, 1963
1753	1752	WA 110 T673c 1967	control of infectins diseases in general hospitals	New York : American Public Health Association, 1967
1754	1753	WA 110 W723p 1969	The Plague killers / Greer Williams.	New York : Scribner, 1969.
1755	1754	WA 110 W749p 1968	Principles and practice of screening for disease / by J. M. G. Wilson [and] G. Jungner.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1968.
1756	1755	WA 110 W927e 1974	Expansion of the use of immunization in developing countries	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975
1757	1756	WA 110 W927m 1974	Manual on personal and community protection against malaria in development areas and new settlements / prepared by the WHO Division of Malaria and Other Parasitic Diseases.	Geneva : WHO, 1974.
1758	1757	WA 110 W927r 1961	The Role of immunization in communicable disease control	Geneva : WHO, 1961
1759	1758	WA 110 ป171ก 2522	การควบคุมโรคติดต่อ / ประวิทย์ สุนทรสีมะ	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะสาธารณสุขศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
1760	1759	WA 110 ส16ห 2519	หลักระบาดวิทยาและการควบคุมโรคติดต่อ / สมชาย สุพันธุ์วณิช	กรุงเทพฯ : สามมิตร, 2519
1761	1760	WA 17 C182a 1975	Atlas of the battered child syndrome / J. M. Cameron, L. J. Rae foreword by the Rt. Hon. Lord Justice Lawton.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
1762	1761	WA 18 C851t 1969	The Teaching of public health in Europe / by J. D. Cottrell in collaboration with B. Kesic, R. Senault with a foreword by F. Grundy.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1969.
1763	1762	WA 18 D419h 1968	A handbook of health education / Department of Education and Science.	London : H.M.S.O., 1968.
1764	1763	WA 18 F653h 1966	Health instruction : theory and application / by John T. Fodor, Gus T. Dalis foreword by Edward B. Johns.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1966.
1765	1764	WA 18 G882h 1958	University physics models and applications / William P. Crummett, Arthur B. Western	Dubuque, Ia. : Wm C. Brown, 1994
1766	1765	WA 18 G882h 1964	Health teaching in schools : for teachers in elementary and secondary schools.	Philadelphia, Pa. : W.B. Saunders , (c.1963)
1767	1766	WA 18 W519m 1972	Medical examination review book / edited by Raymond O. West	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1972
1768	1767	WA 19 N434s 1959	The School health program : a textbook for teachers and for other professional personnel in school health / Alma Nemir.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
1769	1768	WA 19 S372 1974	Schools of public health: present and future : report of a Macy conference / edited by John Z. Bowers and Elizabeth F. Purcell.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1974.
1770	1769	WA 20.5 น236ก [252-?]	การวิจัยทางสุขศึกษา = Research in health education / นิภา มนูญปิจุ	กรุงเทพฯ : อักษรบัณฑิต, [252-?]
1771	1770	WA 240 A512s 1967	Safe use of pesticides : a manual for public health personnel.	New York :[s.n.], c1967.
1772	1771	WA 240 B651d 1968	Disinfection, sterilization, and preservation / edited by Seymour S. Block and Carl A. Lawrence	Philadephia : Lea & Febiger, 1968
1773	1772	WA 240 B651d 1977	Disinfection, sterilization, and preservation / edited by Seymour S. Block.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1977.
1774	1773	WA 240 B877i 1958	Insecticide resistance in arthropods / Anthony William aldridge Brown	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1958
1775	1774	WA 240 B877i 1971	Insecticide resistance in arthropods [by] A. W. A. Brown [and] R. Pal.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1971.
1776	1775	WA 240 B879p 1966	Pesticides in clinical practice : identification, pharmacology, and therapeutics	Spring field, Ilu. : Thomas, 1966
1777	1776	WA 240 E19 1977	Ecological effects of pesticides / editors, F. H. Perring and K. Mellanby.	London : Linnean Society by Academic Press, c1977.
1778	1777	WA 240 S983d 1958	Disinfection and sterilization / George Sykes	New York : Van Nostrand, 1958
1779	1778	WA 240 W927n 1972-	Evaluations of some pesticide residues in food / prepared by the FAO Working Party of Experts on Pesticide Residues and the WHO Expert Committee on Pesticide Residues.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1972-
1780	1779	WA 240 W927s 1967	Specifications for pesticides used in public health : insecticides, rodenticides, molluscicides, repellents, methods.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1967.
1781	1780	WA 240 W927s 1979	Specifications for pesticides used in public health : insecticides, molluscicides, repellents, methods.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1979.
1782	1781	WA 250 A512a 1966	Accident control in environmental health programs : a guide for public health personnel	New York : American Public Health Association, 1966
1783	1782	WA 250 A512p 1966	Proceedings 3rd. American Medical Ass. Congress on environmental health problems, impact of environmental on accidental injuries and fatalities	Chicago : American Medical Association Council on Evironmental and Public Health,c1966
1784	1783	WA 250 H196a 1961	Accident prevention, the role of physicians and public health workers / Macwell N. Halsey	New York : Blaskiston Division, 1961
1785	1784	WA 250 S391a 1956	The Accident syndrome : the genesis of accidental injury, a clinical approach / Morris Simcho Schulzinger	Springfield : Thomas, 1956
1786	1785	WA 250 S774s 1991	Safe community / Sriwongse Havanonda	Bangkok : Thomas, 1991
1787	1786	WA 250 U58p 1958	Principal types of accidents selected reference, a teaching aid for medical schools	[S. l. : s. n.], 1958
1788	1787	WA 292 A512a 1945	American red cross first aid textbook	Philadelphia : The Blakiston, 1945
1789	1788	WA 292 A512a 1973	Advanced first aid and emergency care / prepared by the American Red Cross for the instruction of advanced first aid classes.	Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday, c1973.
1790	1789	WA 292 A512b 1971	Basic first aid.	Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday, 1971.
1791	1790	WA 292 A512e 1977	Emergency care and transportation of the sick and injured / by the Committee on Allied Health, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.	Chicago : The Academy, 1977.
1792	1791	WA 292 A512f 1957	First aid textbook / American Red Cross	New York : Doubleday, 1957
1793	1792	WA 292 A512l 1956	Life saving and water safety / American Red Cross.	Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday, 1956.
1794	1793	WA 292 A512s 1968	Standard nomenclature of athletic injuries / prepare by the Subcommitte on Classification of Sports Injuries Committee on the Medical Aspects of Sports of the American Medical Association	Chicago, Ilu. : American Medical Association, 1968
1795	1794	WA 292 C689f 1960	First aid diagnosis and management / byWarren H. Cole and Charles B. Puestow, with 16 contributing authors	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1960
1796	1795	WA 292 C689f 1965	First aid diagnosis and management / by Warren H. Cole and Charles B. Puestow, and 17 authors	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1965
1797	1796	WA 292 E65f 1970	First aid and emergency reseue / Lawrence W. Erven	London : Macmillan, 1970
1798	1797	WA 292 H496e 1969	Emergency medical guide / Neil Hardy, medical illustrator.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, [1968, c1969]
1799	1798	WA 292 H496e 1973	Emergency medical guide.	New York, : McGraw-Hill , (c.1963)
1800	1799	WA 292 L781a 1963	Athletic injuries / by Lynn O. Litton and Leonard F. Peltier.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963.
1801	1800	WA 292 O26t 1965	Treatment of injuries to athletes / Don H. O'Donoghue	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
1802	1801	WA 292 O26t 1976	Treatment of injuries to athletes / Don H. O'Donoghue.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
1803	1802	WA 292 T823p 1965	Prevention and treatment of athletic injuries	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1965
1804	1803	WA 292 W927i 1967	International medical guide for ships, includes the ships medicine chest and the medical section of the International Code & Signals	Geneva : WHO, 1967
1805	1804	WA 293 A113f 1972	First aid and emergency care : prevention and protection of injuries / [by] James E. Aaron, A. Frank Bridges [and] Dale O. Ritzel foreword by Howard Pyle.	New York : Macmillan, 1972.
1806	1805	WA 30 A547n 1965	A New look at social medicine / J. A. D. Anderson	London : Pitman, 1965
1807	1806	WA 30 B111m 1975	Mental health services in developing countries : papers presented at a WHO Seminar on the Organization of Mental Health Services, Addis Ababa, 27 November to 4 December 1973 / edited by T. A. Baasher ... [et al.].	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1808	1807	WA 30 B419b 1969	The Behavioral and social sciences : outlook and needs a report.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1969.
1809	1808	WA 30 E19i 1971	Interrelation between population and manpower problems : a joint ECAFE/120 regional seminar report and selected papers / Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East	[S.l.] : United Nations, 1972
1810	1809	WA 30 E19r 1972	Report and selected papers : the regional semi on population aspects of social development / Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East	[S.l.] : United Nations, 1972
1811	1810	WA 30 G762h 1963	Health care for the community selected papers . Edited by Conrad Seipp. With a pref. by Cecil G. Sheps.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1963.
1812	1811	Wa 30 H394m 1958	Medical sociology : theory, scope and method / Norman G. Hawkins	Springfield, Ill : Thomas, 1958
1813	1812	WA 30 H821s 1965	The Sociology of social problems / [by] Paul B. Horton [and] Gerald R. Leslie.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, [1965]
1814	1813	WA 30 K82s 1959	The Sociology of the patient / Earl Lomon Koos.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1959.
1815	1814	WA 30 L 1957	New outline of the principles of sociology;"Principles of sociology / co-authors: Herbert Blumer [and others] Introd. by Samuel Smith."	New York : Barnes & Noble, 1957.
1816	1815	WA 30 M147s 1960	Social science in nursing / Frances Cooke Macgregor	New York : Russell Sage Foundation, 1960
1817	1816	WA 30 M466m 1976	Mental health services in Europe : a review of data collected in response to a WHO questionnaire / A. R. May.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
1818	1817	WA 30 M478i 1966	An Introduction to social medicine / by Thomas McKeown and C. R. Lowe.	Philadelphia : Davis, 1966.
1819	1818	WA 30 M486m 1968	Medical sociology : a selective view / David Mechanic.	New York : Free Press, c1968.
1820	1819	WA 30 P359e 1964	Environmental health and hygiene : an introduction to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease / Evelyn Pearce	London : Faber, 1964
1821	1820	WA 30 R284c 1966	Culture, health and disease : social and cultural influences on health programmes in developing countries / Margaret Read.	London : Travistock, 1966.
1822	1821	WA 30 S658e 1972	The Ecology of man : an ecosystem approach / Robert Leo Smith	New York : Harper & Row, [c1972]
1823	1822	WA 30 S966i 1948	Introductory sociology / Robert L. Sutherland, Julian L. Woodward	Chicago : Lippincott, 1948
1824	1823	WA 30 U58r 1962	Report of the Committee on Environmental Health Problems to the Surgeon General	Washington : U.S. Public Health Service, 1962
1825	1824	WA 30 W927h 1972	Health hazards of the human environment / prepared by 100 specialists in 15 countries.	Geneva : WHO, 1972.
1826	1825	WA 30 W927h 1975	Health economics : World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1975
1827	1826	WA 30 W927s 1977	Social and health aspects of sexually transmitted diseases : principles of control measures : study based on the technical discussions held during the Twenty-eighth World Health Assembly, 1975 / contributors, Georg-Michael Antal ... [et al.].	Geneva : WHO, 1977.
1828	1827	WA 30 Y73s 1965	Sociology and social life / by Kimball Young and Raymond W. Mack	New York : American Book , (c.1965)
1829	1828	WA 300 B472p 1969	The Planning of change / edited by Warren G. Bennis, Kenneth D. Benne [and] Robert Chin.	New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969.
1830	1829	WA 300 E92h 1960	Health service, Society and medicine, present day health services in their relation to medical science and social structures	London : Oxford University Press, 1960
1831	1830	WA 300 F234w 1968	World population--the view ahead : proceedings / edited by Richard N. Farmer, John D. Long [and] George J. Stolnitz.	[Bloomington] : Bureau of Business Research, Indiana University, c1968.
1832	1831	WA 300 H873a 1971	Automated multiphasic health testing : a health services R & D laboratory [the proceedings of the annual scientific meeting of the Society for Advanced Medical Systems held at the U.S. Public Health Service Hospital, Baltimore, on September 20, 1970] / edited by: Richard K. C. Hsieh, Faith Dean Gilroy [and] Melvyn Greberman.	Washington : Federal Health Programs Service, 1971.
1833	1832	WA 300 I61a 1971	Accelerating family planning : problems and approaches.	Quezon City : Institute of Mass Communication, University of the Philippines, 1971.
1834	1833	WA 300 I61p 1966	Physical activity in health and disease : proceedings of the Beitostolen symposium 1966 / edited by Karl Evang and K. Lange Andersen	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1966
1835	1834	WA 300 M647g 1960	Good health : personal and community / by Zelma Miller and Benjamin F. Miller.	Philadelphia : W.B.Saunders , (c.1960)
1836	1835	WA 300 M647g 1966	Good health, personal and community / by Benjamin F. Miller and John J. Burt.	London : W.B. Saunders, (c.1966)
1837	1836	WA 300 N645y 1963	Your health today and tomorrow, health and physical fitness / by James S. Nicoll, Julia C. Foster and Irwin August	River Forest, Ilu. : Laidlaw, 1963
1838	1837	WA 300 P324h 1955	Health, culture, and community case studies of public reactions to health programs , edited by Benjamin D. Paul with the collaboration of Walter B. Miller.	New York : Russell Sage Foundation, 1955.
1839	1838	WA 300 P963s 1974	System aspects of health planning : proceedings, August 20-22, 1974 / ed. by Norman T. J. Bailey and Mark Thompson	Amsterdam : North Holland, 1975
1840	1839	WA 300 P963t 1971	The Teaching and practice of family health : proceedings of a conference / sponsored by the Association of Medical Schools in Africa.	[s.n.] : The Association, 1971.
1841	1840	WA 300 S561y 1970	You and your health [by] Harold Shryock and Hubert O. Swartout, in collaboration with 38 leading medical specialists.	Mountain View, Calif. : Pacific Press Pub. Association [1970]
1842	1841	WA 300 T633h 1950	Health care of the family / by Ramona L. Todd and Ruth B. Freeman	San Francisco : Freeman, 1950
1843	1842	WA 310 B636c 1954	The Child, his parents and the nurse / foreword by Adrian H. Vander Veer.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1954.
1844	1843	WA 310 V483t 1975	The Traditional birth attendant in maternal and child health and family planning : a guide to her training and utilization / Maria de Lourdes Verderese, Lily M. Turnbull.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1845	1844	WA 310 W189h 1962	Health services for mothers and children / by Helen M. Wallace with two chapters by John A. Rose	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
1846	1845	WA 310 W716m 1972	Mother and child health : delivering the services / by]Cicely D. Williams, and Derrick B. Jelliffe.	London : Oxford University Press, 1972.
1847	1846	WA 320 B189c 1975	Child health : a manual for medical assistants and other rural health workers / Bo Balldin ... [et al.] illustrated by Henriette Versluys-Vriesendorp.	Nairobi : African Medical and Research Foundation, 1975.
1848	1847	WA 320 C626c 1964	Child health : its origins and promotion / by F. W. Clements and B. P. McCloskey	London : Edward Arnold, 1964
1849	1848	WA 320 H339c 1977	Children's medical care needs and treatments : report of the Harvard Child Health Project.	Cambridge, Mass. : Ballinger, c1977.
1850	1849	WA 320 N339a 1964	The Advancement of child health / A. V. Neale	London : Athlone Press, 1964
1851	1850	WA 32AA1 P976 1980	Public health and the law : issues and trends / edited by L. Lynn Hogue.	Rockville, Md. : Aspen Systems, 1980.
1852	1851	WA 350 A545s 1964	School health practice / by C. L. Anderson.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1964.
1853	1852	WA 350 H241d 1963	Design for health : the teacher, the school and the community / by John J. Hanlon and Elizabeth McHose.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1963.
1854	1853	WA 350 T945s 1966	School health and health education / by C. E. Turner, C. Morley Sellery, Sara Louise Smith.	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1966.
1855	1854	WA 350 W557h 1965	Health observation of school children : a guide for helping teachers and others to observe and understand the school child in health and illness / by George M. Wheatley [and] Grace T. Hallock.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1965.
1856	1855	WA 350 W714h 1969	Health education in the elementary school / [by] Carl E. Willgoose.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
1857	1856	WA 350 W724h 1967	Health for the college student / by Jesse Feiring Williams and Angela Kitzinger.	New York : Harper & Row, [1967]
1858	1857	WA 390 I61h 1972	Health care for remote areas : proceedings of an international conference sponsored by Kaiser Foundation International / James P. Hughes, editor.	Oakland, Calif. : Kaiser Foundation International, c1972.
1859	1858	WA 390 M921r 1948	Rural health and medical care / by Frederick D. Mott and Milton I. Roemer.	New York : McGraw-Hill Book, 1948.
1860	1859	WA 390 M991n 1936	Rural health practice / Harry S. Mustard	New York : The Commonwealth Fund, 1936
1861	1860	WA 390 S788m 1975	Man-made lakes and human health / edited by N. F. Stanley and M. P. Alpers.	London : Academic Press, 1975.
1862	1861	WA 4 B926h 1968	Health and disease in four Peruvian villages : contrasts in epidemiology / by Alfred A. Buck, Tom T. Sasaki, and Robert I. Anderson.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1968.
1863	1862	WA 4 B995t 1957	Textbook of college hygiene / Oliver Erasmus Byrd	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
1864	1863	WA 4 L286h 1957	Health principles and practice / by C. V. Langton and C. L. Anderson	St. Louis : Mosby, 1957
1865	1864	WA 4 N277h 1967	Health is a community affair : report / National Commission on Community Health Services.	Cambridge : Harvard University Press, 1966.
1866	1865	WA 4 S333e 1963	Essentials of healthier living : a realistic college text in personal and community health with a forward by Howard R. Craig.	New York : John Wiley , (c.1963)
1867	1866	WA 4 S333e 1967	Essentials of healthier living : a realistic college text in personal and community health.	New York : John Wiley , (c.1967)
1868	1867	WA 4 T945p 1964	Personal and community health [by] C. E. Turner.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1967.
1869	1868	WA 4 W927m 1979	Measurement of levels of health / ed. by Walter W. Holland ... [et al.] published under the joint sponsorship of the World Health Organization and the International Epidemiological Association	Copenhagen : The Organization, 1979
1870	1869	WA 400 B883h 1961	Health in industry : a guide for engineers, executives, and doctors / R. C. Browne	London : Arnold, 1961
1871	1870	WA 400 C343e 1970	The Education and training of engineers for environmental health / by John Cassel ... [at al.]	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1970.
1872	1871	WA 400 D257p 1957	The Practice of industrial medicine / by T. A. Lloyd Davies with a chapter on the hazards of coal mining, by J. M. Rogan	London : Churchill, 1957
1873	1872	WA 400 G131o 1964	Occupational diseases : a guide to their recognition / ed. by W. M. Gafafer	Washington : U.S. Public Health Service Division of Occupational Health, 1964
1874	1873	WA 400 H945d 1955	The Diseases of occupations / Donald Hunter.	Boston: Little Brown, 1955.
1875	1874	WA 400 P963o 1978	Occupational health and ergonomic applications in safety control, 18-21 September 1978 / edited by P.K. Chew, K.O. Zee, O.Y. Chan.	[Singapore] : Society of Occupational Medicine, Singapore : National Safety First Council of Singapore, [1979]
1876	1875	WA 400 S547p 1961	The Physician in industry / William P. Shepard.	New York : Arno Press, 1977, c1961.
1877	1876	WA 400 T129i 1962	Industrial hygiene survey of representative plants in Northern Taiwan / Taiwan Institute of Environmental Saritation	China : Taiwan, 1962
1878	1877	WA 400 W167l 1976	Lecture notes on occupational medicine / [by] H. A. Waldron.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
1879	1878	WA 412 C776g 1972	Group training for individual and organizational development / editor: Cary L. Cooper.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
1880	1879	WA 412 W927p 1977	The Primary health worker : working guide, guidelines for training, guidelines for adaptation / World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1977.
1881	1880	WA 440 J73o 1960	Occupational diseases and industrial medicine / by Rutherford T. Johnstone, Seward E. Miller.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960.
1882	1881	WA 440 W927m 1975	Methods used in the USSR for establishing biologically safe levels of toxic substances : papers presented at a WHO meeting held in Moscow from 12 to 19 December 1972.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1883	1882	WA 450 S989h 1975	Health and industrial growth.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1975.
1884	1883	WA 465 P737h 1966	Handbook of industrial toxicology / by E. R. Plunkett.	New York : Chemical, 1966.
1885	1884	WA 465 W927c 1979	Carbon monoxide.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1979.
1886	1885	WA 465 W927c 1979	Carbon disulfide / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1979.
1887	1886	WA 465 W927d 1979	DDT and its derivatives / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1979.
1888	1887	WA 465 W927l 1977	Lead / published under the joint sponsorship of the United Nations Environment Programme and the World Health Organization	Geneva : WHO, 1977
1889	1888	WA 465 W927n 1978	Nitrates, nitrites, and N-nitroso compounds / published under the joint sponsorship of the United Nations Environment Programme and the World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1978.
1890	1889	WA 465 W927o 1977	Oxides of nitrogen.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1977.
1891	1890	WA 465 W927p 1976	Polychlorinated biphenyls and terphenyls / World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
1892	1891	WA 465 W927p 1979	Photochemical oxidants / World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1979.
1893	1892	WA 465 W927s 1979	Sulfur oxides and suspended particulate matter / published under the joint sponsorship of the United Nations Environment Programme and the World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1979.
1894	1893	WA 470 W927n 1966	Noise : an occupational hazard and public nuisance / by Alan Bell.	Geneva : WHO, 1966.
1895	1894	WA 485 F288i 1964	Industrial injuries : their prevention and treatment / Donald F. Featherstone	Bristol : Wright, 1964
1896	1895	WA 495 N277r 1975	Research in the service of mental health : surmmary report / Task Force Staff and Coordinating Committee National Institute of Mental Health	Washington, D.C. : G.P.O., 1975
1897	1896	WA 525 B658p 1963	Public administration : a public health viewpoint / by Henrik L. Blum and Alvin R. Leonard	New York : Macmillan, 1963
1898	1897	WA 525 F855a 1960	Administration of public health services / by Ruth B. Freeman and Edward M. Holmes	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960
1899	1898	WA 525 H241p 1955	Principles of public health administration / by John J. Hanlon.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1955.
1900	1899	WA 525 H673c 1950	Community health organization / Ira V. Hiscock.	New York : Commonwealth Fund, 1950.
1901	1900	WA 525 M474a 1967	Administration of school health programs : its theory and practice / Cyrus Mayshark	St. Louis : C.V. Mosby, 1967.
1902	1901	WA 525 M531m 1912	Military hygiene and sanitation / Colonel Charles H. Melville	London : Edward Arnold, 1912
1903	1902	WA 525 O27f 1959	Fundamentals of ecology / [by] Eugene P. Odum in collaboration with Howard T. Odum.	Philadelphia : : W. B. Saunders, c1959.
1904	1903	WA 525 P397h 1968	Health services administration : policy cases and the case method / Roy Penchansky.	Cambridge : Harvard University Press, 1968.
1905	1904	WA 525 R715e 1972	Evaluation of community health centres / by Milton I. Roemer.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1972.
1906	1905	WA 525 R724h 1960	Background for the study of public health and medical administration;"Human ecology and health an introduction for administrators / Edward Saunders Rogers."	New York : Macmillan, 1960.
1907	1906	WA 54 B414b 1952	Battle casualties : incidence mortality and logistic considerations / by Gilbert W. Beebe and Michael E. De Bakey	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1952
1908	1907	WA 540 A141a 1967	An International study of health expenditure and its relevance for health planning / Brian Abel-Smith.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1967.
1909	1908	WA 540 B162h 1974	Health project management : a manual of procedures for formulating and implementing health projects / by J. Bainbridge and S. Sapirie.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1910	1909	WA 540 D625a 1975	Alternative approaches to meeting basic health needs in developing countries : a joint UNICEF/WHO study / edited by V. Djukanovic, E. P. Mach.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1911	1910	WA 540 F245p 1965	Public health and social services / by L. Farrer Brown and Michall D. Warren	London : Edward Arnold, 1965
1912	1911	WA 540 F331a 1972	Auxiliaries in health care : programs in developing countries / by N. R. E. Fendall.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press [1972]
1913	1912	WA 540 G889n 1965	The New public health : an introduction for midwives, health visitors and social workers / Fred Grundy	London : Lewis, 1965
1914	1913	WA 540 H652a 1972	Approaches to national health planning / by Herman E. Hilleboe, Arne Barkhuus [and] William C. Thomas with a chapter by I. D. Bogatyrev and M. P. Rojtman.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1972.
1915	1914	WA 540 I61m 1974	The Medical assistant, and intermediate level of health care personnel, proceedings ... / edited by Donald M. Pitcairn and Daniel Flahault	Geneva : WHO, 1974
1916	1915	WA 540 In61 1969	International health regulations, 1969 / adoped by the Twenty-Second World Assembly	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1971
1917	1916	WA 540 P41h 1965	Health services administration : a source book / ed. by R. J. Peters and J. Kinnaird	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1965
1918	1917	WA 540 S641p 1947	Public health administration in the United States / Wilson G. Smillie	New York : Macmillan, 1947
1919	1918	WA 540 W867t 1971	Teamwork for world health : a Ciba Foundation symposium in honour of Professor S. Artunkal / edited by Gordon Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor.	London : Churchill, 1971.
1920	1919	WA 540 W927m 1974	Modern management methods and the organization of health services / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1974.
1921	1920	WA 540 W927s 1968	The Second ten years of the World Health Organization, 1958-1967 / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1968.
1922	1921	WA 540 W927t 1967	Twenty years in South-East Asia 1948-1967 / World Health Organization, Regional Office for South-East Asia, World Health House, Indraprastha Estate	[India : s.n.], 1967
1923	1922	WA 540 W927t 1974	The Training and utilization of feldshers in the USSR : a review / prepared by the Ministry of Health of the USSR for the World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1924	1923	WA 546 S294a 1974	Administration of environmental health programmes : a systems view / Morris Schaefer.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1925	1924	WA 546 T136h 1967	The Health center doctor in India / by Harbans S. Takulia ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1967.
1926	1925	WA 590 M493h 1962	A History of health education in the United States / Richard K. Means	Philadelphia, Pa. : Lea and Febiger, 1962.
1927	1926	WA 590 P672t 1962	A textbook of health education.	London : Tavistock Publications , (1966)
1928	1927	WA 590 P677g 1975	Guide to the integration of health education in environmental health programmes / K. A. Pisharoti.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1929	1928	WA 590 S359m 1964	Methods and materials of health education / Robert E. Schneider	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964
1930	1929	WA 590 S897r 1941	The Role of the teacher in health education / by Ruth M. Strang and Dean F. smiley	New York : Macmillan, 1941
1931	1930	WA 590 W666e 1968	Educational tools for health personnel / Muriel Bliss Wilbur.	New York : Macmillan, [1967, c1968]
1932	1931	WA 590 W927d 1973	Development of educational programmes for the health professions / World Health Organization.	Geneva :WHO, 1973.
1933	1932	WA 590 W927m 1971	Mass health examinations / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1971.
1934	1933	WA 590 W927p 1978-80	Personnel for health care : case studies of educational programmes / edited by F.M. Katz and T. Fulop.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1978-1980.
1935	1934	WA 670 A844g 1971	Guide to sanitation in natural disasters / by M. Assar.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1971.
1936	1935	WA 670 B154g 1977	Guide to hygiene and sanitation in aviation / by James Bailey.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1977.
1937	1936	WA 670 C619p 1965	Public health inspector's handbook : a manual for public health officers / Henry Hurrell Clay, F. G. Davies	London : Lewis, 1965
1938	1937	WA 670 E33m 1958	Municipal and rural sanitation / by Victor M. Ehlers and Ernest W. Steel	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1958
1939	1938	WA 670 E33m 1976	Municipal and rural sanitation / by Victor M. Ehlers and Ernest W. Steel.	New York : McGraw-Hill , (c.1965)
1940	1939	WA 670 H83p 1958	The Practice of sanitation / by Edward Scott Hopkins, W. McLean Bingley.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1958.
1941	1940	WA 670 L236g 1967	Guide to ship sanitation / prepared by Vincent B. Lamoureux.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1967.
1942	1941	WA 670 P495t 1956	The Training of sanitary engineers : School and Programmes in Europe and in the United States / Milivoj Petrik	Geneva : [s.n.], 1956
1943	1942	WA 670 R161g 1974	Guide to simple sanitary measures for the control of enteric diseases / by S. Rajagopalan, with a section on food sanitation by M. A. Shiffman.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1944	1943	WA 670 S182e 1972	Environmental engineering and sanitation / [by] Joseph A. Salvato, Jr.	New York : Wiley-Interscience, [1972]
1945	1944	WA 670 S182g 1976	Guide to sanitation in tourist establishments / Joseph A. Salvato, Jr.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
1946	1945	WA 670 S929s 1935	Sedgwick's principles of sanitary science and public health / Samuel C. Prescott, Murray P. Horwood	New York : Macmillan, 1935
1947	1946	WA 675 A512s 1976	Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater : including bottom sediments and sludges / prepared and published jointly by American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, Water Pollution Control Federation.	New York : American Public Health Association, c1960-
1948	1947	WA 675 H899s 1974	Slow sand filtration / L. Huisman, W. E. Wood.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1949	1948	WA 675 M128f 1962	Fluoride drinking waters / F. J. McClure	Maryland : U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1962
1950	1949	WA 675 T531e 1958	The Examination of waters and water supplies / by Thresh, Beale & Suckling edited by Edwin Windle Taylor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1958
1951	1950	WA 675 W927i 1958	International standards for drinking-water / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1958.
1952	1951	WA 675 W927s 1976	Surveillance of drinking-water quality / World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
1953	1952	WA 675 W927w 1959	Water supply for rural areas and small commutities / Edmund G. Wagner, J. N. Lanoix	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1959
1954	1953	WA 676 M281w 1973	Water treatment and sanitation : a handbook of simple methods for rural areas in developing countries / by H. T. Mann, D. Williamson.	London : Intermediate Technology, 1973.
1955	1954	WA 686 A512s 1962	Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater : including bottom sediments and sludges / prepared and published jointly by American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, Water Pollution Control Federation	New York : The Association, 1960-
1956	1955	WA 689 D866b 1972	Biochemical ecology of water pollution / by Patrick R. Dugan.	New York : Plenum Press, 1972.
1957	1956	WA 689 E47p 1969	Problems in community wastes management / Contributors: H. M. Ellis ... [et al.]	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1969.
1958	1957	WA 689 G562w 1971	Waste stabilization ponds / by Earnest F. Gloyna.	Geneva : World Health Organisation, 1971.
1959	1958	WA 689 O41c 1975	Community wastewater collection and disposal / Daniel A. Okun and George Ponghis.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1960	1959	WA 695 G738h 1964	Hygiene in food manufacturing and handling / by Barry Graham-Rack and Raymond Binsted.	London : Food Trade Press, 1964.
1961	1960	WA 695 M379p 1965	Practical food inspection / by C. R. A. Martin.	London : H. K. Lewis, 1965.
1962	1961	WA 695 U58f 1959	Food, yearbook of agriculture, 1959 / The United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C	Washington, D. C. : U.S., Government Printing Office, [1959]
1963	1962	WA 695 W927h 1966	The Health aspects of food and nutrition / World Health Organization.	Manila : Western Pacific of the World Health Organization, 1966.
1964	1963	WA 695 W927n 1973	1972 evaluations of some pesticide residues in food : the monographs / prepared by the FAO/Who Expert Committee on Pesticide Residues	Geneva : WHO, 1973
1965	1964	WA 697 W927f 1977	Food hygiene in catering establishments : legislation and model regulations / World Health Organization.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1977.
1966	1965	WA 707 F686m 1960	Meat handling in underdeveloped countries slaughter and preservation / Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations by I. Mann	Rome : [s.n.], 1960
1967	1966	WA 712 J74r 1972	A Review of the technological efficacy of some antioxidants and synergists.	Rome : World Health Organization, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 1972.
1968	1967	WA 712 J74s 1972	Specifications for the identity and purity of some enzymes and certain other substances.	Rome : Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, World Health Organization, 1972.
1969	1968	WA 712 W927e 1975	Evaluation of certain food additives some food colours : thickening agents, and certain other substances / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1975
1970	1969	WA 712 W927t 1974	Toxicological evaluation of some food additives including anticaking agents, antimicrobials, antioxidants, emulsifiers and thickening agents / prepared by the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
1971	1970	WA 712 W927t 1975	Toxicological evaluation of some food colours, enzymes, flavour enhancers, thickening agents, and certain food additives / the evaluations contained in this publication were prepared by the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives which met in Rome, 4-13 June 1974.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
1972	1971	WA 715 W927m 1962	Milk hygiene : hygiene in milk production, processing and distribution / contributors: M. Abdussalam ... [et al.] published under the auspices of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and the World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1962
1973	1972	WA 744 S129c 1957	Cosmetics : science and technology / Edward Sagarin	New York : Interscience, 1957
1974	1973	WA 750 I99c 1973	Control of air pollution in the USSR / by N. F. Izmerov.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1973.
1975	1974	WA 750 W927a 1973-	Air quality in selected urban areas / prepared in cooperation with the WHO Collaborating Center on Environmental Pollution Control and United States Environmental Protection Agency.	Geneva : WHO, 1974-
1976	1975	WA 754 K19m 1969	Measurement of air pollutants: guide to the selection of methods / by M. Katz.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1969.
1977	1976	WA 754 R888a 1970	Air pollution and health : summary and report on air pollution and its effect on health / by the Committee of the Royal College of Physicians of London on Smoking and Atmospheric Pollution.	London : Pitman Medical, 1970.
1978	1977	WA 754 S944m 1976	Manual on urban air quality management / editors, M. J. Suess, S. R. Craxford.	Copenhagen : World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe, 1976.
1979	1978	WA 754 W927s 1976	Selected methods of measuring air pollutants / prepared in cooperation with the WHO Collaborating Centre on Air Pollution Control and WHO Collaborating Centre on Clinical and Epidemiological Aspects of Air Pollution.	Geneva : WHO, 1976.
1980	1979	WA 754 ม294ส [ม.ป.ป.]	สารพิษในสิ่งแวดล้อมและการเกิดมะเร็ง / ไมตรี สุทธจิตต์	เชียงใหม่ : [ม.ป.พ, 2532?]
1981	1980	WA 785 G683c 1956	Composting sanitary disposal and reclamation of organic wastes / Harold Benedict Gotaas.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1956.
1982	1981	WA 785 W132e 1958	Excreta disposal for rural areas and small communities / by Edmund G. Wagner and J. N. Lanoix	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1958
1983	1982	WA 795 G672p 1968	The Physiological basis of health standards for dwellings / by M. S. Goromosov.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1968.
1984	1983	WA 795 W664h 1962	The housing environment and family life : a longitudinal study of the effects of housing on morbidity and mental health / by Daniel M. Wilner ... [et al.] with the assistance of Marvin N. Glasser ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press, 1962.
1985	1984	WA 900 B962p 1969	Perinatal problems : the second report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey under the auspices of the National Birthday Trust Fund / edited by Neville R. Butler and Eva D. Alberman, foreword by Sir John Peel.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1968 [i.e. 1969]
1986	1985	WA 900 B9h 1965	The Health of community : principles of public health for practitioners and students / Colin Fraser Brockington	London : Churchill, 1965
1987	1986	WA 900 C927t 1965	Trends in the study of morbidity and mortality / by Dario Curiel ... [et al.]	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1965
1988	1987	WA 900 H645s 1962	Statistical methods in clinical and preventive medicine / Austin Bradford Hill foreword by Robert Platt	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1962
1989	1988	WA 900 U58s 1967	State licensing of health occupations / by Maryland Y. Pennell and Paula A. Stewart.	Washington : U.S. Government, 1967.
1990	1989	WA 900 W927f 1976	Family formation patterns and health : an international collaborative study in India, Iran, Lebanon, Philippines, and Turkey / study coordinators and editors, A. R. Omran, C. C. Standley principal investigators, J. E. Azar ... [et al.].	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
1991	1990	WA 900 W927o 1971	Oral health surveys : basic methods / World Health Organizaition	Geneva : WHO, 1971
1992	1991	WA 900 W927p 1972	The Prevention of perinatal morbidity and mortality : report on a seminar, Tours, 22-26 April 1969 / Whold Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1972.
1993	1992	WA 900 W927w 1966	The Work of WHO 1965 : annual report of the director-general to the World Health Assembly and to the United Nations / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1966
1994	1993	WA 950 A733s 1971	Statistical methods in medical research / by P. Armitage.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1971.
1995	1994	WA 950 C725s 1974	Statistics in medicine / Theodore Colton.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1974.
1996	1995	WA 950 F299c 1977	Clinical biostatistics / Alvan R. Feinstein.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
1997	1996	WA 950 L913h 1978	Health statistics : a manual for teachers of medical students / edited by C. R. Lowe, S. K. Lwanga.	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1978.
1998	1997	WB 100 B379m 1967	Medicine : essentials for practitioners and students / George Ernest Beaumont	London : Churchill, 1967
1999	1998	WB 100 B617c 1963	Emergencies in medical practice / edited by C. Allan Birch.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1963.
2000	1999	WB 100 B617h 1955	The House physician's handbook / C. Allan Birch.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1955.
2001	2000	WB 100 B655b 1960	A Bibliography of internal medicine : selected disease / Arthur L. Bloomfield	Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1960
2002	2001	WB 100 B743r 1951	A Review of medicine : by members of the faculty, Northwestern University Medical School / Benjamin Boshes	Chicago : [s.n.], 1951
2003	2002	WB 100 B814c 1967	Current diagnosis & treatment.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1962-
2004	2003	WB 100 C388t 1956	A Textbook of medicine / by Russell L. Cecil ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956
2005	2004	WB 100 C388t 1959	A Textbook of medicine / by Russell L. Cecil and Lobert F. Loeb	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
2006	2005	WB 100 C388t 1961	A Textbook of medicine / Russell L. Cecil	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
2007	2006	WB 100 C388t 1963	Cecil-Loeb Textbook of medicine / edited by Paul B. Beeson [and] Walsh McDermott.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963.
2008	2007	WB 100 C388t 1979	Textbook of medicine / [edited by] Cecil.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1979.
2009	2008	WB 100 C512l 1969	Legal implications of emergency care / by Neil L. Chayet foreword by Robert H. Kennedy.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969.
2010	2009	WB 100 C764 1960	Controlled clinical trials, papers delivered at the conference convened by the Council for Inbternational Organizations of Medical Sciences Established under th ejoint auspices of UNESCO and WHO / Organized under the direction of Prof. A. Bradford Hill, Chairman of the conference	Oxford : Blackwell, 1960
2011	2010	WB 100 C768t 1957	Textbook of medicine / edited by Sir John Conybeare and W. N. Mann	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1957
2012	2011	WB 100 C768t 1964	Textbook of medicine / ed. by W. N. Mann	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1964
2013	2012	WB 100 D253p 1965	The Principles and practice of medicine : a textbook for students and doctors / by L. S. P. Davidson and the staff of the Department of Medicine and Associated Clinical Units	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965
2014	2013	WB 100 D253p 1967	The Principles and practice of medicine : a textbook for students and doctors / by Sir Stanley Davidson and past and present members of the staff of the Dapartment of Medicine, University of Edinburgh and associated clinical units.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1967.
2015	2014	WB 100 D253p 1968	The principles and practice of medicine : a textbook for students and doctors.	Edinburg : E. & S. Libingstone , (c.1968)
2016	2015	WB 100 D253p 1975	Principles and practice of medicine : a textbook for students and doctore / ed. by Sir Stanley Davidson and John Macleod	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1975
2017	2016	WB 100 D253p 1977	Principles and practice of medicine;"Davidson's Principles and practice of medicine : a textbook for students and doctors / edited by John Macleod."	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1977.
2018	2017	WB 100 D346p 1961	Progress in clinical medicine / Raymond Daley	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961
2019	2018	WB 100 D924i 1967	Integration in internal medicine : proceedings of the ninth International Congress of Internal Medicine, Amsterdam, 7-10 September 1966, organized by the Netherlands Society of Internal Medicine / editor, A. J. Dunning.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1967.
2020	2019	WB 100 E19e 1967	Emergency-room care / edited by Charles Eckert.	Boston, Mass. : Little, Brown, c1967.
2021	2020	WB 100 F532m 1957	1957 medicine progress : a review of medical advances during, 1957 / Morris Fishbein	New York : Blakiston, 1957
2022	2021	WB 100 F534c 1970	Clinical procedures : a concise guide for students of medicine / by Jack C. Fisher.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1970.
2023	2022	WB 100 G224c 1971	Compendium of emergencies / edited by H. Gardiner-Hill.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
2024	2023	WB 100 G539p 1955	The Prevention of disease in everyday practice / by Isadore Givner and Maurice Bruger and contributors	St. Louis : Mosby, 1955
2025	2024	WB 100 G629m 1966	Medicine for students / A. F. Golwalla	Bombay : Chronicle Press, 1966
2026	2025	WB 100 H322p 1958	Principles of internal medicine / editors: T. R. Harrison ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1958
2027	2026	WB 100 H322p 1962	Principles of internal medicine / editors T. R. Harrison ... [et al.]	New York : Blakiston, Divistion, 1962
2028	2027	WB 100 H322p 1970	Principles of internal medicine;"Harrison's principles of internal medicine / editors: Maxwell M. Wintrobe [and others]"	New York Tokyo : McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill Kogakusha, 1970.
2029	2028	WB 100 H322p 1974	Harrison's principles of internal medicine / editors: Maxwell M. Wintrobe ... [et al.]	Tokyo : McGraw-Hill Kogakusha, 1974.
2030	2029	WB 100 H322p 1977	Principles of internal medicine;"Harrison's Principles of internal medicine."	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1977.
2031	2030	WB 100 H341p 1968	The Principles and practice of medicine / edited by A. McGehee Harvey ... [et al.]	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1968.
2032	2031	WB 100 H341p 1972	The Principles and practice of medicine / edited by A. McGehee Harvey [and others]	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1972.
2033	2032	WB 100 H341p 1976	The Principles and practice of medicine.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1976.
2034	2033	WB 100 H764m 1964	Medical care of the aged and chronically ill;"Medical care and rehabilitation of the aged and chronically ill / by Freddy Homburger, Charles D. Bonner."	Boston : Little, Brown, c1964.
2035	2034	WB 100 I46c 1966	Controversy in internal medicine / ed. by Franz Josef Ingelfinger ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
2036	2035	WB 100 J17m 1979	Medicine and clinical engineering : physiological and clinical medicine / Bertil Jacobson and John G. Webster	New Delhi : Prentice-Hall of India, c1979
2037	2036	WB 100 J54i 1952	Introduction to medical science / by Julius Jensen and Henry W. Noller	St. Louis : Mosby, 1952
2038	2037	WB 100 K63h 1970	Handbook of medical emergencies : a guide for emergencies in internal medicine / ed. by Jack J. Kleid and Bruce H. Heckman	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1970
2039	2038	WB 100 K94c 1981-73	Current medical diagnosis & treatment	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical Publications, 1962-
2040	2039	WB 100 K94p 1964	Physician's handbook / Marcus A. Krupp ... [et al.]	Los Altos : Lange Medical, 1964
2041	2040	WB 100 M129f 1965	Internal medicine;"Fundamentals of internal medicine : a physiologic and clinical approach to disease / by Robert P. McCombs."	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1965.
2042	2041	WB 100 M482p 1956	The Practice of medicine / Jonathan Campbell Meakins	St. Louis : Mosby, 1956
2043	2042	WB 100 M489 1978	Medicine, essentials of clinical practice.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978.
2044	2043	WB 100 M958i 1948	Introduction to medical science / Gulli Lindh Muller	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1948
2045	2044	WB 100 M959c 1965	Current concepts in medical practice / John Edward Mullins	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965
2046	2045	WB 100 M978m 1958	Medical emergencies : diagnosis and treatment / by Francis Daniel Murphy ... [et al.]	Philadelphi : Davis, 1958
2047	2046	WB 100 P288c 1968-	A Companion to medical studies / editors-in-chief: R. Passmore [and] J. S. Robson.	Oxford : Edinburgh, Blackwell Scientific, 1968-
2048	2047	WB 100 P945t 1946	Textbook of the practice of medicine;"Price's textbook of the practice of medicine / Frederick William Price."	London : Oxford University Press, 1946.
2049	2048	WB 100 P945t 1959	Textbook of the practice of medicine;"Price's textbook of the practice of medicine / edited by Donald Hunter."	London : Oxford University Press, 1959.
2050	2049	WB 100 P945t 1966	Textbook of the practice of medicine;"Price's textbook of the practice of medicine."	London : Oxford University Press, 1966.
2051	2050	WB 100 R895l 1976	Lecture notes on clinical medicine / by David Rubenstein, David Wayne.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
2052	2051	WB 100 R895l 1977	Lecture notes on clinical medicine / by David Rubenstein and David Wayne	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977
2053	2052	WB 100 S284i 1966	Impact of basic sciences on medicine : proceedings / edited by Benyamin Shapiro [and] Moshe Prywes.	New York : Academic Press, 1966.
2054	2053	WB 100 S358m 1973	Medical & surgical emergencies / edited by John H. Schneewind.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1973.
2055	2054	WB 100 S379e 1962	Emergencies : casualty organization and treatment / Theodore Schrire	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1962
2056	2055	WB 100 T558s 1949	A Synopsis of medicine / Sir Henry Letheby Tidy	London : John Wright & Sons, 1949
2057	2056	WB 100 V196a 1976	Accident and emergency paediatrics / Hyman Bernard Valman	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, c1976
2058	2057	WB 100 W729o 1955	Office procedure / Paul Williamson	Philadelphi : Saunders, 1955
2059	2058	WB 100 W874e 1943	Emergency care / by Marie A. Wooders and Donald A. Curtis	Philadelphia : Davis, 1943
2060	2059	WB 100 Y31f 1944	Fundamentals of internal medicine / Wallace Mason Yater	New York : Appleton-Century, 1944
2061	2060	WB 100 จ249ว 2517	เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป 1 / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2517
2062	2061	WB 100 จ249ว 2518	เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป 3 / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2518
2063	2062	WB 100 จ249ว 2520	เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป 5 : การใช้ยาในเด็ก	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2520
2064	2063	WB 100 จ249ว 2520	เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป 6 : รวบรวมจากการอบรมแพทย์เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2520
2065	2064	WB 100 จ249ว 2520	เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป 4 / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวทิยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
2066	2065	WB 100 จ249ว 2521	เวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป 2 : ปัจจุบันพยาบาลทางกุมารเวชศาสตร / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
2067	2066	WB 100 ป13ข [ม.ป.ป.]	ไขปัญหาวิชาการ / โดย ปฐม สวรรค์ปัญญาเลิศ, อภิสิทธิ์ ธำรงวรางกูร, สุวิทย์ วิบุลผลประเสริฐ, บรรณาธิการ	กรุงเทพฯ : ห้องเรียน, [ม.ป.ป.]
2068	2067	WB 105 E53 1978	Emergency care : assessment and intervention / edited by Carmen Germaine Warner.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1978.
2069	2068	WB 105 F625e 1964	Emergency treatment and management / Thomas Flint, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964.
2070	2069	WB 105 F625e 1975	Emergency treatment and management / Thos. Flint, Jr., Harvey D. Cain.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
2071	2070	WB 105 H236 1978	Handbook of medical emergencies / edited by Jay H. Sanders and Laurence B. Gardner.	Garden City, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1978.
2072	2071	WB 105 H271a 1978	Accidents and emergencies : a practical handbook for personal use / R. H. Hardy.	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1978.
2073	2072	WB 105 L673i 1969	Immediate care of the sick and injured : (A course guide) / Arnold M. Lewis	[S.l.] : Kansas Medical Society, 1969
2074	2073	WB 105 M294 1979	Manual of emergency and outpatient techniques / Washington University, Department of Surgery [edited by Allen P. Klippel and Charles B. Anderson].	Boston : Little, Brown, c1979.
2075	2074	WB 105 P957 1978	Principles and practice of emergency medicine / [edited by] George R. Schwartz ... [et al.].	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978.
2076	2075	WB 105 S143f 1972	First aid manual / the authorised manual of St. John Ambulance, St. Andrew's Ambulance Association, The British Red Cross Society.	London : St. John Ambulance Association and Brigade, 1972.
2077	2076	WB 105 จ249อ 2521	อายุรศาสตร์ฉุกเฉิน / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
2078	2077	WB 105 ป171ว [ม.ป.ป.]	เวชบำบัดวิกฤต : หัตถการและสิ่งควรรู้ในหอผู้ป่วยหนัก = Intensive care medicine, essential procedures and knowledge / ประสิทธิ์ กีรติกานนท์ม ชายชาญ โพธิรัตน์	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, [253-?]
2079	2078	WB 110 F198 1978	Family medicine : principles and practice / edited by Robert B. Taylor, associate editors, John L. Buckingham ... [et al.].	New York : Springer-Verlag, c1978.
2080	2079	WB 110 S416 1978	Scientific foundations of family medicine / edited by John Fry, Eric Gambrill and Robert Smith	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1978
2081	2080	WB 120 E34h 1969	A Handbook for research in general practice / edited by T. S. Eimerl and A. J. Laidlaw for the Royal College of General Practitioners.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1969.
2082	2081	WB 120 F352e 1970	Explain it to me, doctor / by L. Kraeer Ferguson. With the collaboration of John H. Kerr.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1970.
2083	2082	WB 120 H816i 1970	The International handbook of medical science : a concise guide to current practice and recent advances / edited by David Horrobin, Alexander Gunn.	New York : Putnam, 1970.
2084	2083	WB 120 M647c 1967	The Complete medical guide / by Benjamin F. Miller.	New York : Simon and Schuster, c1967.
2085	2084	WB 13 R525b 1971	The British encyclopaedia of medical practice : medical progress 1970-71 / Sir John Richardson	London : Butterworth, 1971
2086	2085	WB 130 B344t 1965	Today's health guide : a manual of health information and guidance for the American family / edited by W. W. Bauer.	[Chicago] : American Medical Association, [1965]
2087	2086	WB 141 B344d 1956	Differential diagnosis of internal diseases : clinical analysis and synthesis of symtoms and signs on pathophysiologic basis / Julius Bauer	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1956
2088	2087	WB 141 C443s 1967	Symptoms and signs in clinical medicine : an introduction to medical diagnosis / by E. Noble Chamberlain and Colin Ogilvie.	Baltimore Bristol : William & Wilkins John Wright, 1967.
2089	2088	WB 141 C641 1976	Clinical simulations : selected problems in patient management / prepared by the College Committee on Student Appraisal edited by Christine H. McGuire, Lawrence M. Solomon and Phillip M. Forman	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1976
2090	2089	WB 141 C712i 1974	Illustrated diagnosis of localized diseases / R. Douglas Collins. Color illus. by Joseph Alemany.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1974.
2091	2090	WB 141 F874i 1960	Index of differential diagnosis;"French's Index of differential diagnosis."	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1960.
2092	2091	WB 141 F911p 1979	Problem-oriented medical diagnosis / editor, H. Harold Friedman contributing authors, Walter G. Briney ... [et al.].	Boston, Mass. : Little, Brown, c1979.
2093	2092	WB 141 H341d 1963	Differential diagnosis : the interpretation of clinical evidence / by A. McGehee Harvey and James Bordley, III.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963.
2094	2093	WB 141 H341d 1979	Differential diagnosis : the interpretation of clinical evidence / A. McGehee Harvey, James Bordley III, Jeremiah A. Barondess.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
2095	2094	WB 141 H689t 1973	Towards earlier diagnosis : a guide to general practice / foreword by Lord Platt.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
2096	2095	WB 141 H974c 1963	Clinical methods;"Hutchison's clinical methods / by Donald Hunter and R. R. Bomford Rev. with the assistance of David G. Penington."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1963.
2097	2096	WB 141 H996d 1965	Differential diagnosis : an integrated handbook / Harold Thomas Hyman	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
2098	2097	WB 141 M119s 1957	Signs and symptoms : applied pathologic physiology and clinical interpretation / Cyril Mitchell MacBryde.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1957.
2099	2098	WB 141 M119s 1970	Signs and symptoms : applied pathologic physiology and clinical interpretation / edited by Cyril Mitchell MacBryde and Robert Stanley Blacklow.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1970.
2100	2099	WB 141 M165c 1973	Clinical examination : a textbook for students and doctors by teachers of the Edinburgh Medical School / editor, John Macleod.	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
2101	2100	WB 141 M425d 1967	Differential diagnosis / by William C. Matousek.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
2102	2101	WB 141 R644d 1962	Difficult diagnosis : a guide to the interpretation of obscure illness / Hyman Jacob Roberts	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
2103	2102	WB 141 S218d 1960	Diagnosis tests / Sandoz Monographs	[S.l. : s.n., 19--]
2104	2103	WB 141 S514b 1969	Bedside diagnosis / Charles Seward with the assistance of David Mattingly foreword by Lord Cohen of Birkenhead.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1969.
2105	2104	WB 141 S514b 1979	Bedside diagnosis / by Charles Seward and David Mattingly foreword by Lord Cohen of Birkenhead.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
2106	2105	WB 141 S839c 1964	Clinical examination : a textbook of physical diagnosis / by Thomas N. Stern.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1964.
2107	2106	WB 141 S947d 1971	The Diagnostic interview / Ian Stevenson.	New York : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, 1971.
2108	2107	WB 141 S989f 1968	Fourth Symposium on Advanced Medicine : proceedings of a conference held at the Royal College of Physicians of London, 26th February-1st March 1968 / edited by Oliver Wrong.	London : Pitman Medical in association with the Journal of the Royal College of Physicians of London, 1968.
2109	2108	WB 141 S989s 1971	Seventh Symposium on Advanced Medicine : proceedings of a conference held at the Royal College of Physicians of London, 22d February-26th February 1971 / edited by Ian A. D. Bouchier.	London : Pitman Medical, 1971.
2110	2109	WB 141 W179c 1977	Clinical methods : the history, physical, and laboratory examinations / editors, H. Kenneth Walker, W. Dallas Hall, J. Willis Hurst.	Boston : Butterworths, c1976.
2111	2110	WB 141 W961r 1976	Rational diagnosis and treatment / Henrik R. Wulff with a foreword by J. E. Lennard-Jones.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
2112	2111	WB 141 W975m 1973	Medical assistant's manual : a guide to diagnosis and treatment / G. B. Wyatt and J. L. Wyatt	Singapore : McGraw-Hill International Book, c1973
2113	2112	WB 141 Y69i 1977	Introduction to medical science / Clara Gene Young, James D. Barger.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
2114	2113	WB 141 ช17ค 2520	คู่มือแพทย์ในการตรวจวินิจฉัยโรค และการบำบัดรักษาโรค / เรียบเรียงโดย ชวลิต ทัศนสว่าง	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์วิบูลย์กิจ, 2520
2115	2114	WB 143 D961e 1960	Encyclopedia of medical syndromes . Foreword by T. R. Harrison.	[New York] Harper & Row [1960]
2116	2115	WB 143 T245p 1973	A Primer of clinical symptoms / by Robert B. Taylor.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, 1973.
2117	2116	WB 15 G669s 1964	Syndromes of the head and neck / Robert J. Gorlin, Jens J. Pindborg.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1964.
2118	2117	WB 15 G669s 1976	Syndromes of the head and neck / Robert J. Gorlin, Jens J. Pindborg, M. Michael Cohen, Jr. contributors Jaroslav Cervenka ... [et al.].	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1976.
2119	2118	WB 152 V727f 1978	Fever : from symptom to treatment / Manuel M. Villaverde, C. Wright MacMillan.	New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold, c1978.
2120	2119	WB 158 M938e 1960	Edema, mechanisms and management : a Hahnemann symposium on salt and water retention / by John H. Moyer and Morton Fuchs	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960
2121	2120	WB 17 V228a 1979	Atlas of bedside procedures / Thomas J. Vander Salm, editor, Bruce S. Cutler, H. Brownell Wheeler, coeditor[s] medical illustrators, Charles H. Boyter, Marcia Williams, Douglas Patrick Russell foreword by W. Gerald Austen.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1979.
2122	2121	WB 18 B786e 1969	Emergency medical technician examination review book / ed. by Warner F. Bowers and David C. Dimendberg	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1969
2123	2122	WB 18 C522p 1979	Patient management problems : exercises in decision-making and problem-solving / Bruce S. Chertow ... [et al.].	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1979.
2124	2123	WB 18 D687m 1968	Internal medicine specialty board review / edited by Ephraim Donoso ... [et al.]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination , 1968.
2125	2124	WB 18 F221m 1971	Medical examination review book / Morteza Khaksar fard	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1971
2126	2125	WB 18 F299m 1971	Medical examination review book / by Leslie S. Feinsmith and Jack J. Kleid	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1971
2127	2126	WB 18 F299m 1975	Medical examination review book / Leslie S. Feinsmith and Jack J. Kleid	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1975
2128	2127	WB 18 H572p 1973	Physical therapy examination review book / Ronald A. Hershey	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1973
2129	2128	WB 18 K63m 1972	Medical examination review book / by Jack J. Kleid and Leslie S. Feinsmith	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1972
2130	2129	WB 18 K79m 1974	Medical examination review book / by Kate H. Kohn ... [et al.]	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1974
2131	2130	WB 18 N832i 1977	Internal medicine PreTest self-assessment and review / edited by James J. Nordlund.	Wallingford [Conn.] : PreTest Service New York : distributed by Blakiston, c1977.
2132	2131	WB 18 P619i 1978	Internal medicine review / Robert E. Pieroni.	New York : Arco, c1978.
2133	2132	WB 18 W811m 1972	Medical examination review book, internal medicine specialty board review / edited by Nathaniel Wisch	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1972
2134	2133	WB 18 W811m 1975	Medical examination review book internal medicine specialty board review / Nathaniel Wisch	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1975
2135	2134	WB 18 W811m 1978	Medical examination review book internal medicine specialty board review / Nathaniel Wisch	Garden City, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1978
2136	2135	WB 182 D222m 1976	Management of the unconscious patient / William R. Darmody, with a contribution by Judith E. Tintinalli.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
2137	2136	WB 200 A212p 1942	Physical diagnosis.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1942.
2138	2137	WB 200 A212p 1974	Physical diagnosis;"Adams' Physical diagnosis : an introduction to clinical medicine."	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1974.
2139	2138	WB 200 B912p 1951	Physical diagnosis / Raymond William Brust	New York : Appleton, 1951
2140	2139	WB 200 D319b 1976	Bedside diagnostic examination / Elmer L. DeGowin, Richard L. DeGowin.	New York : Macmillan, c1976.
2141	2140	WB 200 H684e 1975	Examination of the patient : a text for nursing and allied health personnel / [by] Lawrence B. Hobson.	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1975]
2142	2141	WB 200 H685p 1964	Physical diagnosis : a textbook and workbook in methods of clinical examination / by Elliot Hochstein and Albert L. Rubin	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
2143	2142	WB 200 K15p 1957	Physical examination in health and disease / by Rudolph H. Kampmeier.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1957.
2144	2143	WB 200 L587p 1957	The Principles and methods of physical diagnosis : correlation of physical signs with certain physiological and pathological changes in disease / by Simon S. Leopold with a chapter on Sounds from the thorax: acoustic principles, by S. Reid Warren	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
2145	2144	WB 200 L587p 1965	Principles and methods of physical diagnosis / by Simon Stein Leopold Henry R. Hopkins	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
2146	2145	WB 200 M165c 1967	Clinical examination : a textbook for students and doctors by teachers of the Edinburgh Medical School / edited by John Macleod	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1967
2147	2146	WB 200 M165i 1977	Introduction to clinical examination / John MacLeod, E. B. French, J. F. Munro.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1977.
2148	2147	WB 200 M234p 1962	Physical diagnosis;"Major's Physical diagnosis / edited by Mahlon H. Delp."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
2149	2148	WB 200 M234p 1968	Physical diagnosis / edited by Mahlon H. Delp and Robert T. Manning.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1968.
2150	2149	WB 200 M234p 1975	Physical diagnosis;"Major's Physical diagnosis / edited by Mahlon H. Delp and Robert T. Manning."	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1975.
2151	2150	WB 200 P958p 1959	Physical diagnosis : the history and examination of the patient / John A. Prior, Jack S. Silberstein, and contributors.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1959.
2152	2151	WB 200 Z38c 1976	A Colour atlas of physical signs in general medicine / by M. Zatouroff	London : Wolfe Medical Pub., 1976
2153	2152	WB 200 Z38n 1964	Notes on physical diagnosis / Jacob Zatuchni	Philadelphia : Davis, 1964
2154	2153	WB 205 B329g 1974	A Guide to physical examination / Barbara Bates with a section on the pediatric examination by Robert A. Hoekelman.	Philadelphia, Pa. : Lippincott, [1974]
2155	2154	WB 205 M238h 1977	Health assessment / Lois Malasanos ... [et al.].	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
2156	2155	WB 25 W337o 1963	Outlines of internal medicine / C. J. Watson	Dubuque, Iowa : WM.C. Brown, 1963
2157	2156	WB 270 B497t 1977	Temperature / edited by Theodor H. Benzinger.	Stroudsburg, Pa. : Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross [New York] : exclusive distributor, Halsted Press, c1977.
2158	2157	WB 278 S454t 1964	The Theory and practice of auscultation : the ninth Hahnemann symposium / ed. by Bernard L. Segal ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Davis, 1964
2159	2158	WB 284 B317p 1964	Pulmonary function in clinical medicine / Barnett Kilary Bass	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1964
2160	2159	WB 284 C521p 1977	Pulmonary function testing / Reuben M. Cherniack.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
2161	2160	WB 293 N532c 1963	Clinico-pathological conferences / edited by Fenton Schaffner and Hans Popper	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1963
2162	2161	WB 300 168m 1961	Modern medical treatment / edited by Zafar Omer and M. Arif Ilahi	Lahore : Sh. Ghulamali, 1961-
2163	2162	WB 300 B669m 1974	Manual of medical therapeutics / Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine edited by Edgar C. Boedeker, James H. Dauber.	Boston, Mass : Little, Brown, c1974
2164	2163	WB 300 C495h 1970	Handbook of medical treatment / Milton J. Chatton, Sheldon Margen, Henry Brainerd	Los Altos : Lange Medical, 1970
2165	2164	WB 300 C495h 1972	Handbook of medical treatment / edited by Milton J. Chatton	Los Altos : Lange, 1972
2166	2165	WB 300 C991m 1948	A Manual of clinical therapeutics : a guide for students and practitioners / Windsor C. Cutting	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1948
2167	2166	WB 300 D922t 1966	Textbook of medical treatment / by various authors.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1966.
2168	2167	WB 300 M163m 1957	Medical treatment / Kenneth Maclean with chapter on the tropical diseases by W. R. M. Drew	London : Churchill, 1957
2169	2168	WB 300 R813m 1971	Manual of medical therapeutics / edited by Michael Geoffey Rosenfeld / Michael Geoffey Rosenfeld	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1971
2170	2169	WB 300 S941t 1965	Therapeutics / R. Subramaniam	Madras, India, 1965
2171	2170	WB 310 C678h 1979	Hospice, prescription for terminal care / Kenneth P. Cohen.	Germantown, Md. : Aspen Systems, 1979.
2172	2171	WB 320 D611 1978	Disability and rehabilitation handbook / Robert M. Goldenson, editor-in-chief, Jerome R. Dunham, Charlis S. Dunham, associate editors.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1978.
2173	2172	WB 330 B862d 1973	Drug therapy of cancer / by Brute ... [et al.]	Geneva : World Helath Organization, 1973
2174	2173	WB 330 H544c 1975	Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics / edited by Eric T. Herfindal [and] Joseph L. Hirschman.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1975.
2175	2174	WB 330 P578 1977	A Physician's handbook on orthomolecular medicine / editors, Roger J. Williams, Dwight K. Kalita.	New York : Pergamon Press, c1977.
2176	2175	WB 340 S645m 1977	Medication guide for patient counseling / Dorothy L. Smith.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1977.
2177	2176	WB 342 D328i 1970	Inhalation therapy procedure manual / by Thomas J. DeKornfeld and Don E. Gilbert.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1970.
2178	2177	WB 342 D328s 1971	Selected papers in inhalation therapy : a compilation of current published articles related to inhalation therapy. Edited by Thomas J. DeKornfeld.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
2179	2178	WB 342 T243m 1978	Manual of respiratory therapy / Joan P. Taylor.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1978.
2180	2179	WB 354 ก258ก 2522	การให้น้ำทางเส้นเลือดดำ / เกษสุดา ฉัตรอุทัย	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
2181	2180	WB 354 ก258ก 2522	การฉีดยา / เกษสุดา ฉัตรอุทัย	เชียงใหม่ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
2182	2181	WB 356 M726b 1967	Blood transfusion in clinical medicine / Patrick Loudon Mollison	Philadelphia : Davis, 1967
2183	2182	WB 356 P963p 1972	Progress in transfusion and transplantation 1972 : proceedings Aug. 27-Sept. 2, 1972 / ed. by Paul J. Schmidt. 25th Annual	Washington : American Association of Blood Banks, 1972
2184	2183	WB 356 S927b 1949	Blood and plasma transfusions / Max M. Strumia, John J. McGraw	Philadelphia : Davis, 1949
2185	2184	WB 356 U58b 1979	Blood transfusion, blood components, and hepatitis : Second USA-USSR Joint Symposium, Bethesda, Maryland, September 24-26, 1979.	[Bethesda, Md.?] : National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, 1980.
2186	2185	WB 369 ป243ห 2517	หมอเข็ม / บุญเกิด มะระพฤกษ์วรรณ	กรุงเทพฯ : สื่อการค้า, 2517-
2187	2186	WB 400 A629c 1966	Clinical dietetics and nutrition : with special reference to tropical foods / by F. P. Antia foreword by F. Avery Jones.	Bombay : Oxford University Press, 1966.
2188	2187	WB 400 C734m 1971	Mayo Clinic diet manual.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
2189	2188	WB 400 C777n 1958	Nutrition in health and disease / by Lenna F. Cooper, Edith M. Barber, Helen S. Mitchell.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1958.
2190	2189	WB 400 C777n 1963	Nutrition in health and disease / by Lenna F. Cooper and others.	Philadelphia : J.B. Lippincott, (c.1963)
2191	2190	WB 400 D253h 1965	Human nutrition and dietetics / by Sir Stanley Davidson and R. Passmore	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965
2192	2191	WB 400 D253h 1973	Human nutrition and dietetics / by Sir Stanley Davidson, R. Passmore [and] J. F. Brock.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973 c1972
2193	2192	WB 400 F818d 1974	Diets for sick children / [by] Dorothy E. M. Francis foreword by Barbara E. Clayton.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1974.
2194	2193	WB 400 G652m 1964	Manual of clinical nutrition / by Robert S. Goodhart and Michael G. Wohl	Philadelphia : [S. n.], 1964
2195	2194	WB 400 K91f 1961	Food, nutrition and diet therapy / Marie V. Krause	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
2196	2195	WB 400 K91f 1966	Food, nutrition, and diet therapy / [by] Marie V. Krause.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
2197	2196	WB 400 L954c 1977	Case studies in therapeutic nutrition / Barbara Luke.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
2198	2197	WB 400 M681n 1976	Nutrition in health and disease / Helen S. Mitchell ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1976
2199	2198	WB 400 P968d 1955	Dietetics for nurses;"Nutrition and diet therapy / by Fairfax T. Proudfit [and] Corinne H. Robinson."	New York : Macmillan, 1955.
2200	2199	WB 400 R516n 1977	Nutritional aspects of care in the critically ill / edited by J. R. Richards, J. M. Kinney foreword by L. H. Blumgart.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1977.
2201	2200	WB 400 R658b 1970	Basic nutrition and diet therapy / by Corinne H. Robinson.	London : Collier-Macmillan, 1970.
2202	2201	WB 400 W727n 1973	Nutrition and diet therapy / With 117 illus., including original drawings by George Straus.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1973.
2203	2202	WB 400 W727n 1977	Nutrition and diet therapy / Sue Rodwell Williams with 134 ill., including original drawings by George Straus.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
2204	2203	WB 400 W846m 1955	Modern nutrition in health and disease : dietotherapy / ed. by Michael G. Wohl and Robert S. Goodhart	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1955
2205	2204	WB 400 W846m 1960	Modern nutrition in health and diseases : dietotherapy / ed. by Michael G. Wohl and Robert S. Goodhart	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1960
2206	2205	WB 400 W846m 1968	Modern nutrition in health and disease : dietotherapy / edited by Michael G. Wohl [and] Robert S. Goodhart.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1968
2207	2206	WB 400 W846m 1973	Modern nutrition in health and disease : dietotherapy / edited by Robert S. Goodhart [and] Maurice E. Shils	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973.
2208	2207	WB 410 C748i 1970	Intravenous hyperalimentation / edited by George S. M. Cowan, Jr. and Walter L. Scheetz.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2209	2208	WB 424 P346l 1960	The law sodium, fat-controlled cookbook / by Alma Smith Payne ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
2210	2209	WB 442 W927e 1970	European standards for drinking-water / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1970.
2211	2210	WB 444 L435a 1966	Alcoholic beverages in clinical medicine by Chauncey D. Leake and Milton Silverman, 1966	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1966
2212	2211	WB 460 A416n 1968	Nurses can give and teach rehabilitation : a manual / by Mildred J. Allgire.	New York : Springer, [1968]
2213	2212	WB 460 A512h 1950	Handbook of physical medicine and rehabilitation / American Medical Association	Philadelphia : Blakiston, 1950
2214	2213	WB 460 B897m 1970	Movement therapy in hemiplegia : a neurophysiological approach / with a foreword by Helen J. Hislop. Drawings by Phillip Carson.	Philadelphia : Harper & Row, c1970.
2215	2214	WB 460 B933s 1970	Smooth muscle / edited by Edith Bulbring ... [et al.]	London : Edward Arnold, 1970.
2216	2215	WB 460 C338p 1966	Physiotherapy in some surgical conditions / by Joan E. Cash.	London : Faber and Faber, 1966.
2217	2216	WB 460 C338p 1977	Physiotherapy in some surgical conditions / Joan E. Cash.	London : Faber and Faber, 1977.
2218	2217	WB 460 C338t 1965	A Textbook of medical conditions for physiotherapists / by Joan E. Cash.	London : Faber & Faber, 1965.
2219	2218	WB 460 C622e 1965	Electrotherapy and actinotherapy;"Clayton's electrotherapy and actinotherapy: a textbook for student physiotherapists / by Pauline M. Scott."	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1965.
2220	2219	WB 460 D213y 1960	Your career in physical therapy / by Patricia Darby and Ray Darby.	New York : J. Messner, 1960.
2221	2220	WB 460 D748p 1971	Physiological basis of rehabilitation medicine / edited by John A. Downey and Robert C. Darling.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
2222	2221	WB 460 G223p 1966	The Principles of exercise therapy / Mary Dena Gardiner	London : Bell, 1966
2223	2222	WB 460 G575r 1971	Rehabilitation of the severely disabled / R. E. A. Goble, P. J. R. Nichols.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
2224	2223	WB 460 G651a 1974	Anatomical correlates of clinical electromyography / Joseph Goodgold.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1974.
2225	2224	WB 460 H669r 1964	Rehabilitation : a manual for the care of the disabled and elderly / Gerald G. Hirschberg, Leon Lewis, Patricia Vaughan.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1964.
2226	2225	WB 460 K33m 1971	Muscles, testing and function / [by] Henry Otis Kendall, Florence Peterson Kendall [and] Gladys Elizabeth Wadsworth Illus. by Ranice W. Crosby [and others] Photos. by Charles C. Krausse, Jr.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1971.
2227	2226	WB 460 K94h 1966	Handbook of physical medicine and rehabilitation / edited by Frank H. Krusen. Associate editors: Frederic J. Kottke [and] Paul M. Ellwood, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
2228	2227	WB 460 K94h 1971	Handbook of physical medicine and rehabilitation / edited by Frank H. Krusen. Associate editors: Frederic J. Kottke [and] Paul M. Ellwood, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
2229	2228	WB 460 K94p 1951	Physical medicine and rehabilitation for the clinician / Frank Hammond Krusen	Philadelphia : Blakiston, 1951
2230	2229	WB 460 M547f 1969	Foot pain / by John McM. Mennell.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1969.
2231	2230	WB 460 N621r 1971	Rehabilitation of the severely disables II : management / by P. J. R. Nichols with the assistance of E. A. Hamilton and E. M. Hollings	London : Butterworths, 1971
2232	2231	WB 460 R956r 1964	Rehabilitation medicine : a textbook on physical medicine and rehabilitation / by Howard A. Rusk and 36 collaborators with the editorial assistance of Eugene J. Taylor.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1964.
2233	2232	WB 460 R956r 1977	Rehabilitation medicine / Howard A. Rusk, with 35 collaborators with the editorial assistance of Eugene J. Taylor.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
2234	2233	WB 460 S554p 1968	Physician's physical therapy manual / Robert Shestack and Edward W. Ditto.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1968.
2235	2234	WB 460 W314p 1976	Physical medicine and rehabilitation a practitioner's guide Flushing	New York : Medical Examination Publishing, 1976
2236	2235	WB 460 ช16ค 2521	คู่มือเวชศาสตร์ฟื้นฟู / ชมรมเวชศาสตร์ฟื้นฟูแห่งประเทศไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : ชมรม, 2521
2237	2236	WB 469 L699t 1958	Therapeutic heat / Sidney Herman Licht	New Haven : Licht, 1958
2238	2237	WB 469 L699t 1965	Therapeutic heat and cold / ed. by Sidney Licht and Herman L. Kamenetz	New Haven : Elizabeth Licht, 1965
2239	2238	WB 480 G619i 1978	Introduction to modern phototherapy / by Leon Goldman.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, c1978.
2240	2239	WB 495 L699t 1959	Therapeutic electricity and ultraviolet radiation / Sidney Herman Licht	New Haven : Licht, 1959
2241	2240	WB 495 W335m 1968	A Manual of electrotherapy / by Arthur L. Watkins.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1968.
2242	2241	WB 50 B879m 1970	Medical practice and the community / editors: R. G. Brown and H. M. Whyte.	Canberra : Australian National University Press, 1970.
2243	2242	WB 50 C778w 1967	Ward procedures and techniques / Philip Cooper.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967.
2244	2243	WB 50 K797c 1975	A Collection of treatise : in commemoration of one century research on East-West medicine / Korea Oriental Medical Academy	Korea : [s.n.], 1975
2245	2244	WB 50 S844m 1966	Medical practice in modern England : the impact of specialization and state medicine / Rosemary Stevens.	New Haven : Yale University Press, 1966.
2246	2245	WB 50JC6 S568s 1973	Serve the people : observations on medicine in the People's Republic of China / by Victor W. Sidel and Ruth Sidel.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, c1973.
2247	2246	WB 515 P963u 1973	Ultrasonics in Medicine : proceedings ... Rotterdam, 4-8 June 1973 / editors, M. de Vlieger, D. N. White, V. R. McCready.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1974.
2248	2247	WB 520 B694i 1962	An Introduction to pool exercises / by Elizabeth Bolton and Diana Goodwin foreword by Brenda J. Horsfall.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1962.
2249	2248	WB 520 F526h 1960	Hydrotherapy / by Gertrude Brentano Finnerty and Theodore Corbitt	New York : Frederick Ungar, 1960
2250	2249	WB 535 H743s 1965	Suspension therapy in rehabilitation / Margaret Hollis and Margaret H. S. Roper	London : Bailliere, Tindall and Cassell, 1965
2251	2250	WB 535 M232p 1977	Peripheral manipulation / G. D. Maitland.	London : Butterworths, 1977.
2252	2251	WB 537 E16c 1962	Connective tissue massage : theory and therapeutic application / Maria Ebner	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1962
2253	2252	WB 537 L699t 1960	Massage, manipulation, and traction / edited by Sidney Licht.	New Haven : Licht, c1960.
2254	2253	WB 541 A545f 1971	Fundamentals of exercise testing / by K. Lange Andersen ... [et al.]	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1971.
2255	2254	WB 541 B315t 1978	Therapeutic exercise / edited by John V. Basmajian.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
2256	2255	WB 541 B921p 1952	Physical rehabilitation for daily living / Edith Buchwald	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1952
2257	2256	WB 541 D186t 1977	Therapeutic exercise for body alignment and function / Lucille Daniels, Catherine Worthingham ill. by Harold Black, Lorene Sigal, and Phyllis Hedberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
2258	2257	WB 541 H441m 1960	Manual of care for the disabled patient / Arthur J. Heather	New York : MacMillan, 1960
2259	2258	WB 541 I97l 1976	Light on yoga / B.K.S. Iyengar	New Delhi : Harper Collins, 1976
2260	2259	WB 541 J74c 1958	The Clinical physiology of physical fitness and rehabilitation / Ernst Jokl	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1958
2261	2260	WB 541 J74s 1964	The Scope of exercise in rehabilitation / Ernstm Jokl.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1964.
2262	2261	WB 541 L699t 1961	Therapeutic exercise / Sidney Herman Licht	Baltimore : Waverly, Press, 1961
2263	2262	WB 541 L699t 1976	Therapeutic exercise / Sidney Licht	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkin, 1976
2264	2263	WB 555 D927o 1957	Occupational therapy : principles and practice / edited by Williams Rush Dunton and Sidney Licht	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1957
2265	2264	WB 555 J78a 1977	An Approach to occupational therapy / Mary S. Jones.	London : Butterworths, 1977.
2266	2265	WB 555 L934o 1977	Occupational therapy : case studies / by Jennie A. Lucci.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977.
2267	2266	WB 555 M135o 1970	Occupational therapy in rehabilitation : a handbook for occupational therapists, students and others interested in this aspect of reablement / edited by E. M. Macdonald with the help of G. MacCaul, L. Mirrey and others foreword by Lord Amulree.	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1970.
2268	2267	WB 555 M928t 1965	Towards rehabilitation : a study of widening horizons in occupational therapy / Stella W. Mountford	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1965
2269	2268	WB 700 C855m 1959	Methods of geographical pathology : report of the study group / edited by Richard Doll	Oxford : Blarkwell, 1959
2270	2269	WB 700 M466e 1958	The Ecology of human disease / Foreword by Felix Marti0IbaDnez.	New York : MD Publications, [c1958]
2271	2270	WB 700 M466s 1961	Studies in diseases ecology / Jacques Meyer May	New York : Hafner, 1961
2272	2271	WB 768 H524p 1949	The Plant alkaloids / Thomas Anderson Henry	London : Churchill Philadelphia : Blakiston, 1949
2273	2272	WB 930 R215p 1962	Pointers to homeopathic remedies, 431 medicines Kumbakonam / Rajagopala Rao P	[S. l. : Indian Institute of Homeopaths, 1962
2274	2273	WC 100 T637c 1964	Handbook of communicable diseases;"Communicable and infectious diseases : diagnosis, prevention, treatment / by Franklin H. Top and collaborators."	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1964.
2275	2274	WC 100 T673c 1972	Communicable and infectious diseases / edited by Franklin H. Top, Sr. [and] Paul F. Wehrle.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972.
2276	2275	WC 100 T673c 1976	Communicable and infectious diseases / edited by Franklin H. Top, Sr., Paul F. Wehrle.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
2277	2276	WC 100 W424p 1958	The Practice of infectious diseases / Louis Weinstein	New York : Langerger, 1958
2278	2277	WC 100 W726h 1966	Hospital infection causes and prevention / by R. E. O. Williams ... [et al.]	London : Lyoyd-Luke, 1966.
2279	2278	WC 100 ก258ร 2519	โรคสัตว์สู่คน / สโมสรนิสิตคณะสัตวแพทยศาสตร์ ฝ่ายเผยแพร่วิชาการ มหาวิทยาลัยเกษตรศาสตร์	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
2280	2279	WC 100 ช17ร [ม.ป.ป.]	โรคติดต่อ / เรียบเรียงโดย ชวลิต ทัศนสว่าง	กรุงเทพฯ : กรมควบคุมโรคติดต่อ, 2531
2281	2280	WC 100 ส16ก 2521	การวินิจฉัยและการรักษาโรคติดต่อเชื้อที่พบบ่อย / โดย สมพนธ์ บุณยคุปต์ และสมศักดิ์ โล่ห์เลขา	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงเทพเวชสาร, 2521,2532
2282	2281	WC 160 D411h 1962	A History of syphilis / Charles Clayton Dennie	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1962
2283	2282	WC 160 U58s 1967	Syphilis : a synopsis.	Atlanta : The Department, 1967.
2284	2283	WC 18 C654i 1971	Infectious diseases case studies : a compilation of 50 case histories related to infectious diseases / by C. Glenn Cobbs and Frank M. Griffin, Jr.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
2285	2284	WC 18 C654i 1974	Infectious diseases case studies : a compilation of 70 case histories related to infectious diseases / by C. Glenn Cobbs and Frank M. Griffin, Jr.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974.
2286	2285	WC 18 R138m 1974	Medical examination review book / Martin J. Raff	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974
2287	2286	WC 180 R161d 1954	Donovanosis, Granuloma inguinale, granuloma venereum / by R. V. Rajam and P. N. Rangiah	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1954
2288	2287	WC 200 C734 1979	Common bacterial infections in infancy and childhood : diagnosis and treatment / edited by M. I. Marks.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1979.
2289	2288	WC 200 D817b 1948	Bacterial and mycotic infections of man / Rene Jules Dubos	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1948
2290	2289	WC 200 D817b 1952	Bacterial and mycotic infections of man / Rene Julis Dubos	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1952
2291	2290	WC 200 D817b 1958	Bacterial and mycotic infections of man / Rene Jules Dobos	Philadelphia : J. B. Lippincott, (c.1958)
2292	2291	WC 200 G228m 1975	Manual of acute bacterial infections : early diagnosis and treatment / Pierce Gardner, Harriet T. Provine.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1975.
2293	2292	WC 200 R622v 1959	Viral and rickettsial infections of man / Thomas M. Rivers	[S.l.] : Lippincott, 1959
2294	2293	WC 200 R622v 1965	Viral and rickettsial infections of man / edited by Frank L. Horsfall, Jr. [and] Igor Tamm.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965.
2295	2294	WC 202 R343p 1954	Pneumonia / Hobart A. Reimann	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1954
2296	2295	WC 210 U31s 1964	The Streptococcus, rheumatic fever and glomerulonephritis, a symposium held at the New York University School of Medicine, November 27 and 28 / Jonathan William Uhr	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
2297	2296	WC 220 C955r 1959	Rheumatic fever : epidemiology and prevention : the proceedings of a seminar held at the International Children's Centre, Paris, 25-27 September 1956 / editors, R. Cruickshank, A. A. Glynn.	Oxford [Eng.] : Blackwell Scientifi, 1959.
2298	2297	WC 220 S875r 1975	Rheumatic fever and streptococcal infection / Gene H. Stollerman.	New York : Grune & Stratton, [1975]
2299	2298	WC 220 W751a 1962	Advances in rheumatic fever, 1940-1961 / May Georgiana Wilson	New York : Harper, 1962
2300	2299	WC 220 W751r 1940	Rheumatic fever / May G. Wilson	New York : Commonwealth, 1940
2301	2300	WC 240 จ49s 2519	Septicemia : กลไกการเกิด shock และข้อแนะนำในการรักษา / แผนกวิชาการ สโมสรนิสิตคณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2519
2302	2301	WC 246 V439l n.d	Laboratory diagnosis of mycoplasma infections / by Wallis M. Velleca, Billie Ruth Bird and Francis T. Forrester	[S.l.] : U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, [19--]
2303	2302	WC 262 P775c 1959	Cholera / by R. Pollitzer ... [et al.]	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1959
2304	2303	WC 262 R813c 1962	The Cholera years : the United State in 1832, 1849 and 1866 / Charles E. Rosenberg	Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1962
2305	2304	WC 262 U84c 1960	Conference on cholera : papers presented and summaries of discussions / sponsored by the South East Asia Treaty Organization and National Institutes of Health U.S. Public Health Service	Pakistan : East Pakistan Assembly House, 1960
2306	2305	WC 262 W927p 1970	Principles and practice of cholera control / contributors: J. de Araoz [and others]	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1970.
2307	2306	WC 270 H882t 1962	Typhoid fever and other salmonella infections / Ronals Lawrie Huckstep	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1962
2308	2307	WC 285 A546a 1953	Amebiasis : pathology, diagnosis and chemotherapy qqcby Hamilton H. Anderson	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1953
2309	2308	WC 302 W149a 1962	The Actinomycetes / by Selman A. Waksman and Hubert A. Lechevalier	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1961-
2310	2309	WC 310 A469l 1967	Laboratory techniques in brucellosis / by G. G. Alton [and] Lois M. Jones.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1967.
2311	2310	WC 310 A469l 1975	Laboratory techniques in brucellosis / G. G. Alton, Lois M. Jones, D. E. Pietz.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
2312	2311	WC 310 S757n 1956	The Nature of brucellosis / Wesley William Spink	Minneapolis : University of Minneapolis Press, 1956
2313	2312	WC 320 D481a 1962	Age-grouping methods in diptera of medical importance : with special reference to some vectors of malaria / T. S. Detinova	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1962
2314	2313	WC 335 A755l 1973	Leprosy : diagnosis and management / by Harry L. Arnold, Jr. and Paul Fasal.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1973.
2315	2314	WC 335 B916l 1979	Leprosy / Anthony Bryceson, Roy E. Pfaltzgraff.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
2316	2315	WC 335 J81h 1971	Handbook of leprosy / by W. H. Jopling.	London : Heinemann Medical, 1971.
2317	2316	WC 335 J81h 1978	Handbook of leprosy / W. H. Jopling	London : William Heinemann Medical, 1978
2318	2317	WC 335 W867p 1963	Pathogenesis of leprosy / edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963
2319	2318	WC 350 P775r 1954	Plague / R. Pollitzer	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1954
2320	2319	WC 370 A211t 1969	Tetanus / by E. B. Adams, D. R. Laurence [and] J. W. G. Smith.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1969.
2321	2320	WC 370 E19p 1967	Principles on tetanus : Proceedings of the International Conference ... sponsored by the Swiss Academy of Medical Sciences with the support of WHO / edited by Leo Eckmann.	Bern : Huber, 1967.
2322	2321	WC 425 H121d 1960	Differential diagnosis of yaws / by C. J. Hackett and L. J. A. Loewenthal	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1960
2323	2322	WC 425 H121i 1957	An International nomenclature of yaws lesions / by C. J. Hackett in co-operation with an international group of experts on yaws and participants at the International Conference on Yaws Control, Enugu, Nigeria, 1955	Geneva : [s.n.], 1957
2324	2323	WC 425 H646a 1952	Atlas of framboesia : a nomenclature and clinical study of the skin lesions / by Kenneth R. Hill ... [et al.]	Geneva : [s.n.], 1952
2325	2324	WC 425 I61f 1953	First international symposium on yaws control / premier symposium international sur la lutte contre le pian	Geneva : [s.n.], 1953
2326	2325	WC 425 T953b 1957	Biology of the treponematoses / by Thomas Bourne Turner and David H. Hollander	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1957
2327	2326	WC 450 H643f 1964	Fungus diseases and their treat-ment / by Gavin Hildick-Smith ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
2328	2327	WC 450 I61o 1972	Opportunistic fungal infections : proceedings of the second international conference / edited by Ernest W. Chick, Albert Balows [and] Michael L. Furcolow.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, [1976, c1975]
2329	2328	WC 450 R593m 1974	Medical mycology : the pathogenic fungi and the pathogenic actinomycetes / John Willard Rippon.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1974.
2330	2329	WC 450 V219m 1958	Muycoses of man and animals / aymond Vanbreuseghem translation by J. Wilkinson	Springfield, Ilu. : Charles C. Thomas, 1957
2331	2330	WC 450 W749c 1957	Clinical and immunologic aspects of fungous diseases	Springfield, Ilu. : Charles C. Thomas, 1957
2332	2331	WC 460 F467c 1958	Coccidioidomycosis / Marshall Jesse Fiese	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1958
2333	2332	WC 465 S974h 1960	Histoplasmosis / Henry C. Sweany	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1960
2334	2333	WC 475 L781c 1956	Cryptococcosis, torulosis, or European blastomycosis / by M. L. Littman and Lorenz E. Zimmerman	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1956
2335	2334	WC 500 A214v 1967	Viruses and colds : the modern plague / John M. Adams	New York : American Elsevier, (c.1967)
2336	2335	WC 500 A440n 1960	Newer virus diseases, clinical differentiation of acute respiratory infections / John M. Adams	New York : Macmillan, 1960
2337	2336	WC 500 A512d 1964	Diagnostic procedures for viral and rickettsial diseases / edited by Edwin H. Lennette and Nathalie J. Schmidt	New York : [S. n.], 1964
2338	2337	WC 500 A633 1979	Antiviral agents and viral diseases of man / edited by George J. Galasso, Thomas C. Merigan, Robert A. Buchanan.	New York : Raven Press, c1979.
2339	2338	WC 500 B413v 1961	Virus and rickettsial diseases of man / by Sir Samuel Bedson [and others]	London : Edward Arnold, 1961.
2340	2339	WC 500 H819v 1961-	Virology and epide-miology / Dorothy Millicent Horstmann contributions in honor of John Rodman Paul	Hamden : Ctu. : Archon, 1962
2341	2340	WC 500 K96c 1977	Comparative diagnosis of viral diseases : human and related viruses / edited by Edouard Kurstak and Christine Kurstak	New York : Academic Press, 1977
2342	2341	WC 500 M299c 1971	Comparative virology / Edited by Karl Maramorosch [and] Edouard Kurstak.	New York : Academic Press, 1971.
2343	2342	WC 500 R476t 1962	Textbook of virology for students and practitioners of medicine / by A. J. Rhodes and C. E. Van Rooyen	Baltimore : William & Wilkins, 1962
2344	2343	WC 500 R796v 1960	Viral infections of infancy and childhood an symposium of the section on microbiology the New York Academy of Medicine / Harry M. Rose	New York : ill
2345	2344	WC 500 S666g 1959	Haemorrhagic nephrosonephritis / y A. A. Smorodintsev, V. G. Chudakor and V. A. Churilov. jr. from Russian / by Catherine matthews	London : Pergamon Press, 1959
2346	2345	WC 500 S929b 1964	The Background to chemetherapy of virus diseases / yC. H. Stuart-Harris and Lois Dickinson	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1964
2347	2346	WC 500 S971c 1967	Clinical virology / byR. H. A. Swain and T. C. Dodds	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1967
2348	2347	WC 505 K71v 1973	Viral and mycoplasmal infections of the respiratory tract / edited by Vernon Knight.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973.
2349	2348	WC 515 U58i 1960	International conference on Asian influenza (proceedings) National Institutes of Health	Bethesda, Mdu. : Public Health Service, 1960
2350	2349	WC 515 U58s 1960	The Study of influenza : a translation of Ueheniye O. Grippe / by V. M. Zhdanov ... [et al.]	Bethesda, Mdu. : National Institute of Health, Division of General Medical Sciences, 1960
2351	2350	WC 550 K17l 1973	Laboratory techniques in rabies / edited by Martin M. Kaplan [and] Hilary Koprowski.	Geneva : WHO, 1973.
2352	2351	WC 550 W927l 1966	Laboratory techniques in rabies	Geneva WHO, 1966
2353	2352	WC 555 H882p 1979	Poliomyelitis : a guide for developing countries, including appliances and rehabilitation for the disabled / R. L. Huckstep ill., Joyce F. Marriott, Frank B. Price.	Hong Kong : The English Langlish Book Society, 1979.
2354	2353	WC 555 K841b 1964	The Biochemistry of poliomyeletis viruses a synopsis of poliomyelitis infections and research	New York : Macmillan, 1964
2355	2354	WC 555 S847c 1940	Care of poliomyelitis / Jessie L. Stevenson	New York : Macmillan, 1940
2356	2355	WC 555 T125p 1971	Poliomyelitis control in several Asian countries / edited by I. Tagaya.	Tokyo : International Medical Foundation of Japan, 1971.
2357	2356	WC 555 W927p 1955	Poliomyelitis / contributors Robert Debre ... [et al.]	Geneva : WHO, 1955
2358	2357	WC 585 D621s 1962	Smallpox / Cyrill William Dixon	London : Churchil, 1962
2359	2358	WC 585 W927e 1979	The Eradication of smallpox from India / R.N. Basu, Z. Jezek, N.A. Ward.	New Delhi : World Health Organization, South-East Asia Regional Office, 1979.
2360	2359	WC 585 W927g 1969	Guide to the laboratory diagnosis of smallpox for smallpox eradication programmes / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1969.
2361	2360	WC 605 Z78r 1963	Rats, lice, and history;"Rats, lice, & history : being a study in biography, which, after twelve preliminary chapters indispensable for the preparation of the lay reader, deals with the life history of typhus fever ... / by Hans Zinsser."	London : Papermac, 1985, c1963.
2362	2361	WC 625 L694s 1962	Biology of viruses of the tick-borne encephalitis complex a symposia of the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, held in Smolenice October 11.14, 1960 / edited by Helena Libikova	New York : Academic Press, 1962
2363	2362	WC 680 A211c 1960	Clinical tropical diseases / Adams & Maegraith.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1960.
2364	2363	WC 680 B786s 1960	Surgery and clinical pathology in the tropics	London : Livingstone, 1960
2365	2364	WC 680 C132c 1972	Clinical tropical medicine / Kevin M. Cahill	Baltimore : University Park Press, 1972
2366	2365	WC 680 C132t 1964	Tropical diseases in temperate climates / Kevin Michael Cahill	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1964
2367	2366	WC 680 D248c 1971	Davey and Lightbody's The control of disease in the tropics : a handbook for medical practitioners.	London : H. K. Lewis, 1971.
2368	2367	WC 680 E23p 1969	Pathology in the tropics / by G. M. Edington [and] H. M. Gilles.	Baltimore : Williams & Eilkins, 1969.
2369	2368	WC 680 F172r 1961	Recent advances in tropical medicine / y Neil Hamilton Fairley ... [et al.]	London : Churchill, 1961
2370	2369	WC 680 F324e 1966	The Epidemiology of tropical diseases / Oscar Felsenfeld.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966.
2371	2370	WC 680 F324s 1965	Synopsis of clinical tropical medicine pathogenesis clinical picture diagnosisi prognosis and therapy / Oscar Felsenfeld	St, Louis : Mosby, 1965
2372	2371	WC 680 H893t 1967	Tropical health science / by D. T. D. Hughes and P. T. Marshall.	London : Cambridge University Press, 1967
2373	2372	WC 680 H944m 1966	A Manual of tropical medicine / by George W. Hunter ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
2374	2373	WC 680 H944t 1976	Tropical medicine / George W. Hunter III, J. Clyde Swartzwelder, David F. Clyde.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
2375	2374	WC 680 J62d 1959	Differential diagnosis for practitioners in the tropics : a clinical handbook / W. H. Jopling.	Leverkusen : Farben-fabriken Bayer, 1959.
2376	2375	WC 680 J73t 1968	The Treatment of tropical diseases / by W. H. Jopling.	Bristol : J. Wright, 1968.
2377	2376	WC 680 M184c 1962	Clinical methods in topical medicine / by Brian Macgraith and C. S. Leithead	London : Cassell, 1962
2378	2377	WC 680 M289s 1952	Synopsis of tropical medicine / Philip H. Manson-Bahr	London : Cassell, 1952
2379	2378	WC 680 M292m 1960	Manson's tropical diseases a manual of the diseases of warm climates / by Sir Philip H. Manson-Bahr with the editorial assistance of Charles Wilcocks	London : Cassell, 1960
2380	2379	WC 680 M292m 1966	Manson's tropical diseases : a manual of the diseases of warm climates / Sir Philip H. Manson-Bahr	Bailliere : Tindall & Cassell, 1966
2381	2380	WC 680 N277t 1962	Tropical health, a report on a study of needs and resources	Washington, D. C. : Division of Medical Sciences, 1962
2382	2381	WC 680 P483c 1977	A Colour atlas of tropical medicine and parasitology / [by] Wallace Peters, Herbert M. Gilles.	London : Wolfe Medical, 1977.
2383	2382	WC 680 P963t 1968	Tropical Medicine Conference, 1967 : proceedings of a conference held at the Royal College of Physicians of London, 2nd June-3rd June, 1967 / edited by J. H. Walters.	London : Pitman Medical, 1968.
2384	2383	WC 680 S533d 1951	Diseases of the tropics / George cheever Shattuck	New York : Appleton Century-Crofts, 1951
2385	2384	WC 680 S745t 1973	Tropical pathology / byHerbert Spencer ... [et al.]	New York : Springer-Verlag, 1973
2386	2385	WC 680 W667a 1962	Aspects of medical investigation in Africa / Charles Wilcocks	London : Oxford University Press, 1962
2387	2386	WC 680 W893m 1974	Medicine in the tropics / edited by A. W. Woodruff.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1974.
2388	2387	WC 695 B393m 1976	Medical parasitology / J. Walter Beck, John E. Davies.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
2389	2388	WC 695 B878b 1964	Basic clinical parasitology / by Harold W. Brown and David L. Belding.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1964.
2390	2389	WC 695 B878b 1969	Basic clinical parasitology / by Harold W. Brown.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969.
2391	2390	WC 695 B878b 1975	Basic clinical parasitology / Harold W. Brown.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, [1975]
2392	2391	WC 695 C678i 1976	Immunology of parasitic infections / edited by Sydney Cohen and Elvio H. Sadun.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, c1976.
2393	2392	WC 695 C886c 1964	Craig and Faust's Clinical parasitology / by Ernest Carroll Faust and Paul Farr Russell.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1964.
2394	2393	WC 695 C886c 1970	Craig and Faust's Clinical parasitology / by Ernest Carroll Faust, Paul Farr Russell, and Rodney Clifton Jung.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1970.
2395	2394	WC 695 S989p 1974	Parasitic diseases / edited by M. Sasa with the editorial assistance of H. Tanaka, T. Kurihara.	Tokyo : International Medical Foundation of Japan, [1974?]
2396	2395	WC 700 T238p 1975	Pathogenic processes in parasitic infections / edited by Angela E. R. Taylor and R. Muller.	Oxford, Eng. : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
2397	2396	WC 750 B631m 1968	Manual of epidemiology and epidemiological services in malaria programmes / R. H. Black	Geneva : WHO, 1968
2398	2397	WC 750 K48r 1978	Rodent malaria / edited by R. Killick-Kendrick and W. Peters	London : Academic Press, 1978
2399	2398	WC 750 M135e 1957	The Epidemiology and control of malaria / George Macdonald	London : Oxford University Press, 1957
2400	2399	WC 750 P648m 1973	Malaria : the design, use, and mode of action of chemotherapeutic agents / by Roger M. Pinder.	Bristol, Scientechnica, 1973.
2401	2400	WC 750 R966m 1955	Mans mastery of malaria / Paul F. Russell	London : Oxford University Press, 1955
2402	2401	WC 750 R966p 1963	Practical malariology / by Paul F. Russell ... [et al.], 1963	London : Oxford University Press, 1963
2403	2402	WC 750 S126e 1969	Experimental malaria : a panel workshop at Walter Reed Armuy Medical Center, Washington, D.C. 20012. May 13, 14 and 15 1969	Chevy Chase, Mdu. : Association of Military Surgeons of the United States, 1969
2404	2403	WC 750 ป171ม 2521	มาลาเรียวิทยา / ประสิทธิ์ ตันสถิตย์	กรุงเทพฯ : สหประชาพาณิชย์, 2521
2405	2404	WC 755 S973s 1966	Statistical methods in malaria eradication rev. and ed. / by A. B. Gilroy in collaboration with K. Vemura	Geneva : [S. n.], 1966
2406	2405	WC 765 C873m 1931	Malaria control / by antimosquito measures / Gordon Covell	Calcutta : Thacker, Spink, 1931
2407	2406	WC 810 E24s 1975	Schistosomiasis research : the strategic plan, June 1975 edition	New York : Edna McConnell Clark Foundation, 1975
2408	2407	WC 810 J82h 1969	Human schistosomiasis / by Peter Jordan and Gerald Webbe.	London : Heinemann Medical, 1969.
2409	2408	WC 810 W927s 1965	Snail control in the prevention of bilharziasis / World Health Organization Foundation	Geneva : The Foundation, 1965
2410	2409	WC 840 S132s 1976	Surgery of hydatid disease / Farrokh Saidi.	London : Saunders, 1976.
2411	2410	WC 855 C368i 1969	The Immunology of nematode infections trichinosis in guinea-pigs as a model / David Catty foreword by P. G. H. Gell.	New York : S. Karger, 1969.
2412	2411	WC 855 G698t 1970	Trichinosis in man and animals / edited by S. E. Gould.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1970.
2413	2412	WC 885 B922o 1974	Onchocerciasis, symptomatology pathology diagnosis / A. A. Buck	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974
2414	2413	WC 890 W927b 1965	Bibliography of hookworm disease (ancylostomiasis) 1920-1962	Geneva : WHO, 1965
2415	2414	WD 100 B369n 1976	Nutrition in preventive medicine : the major deficiency syndromes, epidemiology, and approaches to control / edited by G. H. Beaton & J. M. Bengoa.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
2416	2415	WD 100 F668d 1958	Deficiency disease : functional and structural changes in mammalia which result from exogenous or endogenous lack of one or more essential nutrients / Richard Holden Follis	Springfield : Thomas, 1958
2417	2416	WD 100 J75c 1962	Clinical nutrition / by 23 authors edited by Norman Jolliffe.	New York : Harper, (1962)
2418	2417	WD 100 N597t 1961	Tropical nutrition and dietetics / Lucius Micholls rev. by H. M. Sinclair and D. B. Jelliffe	London : Bailliere, 1961
2419	2418	WD 105 F686p 1955	Protein malmutrition : proceedings of a conference in Jamaica, 1953 / sponsored jointly by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, World Health Organization and Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation New York, ed. by J. C. Waterlow	Cambridge (Eng.) : University Press, 1955
2420	2419	WD 105 G624n 1959	Nutritional diagnosis / Grace Arabell Goldsmith	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1959
2421	2420	WD 105 M466e 1961	The Ecology of malnutrition in the far and near east / Jacques M. May	New York : Hafner, 1961
2422	2421	WD 105 M665b 1950	The Biology of human starvation / by Ancel Keys ... [et al.]	Minneapolis : The University, 1950
2423	2422	WD 105 S964m 1977	Malnutrition and the immune response / edited by Robert M. Suskind.	New York : Raven Press, c1977.
2424	2423	WD 105 W927m 1978	The Management of nutritional emergencies in large populations / C. de Ville de Goyet, J. Seaman and U. Geijer.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1978.
2425	2424	WD 105 อ154ร 2516	โรคขาดสารอาหารในประเทศไทย / อนุสิฐ รัชตะศิลปิน	กรุงเทพฯ : มีชีพกิจการพิมพ์, 2516
2426	2425	WD 122 S556r 1965	Review of Japanese literature on beriberi and thiamine / edited by Norio Shimazono and Eisuke Katsura.	Kyoto? : Vitamin B Research Committee of Japan, 1965.
2427	2426	WD 150 P218o 1948	On certain aspects of vitamin E. deficiency / Alwin M. Pappenheimer	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1948
2428	2427	WD 175 H112m 1951	Management of celiac diseases / by Sidney Valentine Haas and Merrill Patterson Haas	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1951
2429	2428	WD 18 C745m 1973	Medical examination review book / by John J. Condemi and Robert H. Schwartz	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973
2430	2429	WD 200 D566d 1978	Disturbances in lipid and lipoprotein metabolism / edited by John M. Dietschy, Antonio M. Gotto, Jr., Joseph A. Ontko.	Bethesda, Md. : American Physiological Society, 1978.
2431	2430	WD 200 D911d 1952	Diseases of metabolism : detailed methods of diagnosis and treatment / edited by Garfield G. Duncan.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1952.
2432	2431	WD 200 D911d 1969	Diseases of metabolism / with contributions by Margaret J. Albrink ... [et al.] edited by Philip K. Bondy in association with Leon E. Rosenberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
2433	2432	WD 200 D911d 1974	Diseases of metabolism;"Duncan's Diseases of metabolism / with contributions by Margaret J. Albrink ... [et al.] edited by Philip K. Bondy and Leon E. Rosenberg."	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1974.
2434	2433	WD 200 H873i 1960	Inborn errors of metabolism / David Yi-Yung Hsia	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1960
2435	2434	WD 200 L673h 1976	The Hyperlipidaemias : clinical and laboratory practice / [by] Barry Lewis.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
2436	2435	WD 200 M271a 1967-	Amyloidosis / edited by Jan Marrink & Martin H. van Rijswijk.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medeca Foundation, 1968.
2437	2436	WD 200 M821m 1959	Metabolic care of the surgical patient / Francis D. Moore	Philadelphia : Saunder, 1959
2438	2437	WD 200 R564h 1977	Hyperlipidemia : diagnosis and therapy / edited by Basil M. Rifkind, Robert I. Levy.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1977.
2439	2438	WD 200 S556m 1968	Malabsorption syndromes / by William W. Shingleton and William O. Dobbins with a foreword by Julian M. Ruffin.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1968.
2440	2439	WD 200 S616m 1979	Metabolic disease in childhood / Leonard Sinclair	London : Blackwell Scientific, 1979
2441	2440	WD 200 S784m 1960	The Metabolic basis of inherited disease / editors: John B. Stanbury, James B. Wyngaarden [and] Donald S. Fredrickson.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, c1960.
2442	2441	WD 200 S784m 1978	The Metabolic basis of inherited disease / editors, John B. Stanbury, James B. Wyngaarden, Donald S. Fredrickson.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1978.
2443	2442	WD 200 T367t 1962	Textbook of metabolism and metabolic disorders / Siegfried Josef Thannhauser completely rev. with contributions, by F. Bertram ... [et al.] ed. by Nepomuk Zollner. American ed	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1962
2444	2443	WD 200 ส122f 2519	Fluid and electrolytes / สง่า นิลวรางกูร	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช, 2519
2445	2444	WD 210 B827o 1976	The Obese patient / George A. Bray.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
2446	2445	WD 210 D676s 1962	Strong medicine / Blake F. Donaldson	Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday, 1962
2447	2446	WD 210 F718b 1977	Behavioral treatments of obesity / edited by John Paul Foreyt.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1977.
2448	2447	WD 210 W772c 1975	Childhood obesity / edited by Myron Winick.	New York : John Wiley, [1975]
2449	2448	WD 220 B643c 1952	Clinical use of fluids and electrolyte / John Hardesty Bland	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1952
2450	2449	WD 220 B643c 1956	Clinical recognition and management of disturbances of body fluids / John H. Bland	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956
2451	2450	WD 220 B643c 1963	Clinical metabolism of body water and electrolytes / John Hardesty Bland	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963
2452	2451	WD 220 B838s 1978	Sodium and water homeostasis / edited by Barry M. Brenner and Jay H. Stein.	New York : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
2453	2452	WD 220 C554b 1964	Body fluids and the acid-base balance : a learning program for students of the biological and medical sciences / [by] Halvor N. Christensen	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders Co., 1964
2454	2453	WD 220 C712i 1976	Illustrated manual of fluid and electrolyte disorders / R. Douglas Collins.	Philadelphia : J. B. Lippincott, c1976.
2455	2454	WD 220 G618p 1975	A Primer of water, electrolyte, and acid-base syndromes / Emanuel Goldberger.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1975.
2456	2455	WD 220 H269f 1955	Fluid therapy / by James D. Hardy	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1955
2457	2456	WD 220 H655a 1973	Acid-base balance chemistry, physiology, pathophysiology/ by A. Gorman Hills.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1973.
2458	2457	WD 220 K21p 1962	The Pathophysiology and treatment of body fluid disturbances / Hans G. Keitel	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1962
2459	2458	WD 220 M398f 1974	Fluid, electrolyte and nutrient therapy in surgery / by Edward E. Mason.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1974.
2460	2459	WD 220 S399a 1977	Acid-base and electrolyte balance : normal regulation and clinical disorders / edited by Allan B. Schwartz, Harvey Lyons.	New York, N.Y. : Grune & Stratton, c1977.
2461	2460	WD 220 S672b 1962	Body fluid disturbances / ed. by W. D. Snively with seven contributors: M. J. Sweeney ... [et al.]	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1962
2462	2461	WD 300 F679p 1969	Practical management of the allergic child / by Vincent J. Fontana.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969.
2463	2462	WD 300 F848a 1973	Annual review of allergy.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972-
2464	2463	WD 300 I61a 1973	Allergology : proceedings of the 8th International Congress of Allergology, Tokyo, October 14-20, 1973 / editorial committee Y. Yamamura ... [et al.].	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1974.
2465	2464	WD 300 I89a 1973	Allergy case studies : 65 case histories related to allergy / by Irving H. Itkin.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973.
2466	2465	WD 300 K14p 1962	Progress in allergy.	Basel : S. Karger, 1949-1988.
2467	2466	WD 300 M628a 1978	Allergy : principles and practice / edited by Elliott Middleton, Jr., Charles E. Reed, Elliot F. Ellis.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1978.
2468	2467	WD 300 P318a 1972	Allergic diseases: diagnosis and management / edited by Roy Patterson.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1972.
2469	2468	WD 300 P951f 1960	Fundamentals of modern allergy / edited by Samuel J. Prigal.	New York : McGraw-Hill, Blakiston Division, 1960.
2470	2469	WD 300 R896p 1974	Practical points in allergy / by James M. Rubin and Nathan S. Weiss.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974.
2471	2470	WD 300 S525m 1959	Mechanisms of hy-persensitivity / by Joseph H. Shaffer ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959
2472	2471	WD 300 S544m 1953	A Manual of clinical allergy / by John M. Sheldon, Robert G. Lovell [and] Kenneth P. Mathews.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1953.
2473	2472	WD 300 S553a 1957	Allergy in pediatric practice / by William B. Sherman and Walter R. Kessler	St. Louis : Mosby, 1957
2474	2473	WD 300 S693c 1979	The Complete guide to children's allergies : care and treatment of your allergic child / Emile Somekh introd. by Vincent J. Fontana.	Los Angeles : Corwin Books, c1979.
2475	2474	WD 300 S933a 1977	Allergic disorders in children / ed. by M. Studenikin and T. Sokolova	Moscow : Mir, 1977
2476	2475	WD 300 S971a 1966	The Allergy guide book : a practical program of prevention and control / Harry Swartz	New York : Frederick Ungar, 1966
2477	2476	WD 300 T914a 1970	Allergy in children / by Louis Tuft and Harry Louis Mueller with a foreword by Lewis Webb Hill.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
2478	2477	WD 300 ม15ร 2521	โรคภูมิแพ้ = Allergic diseases / มนตรี ตู้จินดา บรรณาธิการ	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
2479	2478	WD 320 A375r 1955	Reactions with drug therapy / Harry Louis Alexander	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955
2480	2479	WD 330 P672s 1951	Serum sickness / by C. Frh. Von Pirquet and Bela Schick tr. by Bela Schick	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1951
2481	2480	WD 375 C867a 1979	Anatomy of an illness as perceived by the patient : reflections on healing and regeneration / Norman Cousins	New York : W.W. Norton & Company, 1979
2482	2481	WD 375 M159h 1960	Heritable disorders of connective tissue / by Victor A. McKusick.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1960.
2483	2482	WD 375 N588c 1966	Clinical roentgenology of collagen diseases / Charles Monroe Nice	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966
2484	2483	WD 375 T142c 1956	Collagen diseases, including systemic lupus erythematosus, polyarteritis, dermatomyositis, systemic scleroderma thrombocytopenic purpure / by John H. Talbott and Moleres Ferrandis	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1956
2485	2484	WD 400 B919v 1968	Venomous animals and their venoms / edited by Wolfgang Bucherl, Eleanor E. Buckley [and] Venancio Deulofeu.	New York : Academic Press, 1968-
2486	2485	WD 400 L477c 1970	Collected papers on snake venoms / ed. by C. Y. Lee, C. Ouy-ang and C. C. Chang	Taiwan : Marcel Dekker, 1970
2487	2486	WD 400 ม241ส 2522	สัตว์มีพิษและการรักษาพิษสัตว์ / โดย มุกดา ตฤษณานนท์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
2488	2487	WD 405 R963m 1971	Marine toxins and venomous and poisonous marine animals / Findlay E. Russell	London : Academic Press, 1971
2489	2488	WD 410 U581p 1965	Poisonous snakes of the world : a manual for use / by U.S. Amphibious Forces	Washington, D.C. : Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965
2490	2489	WD 670 M163a 1977	Accidental hypothermia / Derek Maclean, Donald Emslie-Smith.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
2491	2490	WD 710 B575m 1964	Mountain sickness / B. Bhattacharjya	Bristol : Wright, 1964
2492	2491	WD 712 H655d 1977	Decompression sickness / B. A. Hills	Chichester : John Wiley, c1977
2493	2492	WE 100 A642m 1972	Modern trends in orthopaedics-6 / Graham A. Apley	New York : Century-Crofts, 1972
2494	2493	WE 100 C997t 1971	Textbook of orthopaedic medicine / James Cyriax.	London : Bailliere Tindall, 1971.
2495	2494	WE 100 H865t 1959	A Textbook of orthopedics with a section on neurology in orthopedics	Stamford : Dornan, 1959
2496	2495	WE 100 M657i 1961	Inflammation and diseases of connective tissue : a hahnemann symposium / edited Lewis C. Mills and John H. Moyer	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
2497	2496	WE 100 S177t 1970	Textbook of disorders and injuries of the musculoskeletal system : an introduction to orthopaedics, rheumatology, metabolic bone disease, rehabilitation and fractures / Robert Bruce Salter.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1970.
2498	2497	WE 100 S358h 1972	Handbook for the orthopaedic assistant / F. Richard Schneider with 177 illus. by Roger Stringham.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972.
2499	2498	WE 100 ม224ก 2517	กระดูกและข้อ / โดย มานิตย์ ลิมปพยอม, ถาวร จรูญสมิทธิ์ และเสก อักษรานุเคราะห์	กรุงเทพฯ : จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2517
2500	2499	WE 101 H741f 1969	Funtional anatomy of the limbs and back : atext for students of physical therapy and others interested in the locomotor apparatus	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969
2501	2500	WE 101 H741f 1976	Functional anatomy of the limbs and back : a text for students of the locomotor apparatus / W. Henry Hollinshead.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
2502	2501	WE 101 M984b 1936	Bones : a study of the development and structure of the vertebrate skeleton / by P.D.F. Murray with an introduction by B.K. Hall.	London : Cambridge University Press, 1985.
2503	2502	WE 102 M163b 1961	Bone : an introduction to the physiology of skeletal tissue / by Franklin C. McLean and Marshall R. Urist.	Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1961.
2504	2503	WE 102 S989h 1972	Hard tissue growth, repair and remineralization.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
2505	2504	WE 103 B865e 1966	Efficiency of human movement / by Marion R. Broer. Photos. by E. F. Marten.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
2506	2505	WE 103 B897c 1966	Clinical kinesiology / Signe Brunnstrom.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1966.
2507	2506	WE 103 B897c 1976	Clinical kinesiology / by Signe Brunnstrom. Revision by Ruth Dickinson.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1976.
2508	2507	WE 103 K181p 1971	Physiology of muscular activity / [by] Peter V. Karpovich [and] Wayne E. Sinning.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
2509	2508	WE 103 S617i 1972	Introduction to ergonomics / by W. T. Singleton.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1972.
2510	2509	WE 103 W257b 1968	Biomechanics of human motion / by Marian Williams [and] Herbert R. Lissner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
2511	2510	WE 11 R196a 1966	Anthology of orthopaedics / Mercer Charles Rang	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1966
2512	2511	WE 140 A247o 1958	Orthopedic diseases physiology, pathology, radiology / by Ernest Aegerter [and] John A. Kirkpatrick, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958.
2513	2512	WE 140 A247o 1975	Orthopedic diseases : physiology, pathology, radiology / Ernest Aegerter, John A. Kirkpatrick, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
2514	2513	WE 140 C782t 1964	Textbook of the rheumatic diseases / William Sydney Charles Copeman	London : Livingstone, 1964
2515	2514	WE 140 C782t 1978	Textbook of the rheumatic diseases;"Copeman's Textbook of the rheumatic diseases."	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
2516	2515	WE 140 K19r 1977	Rheumatic diseases : diagnosis and management / [edited by] Warren A. Katz with 28 contributors.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
2517	2516	WE 140 S528h 1952	Handbook of orthopaedic surgery / by Alfred Rives Shands, jr. in collaboration with Richard Beverly Rancy	St. Louis : Mosby, 1952
2518	2517	WE 140 S528h 1957	Handbook of orthopaedic surgery / byAlfred Rives Shands, jr. inCollaboration with Richard Beverly Rancy	St. Louis : Mosby, 1957
2519	2518	WE 140 S532p 1971	Paediatric orthopaedics and fractures / by W. J. W. Sharrard.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1971.
2520	2519	WE 140 T117p 1972	Pediatric orthopedics / by Mihran O. Tachdjian.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
2521	2520	WE 140 W676e 1955	Essentials of orthopaedics	London : Churchill, 1955
2522	2521	WE 140 W676e 1965	Essentials of orthopaedics / by Philps Wiles and Rodney Sweetnam	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
2523	2522	WE 141 A672o 1963	The Osseous system : a hand book of roentgen diagnosis / Vincent William Archer	Chicago : Year Book, 1963
2524	2523	WE 141 D156m 1977	Musculoskeletal disorders : regional examination and differential diagnosis / [edited by] Robert D. D'Ambrosia with ten contributors.	Philadelphia : J B. Lippincott, c1977.
2525	2524	WE 141 D288o 1970	Orthopaedic diagnosis / [by] Hans U. Debrunner translated [from the German] by W. M. McQuillan, foreword by Maurice E. Mller.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1970.
2526	2525	WE 141 G481d 1969	Diagnosis in orthopaedics / Leon Gillis.	London : Butter worths, 1969.
2527	2526	WE 141 H131a 1964	Anatomico-roentgenographic studies of the spine / Lee	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1964
2528	2527	WE 141 H333r 1959	Roentgenologic diagnosis in ophthalmology / Edward Hartmann and Evelyn Gilles	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1959
2529	2528	WE 141 L566c 1970	Clinical electromyography / by J. A. R. Lenman [and] A. E. Ritchie.	London : Pitman Medical, 1970.
2530	2529	WE 141 M898b 1963	Bone changes in hematologic disorders, reoetgen aspadts / John Edmund Moseley	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1963
2531	2530	WE 141 W894d 1972	Diagnostic orthopaedic pathology / by C. G. Woods.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1972.
2532	2531	WE 168 A214o 1964	Outline of orthopaedics / John Crawford Adams.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1964.
2533	2532	WE 168 A214o 1971	Outline of orthopaedics / by John Crawford Adams	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1971
2534	2533	WE 168 A642s 1963	A System of orthopaedics and fractures / Alan graham Apley	London : Butterworths, 1963
2535	2534	WE 168 A642s 1968	A System of orthopaedics and fractures / by A. Graham Apley.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1968.
2536	2535	WE 168 C719p 1960	Principles of orthopaedic surgery / Paul C. Colonna.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960.
2537	2536	WE 168 C737o 1974	Orthopaedic surgery / by Edward L. Compere illustrated by Grace Von Drasek Ascher ... [et al.].	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1974.
2538	2537	WE 168 C912o 1963	Operative orthopaedics / editor: A. H. Crenshaw, Chapter on hand surgery: Lee Milford.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1963.
2539	2538	WE 168 C915c 1971	Operative orthopaedics;"Campbell's operative orthopaedics / editor: A. H. Crenshaw."	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
2540	2539	WE 168 G244f 1965	Fundamentals of orthopaedics / John J. Gartland	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
2541	2540	WE 168 G244f 1979	Fundamentals of orthopaedics / John J. Gartland.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1979.
2542	2541	WE 168 H668u 1971	Ultrastructure of bone and joint diseases / by Kazushi Hirohata [and] Kazuo Morimoto.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, c1971.
2543	2542	WE 168 I94m 1977	Manual of acute orthopaedic therapeutics / Larry D. Iversen, D. Kay Clawson illustrated by Virginia E. Brooks, Carol C. Jerome.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
2544	2543	WE 168 M158r 1975	Recent advances in orthopaedics / B. Mckibbin	Edinburgh : Churchill Lingstone, 1975
2545	2544	WE 168 M483m 1979	Materials and orthopaedic surgery / Dana C. Mears.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
2546	2545	WE 168 M554o 1959	Orthopaedic surgery / Walter Mercer	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1959
2547	2546	WE 168 M554o 1973	Orthopaedic surgery;"Mercer's Orthopaedic surgery / by Robert B. Duthie and Albert B. Ferguson, Jr."	London : Edward Arnold, 1973.
2548	2547	WE 168 M621o 1964	Orthopedic surgery of the limbs in paraplegia / by L. S. Michaelis	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1964
2549	2548	WE 168 N333f 1964	Fractures & orthopedic surgery for nurses and physiotherapists	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1964
2550	2549	WE 168 R165o 1979	Orthopaedics in primary care / Chinni Pennathur Ramamurti edited by Richard Vernon Tinker.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
2551	2550	WE 168 R195s 1971	Handbook of orthopaedic surgery;"Shands' Handbook of orthopaedic surgery / by R. Beverly Raney [and] H. Robert Brashear with the collaboration of Alfred R. Shands, Jr."	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
2552	2551	WE 168 R638o 1967	Orthopaedics / edited by G. C. Lloyd-Roberts	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967
2553	2552	WE 168 S524h 1940	Handbook of orthopaedic surgery / Alfred Rives Shands	St Louis : Mosby, 1940
2554	2553	WE 168 S528h 1967	Handbook of orthopaedic surgery / Alfred Rives Shands and Richard Beverly. Raney with the collaboration of H. Robert Brashear	St Louis : Mosby, 1967
2555	2554	WE 168 S819p 1952	Post-graduate lectures on orthopedic diagnosis and indications	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1952
2556	2555	WE 168 S989s 1979	Symposium on microsurgery : practical use in orthopaedics	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979
2557	2556	WE 168 T934o 1967	Orthopaedics : principles and their application / Samuel L. Turek.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967.
2558	2557	WE 168 V657g 1963	Guide to hospital orthopaedic practice / by peter Viek and Carole M. Mancuso	Philadelphia : Davis, 1963
2559	2558	WE 168 ม193ร 2519	รวมคำบรรยายการอบรมระยะสั้นทางออร์โธปิดิคส์ ครั้งที่ 1 17-22 กุมภาพันธ์ พ.ศ. 2518 / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
2560	2559	WE 168 ย12ก 2522	การวัดทางออร์โธปิดิคส์ / ยงยุทธ วัชรดุลย์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
2561	2560	WE 168 อ223ร 2522	โรคทางออร์โธปิดิคส์ / อาทร์ อาทรธุระสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
2562	2561	WE 17 B959b 1971	Farbatlas der klinischen Histopathologie von Knochenmark und Knochen. English;"Bone marrow and bone tissue : color atlas of clinical histopathology / Rolf Burkhardt foreword by W. Stich. Translated by H. J. Hirsch."	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1971.
2563	2562	WE 17 C755a 1960	Atlas of anatomy and surgical approaches in orthopaedic surgery-lower extremity / Rodolfo cosentino	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1960
2564	2563	WE 17 C882a 1966	An Atlas of orthopedic surgery / lewis Nathan Cozen	Philadelphia : Lao & Fobiger, 1966
2565	2564	WE 17 D419m 1959	The Management of fractures and dislocations : an atlas / by Anthony F. DePalma.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
2566	2565	WE 17 D437p 1977	Pocket atlas of skeletal age / by T. de Roo and H. J. Schroder	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1977
2567	2566	WE 17 D816p 1965	Principles of x-ray diagnosis of the skull / George Houssemayne Du Boulay	Washington : Butterworkth, 1965
2568	2567	WE 17 E85a 1964	Atlas of roentgen anatomy of the skull / by Lewis E. Etter with a section on The radiographic anatomy of the temporal bone, by J. Brown Farrior, and a section on The roentgen anatomy of the skull in the newborn infant, by Samuel G. Henderson and Louise S. Sherman.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1964.
2569	2568	WE 17 G812a 1957	An Atlas of muscle pathology in neuromuscular diseases / Godwin Greenfield J	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1957
2570	2569	WE 17 I78a 1964	Atlas of hand surgery / by Marc Iselin ... [et al.] translated by John C. Colvill	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
2571	2570	WE 17 L868a 1962	An Atlas of head and neck surgery / John M. Lore.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
2572	2571	WE 17 L868a 1973	An Atlas of head and neck surgery / John M. Lore illustrated by Robert Wabnitz.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
2573	2572	WE 17 M898a 1955	An Atlas of musculoskeletal exposures / Herbert Frederick Moseley	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1955
2574	2573	WE 17 N634a 1966	Atlas of orthopaedic exposures / Toufick Nicola.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1976, c1966.
2575	2574	WE 17 R211a 1968	An Atlas of surgery of the face, mouth, and neck / by Robin M. Rankow.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
2576	2575	WE 17 R952a 1955	Atlas of Rush pin technics : a system of fracture treatment / Leslie V. Rush.	Meridian, Miss. : Berivon, 1955.
2577	2576	WE 17 S467s 1966	Skull radiography : a simplified system / Joseph Selman.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966.
2578	2577	WE 17 T233n 1979	Normal neuroradiology : and atlas of the skull, sinuses and facial bones / Juan M. Taveras, Francesco Morello.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1979.
2579	2578	WE 17 W324a 1969	Atlas of arthroscopy / by Masaki Watanabe, Sakae Takeda [and] Hiroshi Ikeuchi.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1969.
2580	2579	WE 17 W724c 1980	Color atlas of injury in sport / J. G. P. Williams.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1980.
2581	2580	WE 170 M679a 1971	Amputees and their prostheses / Mohinder A. Mital [and] Donald S. Pierce.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
2582	2581	WE 172 B458p 1974	Prostheses and rehabilitation after arm amputation / by Leonard F. Bender.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, c1974.
2583	2582	WE 172 B651o 1964	Orthopedic braces, rationald , classification & prescription / Maxwell H. Bloombert	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1964
2584	2583	WE 172 C748p 1969	Prosthetic and orthotic practice : based on a conference held in Dundee, June, 1969 / edited by George Murdoch.	London : Edward Arnold, 1970.
2585	2584	WE 172 M974a 1976	The Advance in orthotics / edited by George Murdoch with a foreword by R. M. Kenedi.	London : Edward Arnold, 1976.
2586	2585	WE 172 R849s 1965	Simple splinting : the use of light splints an related conservative therapy in joint diseases by Jerome Rotstein with a chapter on the history of the treatment of arthritis / byLaura S. Rotstein	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
2587	2586	WE 172 T645m 1973	Ortopedia mecanica. English;"Manual of mechanical orthopaedics / by Alfonso Tohen Z. translated from the Spanish by Robert W. Milam and Enrique Lopez."	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1973.
2588	2587	WE 175 H318p 1965	Problem cases from fracture grand rounds at the Massachusetts General Hospital / by William Hamilton Harris ... [et al.]	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965
2589	2588	WE 175 K44m 1956	The Management of fractures dislocations and sprains / by John Albert Key and H. Earle Conwell	St. Louis : Mosby, 1956
2590	2589	WE 175 R164h 1967	Handbook of fractures / In collaboration with Alfred Rives Shands, Jr., Herndon Briggs Lehr [and] Frederick William Pitts with 185 drawings by Shirley Baty and 152 photos.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1967.
2591	2590	WE 175 R684f 1975	Fractures / edited by Charles A. Rockwood, Jr. and David P. Green.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1975.
2592	2591	WE 175 S859m 1956	A Manual of fractures and dislocations / Barbara Bartlett Stimson	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiiger, 1956
2593	2592	WE 175 W676f 1960	Fractures : dislocations and sprains / Philip Wiles	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
2594	2593	WE 175 ฟ272ค [252-?]	คำบรรยายวิชาโอโถปิดิกกับโรคกระดูกหัก และข้อเคลื่อนสำหรับนักศึกษาแพทย์ / เฟื่อง สัตย์สงวน	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ศรีหงส์, [252-?]
2595	2594	WE 175 ส244ก 2533	กระดูกหัก / สุทร บวรรัตนเวช	กรุงเทพฯ : แกลเลอรีมีเดีย แอนด์ โปรดักส์, 2533
2596	2595	WE 18 A214o 1972	Outline of fractures : including joint injuries / John Crawford Adams	Edinburgh , Churchill Livingstone, 1972
2597	2596	WE 18 A214o 1978	Outline of fractures, including joint injuries / by John Crawford Adams.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
2598	2597	WE 18 A512i 1970	Instructional course lectures / American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons.	Ann Arbor, Mich. : J.W. Edwards, 1948-
2599	2598	WE 18 G653q 1971	Questions and answers in orthopaedics : for students, interns, residents, and board aspirants / by Floyd G. Goodman [and] George R. Schoedinger, III.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
2600	2599	WE 18 P619m 1974	Medical examination review book / by Robert E. Pieroni and William P. Beetham	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974
2601	2600	WE 18 R264o 1976	Orthopedic surgery case studies : 40 case histories related to orthopedic surgery / by Robert D. Ray and Riad Barmada.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1976.
2602	2601	WE 18 S895m 1964	Medical examination review book / H. Todd Stradford	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1964
2603	2602	WE 180 A214o 1964	Outline of fractures, including joint injuries / John Crawford Adams	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
2604	2603	WE 180 B657f 1955	Fractures in children / Walter Putnam Blount	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1955
2605	2604	WE 180 B676t 1956	The Treatment of fractures / Lorenz Bohler	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1956
2606	2605	WE 180 B747f 1958	Fractures and other injuries by the members of the Fracture Clinic of the Massachusetts General Hospital and the Faculty of the Harvard Medical School / by Edwin F. Cave	Chicago : Year Book Publishers, 1958
2607	2606	WE 180 C483c 1963	The Closed treatment of common fractures / John Charnley	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963
2608	2607	WE 180 C737p 1963	Pictorial handbook of fracture treatment / by Edward L. Compere, Sam W. Banks and Clinton L. Compere	Chicago : Year Book, 1963
2609	2608	WE 180 G294f 1948	Fractures and dislocations for practitioners / Edwin O. Geckeler	London : Balliere, Tindall & Cox, 1948
2610	2609	WE 180 M958t 1965	Technique of internal fixation of fractures / by M. E. Muller ... [et al.]	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1965
2611	2610	WE 180 Q6p 1960	Progress in the treatment of fractures and dislocations 1950-1960 / by Thomas B. Quigley and Henry Banks	London : Saunders, 1960
2612	2611	WE 180 R196c 1974	Children's fractures / by Mercer Rang, with 5 contributors.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1974
2613	2612	WE 180 S387l 1972	The Language of fractures / Robert Jordan Schultz.	Baltimore : William & Wilkins, 1972.
2614	2613	WE 180 W339f 1976	Fractures and joint injuries;"Watson-Jones Fractures and joint injuries."	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1982.
2615	2614	WE 180 W373p 1976	Pseudarthrosen. English;"Pseudarthrosis : pathophysiology, biomechanics, therapy, results / B. G. Weber, O. Cech [translated by Peter Konstam]."	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1976.
2616	2615	WE 190 A193c 1963-	Current practice in orthopaedic surgery / John P. Adams	St. Louis : Mosby, 1963-
2617	2616	WE 190 L675h 1977	Handbook of traction, casting, and splinting techniques / Royce C. Lewis, Jr.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
2618	2617	WE 190 L793o 1967	Orthopaedics / G. C. Lloyd-Roberts	London : Butterworths, 1967
2619	2618	WE 190 P448r 1970	The Ruminations of an orthopaedic surgeon / George Perkins.	London : Butterworths, 1970.
2620	2619	WE 190 P781u 1974	Ultrasonic bonding of bones and cutting of live biological tissues / by V. A. Polyakov ... [et al.] translated from the Russian by L. Aksenova and B. Kuznetsov	Moscow : Mir, 1974
2621	2620	WE 190 S347c 1963	A Clinical manual of orthopedic tration techniques / Garhard Schmeisser	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963
2622	2621	WE 190 S383a 1954	A Atlas of orthopedic traction procedures	St. Louis: Mosby, 1954
2623	2622	WE 190 S447s 1972	Surgical disorders of the peripheral nerves / Herbert Seddon.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1972.
2624	2623	WE 190 W724s 1976	Sports medicine.	London : Edward Arnold, 1976.
2625	2624	WE 200 B747b 1966	Bone and joint clinicopathological conferences of the Massachusetts General Hospital / edited by Benjamin Castleman and J. Malcolm McNeill	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966
2626	2625	WE 200 B872b 1971	The Blood supply of bone an approach to bone biology / Murray Brookes	London : Butterworths, 1971
2627	2626	WE 200 C712p 1966	Pathology of bone / prepared for publication by O. G. Dodge	London : Butterworths, 1966
2628	2627	WE 200 F848a 1958	Anatomy of the human skeleton / John Ernest Sullivan Frazer edited by A. S. Breathnach.	London : J. & A. Churchill, 1958.
2629	2628	WE 200 F848a 1965	Anatomy of the human skeleton / John E. S. Frazer edited by A.S. Breathnach.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965.
2630	2629	WE 200 F935b 1964	Bone biodynamics / editor: Harold M. Frost.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964.
2631	2630	WE 200 G812r 1969	Radiology of bone diseases / by George B. Greenfield.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1969.
2632	2631	WE 200 L699d 1970	Diseases of bone and joints / Louis Lichtenstein.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1970.
2633	2632	WE 200 R685b 1960	Bone as a tissue : proceeding of a conference held at the Lankanau Hospital, October 30-31, 1958 / edited Kaare, Rodahl ... [et al.]	New York : Mir, 1960
2634	2633	WE 200 S594p 1965	Principles of bone X-ray diagnosis / George Simon.	Washington : Butterworths, 1965.
2635	2634	WE 200 S669b 1957	Bone diseases in medical practice / Isidore Snapper	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1957
2636	2635	WE 200 W424b 1955	Bone and bones : fundamentals of bone biology / Joseph P. Weinmann and Harry Sicher	St. Louis : Mosby, 1955
2637	2636	WE 250 F352o 1957	Orthopaedic surgery in infancy and childhood / Albert Barnett Ferguson contributors: Thomas Dudley Brower ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1957.
2638	2637	WE 250 F352o 1975	Orthopaedic surgery in infancy and childhood / Albert Barnett Ferguson.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1975.
2639	2638	WE 250 G661c 1976	Clinical management of the osteoporoses / Gilbert S. Gordan, Cynthia Vaughan.	Acton, Mass. : Pub. Sciences Group, c1976.
2640	2639	WE 250 L912a 1969	Aids to independent living : self-help for the handicapped / by Edward W. Lowman [and] Judith Lannefeld Klinger.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1969.
2641	2640	WE 250 R896d 1964	Dynamic classification of bone dysplasias / Philip Rubin	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1964
2642	2641	WE 250 W988h 1973	Heritable disorders in orthopaedic practice / Ruth Wynne-Davies	Oxford : Blackwell, 1973
2643	2642	WE 253 G524t 1965	Tuberculosis of bone and joint / by E. W. Somerville and M. C. Wilkinson	London : Oxford Unviersity Press, 1965
2644	2643	WE 258 C689n 1960	Neoplasmas of bone and related conditions, etiology pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment / by Bradley L. Coley	New York : Hoeber, 1960
2645	2644	WE 258 D131b 1970	Bone tumors general aspects and data on 3,987 cases / by David C. Dahlin.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1970.
2646	2645	WE 258 H985b 1979	Bone tumors, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis / Andrew G. Huvos.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
2647	2646	WE 258 J23t 1958	Tumors and tumorous conditions of the bones and joints / Henry L. Jaffe	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1958
2648	2647	WE 258 L699b 1959	Bone tumors / Louis Lichtenstein.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1959.
2649	2648	WE 258 T925 1983	Tumor prosthesis fo rbone and joint reconstruction-the design and application / editors Edmund Yee-Su Chao and John C. Ivins	New York : Thieme-Stratton, 1983
2650	2649	WE 258 V921c 1972	Childhood osteology bone tumours and dysplasias / by M. V. Volkov translated from the Russian by L. Aksenova.	Moscow : Mir, 1972.
2651	2650	WE 300 P773r 1978	Rheumatologic interviewing and physical examination of the joints / Howard F. Polley, Gene G. Hunder.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978.
2652	2651	WE 300 W183h 1977	Human joints and their artificial replacements / by Peter S. Walker.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1977.
2653	2652	WE 344 A298t 1968	There is a cure for arthritis / by Paavo O. Airola.	West Nyack, N.Y. : Parker, 1968.
2654	2653	WE 344 H737a 1953	Comroe's arthritis and allied conditions completly rev. and rewritten editor Joseph Lee Hollander, collaboratang / editors Nathan R. Abrams ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1953
2655	2654	WE 344 H737a 1960	Arthritis and allied conditions a textbook of rheumatology. editor Joseph Lee Hollander, section editors Edward W. Roland ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1960
2656	2655	WE 344 H737a 1972	Arthritis and allied conditions : a textbook of rheumatology / Joseph L. Hollander, Daniel J. McCarty and Edward W. Boland.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2657	2656	WE 344 L918a 1959	Arthritis : general principles, physical medicine rehabilitation	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959
2658	2657	WE 346 C955s 1971	Surgery of rheumatoid arthritis / edited by Richard L. Cruess and Nelson S. Mitchell.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1971.
2659	2658	WE 346 G226p 1972	The Pathology of rheumatoid arthritis / by D. L. Gardner.	London : Edward Arnold, 1972.
2660	2659	WE 346 G874j 1962	Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis / by Albert W. Grokoest ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962
2661	2660	WE 346 I61p 1966	Population studies of the rheumatic diseases : proceedings of the third international symposium, New York, June 5th-10th, 1966 / sponsored by the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases and the Arthritis Foundation edited by Peter H. Bennett and Philip H. N. Wood.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1968.
2662	2661	WE 346 I61r 1971	Rheumatoid arthritis : pathogenetic mechanisms and consequences in therapeutics / edited by W. Muller, H.-G. Harwerth [and] K. Fehr.	London : Academic Press, 1971.
2663	2662	WE 346 M352s 1967	Surgery of rheumatiod arthritis / Leonard Marmor	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967
2664	2663	WE 346 P939s 1968	The Surgical management of rheumatoid arthritis / [by] Robert L. Preston with introductory chapters on the general and nonsurgical aspects of rheumatoid arthritis, by Currier McEwen.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
2665	2664	WE 346 P963r 1974	Rheumatology / editors C. B. Ballabio ... [et al.]	Milan : Carlo Erba Foundation, 1974
2666	2665	WE 346 W517c 1970	The Chemical pathology of rheumatoid arthritis / by H. F. West.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1970.
2667	2666	WE 346 W726r 1974	Rheumatoid arthritis as a systemic disease / Ralph C. Williams, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974.
2668	2667	WE 348 J23m 1972	Metabolic, degenerative, and inflammatory diseases of bones and joints / by Henry L. Jaffe.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2669	2668	WE 348 S683b 1969	The Biology of degenerative joint disease / Leon Sokoloff.	Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1969.
2670	2669	WE 350 T142g 1964	Gout / by John H. Talbott.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964.
2671	2670	WE 350 T142g 1967	Gout / by John H. Talbott with a chapter on intermediary purine metabolism by J.E. Seegmiller.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1967.
2672	2671	WE 350 W987g 1976	Gout and hyperuricemia / James B. Wyngaarden, William N. Kelley.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1976.
2673	2672	WE 544 K98i 1962	The Immunology of rheumatism / by Jerzy B. Kwapinski and Marshall L. Snyder	New York : Appleton-Centruy-Crofts, 1962
2674	2673	WE 544 L779u 1966	Understanding rheumatism / by T. R. Littler.	London : Tavistock, 1966.
2675	2674	WE 544 M411i 1970	Clinical rheumatology;"An Introduction to clinical rheumatology / edited by Michael Mason & H. L. F. Currey with a foreword by Henry Osmond-Clarke."	London : Pitman Medical, 1970.
2676	2675	WE 755 M547b 1960	Back pain : diagnosis and treatment using manipulative techniques / by John McM. Mennell.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1960.
2677	2676	WE 880 G191c 1966	Clinical foot roentgenology : an illustrated handbook / Felton O. Gamble and Irving Yale	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1966
2678	2677	WE 880 G434f 1967	Foot disorders : medical and surgical management / Nicholas J. Giannestras	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967
2679	2678	WE 880 G434f 1973	Foot disorders: medical and surgical management / by Nicholas J. Giannestras.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973.
2680	2679	WE 880 K64f 1976	The Foot and its disorders / edited by Leslie Klenerman foreword by Sir Henry Osmond-Clarke.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
2681	2680	WE 880 L672f 1959	The Foodt and ankle, their injuries, diseases deformities and disabilities / Philip Lewin	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1959
2682	2681	WE 883 K236p 1959	Physiology of motion demonstrated by means electrical stimulaiton and clinical observationa and applied to the study of paralysis and defor mities / by G. B. Duchenno and translated and edited by Emanuel B. Kaplan with 101 figures draw after nature	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
2683	2682	WE 883 K62c 1964	The Clubfoot / Joseph Hiram Kite	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964
2684	2683	WF 100 ส16อ 2520	อุรเวชปริทรรศน์ ระบบการหายใจ / สมชัย บวรกิตติ บรรณาธิการ	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ไทยเขษม, 2519-21
2685	2684	WF 102 ล256ป [ม.ป.ป.]	ปอดและการหายใจ / เลียงชัย ลิ้มล้อมวงศ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ไทยวัฒนาพานิช, [253-]
2686	2685	WF 140 B219d 1963	Dyspnea : diagnosis and treatment / edited by Andrew L. Banyai and Edwin Rayner Levine	Philadelphia : Davis, 1963
2687	2686	WF 140 B329r 1971	Respiratory function in disease : an introduction to the integrated study of the lung / by David V. Bates, Peter T. Macklem [and] Ronald V. Christie with the assistance of Nicholas R. Anthonisen ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
2688	2687	WF 140 B537p 1977	Pulmonary emergencies / John B. Berte.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
2689	2688	WF 140 F485p 1967	Pulmonary insufficiency and respiratory failure / Giles F. Filley.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967.
2690	2689	WF 140 M136c 1977	Current respiratory care / edited by Kenneth F. MacDonnell, Maurice S. Segal.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
2691	2690	WF 140 บ213ร 2522	โรคระบบการหายใจและวัณโรค / โดย บัญญัติ ปริชญานนท์ ... [และคณะ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
2692	2691	WF 18 B174c 1973	Chest diseases: case studies : a compilation of 61 case histories related to chest diseases / by Oscar J. Balchum and Ralph C. Jung.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973.
2693	2692	WF 18 B693m 1972	Medical examination review book / Hooshang Bolooki	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972
2694	2693	WF 18 D328r 1971	Respiratory care case studies / by Thomas J. DeKornfeld and Jay S. Finch.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971-
2695	2694	WF 18 M849m 1972	Medical examination review book / by W. K. C. Morgan ... [et al.]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972
2696	2695	WF 18 พ223ร 2522	โรคระบบหายใจ / พาณี สุทธิพันธุ์	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
2697	2696	WF 200 T885 n.d.	Tuberculosis guide for high prevalence countries	Paris : International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung disease, [199-]
2698	2697	WF 300 B347t 1965	Textbook of pulmonary diseases / edited by Gerald L. Baum	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
2699	2698	WF 300 H433r 1959	Recent advances in respiratory tuberculosis / by Frederick Heal and N. Lloyd	London : Churchill, 1959
2700	2699	WF 350 F732s 1954	The Surgery of pulmonary tuberculosis / by James H. Forsee	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, [19--]
2701	2700	WF 350 S814s 1957	The Surgical management of pulmonary tuberculosis / John Dotton Steele	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1957
2702	2701	WF 415 L736t 1963	Tuberculosis in children / by Edith M. Lincoln and Edward M. Sewell	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963
2703	2702	WF 490 F312t 1967	Tracheostomy and artificial ventilation in the treatment of respiratory failure / Stanley A. Feldman	London : Arnold, 1967
2704	2703	WF 490 N431t 1958	Tracheotomy : a clinical and experimental study / Thomas George Nelson	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1958
2705	2704	WF 490 P437s 1976	Surgery of the trachea / M. I. Perelman translated from the Russian by Ludmila Aksenova	Moscow : Mir, 1976
2706	2705	WF 553 C595a 1977	Asthma / edited by T.J.H Clark, S. Godfrey.	London : Chapman & Hall, 1977.
2707	2706	WF 553 H581g 1975	A Guide to bronchial asthma / H. Herxheimer.	London : Academic Press, 1975.
2708	2707	WF 553 H671p 1965	Psychological and allergic aspects of asthma / Michael L. Hirt	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
2709	2708	WF 970 G662c 1960	Clinical cardiopulmonary physiology / Burgess L. Gordon sponsored by the American College of Chest Physicians	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1960
2710	2709	WF 970 R896t 1962	Thoracic diseases : emphasizing cardiopulmonary relationships / by Eli H. Rubin and Morris Rubin	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
2711	2710	WF 970 S678c 1972	Chest disease and ocular disease in Chiang Mai, Thailand 1970, 1971 / Society for Medical Research in South East Asia, Japan	Tokyo : Nippon Medical School, 1972
2712	2711	WF 975 F324f 1961	Fundamentals of chest roentgenology / Benjamin Felson	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
2713	2712	WF 975 L286p 1958	The Postoperative chest : radiographic considerations after thoracic surgery / by Hiram T. Langston ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1958
2714	2713	WF 975 L729d 1965	A Diagnosis approach to chest diseases : differential diagnosis based on roentgenographic patterns / by Glen A. Lillington and Robert W. Jamplis with the assistance of Frances S. North ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965
2715	2714	WF 975 L729d 1977	A Diagnostic approach to chest diseases : differential diagnoses based on roentgenographic patterns / Glen A. Lillington, Robert W. Jamplis.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1977.
2716	2715	WF 975 L732c 1966	Cardiopulmonary function tests in clinical medicine / by Thomas P. K. Lim.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966.
2717	2716	WF 980 G326 1972	General thoracic surgery / edited by Thomas W. Shields.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2718	2717	WF 980 G558t 1975	Thoracic and cardiovascular surgery with related pathology / William W. L. Glenn, Averill A. Liebow, Gustaf E. Lindskog.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1975.
2719	2718	WF 980 J67s 1960	Surgery of the chest / by Julian Johnson and Charles K. Kirby	Chicago : Yearbook, 1960
2720	2719	WF 980 J67s 1970	Surgery of the chest / by Julian Johnson, Horace MacVaugh, III, and John A. Waldhausen illustrated by Edna Hill and Steven Gigliotti.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1970.
2721	2720	WF 980 P963t 1974	Thoracic and cardiovascular surgery : proceedings July 1974 Sapporo, Japan / ed. by Juro Wada and Sakuzo Komatsu Sapporo, Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery	Sapporo : Medical University, 1975
2722	2721	WF 980 R256c 1977	Congenital deformities of the chest wall and their operative correction / Mark M. Ravitch.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
2723	2722	WF 985 K61b 1977	Blunt chest trauma : general principles of management / Marvin M. Kirsh, Herbert Sloan editorial associate, Jeanne H. Tashian illustrated by Gerald P. Hodge.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
2724	2723	WF 985 W724r 1961	The Roentgenological aspect of nonpenetrating chest injuries / by John Riley Williams and Frederick J. Bonte	Springfield : Thomas, 1961
2725	2724	WF 985 ก258บ 2521	บาดเจ็บที่ทรวงอก / เกษียร ภังคานนท์ และชุมพร พงษ์นุ่มกุล	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
2726	2725	WG 100 C559q 1977	Quick reference to cardiovascular diseases / edited by Edward K. Chung.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
2727	2726	WG 100 D553d 1978	Developments in cardiovascular medicine : the proceedings of the special symposium, organised by the Royal College of Physicians, to celebrate the 400th anniversary of the birth of William Harvey / edited by C. J. Dickinson and J. Marks.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1978.
2728	2727	WG 100 F597l 1967	Lecture notes on cardiology / by J. S. Fleming and M. V. Braimbridge	Oxford : Backwell, 1967
2729	2728	WG 100 F597l 1974	Lecture notes on cardiology / by J. S. Fleming and M. V. Braimbridge.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1974.
2730	2729	WG 100 H315m 1970	The Management of geriatric cardiovascular disease / Raymond Harris.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1970.
2731	2730	WG 100 H966h 1974	The Heart, arteries, and veins / editor-in-chief: J. Willis Hurst. Editors: R. Bruce Logue, Robert C. Schlant [and] Nanette Kass Wenger.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1974.
2732	2731	WG 100 R796c 1968	Cardiovascular survey methods / by G. A. Rose [and] H. Blackburn.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1968.
2733	2732	WG 100 R813w 1959	Work and the heart : transactions of the first wisconsin conference on work and the heart / edited by Francis F. Rosenbaum and Elston L. Bleknap	New York : Paul B. Hoeber, 1959
2734	2733	WG 100 R953c 1961	Cardiovascular dynamics / Robert Frazer Rushmer.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961.
2735	2734	WG 100 S326c 1958	Cardiovascular diseases / by David Scherf and Linn J. Boyd	New York and London : Grune & Stratton, 1958
2736	2735	WG 100 W537w 1956	World trends in cardiology selected paper from second World Congress of Cardiology and twenty-seventh annual Scientific Sessions of the American Heart Association held in Washington, D.C.	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1956
2737	2736	WG 100 W587c 1957	Cardiovascular rehabilitation / Paul Dudley White	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1957
2738	2737	WG 100 W587r 1958	Rehabilitation of the cardiovascular patient / by Paul Dudley White ... [et al.]	New York : Blakiston, Division, 1958
2739	2738	WG 100 W878d 1956	Diseases of the heart and circulation / Paul Hamilton Wood.	London : Eyre & Spotiswoode, 1956.
2740	2739	WG 100 Y94p 1978	Progress in cardiology 7 / ed. by Paul N. Yu and John F. Goodwin	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1978
2741	2740	WG 100 Y94p 1979	Progress in cardiology / edited by Paul N Yu and John F Goodwin	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1979
2742	2741	WG 101 L953d 1961	Development and structure of the cardiovascular system / Aldo A. Luisada	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961
2743	2742	WG 102 G796m 1977	Mechanical concepts in cardiovascular and pulmonary physiology / Jerry Franklin Green.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1977.
2744	2743	WG 102 K29a 1977	Applied cardiovascular physiology / G. R. Kelman.	London : Butterworths, 1977.
2745	2744	WG 102 L953c 1962	Cardiovascular functions / edited by Aldo Augusto Luisada.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1962.
2746	2745	WG 102 R956p 1953	Physiological cardiology / Arthur Ruskin	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1953
2747	2746	WG 103 B974p 1965	Physiology and biophysics of the circulation : an introductory text / by Alan C. Burton.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1965.
2748	2747	WG 103 C745d 1962	disturbances of heart rate : rhythm and conduction / by Eliot Corday and David W. Irving	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
2749	2748	WG 103 N319h 1975	The Human heart and circulation / Visvan Navaratnam.	London : Academic Press, 1975.
2750	2749	WG 103 R331p 1967	Physical basis of circulatory transport, ragulation and exchange / edited by E. B. Reeve, Arthur C. Guyton	Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967
2751	2750	WG 106 A885p 1964	Pulsatile blood flow / E. O. Attinger	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
2752	2751	WG 106 D262b 1962	Blood volume dynamics : studies in surgical disease / Harry Aaron Davis	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
2753	2752	WG 11 F537c 1964	Circulation of the blood : men and ideas / edited by Alfred P. Fishman and Dickinson W. Richards.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1964.
2754	2753	WG 110 Q1 1979	Quantitative cardiovascular studies : clinical and research applications of engineering principles / edited by Ned H. C. Hwang, David R. Gross, Dali J. Patel.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1979.
2755	2754	WG 113 P543h 1979	The Human heart : a guide to heart disease / Brendan Phibbs, with contributions by Lane D. Craddock ... [et al.].	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979.
2756	2755	WG 140 A661e 1974	Electrocardiograms : a systematic method of reading them / by Michael L. Armstrong.	Bristol : J. Wright, 1974.
2757	2756	WG 140 B165e 1965	Electrolytes and cardiovascular diseases, physiolgoy - pathology - therapy / Eors Bajusz	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965
2758	2757	WG 140 B358b 1958	Electrocardiographic analysis / Robert Hebard Bayley	New York : Hoeber, 1958
2759	2758	WG 140 B947e 1967	Electrocardiography in the diagnosis of congenital heart disease / by George E. Burch [and] Nicholas P. DePasquale.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967.
2760	2759	WG 140 B947p 1960	A Primer of electrocardiography / by George E. Burch [and] Travis Winsor.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1960.
2761	2760	WG 140 B947s 1953	Spatial vectorcardiography / by George E. Burch ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1953
2762	2761	WG 140 C114e 1963	Electrocardiographic interpretation / by Enrique Cabrera ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963
2763	2762	WG 140 C344e 1966	Electrocardiography in infants and children : sponsored by the American College of Chest Physicians / edited by Donald E. Cassels and Robert F. Ziegler, with eighteen contributors.	New York : Grune & Straton, (c.1966)
2764	2763	WG 140 C559e 1977	ECG diagnosis: self assessment / by Edward K. Chung [and] Donald K. Chung.	New York : Harper & Row [c1972-77]
2765	2764	WG 140 C559e 1979	Exercise electrocardiography : practical approach / edited by Edward K. Chung.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
2766	2765	WG 140 F899d 1971	Diagnostic electrocardiography and vectorcardiography / by H. Harold Friedman.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1971.
2767	2766	WG 140 G618c 1977	Clinical electrocardiography : a simplified approach / Ary Louis Goldberger, Emanuel Goldberger.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1977.
2768	2767	WG 140 G618p 1975	Pediatric and adolescent echocardiography : a handbook / Stanley J. Goldberg, Hugh D. Allen, David J. Sahn.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1975.
2769	2768	WG 140 G619p 1960	Principles of clinical electrocardiography / by Mervin J. Goldman	Los Altos : Lang, 1960
2770	2769	WG 140 G619p 1970	Principles of clinical electrocardioqraphy / by Mervin J. goldman	Los Altos : Lange, 1970
2771	2770	WG 140 G619p 1976	Principles of clinical electrocardiography / by Mervin J. Goldman.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, c1976.
2772	2771	WG 140 G783e 1954	Electrocardiography in practice / by Ashton Graybiel ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1954
2773	2772	WG 140 G977p 1965	Pediatric electrocadiography : normal and abnormal patterns, incorporating the vector approach / Warren Gaden Guntheroth	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
2774	2773	WG 140 K19c 1956	Clinical electrocardiography / by Louis N. Katz and Alfred Pick	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1956
2775	2774	WG 140 K93h 1976	High-resolution electrocardiography : a superior diagnostic modality / by Lawrence H. Krohn with Bruce M. Sanderson, consulting editor.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
2776	2775	WG 140 L218e 1965	Electrocardiography and vectorcardiography : instrumentation, fundamentals and clinical applications / Lawrence Edward Lamb	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
2777	2776	WG 140 L764c 1959	Clinical scalar electrocardiography / by Bernard S. Lipman and Edward Massie	Chicago : Year Book, 1959
2778	2777	WG 140 M359p 1968	Practical electrocardiography / by Henry J. L. Marriott.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1968.
2779	2778	WG 140 M394c 1960	Clinical vectorcardiography and electrocardiography / by Edward Massie and Thomas J. Walsh	Chicago : Year Book, 1960
2780	2779	WG 140 M423e 1963	The Electrocardiogram and chest x-ray in diseases of the heart / by Arthur M. Master ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1963
2781	2780	WG 140 M512e 1975	Electrocardiography for intensive-care units / by Frits L. Meijler, Etienne O. Robert De Medina and Ariaen N. E. Zimmerman	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1975
2782	2781	WG 140 P963c 1971	Circulatory assist and ballistocardiographic studies / ed.: David H. Jackson.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
2783	2782	WG 140 R611d 1977	Diagnostic electrocardiography / Michael C. Ritota.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
2784	2783	WG 140 S299e 1975	The Electrocardiology of coronary artery disease / Leo Schamroth.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
2785	2784	WG 140 S338a 1976	Advances in electrocardiography / ed. by Robert C. Schlant and J. Willis Hurst	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1976
2786	2785	WG 140 S819e 1976	The Electrocardiogram : a self-study course in clinical electrocardiography / Emanuel Stein.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1976.
2787	2786	WG 140 T951e 1964	Electrocardiography / Richard Wainwright Duke Turner	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1964
2788	2787	WG 140 W322n 1963	The Normal and abnormal unipolar electrocardiogram in infants and children : an analysis of the normal QRS Complex morgphology and ventricular activation times / by Richard H. Wasserburger ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963
2789	2788	WG 140 W777e 1956	Electrocardiographic test book / edited by Travis Winsor	New York : The American Heart Association, 1956
2790	2789	WG 140 W777p 1972	Primer of vectorcardiography / Travis Winsor.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2791	2790	WG 140 W853e 1956	Electrocardiography : fundamentals and clinical application / Louis Wolff	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956
2792	2791	WG 141 C774r 1956	Radiology of the heart and great vessels / by Robert N. Cooley and Robert D. Sloan	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1956
2793	2792	WG 141 C774r 1978	Radiology of the heart and great vessels / by Robert N. Cooley and Melvyn H. Schreiber with a section on coronary arteriography by Luis B. Morettin.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
2794	2793	WG 141 F297e 1973	Echocardiography / by Harvey Feigenbaum with the assistance of Sonia Chang.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2795	2794	WG 141 F787c 1968	Cardiac diagnosis / by Noble O. Fowler. Authors of contributed chapters: Robert J. Adolph ... [et al.] foreword by J. Willis Hurst.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row, [1968]
2796	2795	WG 141 F787c 1976	Cardiac diagnosis and treatment / Noble C. Fowler, authors of contributed chapters, Robert J. Adolph ... [et al.] foreword by J. Willis Hurst.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1976.
2797	2796	WG 141 F787d 1975	Diagnostic methods in cardiology / Noble O. Fowler, guest editor.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, [1975-
2798	2797	WG 141 H967c 1960	Cardiac resuscitation / John Willis Hurst	Springfield : Thomas, 1960
2799	2798	WG 141 K63e 1974	Echocardiography case studies : 58 case histories related to echocardiography / by Jack J. Kleid and Nelson B. Schiller.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974.
2800	2799	WG 141 L953e 1965	Examination of the cardiac patient / Aldo Augusto Luisada	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1965
2801	2800	WG 141 L953s 1973	The Sounds of the diseased heart / by Aldo A. Luisada.	St. Louis : W. H. Green, 1973.
2802	2801	WG 141 M135i 1976	Introduction to echocardiography / by Ian G. McDonald with a foreword by Julius Comroe.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, c1976.
2803	2802	WG 141 M153c 1958	Cardiovascular sound in health and disease : being a comprehensive treatise, introduced by a historical survey, illustrated mainly by sound spectrograms (spectral phonocardiograms) and supplemented by an extensive bibliography. With a section on respiratory sound.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1958.
2804	2803	WG 141 M586c 1969	Cardiac roentgenology : plain films and angiocardiographic findings / by William T. Meszaros.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1969.
2805	2804	WG 141 M617d 1966	Differential diagnosis of cardiovascular disease by x-ray / by Phillip H. Meyers, Manuel Roy, Jr. [and] Charles M. Nice, Jr.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, 1966.
2806	2805	WG 141 O68h 1960	Heart sound and murmurs : a clinical and phonocardiographic study / by P. A. Ongley ... [et al.]	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1960
2807	2806	WG 141 P963c 1973	Cardiovascular applications of ultrasound : proceedings of an international symposium held at Janssen Pharmaceutica, Beerse, Belgium, May 29 and 30, 1973 / editor, Robert S. Reneman.	Amsterdam : North Holland, 1974.
2808	2807	WG 141 R256a 1959	Auscultation of the heart / Abe Ravin	Chicago : Year Book, 1959
2809	2808	WG 141 T232c 1967	Clinical phonocardiography and external pulse recording / by Morton E. Tavel.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
2810	2809	WG 141 V491c 1978	Cardiac catheterization and angiocardiography / David Verel, Ronald G. Grainger with a chapter on echocardiography by D. R. Naik foreward by Sir John McMichael.	Edinburgh : C. Livingstone, 1978.
2811	2810	WG 141 Z41r 1965	Roentgen diagnosis of the heart and great vessels / by Erich Zdansky translated by Linn J. Boyd	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1965
2812	2811	WG 141 Z72i 1959	Intra-vascular catheterization / Henry Abram Zimmerman	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1959
2813	2812	WG 141 Z72i 1966	Intravascular catheterization / Henry Abram Zimmerman	Springfield : Thomas, 1966
2814	2813	WG 142 H886c 1970	Cardiovascular pathology / Reginald Ernest Bates Hudson	London : Edward Arnold, 1970
2815	2814	WG 142 O64p 1963	The Peri-pheral blood vessels / edited by J. Lowell Orbison and David E. Smith	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1963
2816	2815	WG 166 P963m 1972	Modern diuretic therapy in the treatment of cardiovascular and renal disease proceedings of a symposium held at the Royal College of Physicians of London, May 8 and 9, 1972 / editors: Ariel F. Lant [and] Graham M. Wilson.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1973.
2817	2816	WG 166 R896t 1972	Treatment of heart disease in the adult / [by] Ira Lloyd Rubin, Harry Gross [and] Sidney R. Arbeit. Clinical pharmacology [by] Duncan E. Hutcheon.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
2818	2817	WG 168 B154c 1960	Cardiac surgery 1960-61 / edited by Charles P. Bailey	Philadelphia : Davis, 1960
2819	2818	WG 168 B414c 1973	Complications in vascular surgery / edited by Hugh G. Beebe.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1973.
2820	2819	WG 168 B814p 1965	Post-operative cardiac care / by M. V. Braimbridge and P. E. Ghadiali	Oxford : Blackwell, 1965
2821	2820	WG 168 D278v 1959	Vascular surgery / Geza De Takats	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
2822	2821	WG 168 E13a 1969	Arterial surgery / by H. H. G. Eastcott.	London : Pitman Medical, 1969.
2823	2822	WG 168 E26v 1976	Vascular surgery / William H. Edwards, editor.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1976.
2824	2823	WG 168 G549p 1959	Principles of peripheral vascular surgery / S. Thomas Glasser	Philadelphia : Davis, 1959
2825	2824	WG 168 G626p 1959	Physiology of cardiac surgery : hypothermia, extracorporeal circulation and extracorporeal cooling / Frank Gollan	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1959
2826	2825	WG 168 G983b 1959	Blood vessel surgery and its application / Charles Claude Guthrie	[S.l.] : University of Pittsburgh Press, 1959
2827	2826	WG 168 H151v 1976	Vascular surgery : principles and techniques / Henry Haimovici.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1976.
2828	2827	WG 168 I64c 1976	Current techniques in extracorporeal circulation / edited by M. I. Ionescu, G. H. Wooler.	London : Butterworths, 1976.
2829	2828	WG 168 J94c 1970	Cardiovascular surgery / by Ormand C. Julian [and others]	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1970.
2830	2829	WG 168 K12c 1968	Clinical aspects of operable heart disease / by Donald R. Kahn, Ruth H. Strang [and] William S. Wilson.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1968.
2831	2830	WG 168 M558p 1961	Prosthetic valves for cardiac surgery / edited by K. Alvin Merendino editor in chief	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1961
2832	2831	WG 168 N842c 1967	Cardiac surgery / by John C. Norman and 56 contributors edited by John C. Norman foreword by Francis D. Moore.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967.
2833	2832	WG 168 O13m 1977	Microvascular reconstructive surgery / Bernard McC. O'Brien.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1977.
2834	2833	WG 168 R638v 1967	Vascular surgery and reticulo-endothelial system / ed. by G. W. Taylor and John F. Wilkinson	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967
2835	2834	WG 168 R975v 1977	Vascular surgery / edited by Robert B. Rutherford associate editors, Victor M. Bernhard ... [et al.].	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
2836	2835	WG 168 S158c 1971	Cardiovascular surgery / edited by S. Sakakibara	Tokyo : International Medical Foundation of Japan, 1971
2837	2836	WG 168 S619o 1966	Operable heart disease : pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment	St. Louis : Mosby, 1966
2838	2837	WG 168 T861p 1959	The Practical evaluation of surgical heart diseses / written and comp. by Robert Gates Trout ed. by Robert P. Glover	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1956
2839	2838	WG 168 V325c 1979	Cardiac pacing : a concise guide to clinical practice / Philip Varriale and Emil A. Naclerio.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1979.
2840	2839	WG 168 W287p 1960	Procedures in vascular surgery / Richard Warren	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
2841	2840	WG 169 B496p 1979	The Physiology of adequate perfusion / Edward C. Berger with 48 ill. by Bruce D. Bentzen with technical assistance from Thomas A. Koelz.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1979.
2842	2841	WG 169 C559a 1978	Artificial cardiac pacing : practical approach / edited by Edward K. Chung.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
2843	2842	WG 169 H521s 1975	Second Henry Ford Hospital International Symposium on Cardiac Surgery / edited by Julio C. Davila Olive E. Rundgren, editorial assistant.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1977.
2844	2843	WG 169 S125i 1977	Infant and child care in heart surgery : clinical manual of the Department of Cardiovascular Surgery, Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts / Robert M. Sade, Delos M. Cosgrove, Aldo R. Castaneda.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1977.
2845	2844	WG 169 S856m 1976	Myocardial revascularization : a surgical atlas / Quentin R.Stiles ... [et al.] ill. by Ted Bloodhart foreword by George C. Griffith.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1976.
2846	2845	WG 169 ก217ศ 2522	ศัลยกรรมหัวใจและทรวงอก : คำบรรยายและคำสอนข้างเตียงสำหรับนักศึกษา (สถิติ-รายงานการผ่าตัด 2512-2521) / โดยกัลยาณกิติ์ กิติยากร ... [และคนอื่น ๆ ]	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์โรงพยาบาลรามาธิบดี มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
2847	2846	WG 169.5 U58c 1979	Circulatory assistance and the artificial heart : symposium 1st,Tbilisi, USSR, September 20-22, 1979 / editor, William S. Piere	Bethesda : U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, 1980
2848	2847	WG 17 F322e 1976	Echocardiography : a teaching atlas / Joel M. Felner, Robert C. Schlant.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1976.
2849	2848	WG 170 N162v 1978	Vascular surgery : from the annual continuation course in surgery, University of Minnesota, Department of Surgery, Minneapolis, Minn. / edited by John S. Najarian, John P. Delaney.	Miami, Fla. : Symposia Specialists, c1978.
2850	2849	WG 18 G815m 1973	Medical examination review book / edited by Kalman Greenspan and John Fischer	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973
2851	2850	WG 18 G828m 1974	Medical examination review book / Louis E. Grenzer	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974
2852	2851	WG 18 H756m 1975	Medical examination review book : cardiology, specialty board review, by James W. Holsinger and Vincent F. Miscia	Flushing, New York : Medical Examination Publishing, 1975
2853	2852	WG 18 R896e 1969	ECG case studies : 100 challenging electrocardiograms / by Ira L. Rubin and Julian Frieden.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1969.
2854	2853	WG 18 R896e 1974	ECG case studies : all new, 100 challenging electrocardiograms / by Julian Frieden and Ira L. Rubin.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974-
2855	2854	WG 18 S592c 1971	Cardiopulmonary technology examination review book / by Frank G. Simmons and Susan E. Coombs.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971-
2856	2855	WG 18 W885h 1970	Heart and vascular systems basic sciences : 1,500 multiple choice questions and referenced answers / edited by Robert A. Woodbury and Clinton B. Nash contributors: Alexander A. Fedinec ... [et al.]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1970.
2857	2856	WG 200 B947h 1962	Hot climates : man and his heart / by George E. Burch and Nicholas P. DePasquale	Illinois : Charles C. Thomas, 1962
2858	2857	WG 200 B947p 1963	A Primer of cardiology , by George E. Burch.	Philadelphia Lea & Febiger, 1963.
2859	2858	WG 200 C752c 1971	Cardiac and vascular diseases / edited by Hadley L. Conn, Jr. [and] Orville Horwitz with the collaboration of 102 contributors.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1971.
2860	2859	WG 200 D255u 1978	Cardiology / Hywel Davies, William P. Nelson.	Boston : Butterworths, c1978.
2861	2860	WG 200 F899d 1956	Diseases of the heart / Charles Kaye Friedberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956.
2862	2861	WG 200 F899d 1966	Diseases of the heart / by Charles K. Friedberg.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1966.
2863	2862	WG 200 G299s 1965	Synopsis of cardiology / by William I. Gefter ... [et al.]	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965
2864	2863	WG 200 G698p 1960	Pathology of the heart / Sylvester Emanuel Gould.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960.
2865	2864	WG 200 G877t 1956	Treatment of heart diseases : a clinical physiologic approach / by Harry Gross and Abraham Jezer	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956
2866	2865	WG 200 K17c 1954	Congenital heart disease : an illustrated diagnostic approach / by Henry S. Kaplan and Saul J. Robinson	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1954
2867	2866	WG 200 K24p 1964	Parasites of the human heart / by B. H. Kean and Roger C. Breslau	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964
2868	2867	WG 200 L665c 1958	Clinical heart disease / Samuel Albert Levine	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958
2869	2868	WG 200 M369c 1968	Cardiac function in health and disease / Robert J. Marshall, John T. Shepherd.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
2870	2869	WG 200 M397t 1974	Trace elements in relation to cardiovascular diseases : status of the joint WHO/IAEA research programme / edited by R. Masironi.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
2871	2870	WG 200 M398a 1977	Advances in heart disease.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1977-c1980.
2872	2871	WG 200 M926c 1963	Cardiomechanics / Spyridon D. Moulopoulos.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1963.
2873	2872	WG 200 O11p 1970	Pre- and postoperative management of the cardiopulmonary patient : the nineteenth Hahnemann symposium / editors Wilbur W. Oaks, John H. Moyer.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1970.
2874	2873	WG 200 R896t 1968	Treatment of heart disease in the adult / by Ira Lloyd Rubin, Harry Gross, Sidney R. Arbeit.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1968.
2875	2874	WG 200 S529i 1968	Introduction to the cardiomyopathies / edited by A. G. Shaper	Basel : S. Karger, 1968
2876	2875	WG 200 S582h 1975	Heart disease / by Earl N. Silber [and] Louis N. Katz.	New York : Macmillan, 1975.
2877	2876	WG 200 V214h 1964	The Heart in health and disease / Rustom Jal Vakil	Bombay : Bombay University Press, 1964
2878	2877	WG 200 W322a 1959	Acute cardiac pulmonary edema / Sigmund Wassermann	Illinois : Charles C. Thomas, 1959
2879	2878	WG 200 W587h 1959	Heart disease / Paul Dudley White	New York : Macmillan, 1959
2880	2879	WG 200 W587h 1967	Hearts, their long follow-up / Paul Dudley White, Helen Donovan.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
2881	2880	WG 200 W668f 1958	Fundamentals in cardiology / John B. Wild	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1958
2882	2881	WG 202 E38 1972	Electrical phenomena in the heart / edited by Walmor C. De Mello.	New York : Academic Press, 1972.
2883	2882	WG 202 K19p 1977	Physiology of the heart / Arnold M. Katz.	New York : Raven Press, c1977.
2884	2883	WG 202 P963c 1973	Contractile behavior of the heart : proceedings 2nd 6-7 September 1973 Utrech, Netherlands / ed. by Tjeerd van der Werf	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1974
2885	2884	WG 202 R188n 1965	Nervous control of the heart / edited by Walter C. Randall.	Baltimore, : Williams and Wilkins, 1965.
2886	2885	WG 205 A456m 1977	Manual of coronary care / Joseph S. Alpert, Gary S. Francis foreword by Robert A. O'Rourke.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
2887	2886	WG 205 B811c 1963	Cardiac emergencies : diagnosis and treatment / Bertram Abraham Bradlow	London : Butterworth, 1963
2888	2887	WG 205 C559c 1975	Cardiac emergency care / edited by Edward K. Chung.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1975.
2889	2888	WG 205 L665c 1960	Cardiac evergencies, and related disorders : their mechanism recognition and management / Harold D. Levine	New York : Landberger Medical, 1960
2890	2889	WG 205 M398c 1978	Cardiac emergencies / edited by Dean T. Mason.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
2891	2890	WG 205 S961s 1964	Sudden cardiac death / ed. by Borys Surawicz and E. D. Pellegrino	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964
2892	2891	WG 205 U58s 1979	Sudden cardiac death [proceedings] / Second USA-USSR Joint Symposium, Indianapolis, Indiana, December 6-8, 1979.	[Bethesda, Md.] : Office of the Director, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, 1980.
2893	2892	WG 205 ส12c [ม.ป.ป.]	Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยสงขลานครินทร์	สงขลา : มหาวิทยาลัย, [252-?]
2894	2893	WG 220 A161a 1956	Angiocardiographic interpretation in congenital heart disease / by Herbert L. Abrams and Henry S. Kaplan	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1956
2895	2894	WG 220 B317c 1960	Congenital heart diseases / ed. by Allan D. Bass and Gordon K. Moe	Washington D.C. : American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1960
2896	2895	WG 220 C774s 1966	Surgical treatment of congenital heart diseases / by Denton A. Cooley and Grady L. Hallman	Philadelphia : Lea and Febiger, 1966
2897	2896	WG 220 C774s 1975	Surgical treatment of congenital heart disease / by Grady L. Hallman and Denton A. Cooley.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1975.
2898	2897	WG 220 D811c 1948	Congenital anormalies of the heart and great vessels / by Thomas J. Dry ... [et al.]	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1948
2899	2898	WG 220 F679c 1962	Congenital cardiac disease : a review of 357 cases studied pathologically / Robert S. Fontana and Jesse E. Edwards	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
2900	2899	WG 220 G645c 1969	Clues to diagnosis in congenital heart disease / Alden S. Gooch, Vladir Maranhao, Harry Goldberg.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1969.
2901	2900	WG 220 G659c 1975	Congenital malformations of the heart : embryology, anatomy, and operative considerations / Daniel A. Goor, C. Walton Lillehei foreword by Owen H. Wangensteen ill. by Albert Sway.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1975.
2902	2901	WG 220 K17c 1965	Congenital heart diseases : an illustrated diagnostic approach / Henry Seymour Kaplan edited by Saul J. Robinson ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1965
2903	2902	WG 220 K62d 1959	Diagnosis of congenital heart diseases : a clinical and technical study by the cardiologic term of pediatric clinic, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm / by Sven R. Kjellberg ... [et al.]	Chicago : Year Book, 1959
2904	2903	WG 220 L655a 1953	Autopsy diagnosis of congenitally malformed hearts / Maurice Lev	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1953
2905	2904	WG 220 S292d 1966	Differential diagnosis of cogenital heart disease : a roentgenographic, electrocardiographic and phonocardiographic treatise / by Nikolaus Schad ... [et al.] translated from the German by Hans Bar	London : Heinemann Medical, 1966
2906	2905	WG 220 T228c 1960	Congenital malformations of the heart / Helen Broohe Taussig	Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1960.
2907	2906	WG 260 S699v 1974	Valvular heart disease / edited by Edmund H. Sonnenblick, Michael Lesch.	New York : Grune & Stratton, [1974]
2908	2907	WG 262 G565s 1961	Surgery of mitral stenosis / Robert P. Glover	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1961
2909	2908	WG 262 S851m 1959	Mitral valvulotomy / Harold J. Stewart	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1959
2910	2909	WG 269 S328p 1972	Pulsatile flow velocity of the central arterial blood, intravascular measurement with the ultrasound probe / Heinrich D. Scheu.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
2911	2910	WG 275 S762a 1959	Acute pericarditis / David H. Spodick	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1959
2912	2911	WG 280 K18a 1979	Infarctul miocardic acut. English;"Acute myocardial infarction / Arthur Karassi."	New York : McGraw-Hill International, 1979.
2913	2912	WG 280 W867c 1964	Cardiomyopathies / edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
2914	2913	WG 280 W927m 1976	Myocardial infarction community registers : results of a WHO international collaborative study coordinated by the Regional Office for Europe	Copenhagen : Regional Office for Europe, World Health Organization, 1976.
2915	2914	WG 300 Am421sy 1961	Symposium on coronary heart disease / Herrman Ludwig Blamgart	New York : [S. n.], 1961
2916	2915	WG 300 B821m 1963	Modern concepts of the pathogenesis of coronary atheroscherosis / Arthur Whitley branwood	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1963
2917	2916	WG 300 C513m 1976	Myocardial infarction / E. I. Chazov translated from the Russian by David A. Myshne	Moscow : Mir, 1976
2918	2917	WG 300 D483i 1963	International symposium : the etiology of myocardial infarction / editors Thomas N. James and John W. Keyes	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963
2919	2918	WG 300 F899a 1969	Acute myocardial infarction and coronary care units / edited by Charles K. Friedberg.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1969.
2920	2919	WG 300 G618m 1975	Myocardial infarction : electrocardiographic differential diagnosis / Ary Louis Goldberger foreword by Lawrence S. Cohen.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1975.
2921	2920	WG 300 G976s 1974	Shock in myocardial infarction / edited by Rolf M. Gunnar, Henry S. Loeb [and] Shahbudin H. Rahimtoola.	New York : Grune & Stratton, [1974]
2922	2921	WG 300 L693c 1963	Coronary heart diseases, the seventh hahnemann symposium / edited by William Likoff and John H. Moyer	New York : Grone & Stratratton, 1963
2923	2922	WG 300 M528t 1972	Textbook of coronary care / edited by Lawrence E. Meltzer and Arend J. Dunning	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1972
2924	2923	WG 300 N331c 1975	Contraction and relaxation in the myocardium / edited by Winifred G. Nayler.	London : Academic Press, c1975.
2925	2924	WG 300 N842c 1975	Coronary artery medicine and surgery : concepts and controversies / editor, John C. Norman, assistant editor, Evelyn P. Lawrence foreword by Theodore Cooper.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, [1975]
2926	2925	WG 300 P729c 1957	Coronary heart diseases : angina pectoris, myocardial infarction	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1957
2927	2926	WG 300 R631e 1967	The Enigma of coronary heart disease / A. H. T. Robb-Smith.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
2928	2927	WG 300 ส215บ 2519	บรรยายร่วมศิริราช โรคหลอดเลือดหัวใจตีบ / รวบรวมโดย สันต์ หัตถีรัตน์	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
2929	2928	WG 330 B442c 1963	Clinical disorder of the heart beat / Samuel Bellet	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1963
2930	2929	WG 330 B442c 1971	Clinical disorders of the heart beat / Samuel Bellet.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1971.
2931	2930	WG 330 B442e 1972	Essentials of cardiac arrhythmias : diagnosis and management / Samuel Bellet.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
2932	2931	WG 330 C794d 1961	Disturbances of heart rate, rhythm and coduction / by Eliot Corday and David W. Irving	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
2933	2932	WG 330 H148c 1973	Cardiac arrhythmias : the twenty-fifth Hahnemann symposium / edited by Leonard S. Dreifus, William Likoff.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1973.
2934	2933	WG 330 L773a 1976	Arrhythmia analysis by intracardiac electrocardiography / by John W. Lister ... [et al.] with a foreword by Brian F. Hoffman.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
2935	2934	WG 330 R646c 1977	Cardiac arrhythmias in the neonate, infant, and child / edited by Nigel K. Roberts, Henry Gelband forewords by Sidney Blumenthal, Brian F. Hoffman.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1977.
2936	2935	WG 330 S326a 1964	The Atrioventricular node and selected cardiac arrhythmias / by David Scherf and Jules Cohen	New York : Grime & Stratton, 1964
2937	2936	WG 330 S568c 1967	Cardiac pacemakers / by Harold Siddons and Edgar Sowton.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1967.
2938	2937	WG 340 B825r 1946	Renal hypertension : by Eduardo Braun-Menendez ... [et al.]	Springfield : Ilu. : Thomas, 1946
2939	2938	WG 340 C748n 1974	The Nervous system in arterial hypertension : [proceedings] / edited by Stevo Julius and Murray D. Esler, with the assistance of Charles N. Ellis.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
2940	2939	WG 340 E26m 1960	Management of hypertensive diseases / Joseph C. Edwards	St. Louis : Mosby, 1960
2941	2940	WG 340 F534h 1934	Hypertension nephritis / by Arthur M. Fishberg	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1934
2942	2941	WG 340 G327h 1977	Hypertension : physiopathology and treatment / editors, Jacques Genest, Erich Koiw, Otto Kuchel associate editors, Roger Boucher, Wojciech Nowaczynski, Jose Manuel Rojo-Ortega.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1977.
2943	2942	WG 340 H185h 1959	Hypertension / edited by John H. Moyer with the assistance of John R. Beem ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
2944	2943	WG 340 H776h 1959	Hypertensive disease : diagnosis and treatment	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1959
2945	2944	WG 340 H776h 1963	Hypertensive dosease doagmpsos amd treatment / Sibley W. Hoobler	New York : Hoeber-harper, 1963
2946	2945	WG 340 H973h 1975	Hypertension : a practitioner's guide to therapy / by James C. Hutchison.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975.
2947	2946	WG 340 I61b 1974	Beta-blockers : present status and future prospects : [an international symposium, Juan-les-Pins, 27th-29th May 1974] / edited by W. Schweizer.	Bern : H. Huber, c1974.
2948	2947	WG 340 I61h 1975	Hypertension-its nature and treatment / edited by D. M. Burley ... [et al.]	Horsham : CIBA Laboratories, 1975
2949	2948	WG 340 I61n 1972	New perspectives in beta-blockade / edited by D. M. Burley ... [et al.]	Horsham : CIBA Laboratories, 1973
2950	2949	WG 340 J83e 1976	Epidemiology of essential hypertension among various ethnic groups in Yugoslavia : methodology / Vladan Josipovic, Dode Kozarevic, Richard H. Thurm.	Belgrade : Delta Press, 1976.
2951	2950	WG 340 K17c 1978	Clinical hypertension / Norman M. Kaplan, with a chapter by Ellin Lieberman.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
2952	2951	WG 340 M118s 1960	The Surgical treatment of portal hypertension bleeding esophageal varices and ascites / Judson M. Mackby	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1960
2953	2952	WG 340 M196b 1974	Beta-adrenergic blocking agents in the management of hypertension and angina pectoris / editor, Bruno Magnani.	New York : Raven Press, c1974.
2954	2953	WG 340 M537h 1961	Hypertension, a Mount Sinai Hospital monograph	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1961
2955	2954	WG 340 P132e 1948	Experimental renal hypertension / by Irvine H. Page and Arthur Curtis Corcoran	Springfield, Ilu. : 1948
2956	2955	WG 340 P596h 1955	High blood pressure / George White Pickering	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1955
2957	2956	WG 340 P596t 1961	Treatment of hypertension / by Sir George White Pickering ... [et al.]	Springfield : Thomas, 1961
2958	2957	WG 340 P963h 1974	Hypertension and stroke control in the community : proceedings of a WHO meeting held in Tokyo, 11-13 March 1974 / edited by S. Hatano, I. Shigematsu, T. Strasser.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976.
2959	2958	WG 340 S381m 1957	Mechanisms of hypertension : with a consideration of atherosclerosis	Springfield : Thomas, 1957
2960	2959	WG 340 S642s 1951	Surgical measures in hypertension / Regional H. Smithwick	Springfield : Thomas, 1951
2961	2960	WG 340 S971c 1979	Clinical hypertension / J. D. Swales.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1979.
2962	2961	WG 340 U58h 1979	Hypertension in the USA and USSR : basic clinical and population research	Bethesda : U.S. Department of Health and Human services, 1980
2963	2962	WG 340 ม193ก 2519	การอบรมระยะสั้นเรื่องแรงดันเลือดสูง / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
2964	2963	WG 370 Am512s 1960	Symposium on congestive heart failure / edited by Herrman L. Blumgart.	New York : American Heart Association, 1960.
2965	2964	WG 370 B825m 1976	Mechanisms of contraction of the normal and failing heart / Eugene Braunwald, John Ross, Jr., Edmund H. Sonnenblick.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1976.
2966	2965	WG 370 F532h 1948	Heart failure / Arthur M. Fishberg	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1948
2967	2966	WG 370 M398c 1976	Congestive heart failure : mechanisms, evaluation, and treatment / edited by Dean T. Mason.	New York : Yorke Medical Books, c1976.
2968	2967	WG 370 M996c 1967	Congestive heart failure / Ralph M. Myerson, Bernard H. Pastor.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1967.
2969	2968	WG 420 S252p 1975	Pulmonary emboli / edited by Arthur A. Sasahara, Edmund H. Sonnenblick, Michael Lesch.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1975.
2970	2969	WG 460 B821a 1977	Anaesthesia for cardiac surgery and allied procedures / Margaret Annie Branthwaite	London : Blackwell Scientific, 1977
2971	2970	WG 460 K37a 1956	Anaesthesia for surgery of the heart / Kenneth K. Keown	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1956
2972	2971	WG 460 S836c 1974	Cardiac arrest & resuscitation / Hugh E. Stephenson, Jr.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1974.
2973	2972	WG 500 A425p 1946	Peripheral vascular diseases / Nelson W. Barker and Edgar A. Hines	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1946
2974	2973	WG 500 C676o 1974	Ophthalmic manifestations of systemic vascular disease / David G. Cogan.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974.
2975	2974	WG 500 F163a 1972	Peripheral vascular diseases / Allen-Barker-Hines contributors: Hillier L. Baker, Jr. ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
2976	2975	WG 500 G996a 1974	Angiography in infants and children / edited by Michael T. Gyepes.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1974.
2977	2976	WG 500 R989m 1976	Microvascular injury : vasculitis, stasis, and ischaemia / T. J. Ryan, with contributions by M. W. Kanan, G. W. Cherry	London : Saunders, 1976.
2978	2977	WG 500 S774p 1977	Percutaneous angiography / Swamy (Siddalingappa Srikantaswamy), Segal (Lewis Irwin Segal), Mouli (Siddalingappa Chandramouli).	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1977.
2979	2978	WG 510 B255p 1966	Peripheral arterial disease / Wiley Franklin Barker	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
2980	2979	WG 510 B255p 1975	Peripheral arterial disease / by Wiley F. Barker.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
2981	2980	WG 510 E26p 1957	Plastic arterial grafts / Stering W. Edwards	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1957
2982	2981	WG 510 M681a 1965	Arterial disease / by J. R. A. Mitchell and C. J. Schwartz	Philadelphia : Davis, 1965
2983	2982	WG 510 S897p 1969	Peripheral arterial disease : a physiologic approach / D. E. Strandness, Jr.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1969.
2984	2983	WG 540 B592h 1976	Human blood coagulation, haemostasis and thrombosis / edited by Rosemary Biggs.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
2985	2984	WG 550 B615 1979	The Biochemistry of atherosclerosis / editor, Angelo M. Scanu, associate editors, Robert W. Wissler, Godfrey S. Getz.	New York : M. Dekker, c1979.
2986	2985	WG 550 I61a 1971	Arteriosclerosis, proceedings / edited by D. A. Willoughby ... [et al.]	Milan, Carlo Erba Foundation, 1973
2987	2986	WG 550 M911a 1963	Atherosclerosis, mechanism as a guide to prevention / Campbell Moses	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1963
2988	2987	WG 550 S213a 1963	Atherosclerosis and its origin / by Maurice Sandler and Geoffrey H. Bourne	London : Academic Press, 1963
2989	2988	WG 550 S989a 1972	Atherogenesis : initiating factors.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
2990	2989	WG 560 H168r 1958	Reflexogenic areas of the cardiovascular system / Corneille Heymans and E. Hill	Boston : Little Brown, 1958
2991	2990	WG 580 A579 1983	Aneurysms / editors, Morris D. Kerstein, Peter V. Moulder, Watts R. Webb.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1983.
2992	2991	WG 600 D136a 1959	Autogenous vein grafts and related aspects of peripheral arterial disease	Springfield : Thoams, 1959
2993	2992	WG 600 I61c 1970	Current aspects of chronic venous insufficiency : proceedings of an international symposium held in Porto Cervo, Sardinia, Italy 5-7 October 1970 / Chairman: A. Kappert.	Basle : Ciba-Geigy, 1971.
2994	2993	WG 600 W876v 1965	The Veins: normal and abnormal function / by J. Edwin Wood foreword by Robert W. Wilkins.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965.
2995	2994	WG 610 B792a 1959	Antithrombotic therapy / by Paul W. Bayles	New York: Grune & Stratton, 1959
2996	2995	WG 610 H185d 1967	Deep thrombophlebitis : pathophysiology and treatment / by J. Alex Haller, Jr.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1967.
2997	2996	WG 610 M873t 1963	Thrombophlebitis, current problems and some factors which retard their solution	New York: Grune & Stratton, 1963
2998	2997	WG 610 S551t 1969	Thrombosis / edited by Sol Sherry ... [et al.]	Washington : National Academic of Science, 1969
2999	2998	WG 620 B278c 1957	The Clinical management to varicose vein / David Woolfolk Barrow	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1957
3000	2999	WG 620 F688v 1960	Varicose veins a practical manual / by R. Rowden Foote and A. Gordon Dingley	Bristol : John Wright, 1960
3001	3000	WH 100 A862b 1963	Blood diseases / M. A. Atamer	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1963
3002	3001	WH 100 B877p 1971	Progress in hematology / edited by Elmer B. Brown.	New York, N.Y. : Grune & Stratton c1977-
3003	3002	WH 100 D321c 1978	Clinical haematology in medical practice / G. C. de Gruchy edited by David Penington, Bryan Rush, Peter Castaldi.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1978.
3004	3003	WH 100 D321d 1975	Drug-induced blood disorders / G. C. de Gruchy.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
3005	3004	WH 100 D337h 1960	Handbook of haematological and blood transfusion technique / J. W. Delaney	London : Butterworth, 1960
3006	3005	WH 100 D732i 1976	Introduction to hematology / William M. Dougherty.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
3007	3006	WH 100 E96 1977-	Experimental hematology today.	New York : Springer-Verlag, c1977-81
3008	3007	WH 100 H285h 1973	Hematology case studies.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, c1973-
3009	3008	WH 100 H419l 1960	Lectures on haematology / Frank George James Hayhae	Cambridge : University Press, 1960
3010	3009	WH 100 H689e 1993	Essential haematology / A. V. Hoffbrand, J. E. Pettit	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, c1993
3011	3010	WH 100 H698r 1977	Recent advances in haematology.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1977.
3012	3011	WH 100 H892l 1973	Lecture notes on haematology / by N. C. Hughes-Jones.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1973.
3013	3012	WH 100 I85h 1976	Haematalogical aspects of systemic diseases / edited by M. C. G. Israels and I. W. Delamore.	London : W. B. Saunders, 1976.
3014	3013	WH 100 I895p 1958	Proceedings of the Sixth International Congress of the International Society of Hematology, Boston, Aug. 27-Sept. 1, 1956	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1958
3015	3014	WH 100 I98m 1972	Modern concepts in hematology : symposia of the International Committee for Standardization in Hematology / edited by G. Izak [and] S. M. Lewis.	New York : Academic Press, 1972.
3016	3015	WH 100 K19c 1972	Clinical haematology / by I. Kassirsky and G. Alexeev	Moscow : Mir, 1972
3017	3016	WH 100 L373h 1970	Hematologic problems in surgery / by Harold Laufman, Robert B. Erichson with contributions by Deryk Duncalf ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
3018	3017	WH 100 L439f 1960	Fundamentals of clinical hematology / by Byrd S. Leavell and Oscar A. Thorup	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960
3019	3018	WH 100 L439f 1966	Fundamentals of clinical hematology / Byrd S. Leavell, Oscar A. Thorup.	Philadelphia, Pa. : W.B. Saunders, c1966.
3020	3019	WH 100 L439f 1971	Fundamentals of clinical hematology / Byrd S. Leavell, Oscar A. Thorup, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3021	3020	WH 100 L439f 1976	Leavell and Thorup's Fundamentals of clinical hematology / Oscar A. Thorup.	Philadelphia, Pa. : W. B. Saunders, 1976.
3022	3021	WH 100 L699h 1978	Hematology for practitioners / edited by Marshall A. Lichtman.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978.
3023	3022	WH 100 L758p 1966	Principles of hematology / James William Linman	New York : Macmillan, 1966
3024	3023	WH 100 M618l 1958	Laboratory medicine hematology / John Buyer Miale	St. Louis : Mosby, 1958
3025	3024	WH 100 M618l 1962	Laboratory medicine-hematology / John B. Miale	St. Louis : Mosby, 1962
3026	3025	WH 100 M618l 1967	Laboratory medicine, hematology / [by] John B. Miale.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1967.
3027	3026	WH 100 P705 1956	Progress in hematology / Leandro M. Tocantins	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1956
3028	3027	WH 100 P719c 1969	Color atlas and textbook of hematology / [by] William R. Platt.	Philadelphia : J.B. Lippincott, [1969]
3029	3028	WH 100 R216i 1971	Introduction to hematology / Samuel I. Rapaport.	New York : Harper & Row, c1971.
3030	3029	WH 100 R347h 1978	Hematology : physiopathologic basis for clinical practice / Paul R. Reich, with a chapter on blood coagulation by Daniel Deykin.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978.
3031	3030	WH 100 R552t 1977	Tabulae haematologicae / by Georg F. Riedler and Raoul Zingg	Basle : Roche, 1977
3032	3031	WH 100 S353d 1974	The Detection of hemoglobinopathies : [working papers] / editors: R. M. Schmidt, T. H. J. Huisman [and] H. Lehmann.	Cleveland, Ohio : CRC Press, 1974.
3033	3032	WH 100 S399h 1961	Hematology in practice / by Steven O. Schwartz ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961
3034	3033	WH 100 S935h 1955	Hematology / edited by Cyrus Cressey Sturgis	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1955
3035	3034	WH 100 V984b 1967	Blood / Leo Vroman.	New York : Doubleday, c1967.
3036	3035	WH 100 W256p 1971	A Primer of haematology / F. A. Ward.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
3037	3036	WH 100 W579d 1969	Disorders of the blood : diagnosis, pathology, treatment, technique / Whitby and Britton.	London : Churchill, 1969.
3038	3037	WH 100 W794c 1953	Clinical hematology / Maxwell M. Wintrobe	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1953
3039	3038	WH 100 W794c 1974	Clinical hematology / by Maxwell M. Wintrobe ... [et al.]	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1974
3040	3039	WH 100 ส246ล 2513	โลหิตวิทยา / โดย สุภา ณ นคร ... [และคณะ]	กรุงเทพฯ : สโมสรนักศึกษาแพทย์ศิริราช, 2513
3041	3040	WH 140 B821i 1971	Intravascular anatomy of blood cells in man / Per-Ingvar Branemark.	New York : S. Karger, 1971.
3042	3041	WH 140 G662r 1970	Regulation of hematopoiesis / edited by Albert S. Gordon.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970.
3043	3042	WH 140 S989h 1972	Haemopoietic stem cells / Held in tribute to J. M. Yoffey.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
3044	3043	WH 150 B559r 1973	Red cell shape, physiology, pathology, ultra-structure / edited by Marcell Bessis, Robert I. Weed and Pierre F. Leblond	New York : Springer-Verlag, 1973
3045	3044	WH 150 B622r 1964	The Red blood cell : a comprehensive treatise / edited by Charles Bishop, Douglas M. Surgenor.	New York : Academic Press, 1964.
3046	3045	WH 150 B942h 1977	Human hemoglobins / by H. Franklin Bunn ... [et al.]	Philadelphia, Penn. : W. B. Saunders, 1977.
3047	3046	WH 150 B942h 1977	Hemoglobinopaties / by H. Franklin Bunn ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunder, 1977.
3048	3047	WH 150 J17e 1962	Erythropoiesis / edited by Leon O. Jacobson and Margot Doyle.	New York : Grune and Stratton, 1962.
3049	3048	WH 150 K89e 1970	Erythropoietin and the regulation of Erythropoiesis / Sanford B. Krantz and Leon O. Jacobson.	Chicago : University of Chicago Press, 1970.
3050	3049	WH 150 P963r 1979	Red blood cell and lens metabolism : proceedings of the Second International Symposium on Red Blood Cell and Lens Metabolism, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas, U.S.A., October 27-29, 1979 / editor, Satish K. Srivastava.	New York : Elsevier/North-Holland, c1980.
3051	3050	WH 150 S961r 1974	The Red blood cell / [edited by] Douglas MacN. Surgenor	New York : Academic Press, 1974-75
3052	3051	WH 155 C454m 1969	The Megaloblastic anaemias / [by] I. Chanarin.	Philadephia, Pa. : Blackwell Scientific, 1969.
3053	3052	WH 155 I61h 1971	Hemodilution : theoretical basis and clinical application : proceedings of an international symposium held in Rottach-Egern, Tegernsee, Germany, October 3-6, 1971 / editors: K. Messmer and H. Schmid-Schnbein.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
3054	3053	WH 155 W423t 1965	Infectious anemias due to Bartonella and related red cell parasites / David Weinman	Philadelphia : American Philosophical Society, 1944
3055	3054	WH 155 W424m 1962	Mechanisms of anemia / edited by Irwin M. Weinstein and Ernest Beutler	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962
3056	3055	WH 165 H536m 1959	The Megaloblastic anemias / Victor Herbert	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1955
3057	3056	WH 17 B416a 1979	Atlas der klinischen Hamatologie. English;"Atlas of clinical hematology / H. Begemann, J. Rastetter initiated by L. Heilmeyer and H. Begemann with contributions on the ultrastructure of blood cells and their precursors by D. Huhn and on tropical diseases by W. Mohr translated by H. J. Hirsch."	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1979.
3058	3057	WH 17 B651t 1976	Text-atlas of hematology / Matthew Harold Block.	Philadelphia : Lea & Ferbiger, 1976.
3059	3058	WH 17 H419a 1969	An Atlas of haematological cytology / F. G. J. Hayhoe and R. J. Flemans.	London : Wolfe, 1969.
3060	3059	WH 17 M135a 1970	Atlas of haematology / by George A. McDonald, T. C. Dodds [and] Bruce Cruickshank foreword by Sir Stanley Davidson.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1970.
3061	3060	WH 17 M135a 1978	Atlas of haematology / George A. McDonald, T.C. Dodds, Bruce Cruickshank foreword by Stanley Davidson.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
3062	3061	WH 17 S218 1973	Sandoz atlas of haematology / [Rev. by Erik Undritz].	[Basle] : Sandoz, 1973.
3063	3062	WH 17 T142b 1957	Blood and bone marrow patterns / by G. D. Talbott ... [et al.]	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1957
3064	3063	WH 170 B569h 1978	Hemolytic anemia in disorders of red cell metabolism / Ernest Beutler.	New York : Plenum Medical, 1978.
3065	3064	WH 170 D118h 1960	The Haemolytic anaemias, congenital and a acquired / J. V. Dacie	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1960
3066	3065	WH 170 S485c 1974	The Clinical features of sickle cell disease / Graham R. Serjeant.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1974.
3067	3066	WH 18 M284b 1970	Blood groups, Examination questions	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1970
3068	3067	WH 190 C748c 1979	Cellular and molecular regulation of hemoglobin switching / edited by George Stamatoyannopoulos and Arthur W. Nienhuis.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1979.
3069	3068	WH 190 G618d 1962	Diseases of porphyrin metablolism / by A. Goldbert and C. Rimington	Springfield : Charles C. thomas, 1962
3070	3069	WH 190 G657p 1968	Porphyrins and related compounds : Biochemical Society symposium no. 28 held in London, April, 1968 / organised and edited by T. W. Goodwin.	London : Academic Press, 1968.
3071	3070	WH 190 I61g 1971	Genetical, functional, and physical studies of hemoglobins. Proceedings ... / T. Arends, G. Bemski and R. L. Nagel.	Basel :, S. Karger, 1971.
3072	3071	WH 190 S939h 1964	Hemoglobin, its precursors and metabolites / edited by F. William Sunderman, F. William Sunderman, Jr.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1964.
3073	3072	WH 190 W429h 1974	Hemoglobin : cooperativity and electronic properties / Mitchel Weissbluth.	London : Chapman and Hall, 1974.
3074	3073	WH 200 C311m 1973	The Macrophage : a review of ultrastructure and function / Ian Carr.	London : Academic Press, 1973.
3075	3074	WH 200 C641w 1975	The White cell / Martin J. Cline.	Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1975.
3076	3075	WH 200 M426b 1971	Bone marrow transplantation and leucocyte transfusions / by Georges Mathe, Jean-Louis Amiel, Leon Schwarzenberg.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1971.
3077	3076	WH 200 P963l 1972	Leucocyte culture conference / edited by M. Roy Schwarz	New York : Academic Press, 1972
3078	3077	WH 200 P963l 1972	Leucocyte culture conference / edited by Frity Dagillard	New York : Academic Press, 1973
3079	3078	WH 200 P963l 1975	Leukocyte membrane determinants regulating immune reactivity : proceedings of the Tenth Leukocyte Culture Conference, held in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, September 10-13, 1975 / edited by Vincent P. Eijsvoogel, Dirk Roos, Wim P. Zeijlemaker.	New York : Academic Press, 1976.
3080	3079	WH 25 B877h 1973	Hematology: principles and procedures / by Barbara A. Brown.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973.
3081	3080	WH 25 B877h 1976	Hematology : principles and procedures / Barbara A. Brown.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1976.
3082	3081	WH 250 G624l 1976	Leukaemias, lymphomas and allied disorders case studies : the Combridge experience / by A. H. Goldstone ... [et al.]	London : W. B. Sounders, c1976.
3083	3082	WH 250 H412l 1960	Leukaemia research and clinical practice / F. G. J. Hayhoe	Boston :bLittle, Brown, (c.1960)
3084	3083	WH 250 P739l 1977	Leukemia and lymphoma in the nervous system / edited by Carl Pochedly with a foreword by Alvin M. Mauer.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1977.
3085	3084	WH 300 J69c 1971	The Circulating platelet / edited by Shirley A. Johnson. Contributors: Louis M. Aledort ... [et al.]	New York : Academic Press, 1971.
3086	3085	WH 310 B592h 1957	Human blood coagulationand ts disorder / by Rosemary Bigg and R. G. Macfarlane	Oxford : Blackwell, 1957
3087	3086	WH 310 H838f 1963	Fundamentals of blood coagulation in clinical medicine / Cecil Hougie	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963
3088	3087	WH 310 N897c 1964	The Contact phase of blood coagulation / H. L. Nossel	Philadelphia : Davis, 1964
3089	3088	WH 310 S989c 1972	Coagulation: current research and clinical applications : [proceedings] / edited by Gottfried Schmer and Paul E. Strandjord.	New York : Academic Press, 1973.
3090	3089	WH 310 T631c 1964	Blood coagulation, hemorrhage and thrombosis, methods of study / by Leandro M. Tocantins and Louis A. Kazal	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964
3091	3090	WH 312 M587a 1969	Argentine hemorrhagic fever: current knowledge / by Norma E. Mettler.	Washington : Pan American Health Organization, 1969.
3092	3091	WH 312 Q6h 1959	Hemorrhagic diseases	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1959
3093	3092	WH 312 Q6h 1966	Hemorrhagic diseases and thrombosis	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger,c1966
3094	3093	WH 312 S916h 1955	The hemorrhagic disorders, a clinical and therapeutic approach / by Mario stefanini and William Dameshek	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1955
3095	3094	WH 312 S916h 1962	The Hemorrhagic disorder, a clinical and therapeutic opproach / Mario Stefaniani	London : Grune & Stratton, 1962
3096	3095	WH 312 ป171ข 2520	ไข้เลือดออก / ประเสริฐ ทองเจริญ	กรุงเทพฯ : อักษรสมัย, 2520
3097	3096	WH 380 P376b 1966	Bone marrow transplantation / by D. E. Pegg.	Chicago : Lloyd-Luke, 1966.
3098	3097	WH 400 J33g 1967	The Gamma globulins / by Charles A. Janeway ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, brown, 1967
3099	3098	WH 420 B655 1960	Blood group antigens & antibodies as applied to blood transfusion.	Toronto : Ortho Pharmaceutical (Canada) Ltd., c1960.
3100	3099	WH 420 M926a 1958	The ABO blood groups : comprehensive tables and maps of world distribution	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1958
3101	3100	WH 420 R118b 1975	Blood groups in human / [by] R. R. Race and Ruth Sanger. With a foreword by Sir Ronald Fisher.	Oxford : Blackwell, c1975.
3102	3101	WH 420 W647a 1970	Advances in blood grouping / by Alexander S. Wiener [and others].	New York : Grune and Stratton, 1961-
3103	3102	WH 425 A425e 1958	Erythroblastosis fetalis including exchange transfusion tochnic / by Fred H. Allen and Louis K. Diamond	Boston : Little, Brown, 1958
3104	3103	WH 425 P577h 1949	Haemolytic disease of the newborn / Margaret Muriel Pickles	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1949
3105	3104	WH 425 Q3m 1977	Modern management of the Rh problem / John T. Queenan, with contributions by William Q. Ascari and John M. Bowman.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1977.
3106	3105	WH 450 61b 1969	Blood and tissue antigens : [proceedings] / Edited by David Aminoff.	New York : Academic Press, 1970.
3107	3106	WH 450 774d 1955	Dextran : its properties and use in medicine / by John R. Squire ... [et al.]	Springfield : Thomas, 1955
3108	3107	WH 450 A436s 1974	Structure and function of plasma protein / A. C. Allison	London : Plenum, 1974
3109	3108	WH 450 S454c 1964	The Clinical use of dextran solution / Amiel Segal	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964
3110	3109	WH 450 T945p 1971	The Plasma proteins : an introduction / by M. W. Turner and B. Hulme	London : Pitman, 1971
3111	3110	WH 460 A512b 1977	Blood bank immunology : a technical work-shop / American Association of Blood Banks	Washington, D. C. : American Association of Blood Banks, 1977
3112	3111	WH 460 G798i 1970	Introduction to blood banking / by Robert M. Greendyke, with Jane C. Corner.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1970.
3113	3112	WH 460 G798i 1974	Introduction to blood banking / by Robert M. Greendyke with Jane Corner Banzhaf.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974.
3114	3113	WH 460 M996q 1974	Quality control in blood banking / by]Byron A. Myhre with the assistance of Eleanor I. Goldstein.	New York : Wiley, c1974.
3115	3114	WH 500 L137h 1976	Hodgkin's disease / edited by Mortimer J. Lacher.	New York : Wiley, c1976.
3116	3115	WH 500 พ297h 2522	Hodgkin's disease / โดย ไพรัช เทพมงคล	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงเทพเวชสาร, 2522
3117	3116	WH 525 B959b 1970	Burkitt's lymphoma / by D. P. Burkitt, D. H. Wright foreword by Sir Harold Himsworth.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1970.
3118	3117	WH 525 H111l 1972	The Lymphatics in cancer / by C. D. Haagensen ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
3119	3118	WH 540 K99m 1976	The Monoclonal gammopathies : multiple myeloma and related plasma-cell disorders / by Robert A. Kyle and Edwin D. Bayrd with a foreword by I. Newton Kugelmass.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
3120	3119	WH 600 B327t 1963	Tropical splenomegaly / by A. K. Basu and B. K. Aikat	London : Butterworth, 1963
3121	3120	WH 600 D158h N.D.	Hypersplenism and surgery of the spleen / by William Dameshek and C. Stuart Welch	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1958
3122	3121	WH 700 Z66l 1962	Lymphedema : cause, complications and treatment of the swollen extremity / Stephen A. Zieman	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1962
3123	3122	WI 100 B134r 1965	Recent advances in gastroenterology / ed. by John Badenoch and Bryan N. Brooke	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
3124	3123	WI 100 B665g 1943	Gastroenterology / Henry L. Bockus	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1943
3125	3124	WI 100 B665g 1963	Gastroenterology / Henry L. Bockus and present and former colleagues at the University of Pennsylvania Graduate School of Medicine and School of Medicine.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963-69.
3126	3125	WI 100 B675g 1973	Gastroenterology / editor: Abraham Bogoch.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1973.
3127	3126	WI 100 C266m 1961	Modern trends in gastro-enterology / W. I. Card	Washington : Butterworths, 1961
3128	3127	WI 100 C623g 1976	Gastrointestinal emergencies : the thirty-fourth Hahnemann symposium / editors, Harris R. Clearfield and Vicente P. Dinoso, Jr. Edith Schwager, executive editor.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1976.
3129	3128	WI 100 C976 1989	Current gastroenterology.	Boston : Houghton Mifflin, Medical Division, c1989
3130	3129	WI 100 D612 1976	Disorders of the gastrointestinal tract, disorders of the liver, nutritional disorders / edited by John M. Dietschy.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1976.
3131	3130	WI 100 G191c 1965	Current concepts of clinical gastroenterology / ed. by John R. Gamble and Dwight L. Wilbur, with 31 contribution authors	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
3132	3131	WI 100 G257 1977	Gastrointestinal emergencies : proceedings of the First International Symposium held at the Wenner-Gren Center, Stockholm, September 1975 / edited by Franz R. Brny and Aldo Torsoli.	Oxford : Pergamon, 1977.
3133	3132	WI 100 G549p 1968	Progress in gastroenterology.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1968-
3134	3133	WI 100 G818s 1962	Secretory mechanisms of the gastro-intestinal tract / R. A. Gregory.	London : E. Arnold, 1962.
3135	3134	WI 100 H393d 1963	Diseases of the alimentary tract / Clifford F. Hawkins	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1963
3136	3135	WI 100 M149c 1963	Current gastroenterology : based on the American College of Physicians postgraduate course / by George Gordon McHardy	New York : Harper, 1963
3137	3136	WI 100 N158b 1974	Basic gastro-enterology, including diseases of the liver / J. M. Naish and Alan E. Read with chapters by L. R. Celestin and K. T. Evans.	[Bristol, Eng.] : J. Wright, 1974.
3138	3137	WI 100 P173c 1957	Clinical gastroenterology / Eddy D. Palmer	New York : Hoeber-Harper, 1957
3139	3138	WI 100 P173p 1971	Practical points in gastroenterology / by Eddy D. Palmer.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
3140	3139	WI 100 S271m 1967	Management of foreign bodies in the food and air passages / by Kenneth C. Sawyer.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1967.
3141	3140	WI 100 S336s 1957	Synopsis of gastroenterology / Rudolf Schindler	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1957
3142	3141	WI 100 S626s 1962	Smooth muscle tumors of the alimentary tract : leiomyomas and leiomyosarcomas / by John E. Skandalakis ... [et al.]	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1962
3143	3142	WI 100 S632g 1973	Gastrointestinal disease pathophysiology, diagnosis, management / by Marvin H. Sleisenger, John S. Fordtran with a foreword by Franz J. Ingelfinger.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, 1973.
3144	3143	WI 100 S759c 1977	Clinical gastroenterology / Howard M. Spiro.	New York : Macmillan, c1977.
3145	3144	WI 100 Wo927m 1958	Meeting for 1958 held in conjunction with the 59th annual meeting of the American Gastroenterological Association	[S.l. : s.n., 1958]
3146	3145	WI 100 จ249ว 2517	วิชาระบบทางเดินอาหาร = Gastroenterology / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2517
3147	3146	WI 100 ส16ว 2520	วิชาระบบทางเดินอาหาร = Gastroenterology / สมหมาย วิไลรัตน์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2520
3148	3147	WI 102 D247p 1962	Physiology of the digestive tract : an introductory text / Horace Willard Davenport.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1962.
3149	3148	WI 102 D247p 1966	Physiology of the digestive tract : an introductory text / by Horace W. Davenport.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1966.
3150	3149	WI 102 G549i 1968	Introduction to gastrointestinal physiology / by George B. Jerzy Glass	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, [1968]
3151	3150	WI 102 N943h 1976	Hunger : basic mechanisms and clinical implications / edited by Donald Novin, Wanda Wyrwicka, George A. Bray.	New York : Raven Press, c1976.
3152	3151	WI 102 U27p 1968	Physiology and pathology of membrane digestion / Aleksandr Mikhailovich Ugolev	New York : Plenum Press, 1968
3153	3152	WI 141 B754c 1969	Clinical investigation of gastrointestinal function / by Ian A. D. Bouchier foreword by F. Avery Jones.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1969.
3154	3153	WI 141 B777d 1967	Diagnostic procedures in gastroenterology : with nurse's notes and supplements on instructions to patients and dietary treatment / edited by Charles H. Brown	St. Louis : Mosby, 1967
3155	3154	WI 141 F345c 1945	Clinical roentgenology of the digestive tract / Maurice Feldman	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1945
3156	3155	WI 141 H688g 1965	Gastrointestinal tract : a handbook of roentgen diagnosis / by Fred Jenner Hodges and Walter MacIntire Whitehouse	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1965
3157	3156	WI 141 I61u 1971	Urgent endoscopy of digestive and abdominal diseases : new fields of gastrointestinal endoscopy / editors: Z. Maratka and J. Setka.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
3158	3157	WI 141 L959r 1965	Radiology of the digestive system : a radiological companion to Truelone and Reynell's Diseases of the digestive system / by K. Lumsden and S. C. Trulove	Oxford : Blackwell, 1965
3159	3158	WI 141 M331a 1967	Alimentary tract roentgenology / edited by Alexander R. Margulis and H. Joachim Burhenne. With 1,414 illus.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1967.
3160	3159	WI 141 M331a 1973	Alimentary tract roentgenology / edited by Alexander R. Margulis and H. Joachim Burhenne.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1973-79.
3161	3160	WI 141 R447g 1977	Gastrointestinal angiography / Stewart R. Reuter, Helen C. Redman.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
3162	3161	WI 143 M311i 1970	Inflammation in gut : Esophagitis, Duodenitis, Segmental colitis / (contributions by O. Stadelmann ... [et al.]) edited by Z. Maqatka and R[olf] Ottenjann.	Basel : S. Karger, 1970.
3163	3162	WI 147 H236 1974	Handbook of differential diagnosis	Nutley, New Jersey : Rocom Division, Hoffmann-La Roche, 1974
3164	3163	WI 149 Y27g 1977	The Gastrointestinal tract / by 21 authors edited by John H. Yardley, Basil C. Morson, and Murray R. Abell.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1977.
3165	3164	WI 17 C689a 1958	An Atlas of esophageal motility in health and disease / by Charles F. Code ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1958
3166	3165	WI 17 N163a 1968	Atlas of gastrointestinal surgery / Komei Nakayama with the assistance of Keizo Yamaguchi illustrated by Tetsuo Yajima.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1968.
3167	3166	WI 17 N397a 1973	Atlas der praktischen Proktologie. English;"Atlas of practical proctology / A. Neiger."	Bern : H. Huber, [1973]
3168	3167	WI 17 S894a 1977	Atlas of endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography / edited by Edward T. Stewart, Jack A. Vennes, Joseph E. Geenen.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
3169	3168	WI 18 S679m 1977	Medical examination review book : gastroenterology specialty board review / by William A. Sodeman and Thomas A. Saladin	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1977
3170	3169	WI 18 W958m 1973	Medical examination review book / edited by Lawrence D. Wruble and Myron Lewis	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1973
3171	3170	WI 200 P954d 1942	Diseases of the mouth and their treatment : a textbook for practitioners and students of medicine and dentistry / Hermann Prinz, Sigmund S. Greenbaum	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1942
3172	3171	WI 200 Z44c 1966	Clinical stomatology / edited by Edward V. Zegarelli and Austin H. Kutscher.	New York, N.Y. : McGraw-Hill, (c.1966)
3173	3172	WI 230 C752s 1975	Salivary glands and the facial nerve / by John Conley with contributions by G. H. Fletcher ... [et al.].	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1975.
3174	3173	WI 230 R823s 1955	Salivary gland tumors / Donald Edison Ross	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1955
3175	3174	WI 250 B463e 1958	The Esophagus : medical and surgical management / by Edward B. Benedict and George L. Nardi	Boston : Little Brown, 1958
3176	3175	WI 300 G442e 1968	Exfoliative cytology of the stomach / D.D. Gibbs.	New York : Appleton-Centure-Crofts, 1968.
3177	3176	WI 300 N429g 1966	Gastroscopic photography / Robert Stuart Nelson	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1966
3178	3177	WI 300 S158g 1972	Gastroendoscopy / edited by T. Sakita	Tokyo : International Medical Foundation of Japan, 1972
3179	3178	WI 300 W855s 1965	The Stomach / Stewart George Wolf	New York : Oxford University Press, 1965
3180	3179	WI 300 ว231h 2510	Handbook of gastroenterology / วีกิจ วีรานุวัตติ์	พระนคร : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2510
3181	3180	WI 302 C767b 1953	The Biochemistry of gastric acid secretion / Edward Joseph Conway	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1953
3182	3181	WI 320 M169n 1967	Neoplasms of the stomach / by Gordon McNeer and George T. Pack with 26 contributors	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967
3183	3182	WI 320 R388c 1964	Cancer of the stomach / by William H. Remine ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964
3184	3183	WI 350 A427p 1959	The Physiology and treatment of peptic ulcer / by Allen J. Garrott ... [et al.]	Chicago : Chicago Press, 1959
3185	3184	WI 350 B238p 1955	Peptic ulcer : diagnosis and treatment / by Clifford J. Barborka and E. Clinton Texter, Jr.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1955
3186	3185	WI 350 M149m 1963	The Medical treatment of peptic ulcer / George Gordon McHardy	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1963
3187	3186	WI 350 S221p 1951	Peptic ulcer : clinical aspects, diagnosis, management / editor, David J. Sandweiss editorial committee: A. H. Aaron ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1951
3188	3187	WI 350 T665s 1957	The Story of peptic ulcer / Richard D. Tonkin	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
3189	3188	WI 360 M434c 1977	Current management of acute gastrointestinal hemorrhage / edited by Teruo Matsumoto.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1977.
3190	3189	WI 360 M822b 1954	The Billroth I gastric resection : with particular reference to the surgery of peptic ulcer / by Horace G. Moore and Henry N. Harkins	Boston : Little, Brown, 1954
3191	3190	WI 380 M544s 1976	Surgery of peptic ulcer / by Rene Menguy.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1976.
3192	3191	WI 380 W439s 1955	Surgery of the stomach & duodenum / Claude Emerson Welch	Chicago : Year Book, 1955
3193	3192	WI 380 W439s 1973	Surgery of the stomach & duodenum / by Claude E. Welch illustrated by Muriel McLatchie Miller and Edith Tagrin.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1973.
3194	3193	WI 400 S745c 1961	The Color atlas of intestinal parasites / by Francis M. Spencer and Lee S. Monroe	Springfield : Thomas, 1961
3195	3194	WI 400 V574a 1967	Absorption from the intestine / by F. Verzar and E. J. McDougall	New York : Hafner, 1967
3196	3195	WI 402 M129i 1975	Intestinal absorption in man / edited by Ian McColl and G. E. Sladen.	London : Academic Press, 1975.
3197	3196	WI 407 M526d 1964	The Differential diagnosis of diarrhea / Sherman Mussoff Mellinkoff	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
3198	3197	WI 412 E82a 1958	Anomalies of intestinal rotation and fixation : including mesenterioparietal hernias / Robert Lizardo Estarda	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1958
3199	3198	WI 420 P963g 1974	Gastrointestinal infections in Southeast Asia / edited by Osamu Kitamoto.	Tokyo : Southeast Asian Medical Information Center, 1975.
3200	3199	WI 425 C687d 1971	Diverticular disease of the colon / by Bentley P. Colcock.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3201	3200	WI 425 J82d 1960	Diverticulitis / by Sara M. Jordan and Russell S. Boles, Jr	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1960
3202	3201	WI 430 W439p 1964	Polypoid lesions of the gastrointestinal tract / Claude Emerson Welch	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964
3203	3202	WI 430 W439p 1975	Polypoid lesions of the gastrointestinal tract / by Claude E. Welch and Stephen E. Hedberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
3204	3203	WI 435 B128c 1964	Cancer of the colon : rectum and anal canal / Harry Ellicott Bacon	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1964
3205	3204	WI 435 L913n 1972	Neoplasms of the gastrointestinal tract / by William C. Lowe.	Flushing, N.Y. L Medical Examination, 1972.
3206	3205	WI 435 M113c 1954	Carcinoma of the colon / by Leland S. McKittrick and Frank C. Wheelock	Springfield, Ill. : [s.n.], 1954
3207	3206	WI 460 C232g 1957	Gastro-intestinal obstruction / by Meyer O. Cantor and Roland P. Reynolds	Baltimore : Williams, & Wilkins, 1957
3208	3207	WI 460 W246i 1955	Intestinal obstruction : physiological, pathological and clinical considerations with emphasis on therapy, including description of operative procedures / Owen Harding Wangensteen	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1955
3209	3208	WI 460 W439i 1958	Intestinal obstruction / Claude Emerson Welch	Chicago : Year Book, 1958
3210	3209	WI 480 C678i 1968	Intestinal antisepsis / by Isidore Cohn, Jr.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1968.
3211	3210	WI 480 C687s 1968	Surgery of the small intestine in the adult / by Bentley P. Colcock and John W. Braasch.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1968.
3212	3211	WI 480 G626s 1970	Surgery of the anus, rectum, and colon / J. C. Goligher.	London : Bailliere Tindall, 1970.
3213	3212	WI 480 G626s 1975	Surgery of the anus, rectum, and colon / [by] J. C. Goligher, with the collaboration of H. L. Duthie, H. H. Nixon.	London : Bailliere Tindall, 1975.
3214	3213	WI 480 M473s 1955	Surgery of the small & large intestine / Charles William Mayo	Chicago : Year Book, 1955
3215	3214	WI 480 V989c 1977	Care of the ostomy patient / Virginia C. Vukovich, Reba Douglass Grubb with 23 illustrations, drawings by Travis L. Mayhall contributors, Robert T. Blake ... [et al.].	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
3216	3215	WI 500 G618r 1959	Radiologic examination of the small intestine / Ross Golden	Springfiels : Thomas, 1959
3217	3216	WI 500 M366r 1976	Radiology of the small intestine / Richard H. Marshak and Arthur E. Lindner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3218	3217	WI 500 T887n 1972	Non-specific mesenteric lymphadenitis / V. Tuchel with a pref. by H. H. Mollaret.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
3219	3218	WI 512 B512r 1975	Radiology of the ileocecal area / Robert N. Berk, Elliott C. Lasser.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
3220	3219	WI 520 H893s 1959	Surgery of the colon / Edward Stuart Reginald Hughes	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1959
3221	3220	WI 522 B251m 1943	The Modern management of colitis / J. Arnold Bargen	Springfield : Thomas, 1943
3222	3221	WI 522 B486u 1973	Ulcerative and granulomatous colitis / by Z. T. Bercovitz ... [at al.]	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1973.
3223	3222	WI 522 G626u 1968	Ulcerative colitis / by J. C. Goligher ... [et al.]	Bailliere : Williams & Wilkins, 1968.
3224	3223	WI 522 K18p 1977	Psychotherapy in chronic ulcerative colitis / Aaron Karush and George E. Daniels, Charles Flood, John F. O'Connor, with the assistance of Richard Druss, Joseph Sweeting.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
3225	3224	WI 535 K41a 1970	Appendicitis: the seven anomalies / by J. A. Kerr.	London : Butterworths, 1970.
3226	3225	WI 575 ก226a 2519	การอภิปรายทางวิชาการ ASCITES / โดย สมพนธ์ บุณยคุปต์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ] รวบรวมโดย ทองดี ชัยพานิช	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคมแพทย์ระบบทางเดินอาหารแห่งประเทศไทย, 2519
3227	3226	WI 600 B129p 1956	Proctology / by Harry E. Bacon ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1956
3228	3227	WI 600 B129s 1962	Surgical anatomy of the colon : rectum and analcanal / by Harry E. Bacon and Porfirio Mayo Recio	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1962
3229	3228	WI 600 B932p 1960	Practical proctology / Louis A. Buie	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960
3230	3229	WI 600 S832a 1971	Ano-rectal malformations in children / by F. Douglas Stephens and E. Durham Smith	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1971
3231	3230	WI 600 T929d 1959	Diseases of the colon and anorectum / Robert Turell	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1952
3232	3231	WI 600 T929d 1969	Diseases of the colon and anorectum / edited by Robert Turell	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969
3233	3232	WI 605\|พ63ร [252-?]	โรคริดสีดวงทวาร = Hemorrhoids / โดย พิเชฏฐ์ อินทุสร	[ม.ป.ท. : ม.ป.พ., 25-?]
3234	3233	WI 620 M666c 1929	Clinical proctology / William E. Minor	London : Henry Kimpton, 1929
3235	3234	WI 650 H893a [1977?]	Anorectal surgery / by E. S. R. Hughes and A. M. Cuthbertson.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [1972?]
3236	3235	WI 700 L699d 1953	Diseases of the liver, gallbladder and bile ducts / Sol Sydney Lichtman	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1953
3237	3236	WI 700 L731e 1965	Evaluation of liver function in clinical practice / Lilly Research Laboratories	Indiana : Indianapolis, 1965
3238	3237	WI 700 M134s 1974	Surgery of the liver and portal circulation / by William V. McDermott, Jr.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1974.
3239	3238	WI 700 M179t 1965	Trauma of the liver / by Gordon F. Madding and Paul A. Kennedy	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
3240	3239	WI 700 M179t 1971	Trauma to the liver / by Gordon F. Madding and Paul A. Kennedy.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3241	3240	WI 700 M689 1975	Modern trends in gastroenterology / edited by Alan E. Read	London : Butterworths, 1975
3242	3241	WI 700 P826p 1965	Progress in liver diseases.	[Philadelphia, PA, etc. : W.B. Saunders, etc.], 1961-70
3243	3242	WI 700 P831l 1957	Liver, structure and function / by Hans Popper and Fenton Schaffner	New York : Blakiston Division, 1957
3244	3243	WI 700 P977s 1964	Surgery of the biliary tract, pancreas & spleen a handbook of operative surgery / Charles Bernard Puestow	Chicago : Year Book, 1964
3245	3244	WI 700 P977s 1970	Surgery of the biliary tract, pancreas & spleen / by Charles B. Puestow illustrated by Jessie W. Phillips.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1970.
3246	3245	WI 700 S328l 1968	Liver biopsy interpretation / Peter J. Scheuer	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1968
3247	3246	WI 700 S333d 1975	Diseases of the liver / edited by Leon Schiff.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [1975]
3248	3247	WI 700 S411s 1964	Surgical diseases of the liver / Seymour Schwartz	New York McGraw-Hill, 1964
3249	3248	WI 700 S542c 1963	Clinical radiology of the biliary tract : with a chapter on radiation therapy / by Harold W. Jacox	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963
3250	3249	WI 700 S552d 1968	Diseases of the liver and biliary system / Sheila Sherlock.	Philadelphia : Davis, 1968.
3251	3250	WI 700 S784d 1954	Diseases of the liver / Mitchell A. Spellberg	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1954
3252	3251	WI 700 S838b 1955	The Biliary tract with special reference to the common bile duct / Julian A. Sterling	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1955
3253	3252	WI 700 Sy531l 1951	Liver disease. Censulting editor Sheila Sherlock, editor for the Ciba Foundation: G. E. W. Wolstenholme	London : Chrurchill, 1951
3254	3253	WI 700 W588l 1977	Liver, bile ducts, and pancreas / translated and adapted from the French edition by Thomas Taylor White, Henri Sarles, Jean Pierre Benhamou illustrations by Phyllis Wood.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1977.
3255	3254	WI 700 W926p 1974	Pathogenesis and mechanisms of liver cell necrosis / edited by D. Keppler.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1975.
3256	3255	WI 702 O71l 1972	Liver and drugs / edited by F. Orlandi and A. M. Jezequel.	London : Academic Press, 1972.
3257	3256	WI 703 B754b 1966	Bilirubin metabolism / edited by Ian A. D. Bouchier and Barbara H. Billing.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1967.
3258	3257	WI 703 De525i 1957	International symposium, hapatitis frontiers / Henry Ford Hospital Detroit editors, Frank W. Hartman ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1957
3259	3258	WI 703 I61j 1974	Jaundice : [proceedings of the second international symposium of the Canadian Hepatic Foundation, held in Montreal, May 31 and June 1, 1974] / edited by C. A. Goresky and M. M. Fisher.	New York : Plenum Press, [1975]
3260	3259	WI 703 ท492h 2518	Hepatitis / ทองดี ชัยพานิช	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคมแพทย์ระบบทางเดินอาหารแห่งประเทศไทย, 2518
3261	3260	WI 720 C536l 1964	The Liver and portal hypertension / Charles Garden Child	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964
3262	3261	WI 720 C536p 1974	Portal hypertension, as seen by 17 authorities / with contributions by Thomas C. Chalmers ... [et al.] edited by Charles G. Child 3d.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974.
3263	3262	WI 720 L717b 1959	Bleeding esophageal varices : portal hypertension / Hirsch Robert Liebowitz section on surgical treatment in collaboration with Louis M. Rousselot	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1959
3264	3263	WI 720 S448p 1967	Portal hypertension / by Cornelius E. Sedgwick and John K. Poulantzas	Boston : Little, Brown, 1967
3265	3264	WI 725 K63c 1960	Cirrhosis of the liver / Martin Seler Kleckner	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960
3266	3265	WI 735 F755s 1977	Solid liver tumors / by James H. Foster and Martin M. Berman.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
3267	3266	WI 735 I61l 1971	Liver cancer : proceedings of a working conference held at the Chester Beatty Research Institute, London, England, 30 June to 3 July, 1969	[S.l.] : Lyon, 1971
3268	3267	WI 735 J35a 1971	Alpha-fetoprotein and hepatoma / edited by Hidematsu Hirai, Toru Miyaji.	Baltimore : University Park Press, 1973.
3269	3268	WI 750 O38c 1978	Cholangiography and pancreatography / Masao Ohto ... [et al.].	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1978.
3270	3269	WI 755 R154g 1964	Gallstones, causes and treatment / by A. J. Harding Rains	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1964
3271	3270	WI 765 B949p 1965	Primary hepatoma / Walter J. Burdette	Utah, Salt Lake City : University of Utah Press, 1965
3272	3271	WI 770 S961 1979	Surgery of the liver biliary tree and pancreas / edited by A. Cirenei and W. Hess	Padova : Piccin Editore, c1979
3273	3272	WI 800 C1684 1956	Internal secretions of the pancreas / editors for the Ciba Foundation: G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Cecilia M. O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1956
3274	3273	WI 800 C368s 1954	Surgery of the pancreas / by Richard B. Cattell and Kenneth W. Warren	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1954
3275	3274	WI 800 J19d 1965	The Early radiological diagnosis of diseases of the pancreas and ampulla of vater / by Paul Jacquemet ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, [1965]
3276	3275	WI 802 C567c 1961	Ciba Foundation Symposium on the Exocrine Pancreas: Normal and Abnormal Functions : [proceedings] / editors for the Ciba Foundation: A.V.S. de Reuck and Margaret P. Cameron.	Boston : Little, Brown, [1961]
3277	3276	WI 805 D771p 1964	Pancreatic inflammatory disease : a physiologic approach / by David A. Dreiling, Henry D. Janowitz [and] Claude V. Perrier.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row, 1964.
3278	3277	WI 805 ท492a 2518	Acute pancreatitis / ทองดี ชัยพานิช	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคมแพทย์ระบบทางเดินอาหารแห่งประเทศไทย, 2518
3279	3278	WI 900 B366d 1979	Diagnosis of acute abdominal disease / John M. Beal and John G. Raffensperger.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1979.
3280	3279	WI 900 B749a 1969	The Acute abdomen / by Thomas W. Botsford, Richard E. Wilson.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
3281	3280	WI 900 C782e 1951	The Early diagnosis of the acute abdomen / Zachary Cope	London : Oxford University Press, 1951
3282	3281	WI 900 E64c 1958	Clinical radiology of acute abdominal disorders / Bernard S. Epstein	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1958
3283	3282	WI 900 F324a 1973	The Acute abdomen / edited by Benjamin Felson.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1973.
3284	3283	WI 900 F913r 1960	Rontgenundersokelser av akutte abdominalsykdommer. English;"Roentgen examinations in acute abdominal diseases / by J. Frimann-Dahl."	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960.
3285	3284	WI 900 G618a 1977	Abdominal gray scale ultrasonography / edited by Barry B. Goldberg.	New York : Wiley, c1977.
3286	3285	WI 900 H285s 1955	Subphrenic abscess / H. R. S. Harley	Oxford : Blackwell, Scientific, 1955
3287	3286	WI 900 K59m 1967	A Manual of abdominal operations / R. M. Kirk.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967.
3288	3287	WI 900 M131r 1966	Radiographic examination in blunt abdominal trauma / James J. McCort	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
3289	3288	WI 900 N162g 1979	Gastrointestinal surgery / edited by John S. Najarian and John P. Delaney.	Miami : Symposia Specialists, c1979.
3290	3289	WI 900 R269f 1979	Fundamentals of abdominal sonography : a teaching approach / Howard W. Raymond.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1979.
3291	3290	WI 900 S524s 1958	Surgery of the alimentary tract / Richard T. Shackelford, Warren Stone Bickham.	Philadelphia, Pa. : Saunders, 1958.
3292	3291	WI 900 S524s 1978	Surgery of the alimentary tract / Richard T. Shackelford.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978-1986.
3293	3292	WI 900 S548s 1968	Surgery of the acute abdomen / John A. Shepherd foreword by Sir Zachary Cope.	Baltimore : William and Wilkins, 1968.
3294	3293	WI 900 W357t 1987	Techniques in therapeutic endoscopy / Jerome D. Waye ... [et al.].	New York : Gower Medical, 1986.
3295	3294	WI 900 ก58บ 2522	บาดเจ็บที่ท้อง / โดย เกษียร ภังคานนท์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
3296	3295	WI 950 M176h 1954	Hernia : the pathologic anatomy of the more common hernias and their anatomic repair / Chester Bidwell McVay	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1954
3297	3296	WI 950 N995h 1964	Hernia / edited by Lloyd M. Nyhus and Robert E. Condon foreword by William P. Longmire.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1964.
3298	3297	WI 950 O34h 1959	Hernia / edited by Lloyd M. Nyhus.	London : Arnold, c1959.
3299	3298	WJ 100 B642l 1976	Lecture notes on urology / [by] John Blandy.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
3300	3299	WJ 100 C163n 1956	The Nonvenereal diseases of the genitals : etiology, differential diagnosis and therapy / by Fritz T. Callomon and John F. Wilson	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1956
3301	3300	WJ 100 C189c 1978	Campbell's urology.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978-1979.
3302	3301	WJ 100 C189p 1957	Principles of urology : an introductory textbook to the diseases of the urogenital tract / Meredith F. Campbell	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
3303	3302	WJ 100 C189u 1957	Urology / edited by Meredith F. Campbell, with the collaboration of 64 contributing authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957.
3304	3303	WJ 100 C189u 1970	Urology / edited by Meredith F. Campbell and J. Hartwell Harrison, with the collaboration of 74 contributing authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
3305	3304	WJ 100 C466u 1973	The Urinary system : an integrated approach / by Warren H. Chapman ... [et al.] with the assistance of: Julian S. Ansell [and others]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
3306	3305	WJ 100 C686e 1961	Essential urology / Fletcher H. Colby	Baltimore : William & Wilkins, 1961
3307	3306	WJ 100 C796c 1956	Clinical urology for general practice / Justin J. Cordonnier	St. Louis : Mosby, 1956
3308	3307	WJ 100 H241r 1957	Recent advances in urology.	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1957-
3309	3308	WJ 100 H669h 1965	Handbook of practical urology / Richard Clark Hirschhorn	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1965
3310	3309	WJ 100 L313f 1976	Fundamentals of urology / by Jack Lapides.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3311	3310	WJ 100 L921c 1956	Clinical urology / by Oswald Swinney Lowsley and Thomas Joseph Kirwin	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1956
3312	3311	WJ 100 M369t 1956	Textbook of urology / Victor Fred Marshall	New Yowk : Hoeber-Harper, 1956
3313	3312	WJ 100 P397d 1955	The Diagnosis and management of urological cases : a handbook for students, residents and gerneral practitioners / by Bruce W. T. Pender and James O. Robinson	London : Bailliere, 1955
3314	3313	WJ 100 S428c 1972	Current controversies in urologic management / edited by Russell Scott associate editors: Harvey L. Gordon ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
3315	3314	WJ 100 S645g 1959	General urology / Donald R. Smith.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1959.
3316	3315	WJ 100 S645g 1972	General urology / by Donald R. Smith.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1972.
3317	3316	WJ 100 T951o 1963	Office urology / Roderick D. Tuner	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1963
3318	3317	WJ 100 U42s 1953	Stress incontinence in the female / John Calvin Ullery	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1953
3319	3318	WJ 100 W498u 1956	Urology and industry / Leonard Wershub	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1956
3320	3319	WJ 102 P692p 1963	Physiology of the kidney and body fluids : an introductory text / Robert F. Pitts.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1963.
3321	3320	WJ 12 A826h 1962	Human intersex / David James Burrows Ashley	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1962
3322	3321	WJ 141 B642u 1976	Urology / edited by John Blandy.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
3323	3322	WJ 141 E54c 1964	Clinical urography : an atlas and textbook of roentgenologic diagnosis / John Lester Eammett contributors: Carl D. Brunsting ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964.
3324	3323	WJ 141 E54c 1971	Clinical urography : an atlas and textbook of roentgenologic diagnosis / John L. Emmett, David M. Witten.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3325	3324	WJ 141 G558d 1964	Diagnostic urology / by 23 authors ed. by James F. Glenn	New York : Harper & Row, 1964
3326	3325	WJ 141 L198t 1973	The Tailored urogram / by Anthony F. Lalli.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1973.
3327	3326	WJ 141 M122u 1976	Urological radiology of the adult male lower urinary tract : anatomy, physiology, pathology and sequelae, diagnosis and management / by R. W. McCallum and V. Colapinto.	Springfield, Ill. : C.C. Thomas, c1976.
3328	3327	WJ 141 M839u 1979	Urologic endoscopic procedures / Alice Morel, Gilbert J. Wise.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1979.
3329	3328	WJ 141 P771r 1971	Radiologic examination of the urinary tract / Howard M. Pollack.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, [pref. 1972], c1971.
3330	3329	WJ 141 S964u 1967	Urologic roentgenology / by Marcy L. Sussman ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1967
3331	3330	WJ 151 K96d 1972	Detection, prevention, and management of urinary tract infections : a manual for the physician, nurse, and allied health worker / by Calvin M. Kunin.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
3332	3331	WJ 151 K96d 1979	Detection, prevention, and management of urinary tract infections / Calvin M. Kunin.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1979.
3333	3332	WJ 166 B988t 1960	Treatment of urinary lithiasis / comp. and ed. by Arthur J. Butt	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960
3334	3333	WJ 168 B128p 1956	Plastic repair of genito-ruinary defects / George Alexis Bankoff	New York : Philosophical Library, 1956
3335	3334	WJ 168 B642t 1978	Transurethral resection / John P. Blandy.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1978.
3336	3335	WJ 168 C737 1976	Complications of urologic surgery : prevention and management / edited by Robert B. Smith, Donald G. Skinner with contributions by 27 authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3337	3336	WJ 168 D647u 1956	Urological surgery / by Austin Ingram Dodson with contributions by R. Carl Bunts ... [et al.]	St. Louis : Mosby, 1956
3338	3337	WJ 168 D647u 1970	Urological surgery / Austin Ingram Dodson.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1970.
3339	3338	WJ 168 F628s 1961	Surgical urology : a handbook of operative surgery / by R. H. Flocks and David Culp	Chicago : Year Book, 1961
3340	3339	WJ 168 G558u 1969	Urologic surgery / by 33 authors. James F. Glenn editor. William H. Boyce, associate editor.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row, [1969]
3341	3340	WJ 168 G558u 1975	Urologic surgery / editor, James F. Glenn consultant editor, William H. Boyce.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, [1975]
3342	3341	WJ 168 L695r 1977	Reconstructive urologic surgery : pediatric and adult / edited by John A. Libertino, Leonard Zinman art editor and principal illustrator Francis E. Steche manuscript editor, Pauline A. Zorolow.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1977.
3343	3342	WJ 168 O61 1975	Operative urology : the kidneys, adrenal glands, and retroperitoneum / edited by Bruce H. Stewart contributors, Lynn H.W. Banowsky ... [et al.] ill. by Kathleen I. Jung, Robert M. Reed, James T. Suchy.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, c1975.
3344	3343	WJ 168 S423c 1971	Congenital deformities of the testis and epididymis / by C. Gordon Scorer and Graham H. Farrington.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
3345	3344	WJ 168 ส216ศ 2522	ศัลยศาสตร์ระบบปัสสาวะ (Urology) / โดย สัมพันธ์ ตันติวงศ์ ... [และคณะ]	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
3346	3345	WJ 168 ส246ศ [252-?]	ศัลยกรรมยูโรขั้นพื้นฐาน / สุพจน์ วุฒิการณ์, กฤษฏา รัตนโอฬาร	เชียงใหม่ : ธนบรรณการพิมพ์, [252-?]
3347	3346	WJ 17 D558c 1952	A Collection of urogenital drawings, anatomy, anomalies, gross pathology / William P. Didusch	New York : American Cystoscope Makers, 1952
3348	3347	WJ 17 N583r 1966	Radiographic atlas of the genitourinary system / ed. by Charles Ney and Richard M. Friedenberg contributing authors: Guido Currarino ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966
3349	3348	WJ 17 R715a 1967	Atlas of urologic surgery / Phillip Reuben Roen	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967
3350	3349	WJ 18 B261u 1967	Urology / by Roger W. Barnes, R. Theodore Bergman [and] Henry L. Hadley.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1967.
3351	3350	WJ 18 C825r 1977	Renal transplantation case studies : 37 case studies related to problems of clinical renal transplantation / by Robert J. Corry and John S. Thompson.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977.
3352	3351	WJ 18 F853m 1976	Medical examination review book / by Philip Freedman ... [et al.]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1976
3353	3352	WJ 18 L431m 1977	Medical examination review book / edited by Stephen M. Lazarus	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977
3354	3353	WJ 18 ส216u 2514	Urology / โดย สัมพันธ์ ตันติวงศ์, ตุ๊ ชัยวัฒน์ และโชติ พานิชกุล	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2514
3355	3354	WJ 190 B921g 1978	Gynecologic and obstetric urology / by Herbert J. Buchsbaum, Joseph D. Schmidt.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978.
3356	3355	WJ 190 E93f 1968	Female urology / by Houston S. Everett, John H. Ridley.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row, 1968.
3357	3356	WJ 190 Y83g 1960	Gynecological urology / Abdel Fattah Youssef	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960
3358	3357	WJ 300 A425k 1962	The Kidney : medical and surgical diseases / Arthur Charles Allen	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1962
3359	3358	WJ 300 B327a 1976	Anesthesia and the kidney / R. Dennis Bastron, Stanley Deutsch.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1976.
3360	3359	WJ 300 B627r 1963	Renal disease / D. A. K. Black	Oxford : Blackwell, 1963
3361	3360	WJ 300 B631r 1979	Renal disease / ed. by Sir Douglas Black and N. F. Jones	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1979
3362	3361	WJ 300 B838k 1976	The Kidney / edited by Barry M. Brenner, Floyd C. Rector, Jr. with a foreword by Robert W. Berliner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3363	3362	WJ 300 C164r 1963	Renal transplantation / Roy Yorke Calne	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963
3364	3363	WJ 300 C563k 1979	Kidney disease : present status / edited by Jacob Churg ... [et al.]	[Baltimore] : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
3365	3364	WJ 300 D515k 1960	The Kidney : an outline of normal and abnormal structure and function / Hugh Edward De Wardener	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
3366	3365	WJ 300 G875a 1954	A Cute renal failure / Arthur Grollman	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1954
3367	3366	WJ 300 H529p 1966	Pathology of the kidney / Robert H. Heptinstall	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966
3368	3367	WJ 300 L473k 1954	The Kidney / edited by A. A. G. Lewis and G. E. W. Wolstenholme	Boston : Little Brown, 1954
3369	3368	WJ 300 M161a 1952	Acute renal failure : including the use of the artificial kidney / John T. MacLean	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1952
3370	3369	WJ 300 M588a 1963	Angiotinsin systems and experimental renal diseases / edited by Jack Metcoff	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963
3371	3370	WJ 300 M916k 1966	The Kidney / edited by F. K. Mastofi and David E. Smith	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1966
3372	3371	WJ 300 N439 1979	Nephrologie. English;"Nephrology / edited by Jean Hamburger, Jean Crosnier, Jean-Pierre Grunfeld."	New York : John Wiley, c1979.
3373	3372	WJ 300 P218c 1971	Clinical nephrology / Solomon Papper.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
3374	3373	WJ 300 P963r 1970	Renal disease and hypertension : proceedings ninth annal conference April 1970	Rockvill, Maryland : Federal Health Programs Service, 1970
3375	3374	WJ 300 P963r 1971	Renal disease and hypertension : proceedings 10th Denver, March 1971, Atlantic City, N.J. May 1971	Rockwill, M.d. Federal Health Programs Service, [19--]
3376	3375	WJ 300 P963r 1974	Renal disease and hypertension : proceedings 13th. San Francisco, Calif., May 1974	Rockvill, Md. : Federal Health Programs Service, [19--]
3377	3376	WJ 300 P963r 1975	Renal desiases and hypertension : proceedings 14th San Francisco, Calif., April 1975	Rockvill, Md. : Federal Health Programs Service, 1975
3378	3377	WJ 300 P963r 1976	Renal diseases and hypertension : Proceedings 15th. San Francisco, calif., April 1976	Rockvill, Md. : Federal Health Programs Service, 1976
3379	3378	WJ 300 S394d 1963	Diseases of the kidney / edited by Maurice B. Strauss [and] Louis G. Welt. 43 contributors.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963.
3380	3379	WJ 300 S649k 1955	The Kidney : structure and function in health and disease / Homer W. Smith	New York : Oxford University Press, 1955
3381	3380	WJ 300 S783r 1963	Renovascular hypertension / Thomas Alexander Stamey	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963
3382	3381	WJ 300 ส122ค 2519	Comprehensive nephrology / สง่า นิลวรางกูร	กรุงเทพฯ : อักษรสมัย, 2519
3383	3382	WJ 353 M945l 1957	Lupus nephritis / by Roert C. Muehrcke ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1957
3384	3383	WJ 356 B988e 1956	Etiologic factors in renal lithiasis / edited by Arthur J. Butt	Springfield, ilu. : Thomas, 1956
3385	3384	WJ 356 C672n 1978	Nephrolithiasis : pathogenesis and treatment / Fredric Lawrence Coe.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1978.
3386	3385	WJ 356 D249c 1977	Calcium metabolism in renal failure and nephrolithiasis / edited by David S. David with a foreword by Claude D. Arnaud.	New York : Joyn Wiley, c1977.
3387	3386	WJ 358 B472r 1967	Renal carcinoma / [by] James L. Bennington [and] Robert M. Kradjian.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1967.
3388	3387	WJ 358 M261b 1971	Benign and malignant tumors of the urinary bladder / edited by Emile Maltry, Jr.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
3389	3388	WJ 358 T971u 1977	Urinary cytology / Duane N. Tweeddale.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1977.
3390	3389	WJ 368 M821g 1964	Give and take : the development of tissue transplantation / Francis D. Moore.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964.
3391	3390	WJ 368 S796e 1964	Experience in renal transplantation / Thomas Earl Starzl	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964
3392	3391	WK 100 V438e 1958	The Endocrinology of reproduction / edited by Joseph Thomas Velardo.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1958.
3393	3392	WK 100 ส82e 2513	Endocrinology / โดย สาโรจน์ ปรปักษ์ขาม ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2513
3394	3393	WK 18 M477e 1971	Endocrinology case studies : a compilation of 62 case histories representing clinical endocrinologic syndromes / by Ernest L. Mazzaferri. Edited by Thomas G. Skillman.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
3395	3394	WK 18 M477e 1975	Endocrinology case studies : a compilation of 54 case histories representing clinical endocrinologic syndromes / by Ernest L. Mazzaferri edited by Thomas G. Skillman.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975.
3396	3395	WK 200 C369t 1975	Thyroid case studies : 62 case studies related to the clinical diagnosis and treatment of thyroid disorders / by Boris Catz.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975.
3397	3396	WK 810 B743d 1976	Diabetes mellitus case studies : 40 case studies related to diabetes mellitus / by Buris R. Boshell.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1976.
3398	3397	WK 810 W293p 1966	The Pathology of diabetes mellitus / Shields Warren, Philip M. LeCompte [and] Merle A. Legg.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1966.
3399	3398	WK 810 ส15ค 2520	คู่มือผู้ป่วยโรคเบาหวาน / สนอง อูนากูล	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์เลี่ยงเซียง, 2520
3400	3399	WK 880 ศ173e 2519	Endocrine emergencies / ศรีจิตรา บุนนาค, สุนิตย์ จันทร์ประเสริฐ	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงสยามการพิมพ์, 2519
3401	3400	WL 100 ส227ป 2519	ประสาทพยาธิวิทยา / โดย สำรวย ช่วงโชติ และประสาน ต่างใจ	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยวัฒนาพานิช, 2519
3402	3401	WL 101 อ144ป 2515	ประสาทวิทยา / โดย อดุลย์ วิริยเวชกุล และ สมบัติ สุคนธพันธุ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2515
3403	3402	WL 150 B261s 1968	Synopsis of electroencephalography : or, Guide to brain waves / Thomas C. Barnes.	New York : Hafner, 1968.
3404	3403	WL 300 C761 1966	Contemporary neurology series.	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1966-
3405	3404	WL 368 ห141บ 2515	บทความวิชาการวิชาประสาทวิทยา และประสาทศัลยศาสตร์ เล่ม 1 2498-2504 / หทัย ชิตานนท์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ไทยเกษม, 2515
3406	3405	WL 368 ห141บ 2519	บทความวิชาการประสาทวิทยาและประสาทศัลยศาสตร์เล่ม 2 2505-2509	กรุงเทพฯ, โรงพิมพ์อักษรไทย, 2519
3407	3406	WL 368 ห141บ 2521	บทความวิชาการประสาทวิทยาและประสาทศัลยศาสตร์ เล่ม 3 2509-2513	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรไทย, 2521
3408	3407	WL 385 ก216ล [ม.ป.ป.]	ลมชัก / กัมมันต์ พันธุมจินดา	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, [252-?]
3409	3408	WL 400 S967i 1973	Injuries of the spinal cord : the management of paraplegia and tetraplegia / Neville G. Sutton.	London : Butterworths, 1973.
3410	3409	WL 400 W223u 1966	Understanding paraplegia / John James Walsh	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966
3411	3410	WM 100 B396ค 2517	คู่มือการสอนจิตเวช, จิตเภท, ภาวะระแวง, ความซึมเศร้า / โดย Peter G.S. Beckett และ Thomas Bleakley แปลโดย เสาวนีย์ จันทร์เจิดศักดิ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรไทย, 2517
3412	3411	WM 100 T258s 1967	Studen guide with programed units for Hilgard and Atkinson's introduction to psychology / by Richard c. Teevan and Earl L. Jandron	New York : Harcourt, 1967
3413	3412	WM 100 W734l 1974	Lecture notes on psychiatry / James Willis	Oxford [etc.] : Blackwell Scientific, 1974
3414	3413	WM 100 จ227จ 2522	จิตเวชศาสตร์ / จำลอง ดิษยวณิช	เชียงใหม่ : พระสิงห์การพิมพ์, 2522
3415	3414	WM 100 จ234ต 2520	ตำราจิตเวชศาสตร์ ของสมาคมจิตแพทย์แห่งประเทศไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2520
3416	3415	WM 100 ต246จ 2508	จิตวิทยาในชีวิตประจำวัน / ม.ล. ตุ้ย ชุมสาย	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยวัฒนาพานิช, 2508
3417	3416	WM 100 ว232ก [252-?]	การรักษาผู้ป่วยทางจิตเวชในเวชปฏิบัติ / โดย วิชิต ลีลามานิตย์	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, [252-?]
3418	3417	WM 100 ส223ค 2522	คู่มือทางการแพทย์เรื่องโรคประสาทและการรักษา / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข วิจารณ์ วิชัยยะ	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2522
3419	3418	WM 16 E23s 1969	Statistical inference : the distribution-free approach / by Eugene S. Edgington.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1969.
3420	3419	WM 170 ป171ร 2500	โรคจิต-โรคประสาท = Psychosis-psychoneurosis / ประยูร นรการผดุง	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จเจ้าพระยาธนบุรี, 2500
3421	3420	WM 18 A427m 1975	Medical examination review book / James R. Allen and Barbara Ann Allen	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975
3422	3421	WM 18 A427m 1978	Medical examination review book / by James R. Allen and Barbara Ann Allen	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, c1978
3423	3422	WM 18 E13p 1974	Psychiatry examination review / William M. Easson.	New York : Arco, 1974.
3424	3423	WM 18 E14p 1969	Psychiatry / by Merrill T. Eaton, Jr., Margaret H. Peterson.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1969.
3425	3424	WM 18 F297m 1973	Medical examination review book, psychiatry : specialty board review / by John Preston Feighner and Marc Alan Schuckit	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973
3426	3425	WM 18 S167m 1977	Medical examination review book / Paul Salkin	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977
3427	3426	WM 18 S631h 1975	Handbook of psychiatric emergencies : a guide for emergencies in psychiatry / by Andrew E. Slaby, Julian Lieb, Laurence R. Tancredi.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975.
3428	3427	WM 18 S635p 1972	The Psychiatry boards : a preparation guide / edited by Iver F. Small.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972.
3429	3428	WM 270 ว234ฝ 2521	ฝิ่นสู่เฮโรอีน / วิทย์ เที่ยงบูรณธรรม	กรุงเทพฯ : แพร่พิทยา, 2521
3430	3429	WM 30.5 ด174ก [252-?]	การปฏิบัติงานสังคมสงเคราะห์กลุ่มชนในแผนกจิตเวชวัยรุ่น / ดรุณี นาทะศิริ	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จเจ้าพระยา, [252-?]
3431	3430	WM 420 ว232จ 2522	จิตเภสัชบำบัด = Textbook of psychopharmaco therapy / วิจารณ์ วิชัยยะ	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษาไทย, 2522
3432	3431	WM 5 ส16ค 2516	ความรู้สำหรับประชาชน / โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จเจ้าพระยา	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพยาบาล, 2516
3433	3432	WN 110 ก117อ [252-?]	เอ๊กซเรย์ฟิสิคส์ / กฤตยา มนูญปิจุ	กรุงเทพฯ : [ม.ป.พ.], [252-?]
3434	3433	WN 18 A472x 1965	X-ray technology examination review book vol.1	Flushing : Medical Examination Publishing, 1965
3435	3434	WN 18 A472x 1968	X-ray technology examination review book v.1 / by Raphael R. Alvarado and Maurice J King	Flushing, N. Y. : Medical Examination Publishing, 1968
3436	3435	WN 18 C899x 1970	X-ray technology examination review book vol.II / Ed by William O. Crawford and Richard A. Strother	Flushing,N.Y., Medical Examination Publishing, 1970
3437	3436	WN 18 L282a 1979	Advanced oral radiographic interpretation / Robert P. Langlais, Kenneth C. Bentley.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
3438	3437	WN 18 O78r 1971	Radiological physics examination review book / edited by Colin G. Orton and Christopher H. Marshall.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, [1971-
3439	3438	WN 200 S594p 1969	Principles of chest X-ray diagnosis / George Simon.	London New York : Butterworths Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967.
3440	3439	WN 200 S611x 1967	X-ray diagnosis for clinical students and practitioners	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967
3441	3440	WN 200 S671a 1976	An Atlas of normal radiographic anatomy / Richard S. Snell and Alvin C. Wyman	Boston : Little, Brown, c1976
3442	3441	WN 200 S774e 1970	Exercises in diagnostic radiology / by Lucy Frank Squire ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1970-
3443	3442	WN 200 S964u 1976	Urologic radiology / by Marcy L. Sussman and Alex Newman	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1976
3444	3443	WN 200 T233d 1964	Diagnostic neuroradiology / by Juan M. Taveras and Ernest H. Wood	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
3445	3444	WN 200 T314r 1967	Roentgenologic diagnosis / J. George Teplick, Marvin E. Haskin [and] Arnd P. Schimert.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
3446	3445	WN 200 T314r 1971	Roentgenologic diagnosis / by J. George Teplick [and] Marvin E. Haskin.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3447	3446	WN 200 T477p 1973	Primer of clinical radiology / Thomas T. Thompson.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1973.
3448	3447	WN 200 T773p 1967	Principles of X-ray diagnosis / David H. Trapnell.	London : Butterworths, 1967.
3449	3448	WN 200 T861d 19--	Diagnostic radiology in clinical medicine / Rosalind H. Troupin Illus. by Phyllis Wood.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, [19--?]
3450	3449	WN 200 V821b 1972	Bucky film of the chest / Viruth Khaoparisuthi	กรุงเทพฯ : ร. ประมวลกิจ, 1972
3451	3450	WN 200 W223a 1977	Advanced exercises in diagnostic radiology / Anthony Walsh and James G. McNulty	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977
3452	3451	WN 200 W949r 1973	The Radiological diagnosis of lung and mediastinal tumours / by F. W. Wright.	London : Butterworth, 1973.
3453	3452	WN 200 ฉ257ร 2519	รังสีวินิจฉัยของระบบทางเดินอาหาร / เฉลียว ปิยะชน	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
3454	3453	WN 200 ด237ร 2521	รังสีวิทยาของกระเพาะอาหาร และ ดูโอดีนั่ม / ดิเรก ดำรงศักดิ์	กรุงเทพฯ : อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2521
3455	3454	WN 200 ป173ร 2522	รังสีวิทยาของกะโหลกศีรษะ / โดย ปรียา กาญจนัษฐิติ และอนันต์ ส่งแสง	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
3456	3455	WN 220 S884f 1964	Fundamental aids in reentgen diagnosis, emphasizingsport filming and fluoroschopy / Charles Bernard Storch	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964
3457	3456	WN 230 W142d 1965	Dental radiology, a complete illustrated guide to short cone longcone and accessory techniques, the interpretation of dental radiographys and radiation protection with the dental diagnostic dose of radiation / William Ward Wainwright	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1965
3458	3457	WN 240 B864r 1965	Radiologic diagnosis in infants and children / Armand Edward Brodeur	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965
3459	3458	WN 240 C129p 1957	Pediatric X-ray diagnosis : a textbook for students and practitioners of pediatrics, surgery & radiology / by John Caffey contributing authors: Frederic N. Silverman ... [et al.]	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1957.
3460	3459	WN 240 C129p 1978	Pediatric x-ray diagnosis : textbook for students and practitioners of pediatrics, surgery & radiology / by John Caffey, contributing authors, Frederic N. Silverman ... [et al.].	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1978.
3461	3460	WN 240 C915r 1973	Radiological diagnosis of digestic tract disorders in the newborn : a guide to radiologists, surgeons and paediatricians / by B. J. Cremin, S. Cywes [and] J. H. Louw.	London : Butterworths, 1973.
3462	3461	WN 240 R153p 1972	Pediatric neuroradiology / by Anthony J. Raimondi with anatomic drawings in color by Anthony J. Raimondi, and color separations by Irma Wallner. With a chapter on plain skull film by Harvey White.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
3463	3462	WN 240 R964r 1973	Radiology in obstetrics and antenatal paediatrics / by J. G. B. Russell.	London : Butterworths, 1973.
3464	3463	WN 240 S617r 1971	Radiologic atlas of pulmonary abnormalities in children / by Edward B. Singleton [and] Milton L. Wagner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3465	3464	WN 240 S979e 1979	Emergency radiology of the acutely ill or injured child / Leonard E. Swischuk.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
3466	3465	WN 250 I61i 1978	Intercomparison procedures in the dosimetry of photon radiation : report of an advisory group meeting organized / International Atomic Energy Agency and held in Vienna, 6-10 December 1976	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1978
3467	3466	WN 250 M978r 1962	Radiation therapy / Walter T. Murphy	Philadelphia : saunders, 1962
3468	3467	WN 250 S655e 1967	Error and variation in diagnostic radiology / Marcus J. Smith	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1967
3469	3468	WN 250 W232s 1959	A Short textbook of radiotherapy, for technicians and students / by J. Walter and H. Miller	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959
3470	3469	WN 300 S467f 1972	The Fundamentals of X-ray and radium physics / Joseph Selman.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1972.
3471	3470	WN 340 I61m 1962	Medical uses of Ca. 47 / International Atomic Energy Agency	Vienna Internaitonal Atomic Energy Agency, 1962
3472	3471	WN 340 I61m 1964	Medical uses of Ca 47. Report of the 2nd ed. Panel on the Medical ... held in Vienna, 9-11 Sept. 1963.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1964
3473	3472	WN 340 M913r 1973	Radiation oncology: rationale, technique, results / by William T. Moss, William N. Brand [and] Hector Battifora.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1973.
3474	3473	WN 415 B421a 1959	Atomic medicine / by Charles F. Behrens.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1969.
3475	3474	WN 415 B421a 1964	Atomic medicine / edited by F. Behrens and E. Richard King	Baltimor : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
3476	3475	WN 415 C487p 1964	Principles of radioisotope methodology / by Grafton D. Chase and Joseph L. Rabinowitz.	Minneapolis : Burgess, 1964.
3477	3476	WN 415 C616r 1958	Radiation biology and medicine : selected reviews in the life sciences / edited by Walter D. Claus.	Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1958.
3478	3477	WN 415 F163r 1964	Radioisotope laboratory techniques / by R. A. Faires and B. H. Parks and B. H. Parks	London : George Newnes Limited, 1964
3479	3478	WN 415 H495r 1973	Radioactive isotopes in biological research / [by] William R. Hendee.	New York : John Wiley, [1973]
3480	3479	WN 415 H714a 1963	The atomic energy deskbook / Consultant: Edward A. Mason associates: Howard T. Phelan [and] Robert Tumbleson.	New York : Reinhold, c1963
3481	3480	WN 415 L419r 1971	Recent advances in nuclear medicine / John H. Lawrence	New York: Grune & Stratton, 1971
3482	3481	WN 415 M958c 1966	Civilian nuclear power, economic issues and policy formation / Philip Mullenbach	Honolulu : East-West Center, 1966
3483	3482	WN 415 O44i 1961	Introduction to atomic and nuclear physics.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1961.
3484	3483	WN 415 O97d 1957	Diagnostic radioisotopes / Charles A. Owen	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1957
3485	3484	WN 415 P946n 1964	Nuclear radiation detection / [by] William J. Price.	New York, McGraw-Hill, [1964]
3486	3485	WN 415 P963d 1974	Dynamic studies with radioisotopes in medicine 1974 : proceedings ... / held by the International Atomic Energy Agency in Knoxville, 15-19 July 1974.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1975.
3487	3486	WN 415 P963i 1969	Isotopes and radiation in parasitology II : proceedings of the Research Co-ordination Meeting on the Use of Isotopes and Radiation in Studies of Parasitic Diseases in Domestic Animals / organized by the Joint FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture and held in Vienna from 2 to 6 June 1969.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1970.
3488	3487	WN 415 P963i 1973	Isotopes and radiation in parasitology III : proceedings / organized by the Joint FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture and held in Kabete, Kenya, from 22 to 26 November 1971.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency [Distributed in the U.S. by UNIPUB, New York], 1973.
3489	3488	WN 415 P963m 1959	Medical radioisotope scanning. Jointly Organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization	Vienna : Internaitonal Atomic Energy Agency, 1959
3490	3489	WN 415 P963r 1971	Radioactive tracers in microbial immunology : proceedings of a panel ... organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency, and held in Vienna, 18-22 Oct. 1971.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1972.
3491	3490	WN 415 P963r 1973	Radioimmunoassay and related procedures in medicine : proceedings, held by the International Atomic Energy Agency in Istanbul, 10-14 Sept. 1973.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1974.
3492	3491	WN 415 P963r 1977	Radioimmunoassay and related procedures in medicine 1977, vol. 1 Held by the Internation Atomic Engergy Agency in cooperation. with the World Helath Organization	Vienna : Internaitonal Atomic Energy Agency, 1977
3493	3492	WN 415 R129 1962	Radioactive isotopes in medicine and biology / Edith H. Quimby.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1962-63.
3494	3493	WN 415 S912p 1970	Public health implications of radioactive waste releases / C. P. Straub.	Geneva : World Health Organisation, 1970.
3495	3494	WN 415 S989i 1969	In vitro procedures with radioisotopes in medicine : proceedings of the Symposium on In Vitro Procedures with Radioisotopes in Clinical Medicine and Research / organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency in co-operation with the World Health Organization, and held in Vienna, 8-12 Sept. 1969.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1970.
3496	3495	WN 415 S989m 1964	Medical radioisotope scanning : proceedings.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1964.
3497	3496	WN 415 S989m 1968	Medical radioisotope scintigraphy : Proceedings of a symposium ... held by the International Atomic Energy Agency in Salzburg, 6-15 August 1968.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1969-
3498	3497	WN 415 S989m 1972	Medical radioisotope scintigraphy 1972 : proceedings.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1973.
3499	3498	WN 440 E12t 1975	Textbook of nuclear medicine technology / Paul J. Early, Muhammad Abdel Razzak, D. Bruce Sodee.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1975.
3500	3499	WN 440 M471c 1969	Clinical nuclear medicine / by C. Douglas Maynard.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1969.
3501	3500	WN 440 R476q 1977	Quality control in nuclear medicine : radiopharmaceuticals, instrumentation, and in vitro assays / editor, Buck A. Rhodes.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
3502	3501	WN 440 R672t 1979	Textbook of nuclear medicine : clinical applications / Antonio Fernando Goncalves Rocha and John Charles Harbert.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1979.
3503	3502	WN 440 S649c 1964	Cobalt-60 teletherapy : a handbook for the radiation therapist and physicist / by Ivan H. Smith ... [et al.]	New York Hoeber, 1964
3504	3503	WN 440 S984d 1971	Dynamic studies with radioisotopes in medicine : proceedings of the symposium ... organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency, and held in Rotterdam, 31 Aug.-4 Sept. 1970.	Vienna: International Atomic Energy Agency, 1971.
3505	3504	WN 445 A567n 1977	Nuclear medicine : clinical and technological bases / J. T. Andrews, M. Jean Milne foreword by K. H. Clarke.	New York : John Wiley, c1977.
3506	3505	WN 445 B299a 1969	Autoradiography : techniques and application / Renato Baserga [and] Daniel Malamud.	New York : Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row, c1969.
3507	3506	WN 445 S745n 1977	Nuclear medicine : focus on clinical diagnosis / by Richard P. Spencer.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977.
3508	3507	WN 445 W246c 1967	Clinical radioisotope scanning.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, [1967]
3509	3508	WN 450 C368f 1979	Fast neutrons in the treatment of cancer / Mary Catterall and David K. Bewley	London : Academic Press, c1979
3510	3509	WN 450 D311m 1967	Modern trends in radiotherapy.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967-
3511	3510	WN 450 H194r 1972	Recent advances in cancer and radiotherapeutics: clinical oncology / edited by Keith E. Halnan.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1972.
3512	3511	WN 450 J65p 1953	The Physics of radiation therapy / Harold Elford Johns	Springfield, Ilu. Thomas, 1953
3513	3512	WN 450 M958r 1962	Radioactive isotope therapy : with particular reference to the use of radiocolloids / J. H. Muller	Vienna Internaitonal Atomic Energy Agency, 1962
3514	3513	WN 450 S989r 1960	Radioisotopes in tropical medicine : proceedings ... jointly / organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization	Vienna : Internaitonal Atomic Energy Agency, 1962
3515	3514	WN 610 B261r 1963	Radiation hazards and protection / by D. E. Barnes and Denis Taylor with a foreword by Sir Ernest Rock Carling.	London : G. Newnes, 1963.
3516	3515	WN 610 B977p 1965	Progress in radiation therapy / edited by Franz Buschke	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1965
3517	3516	WN 610 C28r 1968	Radiation biology / [by] Alison P. Casarett.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, [1968]
3518	3517	WN 610 C947r 1960	Radiation injury in man : its chemical and bioogical basis pathogenesis and therapy / by Eugene P. Cronkite and Victor P. Bond	Springfield : Thomas, 1960
3519	3518	WN 610 D151m 1973	Medical radiation biology / edited by Glenn V. Dalrymple ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
3520	3519	WN 610 D732s 1962	Same aspects of internal isrradiation : proceedings of a sysmposium held at the Homestead, Heber Utah, 8-11 May 1961 / edited by Thomas F. Dougherty ... [et al.]	New York : Pergamon, 1962
3521	3520	WN 610 E46m 1957	Medical radiation biology / Friedrich Philipp Ellinger.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1957.
3522	3521	WN 610 E72m 1960	Mechanisms in radiobiology / edited by Maurice Errera [and] Arne Forssberg.	New York : Academic Press, 1960-61.
3523	3522	WN 610 H175r 1978	Radiobiology for the radiologist / Eric J. Hall.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1978.
3524	3523	WN 610 L129a 1958	Action des radiations sur les tissus. English;"Action of radiation on tissues an introduction to radiotherapy / by A. Lacassagne [and] G. Gricouroff. Translated by Clarence C. Lushbaugh and Gretchen R. Riese."	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1958.
3525	3524	WN 610 O93m 1956	Medical effects of the atomic bomb in Japan / by Ashley W. Oughterson and Shields Warren	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1956
3526	3525	WN 610 P695b 1967	Basic radiation biology / by Donald J. Pizzarello and Richard L. Witcofski.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967.
3527	3526	WN 610 P695m 1972	Medical radiation biology / by Donald J. Pizzarello [and] Richard L. Witcofski.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
3528	3527	WN 610 W246r 1965	Radiotracer methodology in biological science / [by] C. H. Wang [and] David L. Willis.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, [1965]
3529	3528	WN 610 W716r 1962	Radiation and health / by katherine Williams ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962
3530	3529	WN 620 B889l 1959	Low-level irradiation : a symposium organized by the Section on Zoological Sciences of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, cosponsored by the United States Atomic Energy Commission and the Division of Biological and Medical Research of the Argonne National Laboratory, and presented at the Indianapolis meeting, December 30, 1957 / edited by Austin M. Brues.	Washington : American Association fo the Advancement of Science, 1959.
3531	3530	WN 620 L583e 1962	Effects on immune processes / Charles A. Leone	New York : Science, 1962
3532	3531	WN 620 W927m 1966	Methods of radiochemical analysis / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1966.
3533	3532	WN 650 B812r 1958	Radiation protection / by Carl b. Braestrup and Harold O. Wyckoff	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, c1958
3534	3533	WN 650 I61m 1968	Medical supervision of radiation workers.	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1968.
3535	3534	WN 650 I61r 1967	Respirators and protective clothing / (By E. C. Hyatt and J. M. White, assisted by P. G. Lespiaucq)	Vienna : International Atomic Energy Agency, 1967.
3536	3535	WN 650 N961r 1979	Radiation protection in the radiologic and health sciences / Marilyn E. Noz and Gerald Q. Maguire, Jr.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1979.
3537	3536	WN 650 Q6s 1960	Safe handling of radioactive isotopes in medical practice / Edith H. Quimby	New York : Macmillan, 1960
3538	3537	WN 650 R328h 1967	Health physics principles of radiation protection / [by] D. J. Rees.	Cambrige, Mass. : M.I.T. Press, [1967]
3539	3538	WN 650 T483r 1962	Radiation protection in mammals / John F. Thomson	New York : Rfeinhold, 1962
3540	3539	WN 650 W927m 1974	Manual on radiation protection in hospitals and general practice / jointly sponsored by ILO, IAEA, and WHO.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974-
3541	3540	WN 650 W927p 1965	Protection of the public in the event of radiation accidents, proceedings of a seminar jointly / sponsored by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, the International Atomic Energy Ageney, and the World Helath organization	Geneva : WHO, 1965
3542	3541	WO 1 R888l 1971	List of Fellows at 31st December 1969 / The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh revised by Wilma Thompson and Muriel Dixon	Edinburgh : R.C.S. Ed., 1971
3543	3542	WO 100 A427s 1957	Surgery : principles and practice / by J. Garrott Allen ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1957
3544	3543	WO 100 A427s 1965	Surgery : principles and practice / J. Garrott Allen, Carl A. Moyer	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
3545	3544	WO 100 A792b 1976	Brief textbook of surgery / Curtis P. Artz, Isidore Cohn, Jr., John H. Davis.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3546	3545	WO 100 Am338s 1960	Surgical forum / American College of Surgeons.	Chicago, Ill. : American College of Surgeons, 1950-
3547	3546	WO 100 B154s 1968	Bailey & Love's short practice of surgery / rev. by A. J. Harding Rains and W. Melville Capper with chapters by John Charnley, William P. Cleland, and Geoffrey Knight.	London : Lewis, 1968.
3548	3547	WO 100 B154s 1975	Short practice of surgery;"Bailey & Love's Short practice of surgery."	London : H. K. Lewis, 1975.
3549	3548	WO 100 B154s 1977	Short practice of surgery;"Bailey & Love's Short practice of surgery / revised by A. J. Harding Rains ... [et al.]e."	London : H. K. Lewis, 1977.
3550	3549	WO 100 B213s 1945	Surgical treatment of the motor-skeletal system / ed. by Frederic W. Bancroft and Clay Ray Murray	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1945
3551	3550	WO 100 B213s 1947	Surgical treatment of the abdomen / ed. by Frederic W. Bancroft and Preston A. Wade	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1947
3552	3551	WO 100 B628t 1958	Textbook of surgery / by Guy Blackburn and Rex Lawrie	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1958
3553	3552	WO 100 B746s 1951	Surgical practice of the lahey clinic / Lahey Clinic Boston	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1951
3554	3553	WO 100 B747s 1962	Surgical practice of the Lahey Clinic / by Members of the staff of the Lahey Clinic, Boston	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
3555	3554	WO 100 C257b 1960	British surgical practice : surgical progress / Sir Ernest Rock Carling and Sir James Paterson Ross	London : Butterworths, 1960
3556	3555	WO 100 C556c 1968	Christopher's textbook of surgery / Frederick Christopher edited by Loyal Davis.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1968.
3557	3556	WO 100 C556c 1977	Textbook of surgery : the biological basis of modern surgical practice / Frederick Christopher.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1977.
3558	3557	WO 100 C596d 1973	Digest of basic surgery / W. B. Clark	Edinburgh : Ethicon, c1973
3559	3558	WO 100 C689o 1955	Operative technic in general surgery / Warren H. Cole	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1955
3560	3559	WO 100 C689t 1952	Textbook of general surgery / by Warren H. Cole and Robert Elman	New York : Appleton Century, Crofts, 1952
3561	3560	WO 100 C689t 1956	Operative technic in specialty surgery / Warren H. Cole	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1956
3562	3561	WO 100 C689t 1959	Textbook of surgery / Warren H. Cole	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1959
3563	3562	WO 100 C689t 1963	Textbook of surgery / by Farren H. Cole and Robert M. Zollinger	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1963
3564	3563	WO 100 Ch556t 1950	A Textbook of surgery / Frederick Christopher	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960.
3565	3564	WO 100 Ch556t 1960	Christopher's textbook of surgery / Frederick Christopher edited by Loyal Davis	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1960.
3566	3565	WO 100 D733s 1972	Surgical departments in hospitals : tuhe surgeon's view / D. M. Douglas	London : Butterworths, 1972
3567	3566	WO 100 D925c 1975	Current surgical diagnosis & treatment / by J. Englebert Dunphy, Lawrence W. Way, and associate authors illustrated by Laurel V. Schaubert.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1975.
3568	3567	WO 100 E13o 1970	Outpatient hemorrhoidectomy : ligation technique / by Peter F. Eastman.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1970.
3569	3568	WO 100 E28c 1972	Core textbook of surgery / edited by Richard H. Egdahl, John A. Mannick [and] Lester F. Williams, Jr.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1972.
3570	3569	WO 100 E36s 1978	Surgical decision making / Ben Eiseman, Roger S. Wotkyns.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978.
3571	3570	WO 100 E47l 1970	Lecture notes on general surgery / by Harold Ellis & Roy Yorke Calne.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1970.
3572	3571	WO 100 E48i 1971	An Introduction to surgery: 100 topics / by Ronald Gordon Elmslie [and] John Ludbrook.	New York : Academic Press, 1971.
3573	3572	WO 100 G538f 1957	Fundamentals of general surgery / John Armes Gius	Chicago : Year Book, 1957
3574	3573	WO 100 G538f 1972	Fundamentals of surgery / John Armes Gius.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1972.
3575	3574	WO 100 G558p 1961	Problems in surgery from surgical Grand Rounds at the New York Hospital-Cornell Medical Center / Frank Glenn edited by George E. Wantz	St Louis : Mosby, 1961
3576	3575	WO 100 G884s 1958	Synopsis of surgery / Ernest William Hey Groves ed. by Sir Cecil Wakeley	Bristol : Wright, 1958
3577	3576	WO 100 H238e 1957	The Essentials of modern surgery / ed. by R. M. Handfield-Jones and Arthur E. Porritt	Edingburgh : Livingstone, 1957
3578	3577	WO 100 H268t 1959	Total surgical management / James D. Hardy	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1959
3579	3578	WO 100 H282s 1961	Surgery : principles and practice / by Henry N. Harkins ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1961
3580	3579	WO 100 I29s 1972	A Short textbook of surgery / with the co-operation of an editorial panel comprising William Burnett ... [et al.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1972.
3581	3580	WO 100 J66s 1959	Surgical aspects of medicine / H. Daintree Johnson	London : Butterworth, 1959
3582	3581	WO 100 K41s 1957	Surgery : a guide to surgical diagnosis and treatment including tropical surgery / W. G. Kerr	London : Oxford University Press, 1957
3583	3582	WO 100 K59g 1978	General surgical operations / edited by R. M. Kirk.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
3584	3583	WO 100 L718s 1968	Synopsis of surgery / by Richard D. Liechty, Robert T. Soper.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
3585	3584	WO 100 M143t 1968	Textbook of surgery / edited by David A. Macfarlane and Lewis P. Thomas with a foreword by Norman C. Tanner.	London : E. & S. Livingstone, 1968.
3586	3585	WO 100 M143t 1974	Textbook of surgery / edited by David A. Macfarlane [and] Lewis P. Thomas foreword by Norman C. Tanner.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1974, 1972.
3587	3586	WO 100 M147p 1974	Practical surgical management / A. M. C. Macgregor	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1974
3588	3587	WO 100 M225a 1955	Abdominal operations / Rodney Maingot with special articles by British and American contributors.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1955.
3589	3588	WO 100 M225a 1974	Abdominal operations / by Rodney Maingot with British and American contributors.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1974.
3590	3589	WO 100 M225m 1957	The Management of abdominal operations / Rodney Maingot	London : Lewis, 1957
3591	3590	WO 100 M868s 1968	Surgical principles / by James Moroney and Francis E. Stock	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1968
3592	3591	WO 100 M898t 1959	Textbook of surgery / Herbert Frederick Moseley.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1959.
3593	3592	WO 100 M954c 1961	Current surgical management : a book of alternative viewpoints on controversial surgical problems / editors: John H. Mulholland, Edwin H. Ellison [and] Stanley R. Friesen.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957-1965.
3594	3593	WO 100 N223s 1961	Surgery : a concise guide to clinical practice / by 23 authors edited by George L. Nardi [and] George D. Zuidema illus. by Edith S. Tagrin.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961.
3595	3594	WO 100 N223s 1965	Surgery : a concise guide to clinical practice / by 37 authors edited by George L. Nardi [and] George D. Zuidema illus. by Edith S. Tagrin.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965.
3596	3595	WO 100 N348f 1971	Fundamental skills in surgery / by Thomas F. Nealon, Jr. illustrated by Ellen Cole Miller.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3597	3596	WO 100 N348f 1979	Fundamental skills in surgery / Thomas F. Nealon, Jr. illustrated by Ellen Cole Miller and Linda Downham.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
3598	3597	WO 100 O48b 1958	Basic surgery / edited by Leslie Oliver	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1958
3599	3598	WO 100 P964 1963	Progress in surgery / M. Allgower	New York : Hofner, 1963
3600	3599	WO 100 R474t 1977	Rhoads' textbook of surgery : principles and practice / edited by James D. Hardy.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1977.
3601	3600	WO 100 R662s 1965	Surgery / James O. Robinson	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
3602	3601	WO 100 R758s 1948	The science and practice of surgery / W. H. C. Romanis	London : Churchill, 1948
3603	3602	WO 100 R795m 1960	Manual of surgery / by William Rose and Albert Carless edited by Sir Cecil Wakeley, Michael Harmer and Selwyn Taylor	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1960
3604	3603	WO 100 R888l 1975	Lecture notes on general surgery : tropical supplement / Douglas Roy.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
3605	3604	WO 100 S399p 1969	Principles of surgery / editor-in-chief: Seymour I. Schwartz. Associate editors: David M. Hume ... [et al.]	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1969.
3606	3605	WO 100 S399p 1974	Principles of surgery / editor-in-chief: Seymour I. Schwartz. Associate editors: Richard C. Lillehei [and others]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1974.
3607	3606	WO 100 S428a 1979	An Aid to clinical surgery.	New York : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
3608	3607	WO 100 S643p 1961	Progress in clinical surgery / by various authors edited by Rodney Smith. Series III.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961.
3609	3608	WO 100 S884s 1964	The Science of surgery / by Edward H. Storer and others	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
3610	3609	WO 100 T237r 1959	Recent advances in surgery / Selwyn Taylor.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1959.
3611	3610	WO 100 T246r 1964	Recent advances in surgery / edited by Selwyn Taylor.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964.
3612	3611	WO 100 T246s 1967	A Short textbook of surgery / by Selwyn Taylor, L. T. Cotton [and] J. G. Murray.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967.
3613	3612	WO 100 T488s 1960	Surgical errors and safeguards	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1960
3614	3613	WO 100 W292s 1963	Surgery / by Richard Warren, in collaboration with these members of the Department of Surgery of Harvard Medical School : Oliver Cope ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963
3615	3614	WO 100 W439e 1958	The Essence of surgery / by C. Stuart Welch and Samuel R. Powers / Charles Stuart Welch	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958
3616	3615	WO 100 W453s 1967	Scientific foundation of surgery / edited by Charles Wells and James Kyle	New York : Am. Elsevier, 1967
3617	3616	WO 100 พ115พ 2521	พื้นฐานศัลยศาสตร์ / โดย พันธุ์เกษม กีชานนท์, วิศิษฐ์ ฐิตวัฒน์ และ บรรเทอง รัชตะปิติ	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
3618	3617	WO 101 A622s 1971	Surgical anatomy / by Barry J. Anson [and] Chester B. McVay.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3619	3618	WO 101 C150s 1958	Surgical anatomy / by Barry J. Anson, Walter G. Maddock.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958.
3620	3619	WO 101 E26o 1972	Operative anatomy of thorax / by Edward A. Edwards, Paul D. Malone [and] John J. Collins, Jr.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
3621	3620	WO 101 H741a 1958	Anatomy for surgeons / W. Henry Hollinshead.	New York : Hoeber-Harper, c1958-64.
3622	3621	WO 101 M969s 1973	Surgical anatomy for clinical examination / by Andrew W. [sic] Munster and George J. Thomas.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1973.
3623	3622	WO 101 S767e 1973	Exenterative surgery of the pelvis / by John S. Spratt, Jr., Harvey R. Butcher, Jr. [and] Eugene M. Bricker.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
3624	3623	WO 101 T488a 1951	Anatomy in surgery / Philip Thorek.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1951.
3625	3624	WO 101\bR345d 1965	Descriptive atlas of surgical anatomy / by Irving Rehman and Nathan Hiatt.	New York : Blakiston Division : McGraw-Hill, (c.1965)
3626	3625	WO 102 H268p 1958	Pathophysiology in surgery / James D. Hardy	Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1958
3627	3626	WO 102 N251s 1953	Surgical physiology / Joseph Nash edited by Brian Blades ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ill.: Thomas, 1953
3628	3627	WO 102 P936b 1969	Basic surgical physiology / edited by Frederick W. Preston [and] John M. Beal with the collaboration of 33 contributors.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1969.
3629	3628	WO 102 Z72p 1957	Physiologic principles of surgery / edited by Leo M. Zimmerman and Rachmiel Levine	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
3630	3629	WO 11 A873s 1965	The Surgeon's craft / Hedley Atkins	Manchester : Manchester University Press, 1965
3631	3630	WO 11 R524s 1968	Surgery : old and new frontiers.	New York : Charles Scribner's, (c.1968)
3632	3631	WO 113 P448a 1964	Aseptic technique for operating room personnel. Rev. in collaboration with Mary Esther Cibula / Erline Webb Perkins	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1964
3633	3632	WO 113 P449p 1966	Principles and methods of sterilization / by John J. Perkins.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966.
3634	3633	WO 140 C746m 1978	Manual of surgical therapeutics / Departments of Surgery, the Medical College of Wisconsin and University of Illinois edited by Robert E. Condon, Lloyd M. Nyhus.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978.
3635	3634	WO 140 H282s 1969	Surgery of the stomach and duodenum, by 77 authors / editors: Henry N. Harkins [and] Lloyd M. Nyhus foreword by Sir Charles Illingworth.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1969.
3636	3635	WO 141 B154d 1960	Demonstrations of physical signs in clinical surgery / edited by Allan Clain.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1960.
3637	3636	WO 141 D925p 1958	Physical examination of the surgical patient / J. Englebert Dunphy, Thomas W. Botsford.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958.
3638	3637	WO 141 D925p 1975	Physical examination of the surgical patient : an introduction to clinical surgery / J. Englebert Dunphy, Thomas W. Botsford.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
3639	3638	WO 141 S524d 1968	Diagnosis of surgical disease / by Richard T. Shackelford with the assistance of Donald W. Benson ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
3640	3639	WO 141 T488s 1965	Surgical diagnosis / Philip Thorek	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
3641	3640	WO 141 T488s 1977	Surgical diagnosis	Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1977
3642	3641	WO 141 W186c 1976	A Colour atlas of general surgical diagnosis / William F. Walker.	London : Wolfe Medical, 1976.
3643	3642	WO 142 A182s 1959	Surgical pathology / by Lauren V. Ackerman [and] Juan Rosai	St. Louis : Mosby, 1959
3644	3643	WO 142 A182s 1964	Surgical pathology / [by] Lauren V. Ackerman, in collaboration with Harvey R. Butcher	St. Louis, Mi. : C. V. Mosby, 1964
3645	3644	WO 142 B789p 1955	Pathology for the surgeon / William Boyd	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955
3646	3645	WO 142 B789p 1967	Pathology for the surgeon / by William Anderson	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967
3647	3646	WO 142 B789s 1947	Surgical pathology / William Body	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1947
3648	3647	WO 142 C161i 1962	Intestinal biopsy : in honour of professor C. Jimenez Diaz ed. by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Margaret P. Ccmeron	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962
3649	3648	WO 142 F687p 1945	Pathology in surgery / N. Chandler Foot	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1945
3650	3649	WO 142 H268b 1959	Biopsy manual / James D. Hardy ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
3651	3650	WO 142 I29t 1960	A Textbook of surgical pathology / by Charles F. W. Illingworth and Bruce M. Dick	London : Churchill, 1960
3652	3651	WO 142 J51k 1977	Kidney biopsy interpretation / Edwin H. Jenis, David T. Lowenthal.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, c1977.
3653	3652	WO 142 P964 1981	Progress in surgical pathology.	Philadelphia : Field & Wood, 1980-
3654	3653	WO 142 S917u 1978	Use and interpretation of renal biopsy / Gary E. Striker, Leonard J. Quadracci, Ralph E. Cutler.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1978.
3655	3654	WO 149 C748s 1968	Septic shock in man : [proceedings] : edited by S. G. Hershey, Louis R. M. Del Guercio [and] Rita McConn foreword by John M. Howard and Sam F. Seeley.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
3656	3655	WO 149 H258c 1968	Clinical management of shock, surgical and medical / by Robert M. Hardaway, III. with a foreword by Francis D. Moore.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1968.
3657	3656	WO 149 P776s 1966	A Survey of surgical shock : with special reference to fluids, electrolytes, and metabolites / by Joseph H. Pollock.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1966.
3658	3657	WO 149 S392c 1970	Corticosteroids in the treatment of shock / editors: William Schumer [and] Lloyd M. Nyhus.	Urbana : Published for the College of Medicine, Dept. of Surgery by the University of Illinois Press, 1970.
3659	3658	WO 149 W422d 1967	Diagnosis and treatment of shock / [edited by] Max Harry Weil [and] Herbert Shubin.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1967.
3660	3659	WO 149 ส815ช 2522	ช็อค / โดย สันต์ หัตถีรัตน์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
3661	3660	WO 15 C692g 1978	Guide to surgical terminology / by Frances Coleman.	Oradell, N.J. : Medical Economics Co., Book Division, 1978.
3662	3661	WO 162 G481m 1958	Modern trends in surgical materials	London, Butterworth, 1958
3663	3662	WO 166 H753s 1978	Sutures and techniques for wound closure / by Dan Holmlund ... [et al.]	New York : Medical and Surgical, c1978
3664	3663	WO 166 T222b 1955	Basic surgical skills : a manual with appropriate exercises / Robert Tauber	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955
3665	3664	WO 170 B646a 1974	Atlas of plaster cast techniques / by E. E. Bleck, Nellie Duckworth, and Nancy Hunter.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1974.
3666	3665	WO 178 A512m 1967	Manual of preoperative and postoperative care / Committee on Pre and Postoperative Care American College of Surgeons editorial subcommittee Henry T. Randall ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967
3667	3666	WO 178 A512m 1971	Manual of preoperative and postoperative care / editorial subcommittee: John M. Kinney, Richard H. Egdahl [and] George D. Zuidema.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
3668	3667	WO 178 A512m 1975	Manual of surgical nutrition / by the Committee on Pre and Postoperative Care, American College of Surgeons editorial subcommittee, Walter F. Ballinger, chairman ... [et al.].	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
3669	3668	WO 178 B431m 1967	Manual for the recovery room / Foreword by Philip S. Marcus.	Boston : Little, Brown, [1967]
3670	3669	WO 178 D847p 1958	Principles of general surgical management / Hugh Arnold Freeman Dudley with the assistance of B.C. Paton ... [et al.]	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1958
3671	3670	WO 178 N162c 1977	Critical surgical care : selected papers and discussion from the annual Continuation Course in Surgery, Critical surgical care, University of Minnesota, Department of Surgery, Minneapolis, Minnesota / edited by John S. Najarian, John P. Delaney.	New York : Stratton Intercontinental Medical Book Corp., c1977.
3672	3671	WO 178 P995s 1962	Surgical handicraft, being a practical guide for the general practitioner, the house surgeon, the surgical dresser, and the specialist surgical nurse / Walter Pye ed. by Hamilton Bailey	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1962
3673	3672	WO 178 T488i 1958	Illustrated preoperative and postoperative care / Philip Thorek	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1958
3674	3673	WO 178 T488i 1973	Illustrated preoperative and postoperative care / Philip Thorek illustrated by Carl T. Linden.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1973.
3675	3674	WO 178 W686b 1960	Body fluids in surgery / by A. W. Wilkinson.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1960.
3676	3675	WO 178 พ12ค [ม.ป.ป.]	คู่มือการดูแลบำบัดก่อนและหลังผ่าตัด = Handbook of preoperative and postoperative care / พงศ์เทพย์ สิงหะพันธุ	กรุงเทพฯ : วชิรพยาบาล, [252-?]
3677	3676	WO 18 A428t 1968	The Training of surgeons in the future / by the Allen O, Whipple Surgical Society.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1968.
3678	3677	WO 18 B786m 1971	Medical examination review book / Warner F. Bowers	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971
3679	3678	WO 183 A243r 1958	The recovery room : a symposium / by John Adriani and John B. Parmley.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1958.
3680	3679	WO 183 B366i 1969	Intensive and recovery room care / edited by John M. Beal [and] James E. Eckenhoff.	New York : Macmillan, 1969.
3681	3680	WO 183 B366m 1958	Manual of recovery room care / edited by John Mann Beal by members of the Dept. of Surgery, the New York Hospital-Cornell Medical Center	New York : Macmillan, 1958
3682	3681	WO 183 B969i 1969	Intensive nursing care / by Zeb. L. Burrell, Jr. [and] Lenette Owens Burrell.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1969.
3683	3682	WO 183 B969i 1973	Intensive nursing care / by Lenette Owens Burrell [and] Zeb L. Burrell, Jr. Drawings by Weona Wright.	Saint Louis : St. Louis Mosby, 1973.
3684	3683	WO 183 C597i 1975	Intensive care for nurses / edited by D. B. Clarke and A. D. Barnes.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
3685	3684	WO 183 G226i 1967	Intensive therapy unit and the nurse / by Erick Gardner and Brenda Shelton	London : Faber & Faber, 1967
3686	3685	WO 183 L533e 1946	Early ambulation and related procedures in surgical management / Daniel J. Leithauser	Springfield : Thomas, 1946
3687	3686	WO 183 M528c 1969	Concepts and practices of intensive care for nurse specialists / editors: Lawrence E. Meltzer, Faye G. Abdellah [and] J. Roderick Kitchell.	Philadelphia, Pa. : Charles Press, 1969.
3688	3687	WO 183 O48i 1974	Intensive coronary care / Michael F. Oliver, Desmond G. Julian, Myra G. Brown.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1974.
3689	3688	WO 183 R645p 1975	Paediatric intensive care : a manual for resident medical officers and senior nurses / Keith D. Roberts, Jennifer M. Edwards.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
3690	3689	WO 183 S126r 1956	The Recovery room immediate postoperative management / by Max S. Sadove and James H. Cross with contributions by 24 authorities	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956
3691	3690	WO 183 S869i 1975	Intensive therapy / J. C. Stoddart	Oxford : Blackwell, 1975
3692	3691	WO 184 A792c 1967	Complications in surgery and their management / edited by Curtis P. Artz [and] James D. Hardy.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
3693	3692	WO 184 A792m 1975	Management of surgical complications / edited by Curtis P. Artz, James D. Hardy with contributions by 42 authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
3694	3693	WO 184 M434t 1972	Tissue adhesives in surgery / Teruo Matsumoto.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972.
3695	3694	WO 184 M821m 1955	The Metabolic response to surgery / by Francis D. Moore and Margaret R. Ball	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1955
3696	3695	WO 184 P981s 1954	Surgical infections : prophylaxis-treatment-antibiotic therapy / Edwin J. Paulaski	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1954
3697	3696	WO 184 R846r 1964	Reoperative surgery / Robert Edward Rothenberg	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
3698	3697	WO 184 U38s 1966	Surgical bleeding handbook for medicine, surgery, and specialties / edited by Alex W. Ulin and Seymour S. Gollub.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw Hill, 1966.
3699	3698	WO 185 H337m 1955	The Mechanisms of healing in human wounds : a correlation of the clinical and tissue factors involved in the healing of human surgical wounds, burns, ulcers, and donor sites / Shattuck Wellman Hartwell	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1955
3700	3699	WO 185 I29w 1966	Wound healing : a symposium based upon the Lister Centenary Scientific Meeting held in Glasgow, September, 1965 / edited by Sir Charles Illingworth foreword by W. A. Mackey.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966.
3701	3700	WO 185 K27a 1979	Antimicrobial prophylaxis in surgery / M. R. B. Keighley, D. W. Burdon, with contributions from J. S. Belstead, A. D. Barnes.	Tunbridge Wells, Eng. : Pitman Medical, 1979.
3702	3701	WO 185 S989m 1976	Manual on control of infection in surgical patients / by the Committee on Control of Surgical Infections of the Committee on Pre and Postoperative Care, American College of Surgeons editorial subcommittee, William A. Altemeier ... [et al.].	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1976.
3703	3702	WO 185 W731 1957	The Healing of wounds : a symposium on recent trends and studies / Martin B. Williamson	New York : Blakiston Division, 1957
3704	3703	WO 198 M681h 1978	A handbook of surgical diatherymy / by J. P. Mitchell ... [et al.]	Bristol : John Wright, 1978
3705	3704	WO 200 A243p 1970	The Pharmacology of anesthetic drugs : a syllabus for students and clinicians / John Adriani.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1970.
3706	3705	WO 200 A243t 1964	Techniques and procedures of anesthesia	Springfield : Thomas, 1964
3707	3706	WO 200 A878a 1955	Anesthesia in ophthalmology / Wlater Sydney Atkinson	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1955
3708	3707	WO 200 A878a 1965	Anesthesia in ophthalmology / Walter Sydeney Atkinson	Springfield : Thomas, 1965
3709	3708	WO 200 B775s 1967	Studies in anaesthetics, including intravenous dental anaesthesia / James Gerald Bourne	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1967
3710	3709	WO 200 C713p 1966	Principles of anesthesiology / Vincent J. Collins.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1966.
3711	3710	WO 200 C967a 1961	Anesthesia, a manual for students & physicians / Stuart Chester Cullen	Chicago : Year Book, 1961
3712	3711	WO 200 D914a 1963	Anesthesia, in clinical ophthalmology / by Deryck Duncalf and David H. rhods	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963
3713	3712	WO 200 E92m 1967	Modern trends in anaesthesia-3 : aspects of metabolism and pulmonary ventilation / edited by Frankis T. Evans and T. Cecil Gray	New York : Appleton-Center-Crofts, 1967
3714	3713	WO 200 G465s 1966	Anesthesia for neurosurgery / by R. G. B. Gilbert ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966
3715	3714	WO 200 H161a 1955	Anesthesiology, by forty American authors	Philadelphia : Davis, 1955
3716	3715	WO 200 H161a 1963	Anesthesiology / Donald E. Hale	Philadelphia : Davis, 1963
3717	3716	WO 200 H598r 1963	Recent advances in anaesthesia and analgesia / edited by C. Langton Hewer.	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1963.
3718	3717	WO 200 H598r 1976	Recent advances in anaesthesia and analgesia / edited by C. Langton Hewer, R. S. Atkinson.	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1976.
3719	3718	WO 200 H645p 1972	Physics applied to anaesthesia / by D. W. Hill.	London : Butterworths, 1972.
3720	3719	WO 200 H645p 1975	Physics applied to anaesthesia / D. W. Hill.	London : Butterworths, 1976.
3721	3720	WO 200 H945n 1975	Neurosurgical anaesthesia / [by] A. R. Hunter.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
3722	3721	WO 200 I61m 1975	Molecular mechanisms of anesthesia / edited by B. Raymond Fink.	New York : Raven Press, c1975.
3723	3722	WO 200 L477s 1973	A Synopsis of anaesthesia / by J. Alfred Lee [and] R. S. Atkinson.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1973.
3724	3723	WO 200 L477s 1977	A Synopsis of anaesthesia / by J. Alfred Lee, R. S. Atkinson and G. B. Rushman.	Bristol : Wright, 1977.
3725	3724	WO 200 L699p 1974	Introduction to the practice of anesthesia / editors: Monte Lichtiger [and] Frank Moya.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1974.
3726	3725	WO 200 M287p 1967	Practical anaesthesia for lung surgery / by Ruth Mansfield and Richard Jenkins	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1967
3727	3726	WO 200 M431i 1975	Immunologic aspects of anesthetic and surgical practice / edited by Alix Mathieu, Barry D. Kahan.	New York : Grune & Stratton, [1975]
3728	3727	WO 200 M744 1978	Monitoring in anesthesia / edited by Lawrence J. Saidman, N. Ty Smith with 20 contributing authors foreword by Henrik H. Bendixen.	Boston : Butterworths, c1978.
3729	3728	WO 200 P886c 1966	Complehensive background for anesthesiology / William Forrest Powell	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1966
3730	3729	WO 200 P973m 1966	A Manual of anaesthetic techniques / by William J. Pryor and David C. T. Bush.	Bristol : Wright, 1966.
3731	3730	WO 200 Q6a 1972	Anesthesiology : a manual of concept and management / [by] Charles W. Quimby, Jr. illus. by Jack Diner.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, [1972]
3732	3731	WO 200 S232c 1970	Complications of anesthesia / compiled and edited by Lawrence J. Saidman and Frank Moya with a foreword by John J. Bonica.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, [1970]
3733	3732	WO 200 S399m 1962	Manual of anesthesiology for residents and medical students / by Herman Schwartz ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1962
3734	3733	WO 200 S674m 1977	Manual of anesthesia / John C. Snow.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1977.
3735	3734	WO 200 V637m 1977	Medicine for anaesthetists / edited by M. D. Vickers foreword by William W. Mushin.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
3736	3735	WO 200 W984p 1961	A Practice of anaesthesia / edited by W. D. Wylie and H. C. Churchill-Davidson.	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1961.
3737	3736	WO 200 W984p 1978	A Practice of anaesthesia / edited by H. C. Churchill-Davidson.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1978.
3738	3737	WO 200 ค116ว 2520	วิชาระงับความรู้สึก / คัมภีร์ มัลลิกะมาส	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ส่วนท้องถิ่นกรมการปกครอง, 2520
3739	3738	WO 200q A243c 1962	Chemistry of anesthesia;"The chemistry and physics of anesthesia / John Adriani."	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1962.
3740	3739	WO 205 E19s 1965	Science & practice in anesthesia / James Edward Eckenhoff	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
3741	3740	WO 211 F261f 1965	Foundations of anesthesiology / by Albert Faulconer, Jr. and Thomas E. Keys, [compilers].	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1965.
3742	3741	WO 235 K19a 1973	Anesthesia and uncommon diseases : pathophysiologic and clinical correlations / edited by Jordan Katz and Leslie B. Kadis.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
3743	3742	WO 240 D713i 1959	Intrumentation in anesthesiology / by William H. L. Dornette and Verne L. Brechnep	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1959
3744	3743	WO 240 T458d 1975	The Development of anaesthetic apparatus : a history based on the Charles King Collection of the Association of Anaesthetists of Great Britain and Ireland / by K. Bryn Thomas.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific for the Association, 1975.
3745	3744	WO 245 N279c 1958	Cardiovascular collapse in the operating room / by Herbert E. Natof and Max S. Sadove	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1958
3746	3745	WO 245 S657p 1966	Pathological physiology for the anesthesiologist.	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, (c.1966)
3747	3746	WO 245 T513e 1974	Emergency anaesthesia / edited by Harry L. Thornton, associate editor, H. D. Norton-Perkins.	London : E. Arnold, c1974.
3748	3747	WO 250 F312p 1967	Principles of resuscitation / by Stanley Feldman and Harold Ellis.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1967.
3749	3748	WO 250 J92f 1965	Fundamentals of cardiopulmonary resuscitation / by James R. Jude [and] James O. Elam illus. by Matthew A. Monks.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1965.
3750	3749	WO 27 G885p 1979	Planning ambulatory surgery facilities / Reba Douglass Grubb, Geraldine Ondov artwork by Travis L. Mayall and photos. by Tom Burk and Eileen Warner.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979.
3751	3750	WO 275 B188p 1960	A Practice of general anesthesia for neurosurgery / byRobert I. W. Ballantino ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960
3752	3751	WO 275 B414p 1958	Principles, problems, and practices of anesthesia for thoracic surgery	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1958
3753	3752	WO 275 B414r 1949	Resuscitation and anesthesia for wounded men : the management of traumatic shock / Henry K. Beecher	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1949
3754	3753	WO 275 B829p 1973	Pathological and pharmacological considerations in anesthesiology / edited by Verne L. Brechner.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1973.
3755	3754	WO 275 D781i 1961	Introduction to anesthesia : the principles of safe practice / by Robert D. Dripps, James E. Eckenhoff [and] Leroy D. Vandam. Line drawings by Leroy D. Vandam.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961.
3756	3755	WO 275 E92g 1959	General anaesthesia / by Frankis T. Evans	London : Butterworth, 1959
3757	3756	WO 275 E92g 1965	General anaesthesia / by Frankis T. Evans and T. Cecil Gray	Washigton : Butterworth, 1965
3758	3757	WO 275 F183e 1960	Electroencephalography in anesthesiology / by Albert Faulconer and Reginald G. Bickford	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1960
3759	3758	WO 275 G782g 1971	General anaesthesia / edited by T. Cecil Gray and J. F. Nunn.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
3760	3759	WO 275 N861a 1974	Anaesthetics, resuscitation and intensive care / [by] Walter Norris [and] Donald Campbell foreword by John W. Dundee.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1974.
3761	3760	WO 275 S795p 1974	Practical points in anesthesiology / by David C. C. Stark and R. B. Roberts	Flushing, N. Y. : Medical Examination Publishing, 1974
3762	3761	WO 275 T513t 1979	Topics in anaesthesia and intensive care for undergraduates / J. Andrew Thornton and Cyril J. Levy, with contributions by R. G. Clark and N. R. Bennett.	Boston : G.K. Hall, c1979.
3763	3762	WO 275 V637d 1978	Drugs in anaesthetic practice / M.D. Vickers, F.G. Wood-Smith, H.C. Stewart.	London : Butterworths, 1978.
3764	3763	WO 275 W879d 1964	Drugs in anaesthetic practice / by F. G. Wood-Smith, H. C. Stewart and M. D. Vickers.	Washington : Butterworths, 1964.
3765	3764	WO 275 W879d 1973	Drugs in anaesthetic practice / [by] F. G. Wood-Smith, M. D. Vickers and H. C. Stewart.	London : Butterworths, 1973.
3766	3765	WO 277 N972a 1969	Applied respiratory physiology with special reference to anaesthesia / [by] J. F. Nunn.	London : Butterworths, 1969.
3767	3766	WO 297 F312m 1973	Muscle relaxants / by Stanley A. Feldman with a contribution by M. A. Skivington.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1973.
3768	3767	WO 297 F312m 1979	Muscle relaxants / Stanley A. Feldman, with a contribution by M. A. Skivington.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
3769	3768	WO 297 F663m 1957	Muscle relaxants in anesthesiology / Francis Ference Foldes	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1957
3770	3769	WO 300 A243l 1967	Labat's regional anesthesia : techniques and clinical applications / John Adriani.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
3771	3770	WO 300 E68i 1969	Illustrerad handbok i lokalanestesi. English;"Illustrated handbook in local anaesthesia / edited by Ejnar Eriksson. Assistant editor: Anton Doberl. English translation: Victor Golsman [and] Graham McCarthy. Drawings: Poul Buckhoj. Photos.: Medicinsk Filmstudio."	Copenhagen : Munksgaard, c1969.
3772	3771	WO 300 M113l 1967	Local analgesia head and neck / by Sir Robert Macintosh and Mary Ostlere	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1967
3773	3772	WO 300 M152l 1967	Local analgesia brachial plexus / by Sir Robert Macintosh and William W. Mushin	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1967
3774	3773	WO 300 M821r 1961	Regional block : a handbook for use in the clinical practice of medicine and surgery / by Daniel C. Moore.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1961.
3775	3774	WO 300 P695h 1961	Histopathologic effects of local anesthetic drugs and related substances / by Philip Pizzolato and Walter Mannheimer	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1961
3776	3775	WO 305 G811p 1958	physiology of spinal anesthesia / Nicholas M. Green	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1958
3777	3776	WO 305 M152l 1957	Lumbar puncture and spinal analgesia / Sir Robert Macintosh	London : Livingstone, 1957
3778	3777	WO 350 B635c 1964	Clinical hypothermia / Emil Blair.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1964.
3779	3778	WO 350 B663h 1960	Hypothermia for hte neurosurgical patient / Antonio Boba	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1960
3780	3779	WO 350 B663h 1962	Hypothermia for the neurosurgical patient / Antonio Boba	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1962
3781	3780	WO 350 V819h 1955	Hypothermic anesthesia / Robert Wallace Virture	Springfield : Thomas, 1955
3782	3781	WO 375 C699f 1960	Fundamental sof nerve blocking / Vincent J. Collins	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1960
3783	3782	WO 440 G782e 1972	Embryology for surgeons : the embryological basis for the treatment of congenital defects / by Stephen Wood Gray [and] John Elias Skandalakis.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
3784	3783	WO 440 L528p 1960	Pediatric anesthesiology / M. Digby Leigh and M. Kathleen Belton	New York : Macmillan, 1960
3785	3784	WO 440 S658a 1959	Anesthesia for infants and children / Robert M. Smith	St. Louis : Mosby, 1959
3786	3785	WO 440 S658a 1968	Anesthesia for infants and children.	St. Louis, Mi. : C.V. Mosby, 1968.
3787	3786	WO 440 W756n 1965	Neonatal anesthesia / by T. N. P. Wilton and Franck Wilson	Oxford : Blackwell, 1965
3788	3787	WO 445 L871a 1971	Anesthesia for the aged / by Paul H. Lorhan with a foreword by William P. Longmire, Jr.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1961.
3789	3788	WO 450 A155p 1977	Pain control in obstetrics / Ezzat Abouleish.	Philadelphia : J. B. Lippincott, c1977.
3790	3789	WO 450 B715p 1967	Principles and practice of obstetric analgesia & anesthesia / by John J. Bonica.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, [1967-1969]
3791	3790	WO 450 H663a 1956	Anesthesia of obstetrics : labor, delivery infant care / by Robert A. Hingson and Louis M. Hellman	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1956
3792	3791	WO 450 M821a 1964	Anesthetic techniques for obstetrical anesthesia and analgesia / Daniel Charles Moore	Springfield : Thomas, 1964
3793	3792	WO 450 R643a 1955	Analgesia for midwives / Hilda Roberts	London : Livingstone, 1955
3794	3793	WO 460 A672m 1958	A Manual of dental anesthesia an illusted guide for student and practitioner / William Harry Archer	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1958
3795	3794	WO 460 G797a 1973	Anaesthesia and analgesia in dentistry / by Ronald A. Green and Michael P. Coplans.	London : H. K. Lewis, 1973.
3796	3795	WO 460 J82p 1967	Premediation local and general anesthesia in dentistry / by Niels Bjorn Jorgensen and Jess Hayden	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967
3797	3796	WO 460 L269r 1968	Relative analgesia in dental practice : inhalation analgesia with nitrous oxide / Harry Langa with a section on relative analgesia for the handicapped child, by Harold Diner.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
3798	3797	WO 460 M743g 1968	General anesthesia in dental practice / by Leonard M. Monheim.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
3799	3798	WO 460 S245l 1966	Local anesthesia in dentistry with an improved technique for a successful inferior dental nerve block. Ed. and translated from the French / edited by J. R. Moore	London : Henry Kimpton, 1966
3800	3799	WO 50 B192r 1964	Research methods in surgery / Walter F. Ballinger	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
3801	3800	WO 50 D389i 1957	An Introduction to experimental surgical studies / Wilfrid J. Demster	Oxford : Blackwell, 1957
3802	3801	WO 50 L864e 1976	Experimental surgery / Yu M. Lopukhin	Moscow : Mir, 1976
3803	3802	WO 50 M346e 1959	Experimental surgery : including surgical physiology / Jacob Markowitz ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1959
3804	3803	WO 50 M346e 1964	Experimental surgery : including surgical physiology / by J. Markowitz ... [et al.]	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
3805	3804	WO 500 C312m 1924	Modern operative surgery / edited by H. W. Carson	London : Cassell, 1924
3806	3805	WO 500 C778c 1964	The Craft of surgery / edited by Philip Cooper foreword by J. Englebert Dunphy. 144 contributing authors.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964.
3807	3806	WO 500 F238t 1966	Textbook of operative surgery;"Farquharson's Textbook of operative surgery / edited by R. F. Rintoul."	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1966.
3808	3807	WO 500 I72s 1965	Scientific basis of surgery / edited by W. T. Irvine.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965.
3809	3808	WO 500 N822o 1972	Operative surgery principles and techniques / edited by Paul F. Nora.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
3810	3809	WO 500 O35h 1977	Haemostasis : biochemistry, physiology, and pathology / edited by D. Ogston, B. Bennett.	London : Wiley, c1977.
3811	3810	WO 500 O75o 1968	Operations of general surgery / Thomas Grover Orr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
3812	3811	WO 500 P963l 1976	Laser surgery / edited by Isaac Kaplan	Jerusalem : Jerusalem Academic Press, 1976
3813	3812	WO 500 R628o 1956	Operative surgery under the general editorship of Charles Rob and Rodney Smith.	London : Butterworth, 1956-
3814	3813	WO 500 R628o 1976	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : ear / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1976
3815	3814	WO 500 R628o 1976	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : nose and throat / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1976
3816	3815	WO 500 R628o 1976	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : vascular surgery / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1976
3817	3816	WO 500 R628o 1976	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : eyes / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1976
3818	3817	WO 500 R628o 1977	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : colon, rectum and anus / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1977
3819	3818	WO 500 R628o 1977	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : gynaecology and obstetrics / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1977
3820	3819	WO 500 R628o 1977	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : urology / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1977
3821	3820	WO 500 R628o 1977	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : the hand / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1977
3822	3821	WO 500 R628o 1977	Operative surgery : fundamental international techniques : abdomen / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1977
3823	3822	WO 500 R628o 1978	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : paediatric surgery / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1978
3824	3823	WO 500 R628o 1978	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : accident surgery / Ed. by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, 1978
3825	3824	WO 500 R628o 1978	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : cardiothoracic surgery / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1978
3826	3825	WO 500 R628o 1979	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : orthopaedics / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1979
3827	3826	WO 500 R628o 1979	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : plastic surgery / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1979
3828	3827	WO 500 R628o 1979	Operative surgery fundamental international techniques : neurosurgery / edited by Charles Rob and Rodney Smith	London : Butterworths, c1979
3829	3828	WO 500 S428a 1971	An Aid to clinical surgery / by Peter R. Scott foreword by Thomas H. Ackland.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1971.
3830	3829	WO 510 R187c 1968	Cryosurgery / edited by Robert W. Rand, Arthur P. Rinfret [and] Hans Von Leden.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1968.
3831	3830	WO 512 A184m 1977	Microsurgery practice manual / Robert D. Acland	[S.l. : s.n.], c1977
3832	3831	WO 512 D184r 1977	Reconstructive microsurgery / Rollin K. Daniel, Julia K. Terzis foreword by Harry J. Buncke, Jr.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1977.
3833	3832	WO 517 B369a 1968	An Atlas of advanced surgical techniques / by Edward J. Beattie, Jr. [and] Steven G. Economou illus. by Joann Goldin.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
3834	3833	WO 517 B958p 1967	The Plastic surgery atlas / Frantisck Burian illustrations, Jara Moserova.	New York : Macmillan, 1967.
3835	3834	WO 517 C991a 1957	Atlas of surgical operations / by Robert M. Zollinger & Elliott C. Cutler illus. by Mildred B. Codding and Paul Fairchild.	New York : Macmillan, 1957.
3836	3835	WO 517 G776s 1979	Seeing operative surgery / F. T. Graves and Dorothy Graves	London : William Heinemann Medical, 1979
3837	3836	WO 517 M179a 1964	Atlas of technics in surgery / by John L. Madden with 91 contributing authors discussing the illustrated surgical technics. Illus. by Alfred Feinberg & Robert Wabnitz with Frank Robinson [and others]	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1964
3838	3837	WO 517 R319a 1978	Atlas of surgery in the first six months of life / S. Frank Redo ill. by Peter Ng.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1978.
3839	3838	WO 517 V147a 1976	Abdominal surgery : an atlas of operative techniques [by] Pietro Valdoni / translated and adapted by George Nardi illustrations and design by Vittoria [i.e. Vittorio] Fornasari, under the supervision of Felice Virno.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3840	3839	WO 517 Z86a 1961	Atlas of surgical operations / Robert M. Zollinger, Jr., Robert M. Zollinger illustrations by Marita Bitans ... [et al.].	New York : Macmillan, c1961.
3841	3840	WO 517 Z86a 1975	Atlas of surgical operations / Robert M. Zollinger, Robert M. Zollinger, Jr. ill. by Carol Donner ... [et al.].	New York : Macmillan, [1975]
3842	3841	WO 600 B282p 1964	Principles and practice of plastic surgery / by Arthur J. Barsky ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
3843	3842	WO 600 B651p 1972	Plastics materials in surgery / by Bernard Bloch and Garth W. Hastings.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1972.
3844	3843	WO 600 B732e 1973	Elective incisions and scar revision / Albert Facundo Borges foreword by John Marquis Converse.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1973.
3845	3844	WO 600 C666e 1979	Essentials of plastic surgery / William M. Cocke, Jr., Richard H. McShane, John S. Silverton.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1979.
3846	3845	WO 600 C766r 1964	Reconstructive plastic surgery : principles and procedures in correction, reconstruction, and transplantation / edited by John Marquis Converse, with a section on the hand edited by J. William Littler.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1964.
3847	3846	WO 600 C766r 1977	Reconstructive plastic surgery : principles and procedures in correction, reconstruction, and transplantation / editor, John Marquis Converse, assistant editor, Joseph G. McCarthy, editor, section on the hand, J. William Littler.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1977.
3848	3847	WO 600 D392p 1967	Plastic surgery of head and neck / by H. J. Denecke and R. Meyer	New York : Springer, 1967
3849	3848	WO 600 F725c 1960	Cosmetic surgery principles and practice / Samuel Fomon	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1960
3850	3849	WO 600 G481p 1957	The Principles and art of plastic surgery / by Harold Gillies and D. Ralph Millard chapter on anesthesia by Ivan Magill	Boston : Little, Brown, 1957
3851	3850	WO 600 G624u 1972	The Unfavorable result in plastic surgery : avoidance and treatment	Boston : Little, Brown, 1972
3852	3851	WO 600 G727p 1968	Plastic surgery : a concise guide to clinical practice / by 43 authors, edited by William C. Grabb and James W. Smith foreword by Herbert Conway and Reed O. Dingman.	Boston Little, Brown, 1968.
3853	3852	WO 600 I61p 1971	Plastic and reconstructive surgery, proceeding ... / edited by J. T. Hueston	Sydney : Butterworth, 1970
3854	3853	WO 600 I61p 1972	Plastic and reconstructive surgery of the face and neck / edited by John Conley and John T. Dickinson	New York: Grune & Stratton, 1972
3855	3854	WO 600 M466p 1971	Plastic and reconstructive surgery / Hans May.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1971.
3856	3855	WO 600 M494r 1967	Reconstructive surgery of thermal injuries and other subjects : discussed at the second annual meeting of the Swiss Society of Platic and Reconstructive Surgeons, Zurich, 4-5 November 1966. / edited by F. Andina.	Amsterdam, : Excerpta Medica Foundation, c1967
3857	3856	WO 600 M495p 1975	Plastic surgery of the head and neck and the female breast / edited by Heinz Bohmert	Stuttgart : Georg Thieme Verlag, 1975
3858	3857	WO 600 M631s 1973	Surgery of the facial nerve / by Adolf Miehlke in collaboration with Ugo Fisch with a pref. by John Conley with contributions from Carl-Magnus Eneroth [and others] Translated into English by Lorenz S. Michaelis.	Munchen : Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1973.
3859	3858	WO 600 M991p 1971	Plastic surgery in infancy and childhood / editor, John Clark Mustarde.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1971.
3860	3859	WO 600 P715 1979	Plastic surgery / edited by William C. Grabb, James W. Smith foreword by Reed O. Dingman.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1979.
3861	3860	WO 610 B878s 1958	Skin grafting / by James Barrett Brown and Frank McDowell	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1958
3862	3861	WO 610 G727s 1975	Skin flaps / edited by William C. Grabb, M. Bert Myers foreword by Frank McDowell.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1975.
3863	3862	WO 610 H859a 1972	Anaesthesia in organ transplantation / edited by T. Hilary Howells and Alan W. Grogono.	Basel : S. Karger, 1972.
3864	3863	WO 610 M625t 1966	Tissue grafting and radiation / by H.S. Micklem and John F. Loutit with an appendix by Charles E. Ford.	New York : Academic Press, 1966.
3865	3864	WO 610 N162t 1972	Transplantation / edited by John S. Najarian and Richard L. Simmons.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
3866	3865	WO 610 P963m 1972	Morphology in lung transplantation / editor: Charles R. H. Wildevuur. Co-editors: Christoph R. Jerusalem, Joseph M. Lauweryns [and] Catharina Wildevuur-van Hamersveld.	Basel : S. Karger, 1973.
3867	3866	WO 610 S989t 1970	Tissue typing and organ transplantation : proceedings / edited by Edmond J. Yunis, Richard A. Gatti [and] D. Bernard Amos.	New York : Academic Press, 1973.
3868	3867	WO 640 H823p 1973	Plastic and reconstructive surgery of the genital area / by 76 contributing authors. Editor: Charles E. Horton.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1973.
3869	3868	WO 700 A512m 1965	The Management of fractures and soft tissue injuries	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
3870	3869	WO 700 A976r 1978	Radiologic management of the massively traumatized patient / Robert J. Ayella.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
3871	3870	WO 700 B154e 1958	Emergency surgery / edited by T. J. McNair.	Bristol : Wright, 1958.
3872	3871	WO 700 B154e 1977	Hamilton Bailey's emergency surgery / edited by Hugh A. Dudley.	Bristol : J. Wright, 1977.
3873	3872	WO 700 B192m 1968	The Management of trauma / by members of the staff of the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Edited by Walter F. Ballinger, II, Robert B. Rutherford [and] George D. Zuidema.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
3874	3873	WO 700 C378t 1974	Trauma management / [edited by] Edwin F. Cave, John F. Burke, Robert J. Boyd.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1974.
3875	3874	WO 700 C592m 1959	Modern trends in accident surgery and medicine / by Clarke Ruscoe ... [et al.]	London : Butterworth, 1959
3876	3875	WO 700 C689e 1972	First aid, surgical and medical;"Emergency care, surgical and medical/ by Warren H. Cole [and] Charles B. Puestow, with 28 contributing authors."	[New York] : Appleton Century Crofts, 1972.
3877	3876	WO 700 G475s 1979	Shock trauma manual / William Gill, William Broughton Long III.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
3878	3877	WO 700 J78e 1974	Emergency abdominal surgery : in infancy, childhood and adult life / Peter F. Jones.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1974.
3879	3878	WO 700 K95c 1960	Crash injuries : the integrated medical aspacts of automobile injuries and deaths	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1960
3880	3879	WO 700 M161t 1959	Trauma / Harrison L. McLaughlin	Philadelphia : Saimders. 1959
3881	3880	WO 700 N154e 1966	Early management of acute traum / Alan M. Nahum	St. Louis : Mosby, 1966
3882	3881	WO 700 R193i 1979	The Injured child : surgical management / edited by Judson G. Randolph ... [et al.].	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1979.
3883	3882	WO 700 S525q 1974	Quick reference to surgical emergencies / edited by Gerald W. Shaftan and Bernard Gardner, with 29 contributors.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1974.
3884	3883	WO 700 S558c 1979	Care of the trauma patient / [edited by] G. Tom Shires.	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1979.
3885	3884	WO 700 W119s 1960	Surgical treatment of traum / Preston A. Wade	New Yoik : Grune & Stratton, 1960
3886	3885	WO 700 W722c 1978	Common surgical emergencies / C. Barrie Williams.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, c1978.
3887	3886	WO 700 Z94m 1979	The Management of trauma / edited by George D. Zuidema, Robert B. Rutherford, Walter F. Ballinger, II.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
3888	3887	WO 700 ป257ช 2520	เชิงปฏิบัติการ : การบาดเจ็บ / โดย เปรม บุรี และทองดี ชัยพานิช	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงเทพเวชสาร, 2520
3889	3888	WO 704 A792b 1979	Burns, a team approach / by Curtis P. Artz, John A. Moncrief, Basil A. Pruitt, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
3890	3889	WO 704 A992t 1957	The Treatment of burns / by Curtis P. Artz and Eric Reiss	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
3891	3890	WO 704 A992t 1969	The Treatment of burns / Curtis P. Artz [and] John A. Moncrief.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
3892	3891	WO 704 G619b 1965	Burns a symposium / comp, and ed. by Leon Goldma and Richard E. Gardner	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1965
3893	3892	WO 704 M938b 1967	Burns, shock, and plasma volume regulation / by Carl A. Moyer [and] Harvey R. Butcher.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1967.
3894	3893	WO 704 M953b 1974	Burns and their treatment / by I. F. K. Muir and T. L. Barclay.	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1974.
3895	3894	WO 704 O65b 1965	The Burn wound / y Stanley E. Order and John A. Moncrief	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1965
3896	3895	WO 704 P769c 1971	Contemporary burn management / edited by Hiram C. Polk, Jr. [and] H. Harlan Stone, with 23 contributing authors.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
3897	3896	WO 704 W872o 1953	On burns. Comp and ed / by Nathan A. Womack Participants : William Altermeier ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1953
3898	3897	WO 800 B786s 1960	Surgical philosophy in mass casualty management, with detailed notes on practical care / by Warner F. Bowers and Carl W. Huhes	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1960
3899	3898	WO 820 C734e 1972	Early care of the injured patient.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
3900	3899	WO 820 C734e 1976	Early care of the injured patient / by the Committee on Trauma, American College of Surgeons.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
3901	3900	WO 9 B192p 1972	Practice of surgery : current review / Walter F. Ballinger, Theodore Drapanas.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1900-
3902	3901	WO 9 O34s 1948	Surgery orthodox and heterodox / William Heneage Ogilvie	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1948
3903	3902	WO 925 B474p 1962	Pediatric surgery / by Clifford D. Benson ... [et al.]	Chicago : Yearbook Medical Publishers, 1962
3904	3903	WO 925 C788s 1978	Surgery of the neonate / Arnold G. Coran ... [et al.].	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978.
3905	3904	WO 925 F246s 1964	The Surgery of childhood for nurses / by Raymond Farrow and Duncan Forrest	Edinburgh : Livingston, 1964
3906	3905	WO 925 F246s 1968	The Surgery of childhood for nurses / by Raymond Farrow and Duncan Forrest.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1968.
3907	3906	WO 925 G199s 1973	Surgical pediatrics / by Stephen L. Gans	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1973
3908	3907	WO 925 G878s 1953	The Surgery of infancy and childhood : its principles and teachniques	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1953
3909	3908	WO 925 H185s 1972	Surgical emergencies in the newborn / by J. Alex Haller, Jr. [and] James L. Talbert.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
3910	3909	WO 925 J78c 1976	Clinical paediatric surgery : diagnosis and management / by the staff of the Royal Children's Hospital, Melbourne compiled and edited by Peter G. Jones.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
3911	3910	WO 925 K47p 1956	Pre and postoperative care in the pediatric surgical patient	Chicago : Year Book, 1956
3912	3911	WO 925 M468a 1958	Anomalies of infants and children / by D. McCullagh Mayer and Wilson A. Swaker	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1958
3913	3912	WO 925 O97n 1973	Nonoperative aspects of pediatric surgery : with special emphasis on surgical neoanatology / by Richard S. Owings.	St. Louis, Mo. : W. H. Green, 1973.
3914	3913	WO 925 P865s 1959	Surgeon and the child / Willis J. Potts	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
3915	3914	WO 925 R539n 1969	Neonatal surgery / by P. P. Rickham and J. H. Johnston.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969.
3916	3915	WO 925 R539s 1975	Kinderchirurgie. English;"Synopsis of pediatric surgery / P. P. Rickham, R. T. Soper, U. G. Stauffer, with contrifutions by P. Dangel ... [et al.]."	[Chicago] : Year Book Medical, 1975.
3917	3916	WO 925 S974p 1958	Pediatric surgery / Orvar Swenson	New York : Appleton Centruy-Crofts, 1958
3918	3917	WO 925 S974p 1962	Pediatric surgery / edited by Orvar Swenson.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1962.
3919	3918	WO 925 W586s 1958	Surgery in infancy and childhood : a handbook for medical students and general practitioners / by Matthew White and Wallace M. Dennison	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1958
3920	3919	WO 925 W686r 1975	Recent advances in paediatric surgery, no. 3	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975
3921	3920	WO 925 พ234ก 2520	กุมารศัลยศาสตร์ / พิทยา จันทรกมล	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยเขษม, 2520
3922	3921	WO 925 ส255ศ 2520	ศัลยกรรมเด็ก / โดย เสนอ อินทรสุขศรี และ พลภัทร ตาละลักษณ์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ และศิริราชพยาบาล, 2520
3923	3922	WO 950 J58g 1963	Geriatric surgical emergenies / by John E. Jesseph and Henry N. Harkins, with 16 contributing authors	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963
3924	3923	WO 950 S571a 1976	The Aged & high-risk surgical patient : medical surgical & anesthetic management / edited by John H. Siegel, Peter Chodoff.	New York : Grune and Stratton, c1976.
3925	3924	WP 100 B365s 1972	Synopsis of gynecology / by Daniel Winston Beacham [and] Woodard Davis Beacham.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972.
3926	3925	WP 100 B365s 1977	Synopsis of gynecology / Daniel Winston Beacham, Woodward Davis Beacham.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
3927	3926	WP 100 B412f 1959	Fundamentals of gynecology / by Samuel J. Behrman and John R. G. Cosling	New York : Oxford University Press, 1959
3928	3927	WP 100 B421f 1966	Fundamentals of gynecology / by Samuel J. Behrman and John R.G. Gosling.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1966.
3929	3928	WP 100 B473h 1977	Handbook of obstetrics & gynecology / Ralph C. Benson illustrated by Laurel V. Schaubert.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1977.
3930	3929	WP 100 B648m 1957	Modern office gynecology / by George Blinick and Sherwin A. Kaufman	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1957
3931	3930	WP 100 C244a 1978	Advances in obstetrics and gynecology / Ronald M. Caplan, William J. Sweeney, III.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1978
3932	3931	WP 100 D519i 1976	Integrated obstetrics and gynaecology for postgraduates / edited by C. J. Dewhurst.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
3933	3932	WP 100 G798g 1965	Gynecology : essentials of clinical practice / Thomas Henry Green	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
3934	3933	WP 100 H734b 1958	British obstetric and gynaecological practice / ed. by Eardley Holland and Aleck Bourne	London : Heinemann, 1958
3935	3934	WP 100 H889g 1962	Gynecology and obstetrics / John William Huffman	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
3936	3935	WP 100 J45p 1957	Principles of gynaecology / [by] Sir Norman Jeffcoate.	London : Butterworth, 1957.
3937	3936	WP 100 J45p 1975	Principles of gynaecology / [by] Sir Norman Jeffcoate.	London : Butterworth, 1975.
3938	3937	WP 100 K29m 1969	Modern trends in gynaecology / edited by R. J. Kellar	London : Butterworths, 1969
3939	3938	WP 100 K49g 1965	Gynecology / Robert Alexander Kimbrough	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
3940	3939	WP 100 K61g 1964	Gynecology : principles and practice / by Robert W. Kistner	Chicago : Year Book Medical 1964
3941	3940	WP 100 K61g 1979	Gynecology : principles and practice / Robert W. Kistner	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1979
3942	3941	WP 100 K91g 1967	Gynecologic pathology / Frederick T. Kraus	St. Louis : Mosby, 1967
3943	3942	WP 100 K93p 1951	Psychosomatic gynecology : including problems of obstetrical care / by William S. Kroger and S. Charles Freed	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1951
3944	3943	WP 100 L676p 1956	Progress in clinical obstetrics and gynaecology / Thomas Loftus Townsend Lewis	Boston : Little, Brown, 1956
3945	3944	WP 100 L783i 1959	An Introduction to gynecological exfoliative cytology : a manual for cytotechnicians / Winifred Liu	Springfield : Thomas, 1959
3946	3945	WP 100 M163g 1955	Gynaecology / by Douglas H. MacLeod, Charles D. Read	Boston : Little, Brown, 1955
3947	3946	WP 100 M394t 1963	A Textbook of gynecology / K. M. Masani	Bombay : Popular Book Depot, 1963
3948	3947	WP 100 M394t 1964	A Textbook of obstetrics / Kaikhushru M. Masani	Bombay : Popular Prakashan, 1963
3949	3948	WP 100 N935g 1940	Gynecological and obstetrical pathology : with clinical and endocrine relations / Emil Novak	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1940
3950	3949	WP 100 N935g 1975	Gynecology : condensed from Novak's Textbook of gynecology, ninth edition / Edmund R. Novak, Georgeanna Seegar Jones, Howard W. Jones, Jr.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, [1975]
3951	3950	WP 100 ศ173p 2520	Practical obstetric and gynecological management / ศรีสมบูรณ์ อ่วมกุล	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2520
3952	3951	WP 141 ว172ค 2522	คู่มือการซักประวัติและการตรวจทางนรีเวชฯ / วราวุธ สุมาวงศ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2522
3953	3952	WP 145 ว237ม [252-?]	มะเร็งอวัยวะสืบพันธุ์สตรี = Gynecologic oncology / วิรัช เจริญเอี่ยม	[ม.ป.ท. : ม.ป.พ., 252-?]
3954	3953	WP 17 G239g 1972	Gynaecology illustrated / by Matthew M. Garrey ... [and others].	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1972.
3955	3954	WP 17 K19a 1962	Atlas of in situ cytology / by S. Charles Kasdon and Sophia B. Bamford	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962
3956	3955	WP 17 K81a 1972	Atlas of colposcopy / by Per Kolstad [and] Adolf Stafl.	Baltimore : University Park Press, 1972.
3957	3956	WP 17 N427a 1977	Atlas of radical pelvic surgery / James H. Nelson, Jr. foreword by Louis M. Hellman with ill. by Frank Robinson and Jonathan M. Nelson.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1977.
3958	3957	WP 17 P267a 1953	An Atlas of pelvic operations / by Langdon Parsons [and] Howard Ulfelder illustrated by Mildred B. Codding.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1953.
3959	3958	WP 17 R361a 1975	Vaginalen Operationen. English;"Atlas of vaginal surgery : surgical anatomy and technique / by Gnther Reiffenstuhl and Werner Platzer illustrated by Franz Batke translated by E. Judith Friedman and Emanuel A. Friedman edited by Emanuel A. Friedman."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
3960	3959	WP 17 S227a 1977	Manuale di tecnica operatoria vaginale. English;"Atlas of vaginal surgery / Guelfo Sani, Leon Kos translated by Philip DiSaia, Bernardino Zanini."	New York : Wiley, c1977.
3961	3960	WP 17 S472a 1977	Atlas of gynecologic laparoscopy and hysteroscopy / by K. Semm introd. by Raoul Palmer translated by Allan Lake Rice edited by Lawrence Stephen Borow.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
3962	3961	WP 18 H967m 1976	Medical examination review book / Glenn Hurt W	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1976
3963	3962	WP 322 ส245น 2522	เนื้องอกรังไข่ / สุนทร บุญญานิตย์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์คุรุสภาลาดพร้าว, 2522
3964	3963	WP 520 ห91h 2522	Hormonal therapy in obstetrics and gynecology / หะทัย เทพพิสัย และ อุรุษา เทพพิสัย	ม.ป.ท. : ม.ป.พ., 2522
3965	3964	WP 630 H384b 1967	Birth control / by Ernest Havemann and the editors of Time-Life Books.	New York : Time, 1967.
3966	3965	WP 630 I61v 1967	Variables for comparative fertility studies : a working paper prepared by the Committee on Comparative studies of Fertility and Family Planning	Ann Arbor, Mich. : Braun Brumfield, 1967
3967	3966	WP 630 J83u 1973	Uterine contraction : side effects of steroidal contraceptives / edited by John B. Josimovich.	New York : Wiley, 1973.
3968	3967	WP 630 K49s 1971	A Survey of soldiers with regard to population family planning education / by Tae Ryong Kim ... [et al.]	Seoul : The Korean Institute for Family Planning, 1971
3969	3968	WP 630 K61r 1962	Research in family planning : papers presented at a conference sponsored jointly by the Milbank Memorial Fund and the Population Council, Inc., held October 13-19, 1960, at the Carnegie Endowment International Center, New York City / edited by Clyde V. Kiser	Princeton, N.J : Princeton University Press, 1962
3970	3969	WP 630 K98p 1968	The Population of Korea / by E. Hyock Kwon and Tae Ryong Kim	Seoul : [s.n.], 1968
3971	3970	WP 630 M278f 1969	Family planning : a teaching guide for nurses / Miriam T. Manisoff	New York : Planned Parenthood World Population, 1969
3972	3971	WP 630 M368p 1965	Planning for a family : an atlas of temperature charts / by John Marshall.	London : Faber and Faber, 1965.
3973	3972	WP 630 M483h 1967	Handbook on oral contraception.	Boston, Mass., : Little, Brown, ,[1967]
3974	3973	WP 630 M696c 1979	Controversies in contraception / [edited by] Kamran S. Moghissi.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
3975	3974	WP 630 M972p 1965	Population dynamics : international action and training programs proceedings of the International Conference on Population, May, 1964, The John Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health / edited by Minoru Muramatsu and Paul A. Harper	Baltimore : John Hopkins Press, 1965
3976	3975	WP 630 N816c 1966	Contraception : a history of its treatment by the Catholic theologians and canonists / by John T. Noonan, Jr.	Cambridge : Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1965.
3977	3976	WP 630 P374t 1969	Textbook of contraceptive practice / by John Peel and Malcolm Potts	Cambridge : University Press, 1969
3978	3977	WP 630 P484p 1969	Population / William Petersen	[New York] : Macmillan, [1969]
3979	3978	WP 630 P647c 1965	The Control of fertility / Gregory Pincus.	New York : Academic Press, 1965.
3980	3979	WP 630 P748p 1969	The Psychology of birth planning / by Edward Pohlman with the assistance of Julia Mae Pohlman.	Cambridge, Mass. : Schenkman, 1969.
3981	3980	WP 630 P777f 1966	Family planning : a handbook for the doctor / Mary Pollock	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1966
3982	3981	WP 630 P831m 1967	Muslim attitudes toward family planning / Population Council compiled and edited by Olivia Schieffelin	New York : The Council, 1967
3983	3982	WP 630 P831s 1967	Selected questionnaires on knowledge : attitudes and practice of family planning / Population Council	New York : The Council, 1967
3984	3983	WP 630 P963e 1979	Endometrial bleeding and steroidal contraception : proceedings Geneva, September, 12-14, 1979 / editors, E. Diczfalusy, I. S. Fraser and F. T. G. Webb	Bath : Pitman Press, c1980
3985	3984	WP 630 P963f 1972	Fertility control methods : strategies for introduction : proceedings Washington, December 4-6, 1972 / ed. by Gordon W. Duncan ... [et al.]	New York : Academic Press, 1973
3986	3985	WP 630 P963p 1969	Population, international assistance and research : proceedings	Paris : Development Centre of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, 1969
3987	3986	WP 630 P963r 1977	Risks, benefits, and controversies in fertility control : proceedings of a Workshop on Risks, Benefits, and Controversies in Fertility Control, held in Arlington, Virginia, United States of America / sponsored by the Program for Applied Research on Fertility Regulation, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois edited by John J. Sciarra, Gerald I. Zatuchni, J. Joseph Speidel prepared with the technical assistance of Carolyn K. Osborn.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1978.
3988	3987	WP 630 R519f 1965	Family design marital sexuality, family size, and contraception / Lee Rainwater.	Chicago : Aldine, 1965.
3989	3988	WP 630 R744r 1973	Response to contraception / Maxwell Roland.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
3990	3989	WP 630 S388f 1969	Family life and sex education : curriculum and instruction / by Esther D. Schulz [and] Sally R. Williams.	New York : Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
3991	3990	WP 630 ว233ก 2516	การสื่อสารให้ปฎิบัติวางแผนครอบครัวและประชากรข้อคิด และข้อมูลทางวิชาการ / วิทูร โอสถานนท์	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์พระจันทร์, 2516
3992	3991	WP 630 ส246c 2516	Contraception / สุพร เกิดสว่าง	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2516
3993	3992	WP 630 ส246h 2511	Handbook of contraception / สุพร เกิดสว่าง	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2511
3994	3993	WP 660 T736g 1978	Gynecologic operations : as performed by members of the staff of the Woman's Hospital, St. Luke's Hospital Center, New York / Harold M. M. Tovell, Leonard D. Dank, with 45 contributors.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, c1978.
3995	3994	WQ 100 B234q 1969	Quick reference to ob-gyn procedures / [by] obstetrical and gynecological staff, Lenox Hill Hospital, New York edited by Hugh R. K. Barber [and] Edward A. Graber.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [1969]
3996	3995	WQ 100 M135s 1978	Scientific basis of obstetrics and gynaecology / edited by Ronald R. Macdonald.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1978.
3997	3996	WQ 100 N727o 1975	Obstetric and gynecologic disorders : a practitioner's guide / by Kenneth R. Niswander.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1975.
3998	3997	WQ 100 P551o 1962	Obstetrics and gynecology combined for students / Elliot Elias Philipp	London : Lewis, 1962
3999	3998	WQ 100 R354c 1974	Centroversy in obstetrics and gynecology II / edited by Duncan E. Reid and C. D. Christion	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974
4000	3999	WQ 100 R354t 1962	A Textbook of obstetrics / Duncan E. Reid	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
4001	4000	WQ 100 R638g 1967	Gynaecology and obstetrics / edited by D. W. T. Roberts.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967.
4002	4001	WQ 100 W724o 1950	Obstetrics;"Williams Obstetrics / Nicholson J. Eastman."	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1950.
4003	4002	WQ 100 W724o 1961	Obstetrics;"Williams Obstetrics / Nicholson J. Eastman and Louis M. Hellman."	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1961.
4004	4003	WQ 100 W724o 1971	Obstetrics;"Williams Obstetrics / Louis M. Hellman and Jack A. Pritchard."	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1971.
4005	4004	WQ 100 W724o 1976	Obstetrics;"Williams Obstetrics / Jack A. Pritchard, Paul C. MacDonald, Norman F. Gant."	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1976.
4006	4005	WQ 100 Z36s 1966	Social aspect of obstetrical practices / Enrique Carlos Zarate	Agentina : Buenos Aires, 1966
4007	4006	WQ 150 D346s 1953	Safegnarding mother hood / Sol Theron DeLee	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1953
4008	4007	WQ 150 H468b 1978	Birth defects and drugs in pregnancy / Olli P. Heinonen, Dennis Slone, Samuel Shapiro, with Leonard F. Gaetano ... [et al.] David W. Kaufman, editor.	Littleton, Mass. : Publishing Sciences Group, 1977.
4009	4008	WQ 160 G438s 1960	A Short textbook of midwifery / George Frederick Gibberd	London : Churchill, 1960
4010	4009	WQ 160 J83t 1967	The Training and responsibilities of the midwife. A Macy Conference held May 9-13, 1966, Lake Coma, Italy	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, 1967
4011	4010	WQ 160 T719h 1931	A Handbook of midwifery / Richard E. Tottenham	London : Churchill, 1931
4012	4011	WQ 165 J73t 1965	A Text-book of midwifery for students and practitioners / by R. W. Johnstone and R. J. Kellar.	London : Black, 1965.
4013	4012	WQ 18 P962m 1977	Medical examination review book, obstetrics & gynecology specialty board review / edited by Raymond E. Probst	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977
4014	4013	WQ 18 ส241บ 2524	บทเรียนด้วยตนเองเรื่องกลไกการคลอดปกติ / โดย สุกัญญา ปริสัญญกุล	เชียงใหม่ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, [2524?]
4015	4014	WQ 200 A826p 1962	Prenatal influenences / Montague Franis Ashley Montagu	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1962
4016	4015	WQ 200 B882a 1960	Antenatal and postnatal care / by Francis J. Browne	London : Churchill, 1960
4017	4016	WQ 200 B964a 1965	The Anatomy and physiology of obstetrics : a short text for students and midwives	London : Faber and Faber, 1964
4018	4017	WQ 200 R465c 1954	clinical measurment of uterine forces in pregnacy and labor / by S. R. M. Raynolds ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1954
4019	4018	WQ 200 SY5358 1957	A Symposium on non-toxemic hypertension in pregnancy / edited by Norman F. Morris and J. C. McClure Browne	London : Churchill, 1958
4020	4019	WQ 200 T385e 1973	Endocrine control of uterine innervation / [by] G. W. Theobald.	London : Butterworth, 1973.
4021	4020	WQ 200 W927r 1973	Recent progress in obstetrics and gynaecology : proceedings of the VII World Congress of Obstetrics and Gynaecology held in Moscow, August 12-18, 1973 / editors, L. S. Persianinov and T. V. Chervakova, J. Presl.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1974.
4022	4021	WQ 200 ม25ส 2519	สูติศาสตร์หัตการ = Operative obstetrics / มานา บุญคั้นผล	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการทดลองหน่วยผลิตเอกสารมหาวิทยาลัย จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
4023	4022	WQ 200 ว236ส 2522	สูติศาสตร์นรีเวชวิทยา / วิมลรัตน กรัยวิเชียร	กรุงเทพฯ : จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522
4024	4023	WQ 202 S299u 1975	Ultrasonographic diagnosis in obstetrics and gynecology = Ultraschalldiagnose in Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie ... / H. Schams, J. Bretscher.	Berlin : Springer-Verlag, 1975.
4025	4024	WQ 205 B615 1977	Biological and clinical aspects of the fetus / edited by Yukio Notake and Shuetu Suzuki.	Baltimore : University Park Press, c1977.
4026	4025	WQ 205 G816r 1976	Reproduction and human welfare : a challenge to research : a review of the reproductive sciences and contraceptive development / sponsored by the Ford Foundation Roy O. Greep, Marjorie A. Koblinsky, Frederick S. Jaffe.	Cambridge : MIT Press, c1976.
4027	4026	WQ 205 H318s 1954	Studies on fertility : including papers read at the conference of the society for the study of fertility	London : Blackwell, 1954
4028	4027	WQ 205 H318s 1958	Studies on fertility : including papers read at the conference of the Society for the Study of Fertility, Exeter, 1957. being volume IX of the Proceeding of the Society / dited by R. G. Harrison	Oxford : Blackwell, 1958
4029	4028	WQ 205 H999p 1964	The Physiology of human pregnancy / by Frank E. Hytten and Isabella Leitch, with a foreword by Sir Dugold Baird	Oxford : Blackwell, 1964
4030	4029	WQ 205 J77e 1969	The Economic effect of declining fertility in less developed countries / Gavin W. Jones	New York : The population Council, 1969
4031	4030	WQ 205 K79k 1970	The Korean 1968 fertility and family planning survey / by Kap Suk Koh an d David P. Smith	Seoul : The National Family Planning Center, 1970
4032	4031	WQ 205 M678r 1979	Reproductive endocrinology, infertility, and contraception / Daniel R. Mishell, Jr., Val Davajan.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, c1979.
4033	4032	WQ 205 P132h 1972	Human reproduction : the core content of obstetrics, gynecology, and perinatal medicine / by Ernest W. Page, Claude A. Villee [and] Dorothy B. Villee.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
4034	4033	WQ 205 P132h 1976	Human reproduction : the core content of obstetrics, gynecology, and perinatal medicine / Ernest W. Page, Claude A. Villee, Dorothy B. Villee.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4035	4034	WQ 205 S539o 1960	Ovum humanum : growth, maturation, nourishment, fertilization, and early development / Landrum B. Shettles.	New York : Hafne, 1960.
4036	4035	WQ 205 W586m 1962	The Management of impaired fertility / by Margaret Moore White and V. B. Green-Armytage	London : Oxford University Press, 1962
4037	4036	WQ 205 W927c 1972	Cervical mucus in human reproduction : based on a colloquium held in Geneva on 18-20 September 1972, within the WHO Expanded Programme of Research, Development, and Research Training in Human Reproduction / edited by Max Elstein, Kamran S. Moghissi [and] Rudi Borth.	Copenhagen : Scriptor, 1973.
4038	4037	WQ 205 ส585ค 2520	คู่มือการตรวจและบำบัดรักษาผู้มีบุตรยาก / เสบียง ศรีวรรณบูรณ์	กรุงเทพฯ : [ม.ป.พ], 2520
4039	4038	WQ 208 B775a 1973	Artificial insemination / by Richard B. Bourne ... [et al.]	New York : MSS Information, 1973.
4040	4039	WQ 208 F495a 1976	Artificial insemination / by Wilfred J. Finegold with a foreword by Alan F. Guttmacher.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1976.
4041	4040	WQ 209 S286r 1978	Reviews in perinatal medicine.	New York : Raven Press, 1976-
4042	4041	WQ 210 B335p 1976-	Perinatal medicine : review and comments / edited by Frederick C. Battaglia, Giacomo Meschia, E. J. Quilligan.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976-
4043	4042	WQ 210 C515f 1975	Fetal and postnatal cellular growth : hormones and nutrition / Donald B. Cheek, with the assistance of collaborating investigators	New York : Wiley, [1975]
4044	4043	WQ 210 C748e 1970	Erythropoiesis : regulatory mechanisms and developmental aspects. Proceedings / edited by Yehuda Matoth.	New York : Academic Press, [1971?]
4045	4044	WQ 210 G656p 1976	Perinatal medicine : the basic science under lying clinical practice / editors, James W. Goodwin, John O. Godden, Graham W. Chance.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1976.
4046	4045	WQ 210 K66f 1969	Foetus and placenta / edited by Arnold Klopper & Egon Diczfalusy.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1969.
4047	4046	WQ 210 M861f 1970	Foetal and neonatal pathology / by J. Edgar Morison.	London : Butterworths, 1970.
4048	4047	WQ 210 N273a 1974	Amniotic fluid : physiology, biochemistry, and clinical chemistry / edited by Samuel Natelson, Antonio Scommegna [and] Morton B. Epstein.	New York : John Wiley, 1974.
4049	4048	WQ 210 P963p 1971	Psysiology and pathology in the perinatat period / dited by R. H. Gevers and J. H. Rays	New York : Springer-Verlag, 1971
4050	4049	WQ 210 R386d 1977	Drug abuse in pregnancy and neonatal effects / edited by Jose Luis Rementeria.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
4051	4050	WQ 210 S848f 1977	The Fetus and newly born infant : influences of the prenatal environment / Roger E. Stevenson.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
4052	4051	WQ 210 S989s 1974	Size at birth / [ed., Katherine Elliott and Julie Knight].	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1974.
4053	4052	WQ 210 Z96c 1977	Current development in perinatology : the fetus, placenta, and newborn / edited by Frederick P. Zuspan.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
4054	4053	WQ 211 K96p 1978	Perinatal medicine : clinical and biochemical aspects of the evaluation, diagnosis and management of the fetus and newborn / editors, Sudhir Kumar, Manohar Rathi.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1978.
4055	4054	WQ 212 G567m 1974	Modern perinatal medicine / edited by Louis Gluck.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1974.
4056	4055	WQ 212 G886p 1975	The Placenta and its maternal supply line : effects of insufficiency on the fetus / edited by P. Gruenwald.	Baltimore Laneaster : University Park Press Medical and Technical, 1975.
4057	4056	WQ 215 S539p 1973	Pathology of toxaemia of pregnancy / by H. L. Sheehan and J. B. Lynch.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1973.
4058	4057	WQ 215 T385p 1955	The Pregnancy toxeamias or the encymonic atelasitesses / y G. W. Theoblad with a chapter on the adrenal cortex / by John Dawson	London : Kimpton, 1955
4059	4058	WQ 225 H772c 1971	Changing patterns of induced abortion in Seoul, Korea / Sung-bong Hong.	Seoul : [s.n.], 1971.
4060	4059	WQ 225 H772i 1966	Induced abortion in Seoul, Korea / Sung-bong Hong.	Seoul : [s.n.], 1966.
4061	4060	WQ 225 J41s 1957	Spontaneous and habitual abortion / Carl Theodore Javert	New York : Blakiston Division, 1957
4062	4061	WQ 225 L153a 1966	Abortion / Lawrence Lader	Indianapolis : Bobbs-Merrill, [1966]
4063	4062	WQ 225 N458p 1957	Perinatal loss in modern obstetrics / Robert Edward Lee Nesbitt	Philadeophia : Davis, 1957
4064	4063	WQ 235 S924p 1967	Dennen's forceps deliveries;"Forceps deliveries / Edward Henry Dennen."	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, c1955.
4065	4064	WQ 240 A316p 1977	Perinatal intensive care / edited by Silvio Aladjem, Audrey K. Brown.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1977.
4066	4065	WQ 240 B261m 1965	Medical disorders in obstetric practics / Cyril George Barnes	Philadeophia : Davis, 1965
4067	4066	WQ 240 B261m 1970	Medical disorders in obstetric practice / by Cyril G. Barnes.	London : Blackwell Scientific, 1970.
4068	4067	WQ 240 B499l 1973	Lever en Zwangerschap. English;"Liver and pregnancy / by N. A. M. Bergstein."	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1973]
4069	4068	WQ 240 B972t 1972	The thyroid gland in pregnancy / by Gerard N. Burrow.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
4070	4069	WQ 240 B974h 1958	Heart disease and pregnanacy physiology and management / by Sidney Burwell and James Metcalfe	Boston : Little, Brown, 1958
4071	4070	WQ 240 G985m 1960	Medical surgical and gynecological complications of pregnancy / by the staff of the Mount Sinai Hospital / edited by Aland F. Guttmacher and Joseph J. Rovinsky	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1960
4072	4071	WQ 240 M744v 1969	Viral infections of the human fetus / by Gilles R. G. Monif.	London : Macmillan, 1969.
4073	4072	WQ 240 R875m 1965	Medical surgical and gynecological complications of pregnancy / by the staff of the Mount Sinai Hospital / edited by Joseph J. Rovinsky and Alan F. Guttmacher	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1965
4074	4073	WQ 240 S989i 1972	Intrauterine infections / editors: Katherine Elliott and Julie Knight.	Amsterdam New York : Elsevier, 1973.
4075	4074	WQ 240 ธ237ภ [252-?]	ภาวะแทรกซ้อนทางอายุรศาสตร์ในสตรีตั้งครรภ์ = Medical complications during pregnancy / ธีระ ทองสง	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2536
4076	4075	WQ 240 ศ173ส 2521	สูติศาสตร์และโรคแทรกซ้อน = Common obstetrical abnormalitics / ศรีสมบูรณ์ อ่วมกุล	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
4077	4076	WQ 300 H568f 1970	Forum of modern obstetrical practice / edited by W. L. Herrmann and W. L. Heinrichs	Basel : S. Karger, 1970
4078	4077	WQ 310 S799e 1959	Evaluation of the pelvis in obstetrics;"Moloy's Evaluation of the pelvis in obstetrics / Charles M. Steer."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
4079	4078	WQ 330 D675p 1974	Practical obstetric problems / Ian Donald.	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1974.
4080	4079	WQ 330 K84h 1972	High-risk newborn infants : the basis for intensive nursing care / by Sheldon B. Korones with the editorial assistance of, and a chapter by, Jean Lancaster [and] Florence Bright Roberts.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1972.
4081	4080	WQ 400 D735o 1957	Operative obstetrics / R. Gordon Douglas and William B. Stromme.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1957.
4082	4081	WQ 400 K41o 1964	Operative obstetrics;"Munro Kerr's Operative obstetrics / J. Chassar Moir."	Baltimore : Williams, and Wilkins, 1964.
4083	4082	WQ 400 K41o 1977	Operative obstetrics;"Munro Kerr's Operative obstetrics / P. R. Myerscough."	London : Bailliere Tindall, 1977.
4084	4083	WQ 440 F461i 1965	Induction of labor / by Harry Fields ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillian, 1965
4085	4084	WQ 440 N477t 1972	Techniques of abortion / [by] Selig Neubardt [and] Harold Schulman foreword by Seymour L. Romney.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1972.
4086	4085	WQ 450 A158r 1960	Resuscitation of the newborn infant, principles and practice / Harod Abramson	St. Louis : Mosby, 1960
4087	4086	WR 100 A566d 1966	Diseases of the skin, for practitioners and students / by George Clinton Andrews [and] Anthony N. Domonkos.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
4088	4087	WR 100 A566d 1971	Diseases of the skin;"Andrews' Diseases of the skin : clinical dermatology / by Anthony N. Domonkos."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
4089	4088	WR 100 B737m 1971	Modern trends in dermatology / Peter Borrie	London : Butterworths, 1971
4090	4089	WR 100 B974e 1979	Essentials of dermatology / J. L. Burton.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1979.
4091	4090	WR 100 C223c 1975	Clinical tropical dermatology / edited by Orlando Canizares.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
4092	4091	WR 100 Ch483m 1966	A Manual of dermatology / Charn Satapanakul	Chiengmai : Faculty of Medicine, Chiengmai University, 1966
4093	4092	WR 100 D435 1979	Dermatology in general medicine : textbook and atlas / editors, Thomas B. Fitzpatrick ... [et al.].	New York : McGraw-Hill, c1979.
4094	4093	WR 100 D748c 1954	The Cutaneous manifestations of systemic diseases / John Godwin Downing	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1954
4095	4094	WR 100 H274b 1966	Basic dermatology / P. J. Hare	London : Lewis, 1966
4096	4095	WR 100 J69s 1967	The Skin and internal disease / Sture A. M. Johnson, editor.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, c1967.
4097	4096	WR 100 K85d 1970	Hautkrankheiten bei Kindern und Jugendlichen. English;"Diseases of the skin in children and adolescents : a color atlas / by G. W. Korting."	Philadelphia : Saunders, [1970, c1969]
4098	4097	WR 100 M346d 1977	Dermatology / edited by R. Marks and P. D. Samman.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1977.
4099	4098	WR 100 M356e 1965	The Ecology of human skin / Mary Toyce Marples	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4100	4099	WR 100 M482l 1975	Lecture notes on paediatrics / [by] S. R. Meadow, R. W. Smithells.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
4101	4100	WR 100 N816d 1977	Dermatology : a practitioner's guide / by Ray O. Noojin.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1977.
4102	4101	WR 100 P261d 1975	Dermatology and skin care / John A. Parrish.	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1975]
4103	4102	WR 100 P429d 1947	Dermatology for nurses / G. H. Percival, Elizabeth Toddie	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1947
4104	4103	WR 100 P642m 1961	A Manual of cutaneous medicine / by Donald M. Pillsbury ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1961
4105	4104	WR 100 P642m 1965	A Manual of cutaneous medicine / by Donald Marion Pillsbury ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
4106	4105	WR 100 R787d 1976	Dermatologi och venerologi. English;"Dermatology / Hans Rorsman [translated from Swedish by Marcia Skogh]."	Lund : Studentlitteratur, 1979.
4107	4106	WR 100 R887c 1967	Common skin diseases / Archibald Cathcart Roxburgh rev. by Peter Borrie	London : The English Language Book Society, 1967
4108	4107	WR 100 S545c 1974	Consultations in dermatology with Walter B. Shelley II / Walter B. Shelley	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1974
4109	4108	WR 100 S689l 1977	Lecture notes on dermatology / by Bethel Solomons.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1977.
4110	4109	WR 100 S714o 1964	An Outline of dermatology for medical students / Sorn Mettiyawongse	Bangkok : Aksorn Sumphan Press, 1964
4111	4110	WR 100 S749t 1965	Treatment of the aging skin and dermal defects / Perry Arthur Sperber	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4112	4111	WR 100 S852d 1974	Dermatology: diagnosis and treatment of cutaneous disorders / by Wm. D. Stewart, Julius L. Danto [and] Stuart Maddin.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1974.
4113	4112	WR 100 S852d 1978	Dermatology : diagnosis and treatment of cutaneous disorders / Wm. D. Stewart, Julius L. Danto, Stuart Maddin.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1978.
4114	4113	WR 100 S967p 1975	The Practitioners' dermatology / by Richard L. Sutton, Jr. and Morris Waisman.	New York : Yorke Medical Books, [1975]
4115	4114	WR 100 Y12n 1966	Newer views of skin diseases / ed. by Howard S. Yaffee, with technical assistance of Malcolm C. Spencer	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966
4116	4115	WR 100 ส223ร [252-?]	โรคผิวหนัง / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2520
4117	4116	WR 101 H486s 1971	The Skin / by 30 authors edited by Elson B. Helwig and F. K. Mostofi.	Bultimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1971.
4118	4117	WR 102 W613p 1976	Psychophysiological aspects of skin disease / F. A. Whitlock.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4119	4118	WR 105 G739d 1972	Dermal pathology / edited by James H. Graham, Waine C. Johnson [and] Elson B. Helwig, with 17 contributors.	New York : Harper & Row, 1972.
4120	4119	WR 105 L659h 1949	Histopathology of the skin / Walter F. Lever.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1949.
4121	4120	WR 105 L659h 1961	Histopathology of the skin / Walter F. Lever, Gundula Schaumburg-Lever.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1961.
4122	4121	WR 105 M659i 1972	An Introduction to the diagnostic histopathology of the skin / by J. A. Milne.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1972.
4123	4122	WR 140 A182h 1978	Histologic diagnosis of inflammatory skin diseases : a method by pattern analysis / A. Bernard Ackerman illustrative compositions, Leon Termin, with the technical assistance of Judith Termin De Rose photomicrography, William H. Atkinson.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1978.
4124	4123	WR 140 A376d 1975	Dermatitis herpetiformis / John O'Donel Alexander	London : Saunders, 1975
4125	4124	WR 140 B421c 1978	Common skin diseases : diagnosis and treatment / Howard T. Behrman, Theodore A. Labow, Jack H. Rozen contributors, Edward H. Mandel ... [et al.].	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1978.
4126	4125	WR 140 B565s 1965	Skin diseases in general practice / F. Ray Bettley	London : Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1965
4127	4126	WR 140 B826s 1970	Skin signs of systemic disease / by Irwin M. Braverman.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
4128	4127	WR 140 I62 1979	Investigative techniques in dermatology / edited by R. Marks	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1979
4129	4128	WR 140 K85d 1976	Differential diagnosis in dermatology / by G. W. Korting, R. Denk translated and adapted by Helen O. Curth, William Curth.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4130	4129	WR 140 R777t 1979	Textbook of dermatology / edited by Arthur Rook, D. S. Wilkinson, F. J. G. Ebling.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1979.
4131	4130	WR 140 ก15ร 2520	โรคผิวหนังในเวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป / กนก บุณยะรัตเวช	กรุงเทพฯ : เอ. พี., 2520
4132	4131	WR 140 ร281 [252-?]	โรคผิวหนังในเวชปฏิบัติทั่วไป = Dermatology in general practice / บรรณาธิการ สมยศ จารุวิจิตรรัตนา, ชสุรี ลีตกะสิน	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคมแพทย์ผิวหนังแห่งประเทศไทย, [252?]
4133	4132	WR 18 W419c 1971	Cutaneous medicine case studies : 65 case histories related to cutaneous medicine / by Dennis A. Weigand and Robert L. Olson.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
4134	4133	WR 500 M662m 1977	Malignant melanoma of the skin and mucous membrane / G. W. Milton, with chapters by V. J. McGovern, Martin G. Lewis.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1977.
4135	4134	WR 650 A474m 1978	Manual of dermatologic therapeutics : with essentials of diagnosis / Kenneth A. Arndt	Boston : Little, Brown, c1978
4136	4135	WR 650 E64s 1956	Skin surgery / edited by Ervin Epstein and Ervin Epstein, Jr.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1977.
4137	4136	WR 650 M179c 1970	Current dermatologic management / edited by Stuart Maddin [and] Terence H. Brown.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1970.
4138	4137	WR 650 S839m 1959	Modern dermatologic therapy / ed. by Thomas S. Sternberg and Victor D. Newcomer	New York : Blakiston, 1959
4139	4138	WR 650 S954d 1961	Dermatology diagnosis and treatment / by Marion B. Sulzberger ... [et al.]	Chicago : Year Book, 1961
4140	4139	WR 660 C577x 1967	X rays and radium in the treatment of diseases of the skin / by Anthony C. Cipollaro [and] Paul M. Crossland.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967.
4141	4140	WR 660 W251x 1959	X-ray and radium in dermatology / Bernard A. Wansker	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1959
4142	4141	WS 100 B259p 1968	Pediatrics / Henry L. Barnett.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1968.
4143	4142	WS 100 B419d 1962	Diagnosis tests in infants and children / Hans Behrendt	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1962
4144	4143	WS 100 D441h 1966	A Handbook of pediatrics / by Avinsh G. Desia	Bombay : Unichem Laboratories, 1966
4145	4144	WS 100 D695c 1968	Child care in health and disease : symposium. To commemorate the dedication of the Silvain and Arma Wyler Children's Hospital and the Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr. Mental Retardation Research Center, August 29-September 2, 1966, University of Chicago / edited by Albert Dorfman. Assisted by Mrs. Nina Thorp.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1968.
4146	4145	WS 100 G144r 1958	Recent advances in pediatrics / edited by Douglas Gairdner	Boston : Little, Brown, 1958
4147	4146	WS 100 G144r 1965	Recent advances in paediatrics / edited by Douglas Gairdner	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
4148	4147	WS 100 H893s 1967	Synopsis of pediatrics / by James G. Hughes with the collaboration of 26 faculty members of the University of Tennessee College of Medicine.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1967.
4149	4148	WS 100 H893s 1975	Synopsis of pediatrics / James G. Hughes with the collaboration of twenty-nine faculty members of the University of Tennessee College of Medicine and five guest contributors.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1975.
4150	4149	WS 100 H978p 1967	Practical paediatric problems / by James H. Hutchison.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
4151	4150	WS 100 H978p 1975	Practical paediatric problems / [by] James H. Hutchison.	London : Lloyd-Luke, 1975.
4152	4151	WS 100 K32c 1970	Current pediatric diagnosis & treatment / C. Henry Kempe, Henry K. and Donough O'Brien.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange, 1970.
4153	4152	WS 100 K32c 1974	Current pediatric diagnosis & treatment / by C. Henry Kempe, Henry K. Silver, Donough O'Brien and associate authors.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1974.
4154	4153	WS 100 N432t 1959	Textbook of pediatrics / edited by Waldo E. Nelson. with the collaboration of 81 contributors.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
4155	4154	WS 100 N432t 1964	Textbook of pediatrics / edited by Waldo E. Nelson. Associate editors: Victor C. Vaughan [and] R. James McKay with the collaboration of 78 contributors.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969, 1964.
4156	4155	WS 100 N432t 1975	Textbook of pediatrics / with the collaboration of 101 contributors edited by Victor C. Vaughan, III, R. James McKay consulting editor, Waldo E. Nelson.	Philadelphia Tokyo: Saunders Igaku Shoin, 1975.
4157	4156	WS 100 P17 1966	Pediatric patient.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1963-
4158	4157	WS 100 R663m 1959	A Manual of paediatrics for students and practitioners in South-east Asia / edited by Pinchas Robinson in Consullation with Arvid Wallgren	Bombay : Orient Longmans, 1959
4159	4158	WS 100 จ215ก 2522	กุมารเวชศาสตร์ / โดย ม.ร.ว. จันทรนิวัทธ์ เกษมสันต์ และบุญชอบ พงษ์พาณิชย์	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัย 2522-23
4160	4159	WS 100 ฉ173ค 2519	คุยกับหมอเรื่องลูก / โดย ฉวีวัณณ์ จุณณานนท์ ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : อักษรสัมพันธ์, 2519
4161	4160	WS 100 ป171ด 2522	เด็กวิทยาการก้าวหน้า / บรรณาธิการ ประพุทธ ศิริปุณย์, ทองดี ชัยพานิช	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงเทพเวชสาร, 2522-28
4162	4161	WS 103 W338g 1958	Growth and development of children / by Ernest H. Watson [and] George H. Lowrey.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1958.
4163	4162	WS 105 พ169จ 2522	จิตวิทยาพัฒนาการเด็ก / พยอม อิงคตานุวัฒน์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
4164	4163	WS 135 ป213ค 2522	คู่มือคลีนิคสุขภาพเด็ก : การให้วัคซีนป้องกันโรค = Routine active immmunization / ปัญจะ กุลพงษ์	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
4165	4164	WS 18 A427p 1973	Practical points in pediatrics / by John E. Allen, Vymutt J. Gururaj [and] Raymond M. Russo.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, [1973]
4166	4165	WS 18 C669c 1973	Child psychiatry case studies : 64 case studies related to child psychiatry, psychology, and development / by R. Dean Coddington [and others]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973.
4167	4166	WS 18 D858m 1973	Medical examination review book / John Charles Duffy	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1973
4168	4167	WS 18 G686m 1966	Medical examination review book / Marvin I. Gottlieb	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1966
4169	4168	WS 18 G686m 1968	Medical examination review book / Marvin I. Gottlieb / Marvin I. Gottlieb	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1968
4170	4169	WS 18 G686m 1971	Medical examination review book, pediatrics specialty board review / by Marvin I. Gottlieb and Hershel P. Wall	Flushing : Medical Examination, 1971
4171	4170	WS 18 G686m 1974	Medical examination review book, pediatrics specialty board review / by Marvin I. Gottlieb, Hershel P. Wall and Fredia S. Wadley	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1974
4172	4171	WS 18 J11p 1973	Pediatric neurology handbook / by J. T. Jabbour ... [et l al.]	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973.
4173	4172	WS 18 S879m 1976	Medical examination review book / by Richard K. Stone, Victor LaCerva and Benny K. C. NG	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1976
4174	4173	WS 200 P281q N.D	Quick reference to pediatric emergencies / eds by Delmer J. Pascoe and Moses Grossman	Philadelphia : Lippincott, [199-]
4175	4174	WS 200 ก226ป [252-?]	ปัญหาโรคเด็กที่พบบ่อย / โรงพยาบาลเด็ก กรมการแพทย์	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, [252-?]
4176	4175	WS 200 ม193ภ 2522	ภาวะฉุกเฉินทางกุมารเวชศาสตร์ = Pediatric emergencies / รวบรวมโดย วินัย สุวัตถี และ มนตรี ตู้จินดา	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522
4177	4176	WS 270 ม224ร 2522	โรคกระดูกและข้อในเด็ก / โดย มานิตย์ ลิมปพยอม ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522
4178	4177	WS 280 ส16อ 2520	อุรเวช-กุมารเวชศาสตร์ / สมชัย บวรกิตติ บรรณาธิการ	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยเขษม, 2520
4179	4178	WS 290 ว138ค 2521	คลื่นหัวใจเด็ก / วิโรจน์ สืบหลินวงศ์	กรุงเทพฯ : บพิธการพิมพ์, 2521
4180	4179	WS 290 ว738p 2520	Pediatric heart disease / โดย วิโรจน์ สืบหลินวงศ์, จุล ทิสยากร และ โชติมา ปัทมานันท์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2520
4181	4180	WS 300 ภ114ล 2521	โลหิตวิทยาในเด็ก / โดย ภัทรพร อิศรางกูร ณ อยุธยา ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
4182	4181	WS 320 ป171ร [25--?]	โรคไตในวิชากุมารเวชศาศตร์ / ประสิทธิ์ ฟูตระกูล	ม.ป.ท. : ม.ป.พ., [252-?]
4183	4182	WS 320 ป173ร 2521	โรคไตในเด็ก / ปรีชา ตันไพจิตร์	กรุงเทพฯ : ประชาชน, 2521
4184	4183	WS 330 ส213ค [ม.ป.ป.]	คู่มือโรคต่อมไร้ท่อในเด็ก = Manual of pediatric endocrinology / สัญชัย เชื้อสีห์แก้ว	กรุงเทพฯ : นำอักษรการพิมพ์, [ม.ป.ป.]
4185	4184	WS 340 F517r 1963	Reflex testing methods for evaluations C. N. S. Development / Mary R. Fiorentino	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1963
4186	4185	WS 340 ผ12ป 2518	ประสาทวิทยาในเด็ก / โดย ผจง คงคา และ ศรีสกุล จารุจินดา	กรุงเทพฯ : จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2518
4187	4186	WS 340 พ12ร 2520	โรคทางระบบประสาทในเด็ก / พงษ์ศักดิ์ วิสุทธิพันธ์	กรุงเทพฯ : กรุงสยามการพิมพ์, 2520
4188	4187	WS 350.2 น215ก [252-?]	กิจกรรมบำบัดในผู้ป่วยเด็กและปฏิบัติการ / นันทณี เสถียรศักดิ์พงศ์	เชียงใหม่ : คณะเทคนิคการแพทย์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, [252-?]
4189	4188	WS 366 ข13g [252-?]	A guide to common fluid electrolyte therapy in pediatrics / ขจร เล็กชื่นสกุล	พิษณุโลก : โรงพยาบาลพุทธชินราช, [252-?]
4190	4189	WS 420 ค141ก [252-?]	การอบรมระยะสั้นทางอายุรกรรมเด็กเกิดใหม่ / คณะแพทย์โรงพยาบาลเด็ก กรมการแพทย์	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, [252-?]
4191	4190	WU 100 D414 1969	The Dental specialties in general practice / edited by Alvin L. Morris [and] Harry M. Bohannan.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
4192	4191	WU 100 D414 1973	Dentistry and the allergic patient / edited by Claude A. Frazier with forewords by Leland C. Hendershot [and] Lamar B. Peacock Introductions by C. A. Hoffman [and] Elliott Middleton	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1973
4193	4192	WU 100 S416 1976	Scientific foundations of dentistry / edited by Bertram Cohen and Ivor R. H. Kramer.	Chicago : Distributed by Year Book Medical, 1976.
4194	4193	WU 100 S525t 1963	A Textbook of oral pathology / by William G. Shafer, Maynard K. Hine [and] Barnet M. Levy.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963.
4195	4194	WU 100 S529s 1966	The Scientific bases of dentistry / edited by Max Shapiro	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
4196	4195	WU 101 F966c 1977	Concise dental anatomy and morphology / James L. Fuller, Gerald E. Denehy illustrated by William Girsch.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1977.
4197	4196	WU 101 O64o 1953	Oral histology and embryology;"Orban's Oral histology and embryology / edited by Harry Sicher [and] S. N. Bhaskar."	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1953.
4198	4197	WU 101 S392o 1955	Noyes' oral histology and embryology : with laboratory directions / Isaac Schour	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1955
4199	4198	WU 101 W564t 1956	A Textbook of dental anatomy and physiology / Russell Charles Wheeler	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1956
4200	4199	WU 101 W832g 1962	Genetics and dental health : proceedings of an international symposium, held at the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, April 4-6, 1961 / sponsored by the Council of Dental Research, American Dental Association, Chicago, Ill	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962
4201	4200	WU 101 ด252ค [252-?]	ความรู้พื้นฐานเรื่องข้อต่อกระดูกขากรรไกร = Basic knowledge of temporomandibular joint / เดช เมธา	เชียงใหม่ : คณะทันตแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
4202	4201	WU 113 W927o 1979	Oral health services in Europe / World Health Organization J. Kostlan.	Copenhagen : WHO, 1979.
4203	4202	WU 140 B595o 1965	Oral medicine diagnosis and treatment / by Lester W. Burket. Collaborators: Vernon J. Brightman, Malcolm A. Lynch [and] Irwin I. Ship. With a chapter on oral cancer, by S. Gordon Castigliano with a chapter on disorders of the temporomandibular joint and related structures, by Marvin M. Alderman.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965.
4204	4203	WU 140 K96o 1977	Orthopaedic stomatology / by V. Yu. Kurlyandsky.	Moscow : Mir, 1977.
4205	4204	WU 140 T452o 1970	Oral pathology;"Thoma's Oral pathology / edited by Robert J. Gorlin [and] Henry M. Goldman."	St. Louis : Mosby, 1970.
4206	4205	WU 141 M681o 1978	Oral diagnosis/oral medicine / David F. Mitchell, S. Miles Standish, Thomas B. Fast.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1978.
4207	4206	WU 141 T981o 1969	Oral diagnosis / by W. R. Tyldesley.	Oxford : Pergamon Press, 1969.
4208	4207	WU 17 C686c 1961	Color atlas of oral pathology : histology and embryology, developmental disturbances, diseases of the teeth and supporting structures, diseases of the oral mucosa and jaws, neoplasms / by Robert A. Colby, Donald A. Kerr [and] Hamilton B. G. Robinson.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1961.
4209	4208	WU 17 T981c 1978	A Colour atlas of oral medicine / william R. Tyledesley	London : Wolfe Medical, 1978
4210	4209	WU 18 B687d 1973	Dental hygiene examination review book edited by Theodore E. Bolden, Eugenia L. Mobley [and] Elzer S. Chandler.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973-
4211	4210	WU 18 G226d 1968	Dental examination review book / edited by Alvin F. Gardner.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1968-
4212	4211	WU 18 H662r 1970	Review of dentistry : questions and answers / edited by Maynard K. Hine.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1970.
4213	4212	WU 18 S246t 1982	Test-taking skills in dentistry / Randolph E. Sarnacki.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1982.
4214	4213	WU 220 W927f 1970	Fluorides and human health / World Health Organization	Geneva : WHO, 1970
4215	4214	WU 240 G559c 1979	Clinical periodontology;"Glickman's Clinical periodontology : prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of periodontal disease in the practice of general dentistry / Fermin A. Carranza, Jr., with contributions by 14 authorities."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
4216	4215	WU 270 B524d 1978	Dental fluoride chemistry / by Alan F. Berndt, and Robert I. Stearns.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1978.
4217	4216	WU 270 C567c 1965	Caries-resistant teeth / ed. by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
4218	4217	WU 280 S246o 1957	Essentials of oral and facial cancer / by Bernard G. Sarnat and Isaac Schour	Chicago : Year Book, 1957
4219	4218	WU 480 S215p 1979	Pediatric oral and maxillofacial surgery / Bruce Sanders original artwork by Irene Petravicius.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1979.
4220	4219	WU 600 A672o 1966	Oral surgery, a step-by-step atlas of operative techniques / William Harry Archer	Phioadelphia : Saunders, 1966
4221	4220	WU 600 A672o 1975	Oral and maxillofacial surgery / by W. Harry Archer.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
4222	4221	WU 600 G112a 1956	The American textbook of operative dentistry, with contributions by eminent authorities / Arthur B. Gabel	Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1956
4223	4222	WU 600 I65c 1977	Current advances in oral surgery.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1974-1980.
4224	4223	WU 600 K48o 1975	An Outline of oral surgery / by H. C. Killey, G. R. Seward [and] L. W. Kay.	Bristol : J. Wright, 1971-
4225	4224	WU 600 T452o 1963	Oral surgery / by Kurt H. Thoma.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1963.
4226	4225	WU 600 T452o 1969	Oral surgery / by Kurt H. Thoma with a chapter on general anesthesia by James L. Vanderveen.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1969.
4227	4226	WU 600 W145t 1972	Textbook of practical oral surgery / edited by Daniel E. Waite.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
4228	4227	WU 90 P236t 1975	A Textbook for dental assistants / by Virginia R. Park, Joseph R. Ashman [and] George J. Shelly.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
4229	4228	WV 100 Am512a 1959	Allergy in otolaryngology / by French K. Hansol and Jack R. Anderson Pub. under the auspices of the American Society of Ophthal malagia and otholaryngolic Allergy and the Hansel Foundation. A manual	[S. l. : s. n.], 1959
4230	4229	WV 100 Am512n 1957	Nonsurgical complications of otolaryngologic surgery / by Joel I. Pressman ... [et al.]	[S. l. : s. n.], 1957
4231	4230	WV 100 Am512p 1955	Physiology of the larynx / by Joel J. Pressman and George Kelemen	[S. l. : s. n.], 1955
4232	4231	WV 100 Am512p 1958	Principles of otolaryngologic plactic surgery / by Oscar J. Becker	[S. l. : s. n.], 1958
4233	4232	WV 100 Am512s 1964	Suggestions to the parents of pre-school Children with hearing impairment / by Jacqueline Keaster and Gloria Hoversten	[S. l. : s. n.], 1964
4234	4233	WV 100 Am512v 1965	Vocal rehabilitation / by Friedrich S. Brodnitz	[S.l. : s.n.], 1963
4235	4234	WV 100 B678f 1955	Fundamentals of otolaryngology : a textbook of ear, nose, and throat diseases / George L. Adams, Lawrence R. Boies, Jr., Michael M. Paparella with the contributions of 26 authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955.
4236	4235	WV 100 C712g 1964	A Guide to diseases of the nose, throat and ear, for general practitioners and students / E. G. Collins	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1964
4237	4236	WV 100 D516t 1960	Textbook of otolaryngology / by David D. DeWeese [and] William H. Saunders.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1960.
4238	4237	WV 100 D516t 1977	Textbook of otolaryngology / David D. DeWeese, William H. Saunders.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
4239	4238	WV 100 D665b 1964	Basic otolaryngology / David Augustus Dolowitz	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
4240	4239	WV 100 E28h 1947	Histopathology of the ear, nose and throat / by Andrew A. Eggston ... and Dorothy Wolff ...	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1947.
4241	4240	WV 100 F795l 1976	Lecture notes on diseases of the ear, nose, and throat / E. H. Miles Foxen.	Oxford, Eng. : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
4242	4241	WV 100 H176d 1959	Diseases of the nose, throat and ear : a handbook for students and practitioners / I. Simson Hall.	Edinburgh : E. & S. Livingstone, 1959.
4243	4242	WV 100 H176d 1975	Diseases of the nose, throat and ear : a handbook for students and practitioners / I. Simson Hall, Bernard H. Colman.	Oxford : English Language Book Society, c1975.
4244	4243	WV 100 H737o 1965	Office practice of otolaryngology / Abraham R. Hollender	Philadelphia : Davis, 1965
4245	4244	WV 100 I59i 1962	The Institute of Laryngology and Otology and the Royal National Throat, Nose and Ear Hospital London, W.C.1 Reports Volume 12 1961-62	London : University of London, British Post, Graduate Medical Federation, 1962
4246	4245	WV 100 J12d 1959	Diseases of the nose, throat, and ear / edited by Chevalier Jackson and Chevalier L. Jackson, with the collaboration of sixty-one outstanding authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
4247	4246	WV 100 K84r 1958	Recent advances in otolaryngology / Frederick Boyes Korkis	London : Churchill, 1958
4248	4247	WV 100 M157e 1953	Ear, nose, and throat diseases for medical students / William Stewart McKenzie	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1953
4249	4248	WV 100 M883d 1948	Diseases of the ear, nose and throat / William Wallace Morrison	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1948
4250	4249	WV 100 P213o 1973	Otolaryngology / edited by Michael M. Paparella and Donald A. Shumrick.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
4251	4250	WV 100 P963o 1969	Otolaryngology / ed. by William F. Robbett	St. Louis : Mosby, 1969
4252	4251	WV 100 R212r 1973	Recent advances in otolaryngology / edited by Joselen Ransome, Harold Holden [and] T. R. Bull.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
4253	4252	WV 100 R287c 1961	Common diseases of the ear, nose and throat / Philip Reading	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961
4254	4253	WV 100 R647e 1957	Ear, nose and throat dysfunctions due to deficiencies and imbalances / Sam Earl Roberts	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1957
4255	4254	WV 100 R988s 1970	Synopsis of ear, nose, and throat diseases / by Robert E. Ryan ... [et al.]	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1970.
4256	4255	WV 100 S195c 1952	Clinical radiology of the ear, nose, and throat / by Eric Samuel.	London : Lewis, 1952.
4257	4256	WV 100 S468e 1964	Ear, nose and throat for the general practitioner / Albert P. Seltzer	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1964
4258	4257	WV 100 S613s 1957	A Synopsis of otorhinolaryngology / by John F. Simpson ... [et al.]	Bristol : Wright, 1957
4259	4258	WV 100 T944d 1961	Diseases of the nose, throat and ear / Arthur Logan Turner ed. by John P. Stewart, assisted of I. Simson Hall ... [et al.]	Bristol : Wright, 1961
4260	4259	WV 100 T944d 1968	Diseases of the nose, throat and ear / Arthur Logan Turner edited by John P. Stewart, assisted by J. F. Birrell	Bristol : Wright, 1968
4261	4260	WV 100 W753d 1962	Diseases of the ear. nose and thoat in children / Thomas George Wilson	New York : Grune & Stration, 1962
4262	4261	WV 150 B191d 1977	Diseases of the nose, throat, and ear / [edited by] John J. Ballenger and contributors.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1977.
4263	4262	WV 150 S425d 1971	Scott-Brown's Diseases of the ear, nose, and throat;"Diseases of the ear, nose, and throat."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1971.
4264	4263	WV 168 B935s 1976	Speech therapy and ENT surgery / T. R. Bull, Joyce L. Cook.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
4265	4264	WV 168 C752c 1979	Complications of head and neck surgery / [edited by] John J. Conley.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
4266	4265	WV 168 M788s 1973	Surgery of the upper respiratory system / William W. Montgomery.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973-
4267	4266	WV 168 P375c 1971	Congenital absence of the ear / by Eric W. Peet foreword by Radford C. Tanzer.	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1971.
4268	4267	WV 168 P964a 1957	Anesthesia and otolaryngology / Donald Frederick Proctor	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1957
4269	4268	WV 168 R211d 1976	Diseases of the salivary glands / Robin M. Rankow, Irving M. Polayes.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4270	4269	WV 168 S385s 1971	Stapedectomy / by Harold F. Schuknecht.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
4271	4270	WV 168 S525s 1959	Surgery of the ear / George E. Shambaugh, Jr.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959.
4272	4271	WV 17 A819a 1956	An Atlas of otolaryngic pathology / byJ. E. Ash and Muriel Raum	Washington : Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, 1956
4273	4272	WV 17 B935c 1974	Color atlas of E. N. T. diagnosis;"A Colour atlas of E. N. T. diagnosis / T. R. Bull"	London : Wolfe, 1974
4274	4273	WV 17 C236a 1972	An Atlas of surgical anatomy and techniques of the temporal bone / by Ralph J. Caparosa with a foreword by Raymond E. Jordan. Medical illus. by Ronald Filer.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1972.
4275	4274	WV 17 E85r 1965	Roentgenography and roentgenology of the temporal bone, middle ear, and mastoid process / by Lewis E. Etter. With the collaboration of Lawrence C. Cross [and] Merle J. Stuart with a section on plesiosectional tomography by Marc S. Lapayowker [and] Margaret J. McGann, and a foreword by Theodore E. Walsh.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965.
4276	4275	WV 17 S257a 1968	Atlas of ear surgery / by William H. Saunders [and] Michael M. Paparella with 163 plates of illus. Line drawings by Beverly A. Etter.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
4277	4276	WV 17 S257a 1971	Atlas of ear surgery / by William H. Saunders [and] Michael M. Paparella with 174 plates of illus. most line drawings by Beverly A. Etter.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4278	4277	WV 17 S587a 1972	Atlas of the human and cat temporal bone / Herbert Silverstein.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1972.
4279	4278	WV 17 Z82a 1978	An Atlas of otolaryngologic radiology / Judah Zizmor, Arnold M. Noyek contributors in neuroradiology, George Wortzman, Richard C. Holgate.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1978.
4280	4279	WV 18 A512a 1979	Acute otitis media / by Timothy J. Reichert and Gershon J. Spector	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology, 1979
4281	4280	WV 18 A512c 1978	Complications of suppurative otitis media / by J. Gail Neely	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1978
4282	4281	WV 18 A512c 1978	Chemotherapy in head and neck oncology / by S. W. Coulthard and James Y. Suen	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1978
4283	4282	WV 18 A512d 1977	Diagnosis and treatment of turbinate dysfunction : a self-instructional package from the Committee on Continuing Education in Otolaryngology / by Richard L. Goode.	[Rochester, Minn.] : American Academy of Otolaryngology, 1977.
4284	4283	WV 18 A512d 1978	Diagnosis and management of deep neck infections / by Daniel D. Rabuzzi and Jonas T. Johnson	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1978
4285	4284	WV 18 A512d 1978	Diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the larynx / by Gershon J. Spector	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1978
4286	4285	WV 18 A512f 1979	Facial nerve injury, repair, and rehabilitation / by Michael E. Johns an dRoger L. Crumley	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology, 1979
4287	4286	WV 18 A512g 1978	Glomus jugulare tumors interpretation of clinical and laboratory findings selection of therapy / by Gershon J. Spector	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1978
4288	4287	WV 18 A512i 1976	Interpretation of diagnostic tests for acoustic neuroma / by George A. Gates	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1976
4289	4288	WV 18 A512m 1977	The Management of epistaxis : a self-instructional package from the Committee on Continuing Education in Otolaryngology, American Academy of Otolaryngology, a division of American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology / by Stewart R. Rood ... [et al.].	[Rochester, Minn. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology], 1977.
4290	4289	WV 18 A512s 1977	Salivary gland tumors : therapy based on clinicalpathologic diagnosis : a self instructional package from the Committe on Continuing Education in Otolaryngology, American Academy of Otolaryngology, a division of American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology / by Michael E. Johns.	[Rochester, Minn. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology], 1977.
4291	4290	WV 18 A512t 1977	Transseptal surgery of the sphenoid sinus and sella turcica / by Vincent G. Caruso, Howard M. Eisenberg and Robert G. Grossman	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1977
4292	4291	WV 18 A512v 1978	Vocal cord paralysis : diagnosis and management / Michael E. Johns and Stewart R. Rood	Rochester, Mnu. : American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, 1978
4293	4292	WV 18 B915o 1962	Oral communication : a short course in speaking / by Donald C. Bryant [and] Karl R. Wallace.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1962.
4294	4293	WV 18 H313l 1963	Language for the preschool deaf child / by Grace M. Harris. Foreword by S. R. Silverman.	New York : Grune & Stratton, c1963.
4295	4294	WV 18 Y28o 1972	Otolaryngology case studies : 50 case histories related to otolaryngology / compiled by C. T. Yarington, Jr.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1972.
4296	4295	WV 200 G652e 1979	Ear diseases, deafness, and dizziness / [edited by] Victor Goodhill.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper and Row, c1979.
4297	4296	WV 200 J76e 1965	External otitis, diagnosis and treatment / Edley H. Jones	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4298	4297	WV 201 A622s 1967	The Surgical anatomy of the temporal bone and ear / by Barry J. Anson [and] James A. Donaldson.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1967.
4299	4298	WV 220 S478d 1957	Diseases of the external ear / Ben H. Senturia, Morris D. Marcus, Frank E. Lucente.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1957.
4300	4299	WV 222 P462h 1957	The Human ear canal / Eldon Turley Perry	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1957
4301	4300	WV 230 F312a 1976	Acoustic impedance and admittance : the measurement of middle ear function / edited by Alan S. Feldman and Laura Ann Wilber.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1976.
4302	4301	WV 230 H668h 1971	Histopathological study of the middle ear cleft and its clinical application / by L. H. Hiranandani and C. K. Deshpande.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1971.
4303	4302	WV 230 K75m 1959	The Middle ear / by Heinrich G. Kobrak foreword by John R. Lindsay.	Chicago : University of Chicago Press, c1959.
4304	4303	WV 232 P822o 1967	Ototoxic antibiotics and non-hereditary intrauterine etiology of congenital deafness / Poonpit Amatyakul	Philadelphia : Temple Universtiy, 1967
4305	4304	WV 232 P963o 1972	Otitis media : proceedings / edited by Aram Glorig [and] Kenneth S. Gerwin.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1972.
4306	4305	WV 250 D814f 1976	Fundamentals of sensorineural auditory pathology / by William B. Dublin.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1976.
4307	4306	WV 255 F529l 1956	The Labyrinth physiology and functional tests / Joseph Fischer.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1956.
4308	4307	WV 255 R896e 1974	Electronystagmography: What is ENG? / By Wallace Rubin and Charles H. Norris.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1974.
4309	4308	WV 255 S989v 1973	The Vestibular system : the proceedings of a symposium held at the University of Chicago, 1973 / edited by Ralph F. Naunton.	New York : Academic Press, 1975.
4310	4309	WV 258 A456v 1958	Vertigo and dizziness / Bernard Jacob Alpers.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1958.
4311	4310	WV 258 H321m 1968	Meniere's disease : mechanism and management / by M. Spencer Harrison and Lionel Naftalin.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1968.
4312	4311	WV 258 M545m 1952	Meniere's disease / by Henry L. Williams	Springfield : Thomas, 1952
4313	4312	WV 265 D483i 1962	International symposium : Otosclerosis / editor Harold F. Schuknecht	Boston : Little, Brown, 1962
4314	4313	WV 270 B187d 1960	Deafness / by John Ballantyne.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1960.
4315	4314	WV 270 C748o 1970	Occupational hearing loss proceedings of a conference held at the National Physical Laboratory / edited by D. W. Robinson.	London : Academic P. for the British Acoustical Society, 1971.
4316	4315	WV 270 F529r 1964	Research in deafnes in children, proceedings of a conference at oxford held on the 6th and 7th of April 1963 / organized by the Medical Research Communittee of the National Deaf Children's Society	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1964
4317	4316	WV 270 F841c 1976	The Causes of profound deafness in childhood : a study of 3,535 individuals with severe hearing loss present at birth or of childhood onset / George R. Fraser.	Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University Press, c1976.
4318	4317	WV 270 G562n 1958	Noise and your ear / Aram Gloring	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1958
4319	4318	WV 270 G853p 1969	Persons with hearing loss / edited by Jerry Griffith.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, c1969.
4320	4319	WV 270 K19h 1972	Handbook of clinical audiology / editor, Jack Katz associate editors, Wilma Laufer Gabbay ... [et al.].	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1994.
4321	4320	WV 270 L779p 1965	The physics of the ear / by T.S. Littler	New York : Macmillan, [1965]
4322	4321	WV 270 N874h 1974	Hearing in children / by Jerry L. Northern and Marion P. Downs.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1974.
4323	4322	WV 270 O58h 1964	The Hard of hearing / by John J. O'Neill.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1964.
4324	4323	WV 270 P213b 1970	Biochemical mechanisms in hearing and deafness / Michael M. Paparella	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1970
4325	4324	WV 270 P928a 1978	Audiological handbook of hearing disorders / Stephen V. Prescod.	New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold, c1978.
4326	4325	WV 270 S253h 1966	Hearing loss / Joseph Sataloff.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966.
4327	4326	WV 270 S644h 1976	Handbook of auditory and vestibular research methods / edited by Catherine A. Smith and Jack A. Vernon.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, c1976.
4328	4327	WV 270 S989e 1975	Effects of noise on hearing / edited by Donald Henderson ... [et al.].	New York : Raven Press, c1976.
4329	4328	WV 270 W361t 1965	Theory of hearing / Ernest Glen Wever.	New York : John Wiley, 1965.
4330	4329	WV 270 W952p 1971	The Pathology of deafness : an introduction / Mary Ingle Wright.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1971.
4331	4330	WV 270 พ245ส 2516	โสตสัมผัสวิทยา = Hearing sciences (Audiology) / โดย พูนพิศ อมาตยกุล, รจนา ทรรทรานนท์ และวันเพ็ญ เอื้อสถาพร	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2516
4332	4331	WV 270 พ245ส 2522	โสตสัมผัสวิทยา = Adiology (Hearing sciences I & II) / โดย พูนพิศ อมาตยกุล ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ โรงพยาบาลรามาธิบดี มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
4333	4332	WV 272 B336v 1974	Vestibulography / by R. Ray Battin.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1974.
4334	4333	WV 272 E11h 1967	Hearing sensitivity and ear disease in children : a prospective study / by Eldon L. Eagles ... [et al]	St. Louis : Laryngoscope, 1967
4335	4334	WV 272 E52w 1971	A Workbook in clinical audiometry / Lon L. Emerich	Springfield, Ilu. : Charles C. Thomas, 1971
4336	4335	WV 272 G387d 1974	Detection of hearing loss and ear disease in children / edited by Kenneth S. Gerwin and Aram Glorig.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1974.
4337	4336	WV 272 G562a 1965	Audiometry : principles and practices / edited by Aram Glorig sponsored by the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology.	Huntington, N.Y. : R. E. Krieger,c1965.
4338	4337	WV 272 P853c 1961	Clinical audiometry / by Michel Portmann and Claudine Portmann / by Bruce Proctor and Sheila Weavers	Springfield,Thomas, 1961
4339	4338	WV 272 W337h 1967	Hearing tests and hearing instruments / by Leland A. Watson and Thomas Tolan.	New York : Hafner, 1967.
4340	4339	WV 274 A457h 1978	Handbook of adult rehabilitative audiology / Jerome G. Alpiner, editor.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
4341	4340	WV 274 H691h 1977	Hearing aid assessment and use in audiologic habilitation / edited by William R. Hodgson and Paul H. Skinner.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1977.
4342	4341	WV 274 M345b 1977	Binaural hearing aids / Andreas Markides.	London : Academic Press, 1977.
4343	4342	WV 274 P771a 1975	Amplification for the hearing-impaired / edited by Michael C. Pollack with an introd. by Raymond Carhart.	New York : Grune & Stratton, [1975]
4344	4343	WV 274 W197h 1967	Hearing aids on prescription / by Herman G. Wallenfels with an introd. by John A. T. Ross.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1967.
4345	4344	WV 280 K82g 1976	Genetic and metabolic deafness / Bruce W. Konigsmark, Robert J. Gorlin.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4346	4345	WV 301 N394c 1958	The Comparative anatomy and physiology of the nose and paranasal sinuses	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1958
4347	4346	WV 312 F672r 1970	Rhinoplasty--new concepts : evaluation and application / by Samuel Fomon and Julius Bell.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1970.
4348	4347	WV 340 R614p 1973	The Paranasal sinuses: anatomy and surgical technique / Frank N. Ritter.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1973.
4349	4348	WV 430 P248t 1951	Tonsil and allied problems / Roy Harvey Parkinson	New York : Macmillan, 1951
4350	4349	WV 440 D779c 1966	The Causes and natural history of cleft lip and palate / by Cecil M. Drillien ... [et al.]	Baltimore : William and Wilkins, 1966
4351	4350	WV 440 G727c 1971	Cleft lip and palate surgical, dental, and speech aspects / by 71 authors. edited by William C. Grabb, Sheldon W. Rosenstein, Kenneth R. Bzoch forewords by Robert H. Ivy, Herbert K. Cooper, Harold Westlake.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1971.
4352	4351	WV 440 H199t 1966	Treatment of patients with clefts of lip, alveolus, and palate / edited by Karl Schuchardt.	Stuttgart : Thieine, 1966.
4353	4352	WV 440 H254p 1960	Principles of cleft palate prosthesis : aspects in the rehabilitation of the cleft palate individual.	New York : Temple University Publications , (c.1960)
4354	4353	WV 440 H728c 1957	Cleft lip and palate / W. G. Holdsworth	London : Grune & Stratton, 1957
4355	4354	WV 440 M864c 1967	Cleft palate and speech / by Muriel E. Morley.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, 1966.
4356	4355	WV 440 O46c 1960	Cleft lip and palate rehabilitation, by Willaim Cleft Lip and palate rehabilitation / by William H. Olin and Duane C. Spriestersbach	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1960
4357	4356	WV 440 ว37ป 2520	ปากแหว่ง-เพดานโหว่ / วิจิตร บุณยะโหตระ	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยเขษม, 2520
4358	4357	WV 500 B724v 1977	The Voice and voice therapy / Daniel R. Boone.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, c1977.
4359	4358	WV 500 C343s 1965	Speech habilitation in cerebral palsy / Marion T. Cass	New York : Hafner, 1965
4360	4359	WV 500 M822o 1971	Organic voice disorders / by G. Paul Moore.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1971.
4361	4360	WV 500 M996h 1964	The human larynx / Mervin Carueth Myerson	Springfield, Ilu. : Thomas, 1964
4362	4361	WV 500 W519r 1968	The Rehabilitation of speech : a textbook of diagnostic and corrective procedures based upon a critical study of speech disorders / by Robert W. West and Merle Ansberry.	New York : Harper & Row, 1968.
4363	4362	WV 500 W747v 1979	Voice problems of children / D. Kenneth Wilson.	Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins, c1979.
4364	4363	WV 501 A551i 1973	Improving the child's speech / by Virgil A. Anderson [and] Hayes A. Newby.	New York : Oxford University Press, 1973.
4365	4364	WV 501 B163e 1952	Essentials of general speech / A. Craig Baird, Franklin H. Knower.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1952.
4366	4365	WV 501 B163g 1957	General speech : an introduction / by A. Craig Baird and Franklin H. Knower	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1957
4367	4366	WV 501 C748b 1965	Brain mechanisms underlying speech and language : proceedings / Clark H. Millikan, chairman Frederic L. Darley, editor.	New York : Grune and Stratton, 1967.
4368	4367	WV 501 D332d 1963	The Diagnosis and treatment of speech and reading problems / Carl H. Delacato Illus. by Mary Lee Lowry.	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1963.
4369	4368	WV 501 D819e 1958	Evolution of the speech apparatus / E. Lloyd DuBrul.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1958.
4370	4369	WV 501 G228l 1971	Laryngectomee speech and rehabilitation / by Warren H. Gardner.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1971.
4371	4370	WV 501 K17a 1971	Anatomy and physiology of speech / by Harold M. Kaplan.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1971.
4372	4371	WV 501 M253p 1967	Principles and types of speech / by Alan H. Monroe and Douglas Ehninger.	(Glenview, Ill.) : Scott, Foresman, (c.1967)
4373	4372	WV 501 R588s 1972	Speech correction : principles and methods / [by] Charles Van Riper.	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1972.
4374	4373	WV 501 S672s 1974	Speech rehabilitation of the laryngectomized / by John C. Snidecor ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, c1974.
4375	4374	WV 501 Z53s 1968	Speech and hearing science : anatomy and physiology / [by] Willard R. Zemlin	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, [1968]
4376	4375	WV 505 K64m 1968	Mikrolaryngoskopie und endolaryngeale Mikrochirurgie. English;"Microlaryngoscopy and endolaryngeal microsurgery : technique and typical findings / O. Kleinsasser with a pref. by L. Seiferth translated by P. M. Stell."	Philadelphia : Saunders, c1968.
4377	4376	WV 510 B916d 1974	Differential diagnosis and treatment of hoarseness / by Douglas P. Bryce.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1974.
4378	4377	WW 100 A237t 1969	Textbook of ophthalmology;"Adler's Textbook of ophthalmology / by Harold G. Scheie and Daniel M. Albert."	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1969.
4379	4378	WW 100 A237t 1977	Textbook of ophthalmology / Harold G. Scheie, Daniel M. Albert.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
4380	4379	WW 100 A512c 1975	Companion source manual / [compiled by] Committee on Continuing Education in Ophthalmology of the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, Bradley R. Straatsma, chairman ... [et al.].	Rochester, Minn. : The Academy, 1975.
4381	4380	WW 100 A648c 1978	Clinicopathologic correlation of ocular disease : a text and stereoscopic atlas / David J. Apple, Maurice F. Rabb.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1978.
4382	4381	WW 100 Am512a 1966	Anomalics of binocular position, visual porception and ocular motility in strobismus / by Glen G. Gibson and Robison D. Harley	[S.l. : s.n.], 1966
4383	4382	WW 100 Am512c 1961	The Cataract operation : a study of details / by Kenneth L. Roper	[S.l. : s.n.], 1961
4384	4383	WW 100 Am512g 1964	Glaucoma / by Samuel I. Meyer	[S.l. : s.n.], 1964
4385	4384	WW 100 Am512i 1965	The Interpretation of visual fields / by C. Wilbur Rucker	[S.l. : s.n.], 1965
4386	4385	WW 100 Am512l 1963	The Lacrimal system in clinical medicine / by Everett R. Veirs	[S.l. : s.n], 1963
4387	4386	WW 100 Am512o 1964	Ophthalmic plastic surgery / by Wendell L. Hughes .. [et al.]	[S.l. : s.n], 1964
4388	4387	WW 100 Am512o 1965	Outline of neuro-ophthalmology / by P. J. Leinfelder	[S.l. : s.n], 1964
4389	4388	WW 100 Am512r 1964	Refraction / by Daniel Snydacker and Frank W. Newell	[S.l. : s.n], 1964
4390	4389	WW 100 Am512r 1965	Retinal detachment / by Dohramann K. Pischel	[S.l. : s.n.], 1965
4391	4390	WW 100 Am512r n.d.	Refraction difficulties / by Clarence A. Veasey	[S.l. : s.n : 19--]
4392	4391	WW 100 Am512s 1962	Syllabus of orthoptic instruction / by the American Orthoptic Council, Hermann M. Burian edited	[S.l. : s.n.], 1962
4393	4392	WW 100 B864c 1977	Controversy in ophthalmology / edited by Robert J. Brockhurst ... [et al.].	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1977.
4394	4393	WW 100 Cu976 1967-	Current concepts in ophthalmology / by Bernard Becker and Ronald M. Burde.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1967-
4395	4394	WW 100 D877d 1959	Parsons diseaes of the eye / by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder	London : Churchill, 1959
4396	4395	WW 100 D877d 1967	Diseases of the eye;"Parsons' Diseases of the eye / William Stewart Duke-Elder."	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1967.
4397	4396	WW 100 D877p 1973	Diseases of the eye;"Parsons' Diseases of the eye / Stewart Duke-Elder."	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1973.
4398	4397	WW 100 D877r 1951	Recent advances in ophthalmology / by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder and Allen J. B. Goldsmith	London : Churchill, 1951
4399	4398	WW 100 D877s 1958	System of ophthalmology / edited by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1961-68.
4400	4399	WW 100 D877s 1971	System of ophthalmology : neuroophthalmology / edited by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder and George I. Scott.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1971.
4401	4400	WW 100 D877s 1972	System of ophthalmology : injuries / edited by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder and Peter A. MacFaul	St. Louis : Mosby, 1972.
4402	4401	WW 100 D877t 1954	Textbook of ophthalmology / Sir William Stewart Duke-Elder	London : Henry Kimpton, 1952
4403	4402	WW 100 F845d 1976	Drug-induced ocular side effects and drug interactions / F. T. Fraunfelder.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1976.
4404	4403	WW 100 G816o 1972	Ocular pathology / by C. H. Greer.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1972.
4405	4404	WW 100 H285p 1975	Pediatric ophthalmology / edited by Robison D. Harley with contributions by 46 authorities.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
4406	4405	WW 100 H714o 1962	Ophthalmology pathology an atlas and textbook / Michael J. Hogan and Lorenz E. Zimmerman	London : Saunders, 1962
4407	4406	WW 100 H758p 1964	Pediatric ophthalmology / Lawrence Byerly Holt	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1964
4408	4407	WW 100 I61p 1966-1968	Problems of industrial medicine in ophthalmology	Basel : Karger, 1969
4409	4408	WW 100 L716p 1966	The Pediatricians' ophthalmology : a collaborative effort of several authors / edited by Sumner D. Liebman and Sydney S. Gellis	St. Louis : Mosby, 1966
4410	4409	WW 100 L811m 1972	Microbiology of the eye / by Deborah Locatcher-Khorazo [and] Beatrice Carrier Seegal.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1972.
4411	4410	WW 100 M162m 1963	Malnutrition and the eye / Donald Steware McLaren	New York : Academic, 1963
4412	4411	WW 100 M1910 1943	Ophthalmology and otolaryngology / prepared and ed. by the Committees on Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology of the Committee on Surgery of the division of Medical Sciences of the Nationald Research Council	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1943
4413	4412	WW 100 M466m 1951	Manual of diseases of the eye / by T. Keith Lyle, Alexander G. Cross, Charles A. G. Cook.	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1951.
4414	4413	WW 100 M466m 1963	Manual of diseases of the eye / by James H. Allen.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1963.
4415	4414	WW 100 M466m 1968	Manual of the diseases of the eye for students and general practitioners / by Charles H. May, M.D.	Madras : Higginbothams, 1968.
4416	4415	WW 100 N544o 1965	Ophthalmology : principles and concepts / Frank W. Newell.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1965.
4417	4416	WW 100 Ne872i 1963	Infectious diseases of conjunctive and cornea, symposium of the New Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology / contributors Henry F. Allen ... [et al.]	[S.l. : s.n. : 19--]
4418	4417	WW 100 R147i 1976	Immunopathology of the eye / A. H. S. Rahi, A. Garner foreword by Norman Ashton.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
4419	4418	WW 100 R329t 1963	Tumors of the eye / Algernon B. Reese.	New York : Hoeber, c1963.
4420	4419	WW 100 S453y 1968	Your sight : folklore, fact, and common sense / Bernard Seeman.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1968.
4421	4420	WW 100 S714m 1967	Modern trends in ophthalmology 4 / by Arnold Sorsby	New York : Appleton-Century, 1967
4422	4421	WW 100 S714m 1973	Modern trends in ophthalmology / by Arnold Sorsby	London : Butterworth, 1973
4423	4422	WW 100 S819o 1971	The Ophthalmic assistant : fundamentals and clinical practice / by Harold A. Stein [and] Bernard J. Slatt.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4424	4423	WW 100 S989 1966	Symposium on vascular disorders of the eye : basic considerations in anatomy and physiology / chairman Jerome W. Bettman ... [et al.]	St. Louis osby, 1966
4425	4424	WW 100 T388o 1958	Ocular allergy / Frederick H. Theodore, Abraham Schlossman	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1958
4426	4425	WW 100 T686e 1967	The Eye in childhood / by the Ophthalmologic staff.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
4427	4426	WW 100 T816l 1974	Lecture notes on ophthalmology / Patrick D. Trevor-Roper.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1974.
4428	4427	WW 100 T816r 1975	Recent advances in ophthalmology / edited by P. D. Trevor-Roper.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1975.
4429	4428	WW 100 V365g 1960	General ophthalmology / by Daniel Vaughan, Robert Cook [and] Taylor Asbury.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1960.
4430	4429	WW 100 V365g 1971	General ophthalmology / by Daniel Vaughan, Taylor Asbury [and] Robert Cook.	Los Altos, Calif., Lange Medical, 1971.
4431	4430	WW 100 V365g 1974	General ophthalmology / Daniel Vaughan, Taylor Asbury.	Los Altos, Calif. : Lange Medical, 1974.
4432	4431	WW 100 W11g 1961	Genetics and ophthalmology / by P. J. Waardenburg ... [et al.]	Springfield, Ilu. : Charles C. Thomas, 1961
4433	4432	WW 100 W224c 1957	Clinical neuro-ophthalmology / by Frank B. Walsh.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1957.
4434	4433	WW 100 W224c 1969	Clinical neuro-ophthalmology / by Frank B. Walsh [and] William Fletcher Hoyt.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1969.
4435	4434	WW 100 W749e 1979	External diseases of the eye / editor, by Louis A. Wilson with 17 contributors.	Hagerstown, MD : Harper & Row, c1979.
4436	4435	WW 100 W855d 1959	Diseases of the eye / Eugene Wolff
4437	4436	WW 100 Y24o 1975	Ocular pathology : a text and atlas / Myron Yanoff, Ben S. Fine.	Hagerstown, Md. : Harper & Row, 1975.
4438	4437	WW 100 จ173ร 2519	เรื่องของตา / จรีเมธ กาญจนารัณย์ ผู้รวบรวม	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ท่าพระจันทร์, 2519
4439	4438	WW 100 ช17จ [252-?]	จักษุวิทยาสำหรับนักศึกษาแพทย์ / ชลอ รุจิรวัฒน์	เชียงใหม่ : คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, [252-?]
4440	4439	WW 100 ช244ช 2517	ช่วยศึกษาจักษุวิทยา / ชุด อยู่สวัสดิ์	กรุงเทพฯ : โครงการตำรา-ศิริราช, 2517
4441	4440	WW 100\|ส213จ 2522	จักษุวิทยาพื้นฐาน / สัญญา ปิลกศิริ	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยวัฒนาพานิช, 2522
4442	4441	WW 101 K42a 1963	Applied anatomy of the eye / Alfred Kestenbaum editorial assistance of Arthur Linksz].	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1963.
4443	4442	WW 101 M282d 1964	The Development of the human eye / by Ida Mann with a foreword to the 1st ed. by Sir John Herbert Parsons.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1964.
4444	4443	WW 101 P955r 1964	The Rabbit in eye research / J. H. Prince compiled and edited by Jack H. Prince.	Springfield, Ill. : C.C. Thomas, 1964.
4445	4444	WW 101 S589s 1961	The Structure of the eye : proceedings of the symposium held April 11-13, 1960, during the Seventh International Congress of Anatomists, New York, New York / edited by George Keiser Smelser.	New York Academic Press, 1961.
4446	4445	WW 101 S714o 1970	Ophthalmic genetics / Arnold Sorsby	London : Butterworth, 1970
4447	4446	WW 101 S764o 1977	Ocular anatomy : the anatomy, histology, embryology, ontogeny and phylogeny of the human eye and related structures	London : Butterworths, 1977
4448	4447	WW 101 W812r 1971	The Retinal circulation / by George N. Wise, Colin T. Dollery [and] Paul Henkind.	New York : Harper & Row, c1971.
4449	4448	WW 101 W855a 1961	Anatomy of the eye and orbit / Rev. by R. J. Last	London : Lewis, 1961
4450	4449	WW 101 W855a 1976	Eugene Wolff's Anatomy of the eye and orbit;"Anatomy of the eye and orbit : including the central connexions, development, and comparative anatomy of the visual apparatus."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4451	4450	WW 103 A237p 1959	Physiology of the eye : clinical application / Francis Heed Adler.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1959.
4452	4451	WW 103 A237p 1975	Physiology of the eye : clinical application / edited by Robert A. Moses.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1975.
4453	4452	WW 103 B588c 1970	Correction of subnormal vision / Norman Bier.	London : Butterworths, 1970.
4454	4453	WW 103 B831o 1968	Orthoptics : theory and practice / by Hans G. Bredemeyer [and] Kathleen Bullock original art work by Sallie Gloeckner.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
4455	4454	WW 103 B858p 1960	Physiology of the retina and visual pathway / by G. S. Brindley.	London : Edward Arnold, 1960.
4456	4455	WW 103 C748s 1970	Subcortical visual systems : conference held at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass., June 26-28, 1969 / edited by David Ingle and Gerald E. Schneider.	Basel : S. Karger, 1970.
4457	4456	WW 103 D267p 1972	The Physiology of the eye / Hugh Davson.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1972.
4458	4457	WW 103 F283l 1970	The Low vision patient : clinical experience with adults and children / by Eleanor E. Faye with editorial assistance from Clare M. Hood with contributions by Lester A. Barad, Constance Kautz, and Ruth Mallison.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1970.
4459	4458	WW 103 F673m 1965	Management of the patient with subnormal vision / Gerald Fonda.	Saint Louis C. V. Mosby, 1965.
4460	4459	WW 103 G389v 1970	Vision : its development in infant and child / by Arnold Gesell, Frances L. Ilg [and] Glenna E. Bullis assisted by Vivienne Ilg and G. N. Getman.	New York : Hafner, 1970.
4461	4460	WW 103 H669v 1963	Vision of children : an optometric symposium / edited by Monroe J. Hirsch and Ralph E. Wick.	Philadelphia : Chilton Books, c1963.
4462	4461	WW 103 L657c 1977	Clinical refraction and visual science / John R. Levene.	London : Butterworths, 1977.
4463	4462	WW 103 L756p 1950	Physiology of the eye : optics / Arthur Linksz	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1950
4464	4463	WW 103 P871a 1972	The Assessment of visual function / edited by Albert M. Potts.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1972.
4465	4464	WW 103 R954v 1962	Visual pigments in man / by W. A. H. Rushton	Liverpool : University Press, 1962
4466	4465	WW 103 S662e 1968	Eyes and education / by Vernon H. Smith, F. E. James.	London : William Heinemann Medical, 1968.
4467	4466	WW 103 Y26e 1967	Eye movements and vision / by Alfred L. Yarbus. Translated from Russian by Basil Haigh. Translation editor: Lorrin A. Riggs.	New York : Plenum Press, 1967.
4468	4467	WW 140 A333f 1979	Foundations of ophthalmic pathology / edited by Daniel M. Albert, Carmen A. Puliafito.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1979.
4469	4468	WW 140 G618g 1974	Genetic and metabolic eye disease / edited by Morton F. Goldberg.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1974.
4470	4469	WW 140 ท173ร [ม.ป.ป.]	โรคตา / ทวีศักดิ์ จุลวัจนะ	กรุงเทพฯ : ฟันนี่พับบลิชชิ่ง, [253-?]
4471	4470	WW 141 A655d 1963	Diagnostic procedures in pediatric ophthalmology / edited by Leonard Apt ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1963
4472	4471	WW 141 K26o 1970	Ocular examination, basis and technique / by Arthur H. Keeney.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1970.
4473	4472	WW 141 K26o 1976	Ocular examination : basis and technique / Arthur H. Keeney.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
4474	4473	WW 141 P323d 1978	Differentialdiagnose der Augenkrankheiten. English;"Differential diagnosis of eye diseases / by Hans Pau translated by Gerhard Cibis."	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1978.
4475	4474	WW 141 R324e 1972	The Essentials of perimetry : static and kinetic / by Howard Reed and Stephen W. Drance.	London : Oxford University Press, 1972.
4476	4475	WW 141 R888o 1975	Ocular differential diagnosis / Frederick hampton Roy.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1975.
4477	4476	WW 141 Z94d 1964	Diagnostic examination of the eye / by Joshua Zuckerman	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1964
4478	4477	WW 143 B188t 1965	Textbook of the fundus of the eye / by Arthur J. Ballantyne and Isaac C. Michaelson.	Baltimore : Williams & Eilkins, 1965.
4479	4478	WW 143 G234t 1965	Tonography and the glaucomas / Lawrence L. Garner	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4480	4479	WW 143 G669s 1961	Slit-lamp gonioscopy / by George Gorin, Adolph Posner.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1961.
4481	4480	WW 143 R813b 1971	Basic ophthalmoscopy : ophthalmoscopic diagnosis in systemic disorders / by Emanuel S. Rosen and Hannah Savir.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
4482	4481	WW 145 B658v 1968	Vision screening for elementary schools : the orinda study / by Henrik L. Blum ... [et al.]	Berkeley : University of California Press, 1968
4483	4482	WW 145 E53v 1963	Visuel optics / H. Emsley	London : Hatton Rees, 1963
4484	4483	WW 145 H299v 1956	The Visual fields : a textbook and atlas of clinical perimetry / David O. Harrington.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1956.
4485	4484	WW 145 T774i 1957	Clinical perimetry / Harry Moss Traquair	London : Kinpton, 1957
4486	4485	WW 149 B411c 1979	Color atlas of ocular tumors / Michael A. Bedford.	London : Wolfe Medical, c1979.
4487	4486	WW 149 B715o 1964	Ocular and adnexal tumors : new and control versial aspects. Symposium / ponskred by Dept. of Ophthalmology, Baylor University College of Medicine	St. Louis : Mosby, 1964
4488	4487	WW 149 H814t 1979	Tumors of the ocular adnexa and orbit / edited by Albert Hornblass.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979.
4489	4488	WW 150 C957c 1970	Color blindness : an evolutionary approach / by Ricardo Cruz-Coke.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1970.
4490	4489	WW 150 D431c 1965	Colour vision: physiology and experimental psychology Ciba Foundation symposium . Edited by A.V.S. de Reuck and Julie Knight.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965.
4491	4490	WW 166 B448c 1966	Cryotherapy of ocular diseases / John Goldfreed Bellows	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966
4492	4491	WW 166 D257a 1972	The Actions and uses of ophthalmic drugs: a textbook for students and practitioners, [by] P. H. O'Connor Davies.	London : Barrie and Jenkins, 1972.
4493	4492	WW 166 E47h 1963	Handbook of ocular therapeutics and pharmacology / by Philip P. Ellis [and] Donn L. Smith.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1963.
4494	4493	WW 166 E47o 1977	Ocular therapeutics and pharmacology / Philip P. Ellis.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
4495	4494	WW 166 G618u 1967	Ultrasonics in ophthalmology : diagnostic and therapeutic applications / by Richard Earl Goldberg and Lov K. Sarion.	Philadelphia, Pa. : W.B. Saunders, 1967.
4496	4495	WW 166 G796d 1966	Drugs with possible ocular side-effects / by Hugh Green & John Spencer.	London : Hatton Press, 1966.
4497	4496	WW 166 H386o 1966	Ocular pharmacology / by William H. Havener.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1966.
4498	4497	WW 166 H386o 1978	Ocular pharmacology / William H. Havener.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1978.
4499	4498	WW 166 K46o 1963	Ocular pharmacology and therapeutics, and the problems of medical management / edited by Samuel J. Kimura and Ernest K. Goodner	Philadelphia : Davis, 1963
4500	4499	WW 166 M612l 1960	Light coagulation / Meyer-Schwickerath tr. by Stephen M. Drance	St. Louis : Mosby, 1960
4501	4500	WW 166 Sym989o 1974	Ocular therapy : Symposium / edited by Irving H. Leopold under the auspices of the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology and the Association for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology	[S.l. : s.n.], 1974
4502	4501	WW 166 V149d 1978	Drugs and the eye / Janet Vale, B. Cox.	London : Butterworths, 1978.
4503	4502	WW 168 A779c 1962	Accular surgery / Humcmildo Arruga tr. by Michael J. Hogan & Luis E. Chapono	Barcelona : Salvat, 1962
4504	4503	WW 168 C156s 1956	Surgery of the eye : diseases / Alston Callahan	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1956
4505	4504	WW 168 D498s 1966	Symposium on surgery of the ocular adnexa : transactions of the New Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology / Arthur Gerard DeVoe ... [et al.]	St. Louis : Mosby, 1966
4506	4505	WW 168 F248e 1977	Eye surgery : innovations and trends, pitfalls, complications / edited by R. M. Fasanella Principal illustrator B. P. Houser, Jr. associate editor Barbara J. Matthews assistant editor Cynthia Evangeliste.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1977.
4507	4506	WW 168 F248m 1957	Management of complications in eye surgery : avoidance of pitfalls and treatment of difficult situations in ophthalmologic operations / edited by R. M. Fasanella, with contributions by Walter S. Atkinson ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
4508	4507	WW 168 F248m 1963	Modern advances in cataract surgery / Rocko Michael Fasanella	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1963
4509	4508	WW 168 F248m 1965	Management of complications in eye surgery / Rocko Michael Fasanella	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965
4510	4509	WW 168 F794o 1963	Ophthalmic plastic surgery / by Sidney A. Fox.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1963.
4511	4510	WW 168 H288o 1967	Augenoperationen unter dem Mikroskop. English;"Ocular surgery under the microscope / by H. Harms and G. Mackensen translated and edited by Frederick C. Blodi."	Chicago : Year Book Medical, 1967.
4512	4511	WW 168 M991o 1970	Ophthalmic plastic surgery--up-to-date / by John C. Mustarde, Lester T. Jones, and Alston Callahan.	Birmingham, Ala. : Aesculapius, 1970.
4513	4512	WW 168 S643p 1967	Plastic and reconstructive surgery of the eye and adnexa / Byron Smith	St Louis : Mosby, 1967
4514	4513	WW 168 S782e 1973	Eye surgery / by H. B. Stallard.	Bristol : Wright, 1973.
4515	4514	WW 168 S989c 1972	Corneal graft failure.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
4516	4515	WW 168 S989s 1976	Symposium on Plastic Surgery in the Orbital Region / editors, Paul Tessier ... [et al.].	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
4517	4516	WW 168.3 I28o 1979	Oculoplastic surgery / Charles E. Iliff, W. Jackson Iliff, Nicholas T. Iliff.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1979.
4518	4517	WW 168.3 M528o 1979	Ophthalmic plastic surgery for the general ophthalmologist / Murray A. Meltzer ill. by Virginia Cantarella.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1979.
4519	4518	WW 17 A159c 1964	Color atlas of anterior segment eye diseases / Ira A. Abrahamson, Jr.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964.
4520	4519	WW 17 A333j 1972	Ophthalmoskopischer Hand-atlas. English;"Jaegers Atlas of diseases of the ocular fundus : with new descriptions, revisions and additions / by Daniel M. Albert."	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1972.
4521	4520	WW 17 B282c 1966	Color atlas of pathology of the eye / David Barsky.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964.
4522	4521	WW 17 B411c 1971	A Colour atlas of ophthalmological diagnosis / by M. A. Bedford.	London : Wolfe Medical, c1971.
4523	4522	WW 17 F495o 1972	Ocular histology : a text and atlas / by Ben S. Fine, Myron Yanoff.	New York : Harper & Row, 1972.
4524	4523	WW 17 H714h 1971	Histology of the human eye : an atlas and textbook / by Michael J. Hogan, Jorge A. Alvarado, and Joan Esperson Weddell.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971.
4525	4524	WW 17 J25o 1964	Ocular fine structure, selected electron micrographs / Marie A. Jakus	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
4526	4525	WW 17 K29a 1966	Atlas of cryosurgical techniques in ophthalmology / by Charles D. Kelman with 140 illus. by Daisy Stilwell.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1966.
4527	4526	WW 17 K49c 1974	Color atlas of gonioscopy / Ryozo Kimura.	Tokyo : Igaku Shoin, 1974.
4528	4527	WW 17 L744n 1973	Neuropathology of vision : an atlas / by Richard Lindenberg, Frank B. Walsh [and] Joel G. Sacks.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1973.
4529	4528	WW 17 M161a 1967	Atlas of glaucoma surgery / by John M. McLean with 88 figures prepared by Shirley Baty.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1967.
4530	4529	WW 17 M163a 1965	Atlas of cataract surgery / John Milton McLean.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1965.
4531	4530	WW 17 P312a 1962	Atlas of eye surgery / by Richard Townley Paton ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1962
4532	4531	WW 17 P448a 1957	An Atlas of diseases of the eye / compiled by E. S. Perkins and Peter Hansell.	London : Churchill Livingstone, 1957.
4533	4532	WW 17 S555a 1968	Atlas of fluorescence fundus angiography / by Shinichi Shikano, Koichi Shimizu.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
4534	4533	WW 17 V945a 1967	Atlas of strabismus / by Gunter K. von Noorden, A. Edward Maumenee.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1967.
4535	4534	WW 17 V945a 1977	Von Noorden-Maumenee's atlas of strabismus;"Atlas of strabismus / Gunter K. von Noorden."	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
4536	4535	WW 18 H967c 1977	Comprehensive review of orthoptics and ocular motility : theory, therapy, and surgery / Jane Hurtt, Antonia Rasicovici, Charles E. Windsor.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
4537	4536	WW 18 M132p 1973	Pediatric oculo-neural diseases case studies : 45 case histories related to oculo-neural diseases in children with correlated text / by J. A. McCrary III.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1973.
4538	4537	WW 18 T455m 1965	Medical examination review book : ophthalmology / Charles I. Thomas	New York : Flusing, Medical Examination, 1965
4539	4538	WW 205 E58r 1975	Reconstructive and plastic surgery of the eyelids / by Frank P. English and Warren A. Keats foreword by Byron Smith.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1975.
4540	4539	WW 205 F794a 1964	Affections of the lids / edited by Sidney A. Fox	Boston : Little, Brown, 1964
4541	4540	WW 205 F794s 1968	Surgery of ptosis (Blepharoptosis) / by Sidney A. Fox.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1968.
4542	4541	WW 208 I61l 1970	The Lacrimal system : proceedings / editor and chairman: Everett R. Veirs.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4543	4542	WW 212 C182p 1965	Pterygium, throughout the world / Malcolm Elwyn Cameron	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4544	4543	WW 215 B589t 1967	Trachoma: prevention and treatment , by Giambattista Bietti and Georges H. Werner.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas [1967]
4545	4544	WW 215 T187f 1973	Field methods for the control of trachoma / edited by M. L. Tarizzo.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1973.
4546	4545	WW 215 U58t 1960	Trachoma manual and atlas / Division of Indian Health U.S. Public Health Service Phillips Thygeson	Washington : U.S. Department of Health Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, 1960
4547	4546	WW 215 W927g 1975	Guide to the laboratory diagnosis of trachoma / prepared by the participants in a WHO symposium.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1975.
4548	4547	WW 220 C355a 1966	Atlas of keratectomy and keratoplasty / Ramon Castroviejo	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966
4549	4548	WW 220 D877t 1960	The Transparency of the cornea : a symposium organized by The Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences, Established under the jount aspices of UNESCO and WHO / edited by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder and E. S. Parkins	Oxford : Blackwell, 1960
4550	4549	WW 220 G784d 1979	Diseases of the cornea / Merrill Grayson with 431 ill., including 151 in col.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979.
4551	4550	WW 220 G784m 1969	Manual of diseases of the cornea / by Merrill Grayson, Richard H. Keates.	London Boston : Little Brown Churchill, 1969.
4552	4551	WW 220 L529c 1966	Corneal transplantation / edited by Arthur George Leign, and foreword by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder	Oxford : Blackwell, 1966
4553	4552	WW 220 T455c 1955	The Cornea / Charles T. Thomas	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1955
4554	4553	WW 240 A769c 1968	Clinical methods in uveitis / edited by Samuel B. Aronson [and others]	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1968.
4555	4554	WW 240 P448u 1961	Uveitis and toxoplasmosis / E. S. Perkins	London : Churchill, 1961
4556	4555	WW 240 W894e 1961	Endogenous inflomations of uveal tract / Alen C. Woods	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1961
4557	4556	WW 250 M886v 1979	Vitreoretinal disease : a manual for diagnosis and treatment / Peter H. Morse.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1979.
4558	4557	WW 250 P963n 1977	New and controversial aspects of vitreoretinal surgery / editor, Alice McPherson.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1977.
4559	4558	WW 260 B268g 1964	General considerations and intracapsular cataract extraction with the cooperation of Richard C.Troutman, trans and adoptation by Richad D. Binkhorst	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
4560	4559	WW 260 B448c 1975	Cataract and abnormalities of the lens / edited by John G. Bellows.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1975.
4561	4560	WW 260 C357c 1975	Current concepts in cataract surgery : selected proceedings of the fourth biennial Cataract Surgical Congress / editors, Jared M. Emery, David Paton.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1976.
4562	4561	WW 260 E53p 1979	Phacoemulsification and aspiration of cataracts : surgical techniques, complications, and results / Jared M. Emery, James H. Little ill. by Winifred J. Hamilton.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1979.
4563	4562	WW 260 H713c 1964	Cataract operation by enzymatic zonulolysis / by Hans Hofmann translated by Dorothy Shukri with a foreward by Karl Hruby	New York : Grune & Stratton, [1964]
4564	4563	WW 260 L616c 1964	Cataracts, chemistry, mechanisms, and therapy / Sidney Lerman	Springfield : Charles C. Thomas, 1964
4565	4564	WW 260 S989h 1973	The Human lens--in relation to cataract.	Amsterdam : Elsevier, 1973.
4566	4565	WW 260 T385c 1965	Complications after cataract surgery / Frederick Harold Theodore	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
4567	4566	WW 270 B958c 1966	Clinical electroretinography / edited by Hermann M. Burian and Jerry Hart Jacobson.	Oxford : Symposium Publications Division, Pergamon Press, 1966.
4568	4567	WW 270 C567v 1965	Vitreoretinal pathology and surgery in retinal detachment / Paul Anton Cibis	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965
4569	4568	WW 270 F542r 1979	Retinal detachment surgery / Lorimer Fison edited by Arthur Lim Siew Ming	Singapore : P.G. Medical Books, c1979
4570	4569	WW 270 H386a 1967	Atlas of diagnotic techniques and treatment of retinal detactment / by William H. Havener and Sallie Gloeckner	St. Louis : Mosby, 1967
4571	4570	WW 270 K49r 1966	Retinal diseases : symposium on differential diagnostic problems of posterior uveitis / edited by Samuel J. Kimura and Wayne M. Caygill	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1966
4572	4571	WW 270 L334d 1960	Diabetic retinopathy : an ophthalmoscopic study with a discussion of the morphologic changes and the pathogenetic factors in this disease / Hans-Walther Larsen	Copenhagen : [C. Hamburgers Bogtrykkeri], 1960
4573	4572	WW 270 L637c 1977	Current diagnosis and management of chorioretinal diseases / edited by Francis A. L'Esperance, Jr. [contributors, Robert K. Abraham ... et al.].	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1977.
4574	4573	WW 270 S325c 1965	Controversial aspects of the management of retina detachment / edited by Charles L. Schepens and Charles D. J. Regan	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
4575	4574	WW 270 S325i 1960	Importance of the vitreous body in retina surgery with special emphasison reoperations / Charles L. Schepens	St. Louis : Mosby, 1960
4576	4575	WW 270 S457r 1964	The Retinal vessels, comparative ophthalmoscopic and histologic studies on healthy and diseases eyes / by R. Seitz tr. by Frederick C. Blodi	St. Louis : Mosby, 1964
4577	4576	WW 270 S544h 1965	Hypertensive retinal disease / Samuel Ainslie Shelburne	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1965
4578	4577	WW 270 T199r 1971	Retinal diseases in children : With 10 contributors / William Tasman.	New York : Harper & Row, 1971.
4579	4578	WW 270 T649v 1976	Vitreoretinal disorders : diagnosis and management / Felipe I. Tolentino, Charles L. Schepens, H. Mackenzie Freeman illustrated by David A. Tilden.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1976.
4580	4579	WW 270 V217r 1963	Retinal ganglion cell layer, a physiologicalanatomical correlation in man and primates of the normal topographical anatomy of the retinal ganglion cell layer and its alterations with lesions of the visual pathways / J. M. Van Buren	Springfield : Thomas, 1963
4581	4580	WW 276 L985r 1960	Re-educative treatment of suppression amblyopia / by T. Keith Lyle and Jill Wilkinson	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1960
4582	4581	WW 280 A831c 1973	Clinical neuro-ophthalmology / Bryan Ashworth including a chapter on neuroradiology with radiographic illustrations by Ian Isherwood, and fundus illustrations by Emmanuel S. Rosen.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1973.
4583	4582	WW 290 B395d 1965	Diagnosis and therapy of the glaucomas / Bernard Becker, Robert N. Shaffer.	Saint Louis, C. V. Mosby, 1965.
4584	4583	WW 290 C456l 1968	Lectures on glaucoma / by Paul A. Chandler and W. Morton Grant	Philadelphia : Febiger, 1968
4585	4584	WW 290 H942g 1965	Glaucoma : epidemiology, early diagnosis, & some aspects of treatment : proceedings of a symposium held at the Royal College of Surgeons of England, June, 1965. Chairman: E. S. Perkins	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1966
4586	4585	WW 290 K89m 1979	Microsurgery of the glaucomas / Mikhail M. Krasnov translated from the Russian by Mikhail M. Krasnov and V. S. Akopian.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1979.
4587	4586	WW 290 N872s 1959	Symposium on glaucoma / by William B. Clark and Joe M. Carmichael	St. Louis : Mosby, 1959
4588	4587	WW 290 P297d 1966	Drug mechanisms in glaucoma / edited by Gavin Paterson, S. J. H. Miller, and Gillian D. Paterson.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1966.
4589	4588	WW 290 R888p 1975	Practical management of eye problems : glaucoma, strabismus, visual fields / Frederick Hampton Roy.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1975.
4590	4589	WW 290 V426s 1970	So you have glaucoma / by Everett R. Veirs.	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1970.
4591	4590	WW 3 S989s 1970	Symposium on Strabismus : transactions of the New Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology / Hermann M. Burian ... [et al]	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4592	4591	WW 300 D877p 1963	The Practice of refraction / by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder.	London : Churchill, 1963.
4593	4592	WW 300 E48o 1968	Optometric practice management / George P. Elmstrom	Philadelphia : Chilton Book, 1968
4594	4593	WW 300 G394r 1965	Refraction / edited by Bernard C. Gettes	Boston : Little, Brown, 1965
4595	4594	WW 300 G472p 1965	Principles and practice of refraction and its allied subjects / G. H. Giles	London : Hammond, 1965
4596	4595	WW 300 H335r 1971	Review of refraction / Jack Hartstein.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4597	4596	WW 300 H669v 1968	Vision of the aging patient an optometric symposium / edited by Monroe J. Hirsch and Ralph E. Wick	Philadelphia : Chilton, 1968
4598	4597	WW 300 S634m 1961	Manual of refraction / by Albert E. Sloane.	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961.
4599	4598	WW 300 S634m 1979	Manual of refraction / editor, Albert E. Sloane associate editor, George E. Garcia.	Boston : Little, Brown, c1979.
4600	4599	WW 335 B588c 1977	Contact lens correction / edited by Norman Bier, Gerald Eugene Lowther.	London : Butterworths, 1977.
4601	4600	WW 350 S252p 1975	The Principles and practice of optical dispensing and fitting / L. S. Sasieni sponsored by the British Optical Association	London : Butterworths, 1975
4602	4601	WW 355 G252c 1976	Contact lenses and corneal disease : a programmed course / Antonio R. Gasset.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1976.
4603	4602	WW 355 G518c 1964	Corneal contact lenses / by Members of the Contact Lens Section, Department of Ophthalmology, Baylor University College of Medicine, Houston, Texas editor: Louis J. Girard Associate editors: Joseph W. Soper and Whitney G. Sampson	St. Louis : Mosby, 1964
4604	4603	WW 355 H169c 1978	Contact lenses : a clinical approach to fitting / Robert H. Hales.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, c1978.
4605	4604	WW 355 M271c 1965	Contact lens practice : basic and advanced / Robert B. Mandell	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4606	4605	WW 355 R149c 1961	Contact lens management / edited by Morgan B. Raiford ... [et al.]	Boston : Little, Brown, 1961
4607	4606	WW 400 B458o 1964	The Oculomotor system, by 29 authors.	New York : Harper & Row, 1964.
4608	4607	WW 400 C338h 1967	Handbook of orthoptic principles / by G. T. Willoughby Cashell, Isobel M. Durran assisted by Ailie Marshall, foreword by T. Keith Lyle.	Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone, 1967.
4609	4608	WW 400 C676n 1956	Neurology of the ocular muscles / David Glendenning Cogan	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1956
4610	4609	WW 400 C676n 1966	Neurology of the visual system / David G. Cogan	Springfield : Thomas, 1966
4611	4610	WW 400 C947d 1973	Diplopia / Robert A. Crone.	Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica, 1973.
4612	4611	WW 400 G548n 1977	Neuro-ophthalmology : symposium of the University of Miami and the Bascom Palmer Eye Institute / edited by Joel S. Glaser	St. Louis : Mosby, 1977
4613	4612	WW 400 G548n 1978	Neuro-ophthalmology / Joel S. Glaser	Hagerstown : Harper & Row, 1978
4614	4613	WW 400 S651n 1964	Neuro-ophthalmology symposium the University of Miami / J. Lawton Smith	Springfield, Ill. : Charles C. Thomas, 1964
4615	4614	WW 410 L244m 1951	A Manual of othoptics / Julia E. Laneaster	Springfield : Thomas, 1951
4616	4615	WW 410 O35o 1967	Oculomotor imbalance in binocular vision and fixation disparity / by Kenneth N. Ogle, Theodore G. Martens, John A. Dyer.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1967.
4617	4616	WW 410 P252o 1975	Ocular motility and strabismus / Marshall M. Parks.	Hagerstown, Md. : Medical Dept., Harper & Row, [1975]
4618	4617	WW 415 A932c 1970	Pleoptik und Orthoptik. English;"The Conservative management of squint / Wolfram Aust transl. by C. H. Bedwell and H. Obstfeld."	Basel : S. Karger, 1970.
4619	4618	WW 415 C988s 1956	Strabismus, diagnosis and treatment / Beulah Cushman	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1956
4620	4619	WW 415 D391p 1967	Practical ocular motility / by Hazel M. Dendy and Elizabeth T. Shaterian with a foreword by Goodwin M. Breinin.	Springfield, Ill. : C. C. Thomas, 1967.
4621	4620	WW 415 F666t 1965	Treatment of strabismus / Eugene R. Folk	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1965
4622	4621	WW 415 G944s 1959	Squint and allied conditions / George Pirtle Guibor	New York : Grune & Stratton, 1959
4623	4622	WW 415 K19s 1968	Strabismus in childhood / by Herbert M. Katzin, Geraldine Wilson.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
4624	4623	WW 415 N544s 1975	Strabismus and amblyopia / Frank W. Newell, editor.	Acton, Mass. : Pub. Sciences Group, c1975.
4625	4624	WW 460 H877e 1971	Augensymptome bei Hirntumoren. English;"Eye symptoms in brain tumors / edited newly written material translated by Frederick C. Blodi."	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4626	4625	WW 475 S714s 1958	Systemic ophthalmology / Arnold Sorsby	London : Butterworth, 1958
4627	4626	WW 505 NE872i 1964	Industrial and traumatic ophthalmology : symposium of the New Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology / contributors: Arthur H. Keeney	St. Louis : Mosby, 1964
4628	4627	WW 525 G763t 1972	Toxicology of the eye : drugs, chemicals, plants, venoms / by W. Morton Grant.	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, c1972.
4629	4628	WW 525 H149i 1972	Intraocular injuries, their immediate surgical management / by George M. Haik, William H. Coles, Elizabeth M. McFetridge.	Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger, 1972.
4630	4629	WW 525 P312i 1968	Injuries of the eye, the lids, and the orbit : diagnosis and management / by David Paton, Morton F. Goldberg.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
4631	4630	WW 600 K98s 1979	Surgery of the infant eye / edited by Marvin L. Kwitko.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1979.
4632	4631	WW 9 B448c 1972	Contemporary ophthalmology honoring Sir Stewart Duke-Elder / editor: John G. Bellows.	Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1972.
4633	4632	WX 100 B961g 1956	The Give and take in hospitals : a study of human organization in hospitals / by Temple Burling ... [et al.]	New York : Putnam, 1956
4634	4633	WX 11 G233a 1960	An Experiment in medicine, the first twenty years of the Pratt Clinic and the New England Center Hospital of Boston / Joseph E. Garland	Cambridge : Riverside Press, 1960
4635	4634	WX 140 I61h 1961	Hospital and medical school design : International Symposium / edited by George H. Bell	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1962
4636	4635	WX 140 S663p 1960	Planning the surgical suite / Warwick Smith.	New York : F. W. Dodge, c1960.
4637	4636	WX 140 W562h 1964	Hospital design and function / Edward Todd Wheeler	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1964
4638	4637	WX 140 W927a 1976-	Approaches to planning and design of health care facilities in developing areas / edited by B. M. Kleczkowski, C. Montoya-Aguilar, N. O. Nilsson.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1976-
4639	4638	WX 147 M727m 1958	Medical electrical equipment : principles, installation, operation and maintenance of electrical equipments used in hospital and clinics / edited by Robert E. Molloy contributors P. S. Allgood ... [et al.]
4640	4639	WX 150 B852h 1973	Hospital legislation and hospital systems / by R. F. Bridgman [and] M. I. Roemer.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1973.
4641	4640	WX 150 H218d 1961	Decision making in hospital administration and medical care : a casebook / James A. Hamilton.	Minneapolis : University of Minnesota, 1961, c1960.
4642	4641	WX 150 L522w 1957	Work simplication, creative thinking about work problems / Robert N. Lehrer	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, 1957
4643	4642	WX 150 L791h 1966	Hospital planning and administration / by R. Llewelyn-Davies [and] H. M. C. Macaulay.	Geneva : World Health-Organization, 1966.
4644	4643	WX 150 M141h 1957	Hospital organization and management / Malcolm Thomas MacEachern.	Chicago : Physicians' Record, 1957.
4645	4644	WX 150 M145p 1969	Principles of hospital administration / by John R. McGibony.	New York : Putnam, 1969.
4646	4645	WX 150 O95m 1962	Modern concepts of hospital administration / edited by Joseph Karlton Owen with the coordinative assistance of Robert K. Eisleben.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
4647	4646	WX 150 W395p 1964	Progressive patient care : an anthology / edited by Lewis E. Weeks and John R. Griffith	Ann Arbor : University of Michigan, 1964
4648	4647	WX 155 B852r 1955	Rural hospital its structure and organization / R. F. Bridgman	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1955
4649	4648	WX 155 T784a 1961	New understandings of administration / Harleigh B. Trecker	New York : Association Press, 1961
4650	4649	WX 159 B156h 1959	Hospital personnel administration / Norman D. Bailey.	Chicago : Physicians' Record, 1959.
4651	4650	WX 159 S912p 1960	Personnel : the human problems of management / by George Strauss and Leonard R. Sayles	Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, c1960
4652	4651	WX 159 U58j 1952	Job descriptions and organizational analysis for hospitals and related health services / prepared in cooperation with the American Hospital Association.	Washington, D. C. : U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.
4653	4652	WX 165 L912c 1975	Control of hospital infection : a practical handbook / edited by E. J. L. Lowbury ... [et al.].	London : Chapman and Hall, 1975.
4654	4653	WX 173 C748i 1970	Information processing of medical records : proceedings. Lyon, 6-10 April, 1970 / edited by J. Anderson [and] J. M. Forsythe.	Amsterdam : North-Holland, 1970.
4655	4654	WX 173 E13p 1974	Problem-oriented medical record concepts / by Richard E. Easton.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1974.
4656	4655	WX 173 H889m 1959	Manual for medical records librarians;"Manual for medical record librarians / Ednak K. Huffman."	Chicago : Physicians' Record, 1959.
4657	4656	WX 173 W394m 1971	Medical records, medical education, and patient care : the problem-oriented record as a basic tool / [by] Lawrence L. Weed.	Chicago : Year Book Medical, c1971.
4658	4657	WX 203 G823m 1971	Medical resident's manual / by William J. Grace, Richard J. Kennedy [and] Frank B. Flood.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1971.
4659	4658	WX 205 A851 1978	Assuring quality ambulatory health care : the Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Health Center / edited by Donald Angehr Smith and Gitanjali Mukerjee	Boulder : Westview Press, c1978
4660	4659	WX 215 A512e 1976	Emergency department : a handbook for the medical staff / American Medical Assoication.	Chicago : American Medical Association, Division of Medical Practice, Dept. of Emergency Medical Services, 1976.
4661	4660	WX 215 H823a 1971	Ambulance service journal articles : a collection of current published articles related to ambulance service / James Russell Horton.	Flushing, N.Y. : Medical Examination, 1971.
4662	4661	WX 215 P726a 1966	Accident service / L. W. Plewes	Springfield, Ill. : Thomas, 1966
4663	4662	WX 218 A237a 1979	AACN organization and management of critical-care facilities / edited by Diane C. Adler, Norma J. Shoemaker.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1979.
4664	4663	WX 27.1 U58 1974	The University medical center and the metropolis : report of a conference / sponsored jointly by Conservation of Human Resources, Columbia University, and the Josiah Macy, Jr., Foundation edited by Eli Ginzberg and Alice M. Yohalem.	New York : Josiah Macy, Jr., Foundation, 1974.
4665	4664	WY 100 A135p 1960	Oatuebt-centered approaches to nursing / by Faye G. Abdallah ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillan, 1960
4666	4665	WY 100 A935h 1957	History of nursing source book / Annel Austin	New York : Putnam, 1957
4667	4666	WY 100 C269s 1953	Study guide for clinical nursing : a co-ordinated survey integrated with essentials of the basic sciences / Emily C. Cardew	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1953
4668	4667	WY 100 C284b 1970	Behavioral concepts and nursing intervention / edited by Carolyn E. Carlson and Betty Blackwell.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1970.
4669	4668	WY 100 D273p 1943	Principles and techniques of nursing procedures / Sister Mary Agnita Claire Day	St. Louis : Mosby, 1943
4670	4669	WY 100 D529f 1966	The Foundations of nursing as conceived, learned, and practiced in professional nursing / Lillian DeYoung.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1966.
4671	4670	WY 100 D695t 1971	Temperature variation and nursing care / by Margaret P. Dorgu.	London : Butterworths, 1971.
4672	4671	WY 100 F144c 1952	Care of the medical patient : a textbook for nurses / by Margene O. Faddis and Joseph M. Hayman, Jr	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1952
4673	4672	WY 100 F954f 1956	Fundamentals of nursing : the humanities and the sciences in nursing / by Elinor V. Fuerst, Luverne Wolff.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1956.
4674	4673	WY 100 G449m 1975	Modern physiology and anatomy for nurses / John Gibson.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1975.
4675	4674	WY 100 G737s 1974	Scientific principles in nursing / by Shirley Hawke Gragg, Olive M. Rees.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1974.
4676	4675	WY 100 H287t 1939	Textbook of the principles and practice of nursing / rev. by Virginia Henderson.	New York : Macmillan, 1939.
4677	4676	WY 100 H497p 1978	Principles and practice of nursing / Virginia Henderson, Gladys Nite.	New York : Macmillan, c1978.
4678	4677	WY 100 K88f 1967	Fundamentals of patient care : a comprehensive approach to nursing / by Barbara Blackwood Kozie, Beverly Witter Du Gas.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1967.
4679	4678	WY 100 K88i 1972	Introduction to patient care : a comprehensive approach to nursing / Beverly Witter Du Gas.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, c1972.
4680	4679	WY 100 L778n 1969	Nursing care planning / by Dolores E. Little, Doris L. Carnevali.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1969.
4681	4680	WY 100 M126s 1958	Scientific principles in nursing / by M. Esther McClain,Shirley Hawke Gragg.	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1958.
4682	4681	WY 100 M426f 1964	Fundamentals of patient-centered nursing / by Ruth V. Matheney ... [et al.]	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1964.
4683	4682	WY 100 M554f 1969	Fundamental skills in the nurse-patient relationship : a programmed text / by Lianne S. Mercer, Patricia O'Connor.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969.
4684	4683	WY 100 M758f 1959	Fundamentals in nursing care / by Mildred L. Montag and Ruth P. Stewart Swenson	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1959
4685	4684	WY 100 M758n 1953	Nursing arts / by Mildred L. Montag and Margaret Filson	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1953
4686	4685	WY 100 P633p 1967	Professional nursing practice : cases and issues / by Paul Pigors ... [et al.]	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1967
4687	4686	WY 100 P945a 1965	The art, science, and spirit of nursing [by] Alice L. Price.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1965.
4688	4687	WY 100 R578e 1967	Evaluating student progress in learning the practice of nursing / Alice R. Rines.	[New York] : Teachers College, Columbia University, 1963.
4689	4688	WY 100 R579m 1969	Management of nursing care / Elma L. Rinehart.	New York : Macmillan, 1969.
4690	4689	WY 100 R848a 1951	The Art and science of nursing / by Ella L. Rothweiler and Jean Martin White	Philadelphia : Davis, 1951
4691	4690	WY 100 R848a 1955	The Art and science of nursing / by Ella L. Rothweiler ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : F.A. Davis, 1955
4692	4691	WY 100 S22t 1962	Trends and professional adjustments in nursing / Margaret C. Sanner	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962
4693	4692	WY 100 S928b 1966	Back to nursing / Ruth Perin Stryker.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1966.
4694	4693	WY 100 T455s 1956	Simplified nursing / by Ella M. Thompson and Florence Dakin	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1956
4695	4694	WY 100 T455s 1960	Simplified nursing : the essentials of practical nursing / Ella M. Thompson, Margaret LeBaron.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1960.
4696	4695	WY 100 T469t 1966	Textbook of basic nursing / by Ella M. Thompson, Constance Murphy.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1966.
4697	4696	WY 100 T761n 1949	Nursing an art and a science / Margaret A. Tracy	St. Louis : Mosby, 1949
4698	4697	WY 100 ป29ห 2515	หลักการพยาบาลทั่วไป / โดย ปาหนัน บุญหลง ... [และคนอื่น ๆ ]	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์แพร่การช่าง, 2515
4699	4698	WY 101 B192a 1972	Alexander's care of the patient in surgery / [edited by] Walter F. Ballinger, Jacquelyn C. Treybal [and] Ann B. Vose	St. Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972
4700	4699	WY 101 B426c 1975	Clinical nursing : pathophysiological & psychosocial approaches / Irene L. Beland, Joyce Y. Passos.	New York : Macmillan, 1975.
4701	4700	WY 101 S745i 1976	Introduction to nursing / May Spencer and Katherine M. Tait.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
4702	4701	WY 101 U58n 1961	Nursing home standards guide / U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare	Washington : U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961
4703	4702	WY 105 A375n 1972	Nursing administration in the hospital health care system / Edythe L. Alexander.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972.
4704	4703	WY 105 B274h 1968	The Head nurse : her changing role / Jean Barrett	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1968.
4705	4704	WY 105 B274h 1975	The Head nurse : her leadership role / Jean Barrett, Barbara A. Gessner, Charlene Phelps.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1975.
4706	4705	WY 105 B274w 1949	Ward management and teaching / Jean Barrett	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1949
4707	4706	WY 105 B274w 1954	Ward management and teaching / by Jean Barrett	New York : Appleton, 1954
4708	4707	WY 105 G578p 1958	Principles of administration applied to nursing service / H. A. Goddard.	Geneva : World Health Organization, 1958.
4709	4708	WY 105 H143n 1965	Nursing leadership behavior in general hospitals / by Elizabeth Hagen and Luverne Wolff	New York : Institute of Research and Service in Nursing Educatio, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1965
4710	4709	WY 105 J52n 1962	Nursing service administration, principles and practice / by Edythe Alexander ... [et al.]	St. Louis : osby, 1962
4711	4710	WY 105 M154s 1964	The Supervisor / by Robert C. McKean and H. H. Mills	New Delhi : Prentice-Hall of India (Private), 1965
4712	4711	WY 105 M826d 1966	Developing the supervisory skills of the nurse : a behavioral science approach / by Adelma E. Mooth, Miriam M. Ritvo.	New York : Macmillan, 1966.
4713	4712	WY 105 P462w 1968	Ward administration and teaching : the work of the ward sister / Ellen L. Perry.	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1968.
4714	4713	WY 105 P963b 1964	Blueprint for action in hospital nursing / sponsored by the Department of Hospital Nursing, National League for Nursing and the Regional Councils of State Leagues for Nursing	New York : ational League for Nursing, 1964
4715	4714	WY 105 W358h 1944	The Hospital head nurse / Mary marvin Wayland ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillan, 1944
4716	4715	WY 105 พ17ก 2522	การจัดบุคลากรเพื่อคุณภาพการดูแล / พวงรัตน์ บุญญานุรักษ์	กรุงเทพฯ : ไทยเขษม, 2522
4717	4716	WY 108 ว777ก 2507	การพยาบาลสาธารณสุข / โดย วรรณา เรืองวิทย์, ประยงค์ อรัณยกานนท์, ตวงพร อดิเรกสาร	[กรุงเทพฯ] : แสงทองการพิมพ์, 2507
4718	4717	WY 11 B851h 1967	A History of the International Council of Nurses, 1899-1964 : the first sixty-five years / Daisy Caroline B.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1967.
4719	4718	WY 11 D636s 1938	A Short history of nursing / Lavinia L. Dock, Isabel M.	New York : Putman's, 938
4720	4719	WY 11 D659h 1968	History of nursing / Josephine A. Dolan.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1968.
4721	4720	WY 11 D659n 1973	Nursing in society : a historical perspective / [by] Josephine A. Dolan	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973
4722	4721	WY 11 G653h 1951	History of nursing / by Gladys Sellew and C. J. Nuesse	St. Louis : Mosby, 1951
4723	4722	WY 11 G653h 1958	History of nursing / by Josephine A. Dolan	Philadeophia : Saunders, 1958
4724	4723	WY 11 J54h 1965	History of nursing;"Jensen's History and trends of professional nursing / Gerald Joseph Griffin, Joanne King Griffin."	Saint Louis :: C. V. Mosby, 1965.
4725	4724	WY 13 H249e 1957	Encyclopedic guide to nursing / Helen Fredericka Hansen	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1957
4726	4725	WY 152.5 ร212ค 2520	คู่มือการพยาบาลผู้ป่วยเด็กโรคหัวใจ / รัชนี ศรีสวาสดิ์	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2520
4727	4726	WY 153 B786c 1953	Communicable diseases : text book for nurses / by Albert G. Bower and Edith B. Pilant	Philadelphia, Saunders, 1953
4728	4727	WY 153 B786c 1958	Communicable diseases : text book for nurses / by Albert G. Bower ... [et al.]	Philadelphia, Saunders, 1958
4729	4728	WY 153 C368v 1964	Venereology for nurses, a textbook of the sexually transmitted diseases / Robert Duncan Catterall	London : English University Press, 1964
4730	4729	WY 153 C555i 1968	Infectious diseases, with chapters on veneral diseases / by A. B. Christie.	London : Faber and Faber, 1968.
4731	4730	WY 153 J72e 1968	Essentials of communicable disease : with nursing principles / Dorothy F. Johnston.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
4732	4731	WY 155 จ227ห 2521	หลักการพยาบาลอายุรศาสตร์ การพยาบาลผู้ป่วยโรคระบบต่อมไร้ท่อ / จำลอง ชูโต	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
4733	4732	WY 156 A559c 1971	Comprehensive cardiac care : a handbook for nurses and other paramedical personnel / edited by Kathleen Gainor Andreoli ... [et al.].	St. Louis : Mosby, 1971.
4734	4733	WY 156 B516c 1973	Critical incidents in nursing / edited by Loretta Sue Bermosk and Raymond J. Corsini.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1973.
4735	4734	WY 156 B752n 1972	Nursing care of the cancer patient / by Rosemary Bouchard, Norma F. Owens.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1972.
4736	4735	WY 156 B877m 1957	Medical nursing / Amy Frances Brown	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1957
4737	4736	WY 156 D311g 1973	A Guide to radiotherapy nursing / T. J. Deeley ... [et al.]	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1973.
4738	4737	WY 156 E53e 1946	Essentials of medicine : the art and the science of medical nursing / Charles Phillips Emerson, Jr., Jane Sherburn Bragdon.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1946.
4739	4738	WY 156 E53e 1955	Essentials of medicine : the art and the science of medical nursing / Charles Phillips Emerson, Jr. and Jane Sherburn Bragdon.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1955.
4740	4739	WY 156 F183d 1870	The Drug, the nurse, the patient / Mary W. Falconer ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970
4741	4740	WY 156 G449c 1976	Common symptoms described for nurses / by John Gibson.	Oxford : Blackwell Scientific, 1976.
4742	4741	WY 156 G539g 1975	Gastroenterology in clinical nursing / Barbara A. Given, Sandra J. Simmons.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1975.
4743	4742	WY 156 G539n 1971	Nursing care of the patient with gastrointestinal disorders / Barbara A. Given, Sandra J. Simmons.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1971.
4744	4743	WY 158 H386n 1974	Nursing care in eye, ear, nose, and throat disorders / William H. Havener ... [et al.]	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1974.
4745	4744	WY 159 C886c 1966	Care of the newly born infant / by W. S. Carig in collaboration with M. F. G. Buchanan ... [et al.]	Edinburgh : Livingstone, 1965
4746	4745	WY 159 D657m 1972	Medical paediatrics / by William B. Doig, Alison Montford.	London : Heinemann Medical, 1972.
4747	4746	WY 159 D913p 1965	Aids to paediatric nursing;"Paediatric nursing / Margaret Duncombe."	London : Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell, 1965.
4748	4747	WY 159 L352p 1967	Pediatric nursing / by Helen C. Latham, Robert V. Heckel with the collaboration of Margaret C. Moore.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1967.
4749	4748	WY 159 L352p 1972	Pediatric nursing [by] Helen C. Latham [and] Robert V. Heckel. With the collaboration of Joyce A. Vermeersch.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972.
4750	4749	WY 159 L991n 1959	Nursing of children, / by Robert A. Lyon and Llgie M. Wallinger.	Philadelphia, : W.B. Saunders, , 1959.
4751	4750	WY 159 M349t 1962	Textbook of pediatric nursing / Dorothy R. Marlow, Gladys Sellew.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1962.
4752	4751	WY 159 M349t 1969	Textbook of pediatric nursing / by Dorothy R. Marlow.	Philadelphia : W. B. Saunders, 1969.
4753	4752	WY 159 S664m 1963	Maternal-child nursing / Spahn Smith Christine.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1963.
4754	4753	WY 159 S814n 1971	Nursing care of the child with long-term illness / editor: Shirley Steele contributions by Dorothy Hoehne ... [et al.] illus. by Helen Ptak.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1971.
4755	4754	WY 159 T468p 1970	Pediatrics for practical nurses / Eleanor Dumont Thompson.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1970.
4756	4755	WY 159 W126n 1976	Nursing care of children / Eugenia H. Waechter, Florence G. Blake medical coordinator, Jane Phillips Lipp.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1976.
4757	4756	WY 16 B714n 1963	Nursing diagnosisi and therapy, an instrument for envaluation and measurement / y Virginia Bonney and June Rothberg	New York : National League for Nursing, 1963
4758	4757	WY 16 C512n 1947	Nursing in modern society / Mary Ella Chayer	New York : Putnam's, 1947
4759	4758	WY 16 D261n 1966	The Nursing profession : five sociological essays / edited by Fred Davis.	New York : John Wiley, 1966.
4760	4759	WY 16 D566p 1959	Professional adjustments / Lena Dixon Dietz.	Philadelphia : F. A. Davis, 1957-59.
4761	4760	WY 16 G964p 1970	The Professional nurse : orientation, roles, and responsibilities / by Kathleen K. Guinee.	[New York] : Macmillan, 1970.
4762	4761	WY 16 H249p 1943	Professional relationships of the nurse / Helen F. Hansen	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1943
4763	4762	WY 16 K32p 1953	The Person as a nurse (Professional adjustment)	New York : Macmillan, 1953
4764	4763	WY 16 M155t 1955	Thresholds to professional nursing practice / Frances M. McKenna	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1955
4765	4764	WY 16 M861s 1965	Steppingstones to professional nursing : text and workbook for student nurses / Leulla Josephine M.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965.
4766	4765	WY 16 P945p 1946	Professional adjustments I / Alice L. Price	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1946
4767	4766	WY 16 S734p 1965	Professional adjustments in nursing. English;"Professional nursing : foundations, perspectives, and relationships / Eugenia Kennedy Spalding, Lucille E. Notter."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965
4768	4767	WY 161 E42s 1950	Surgical nursing / Eldridge L. Eliason, L. Kraeer Ferguson, Lillian A. Sholtis	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1950
4769	4768	WY 161 E42s 1955	Surgical nursing / by Eldridge L. Eliason ... [et al.]	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1955
4770	4769	WY 161 ช272ค 2519	คู่มือการฝึกปฏิบัติงานการพยาบาลศัลยกรรม / คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่	เชียงใหม่ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
4771	4770	WY 161 บ17ก 2522	การพยาบาลผู้ป่วยที่ได้รับการผ่าตัดเต้านม / บรรจง คำหอมกุล	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
4772	4771	WY 161 ป171ค [25--?]	คู่มือการพยาบาลผู้ป่วยทำผ่าตัดโคลอสโตมีย์ / โดย ประทิน ไชยศรี	เชียงใหม่ : [ม.ป.พ., 25--?]
4773	4772	WY 161 อ151ส 2508	สมุดคู่มือในการพยาบาลผู้ป่วยที่ได้รับการผ่าตัดทางระบบขับถ่ายปัสสาวะ / อนันต์ สุรบท	พิษณุโลก : โรงพยาบาลพุทธชินราช, 2508
4774	4773	WY 168 P719f 1963	Food in hospital : a study of feeding arrangement and the nutritional value of meals in hospital / by B. S. Platt ... [et al.]	London : Oxford University Press, 1963
4775	4774	WY 18 A135n 1973	New directions in patient-centered nursing : guidelines for systems of service, education, and research / Faye G. Abdellah ... [et al.] Guest contributors: June T. Bailey ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillan, 1973.
4776	4775	WY 18 B877c 1949	Clinical instruction / Amy Frances Brown	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1949
4777	4776	WY 18 C734c 1937	A Curriculum guide for schools of nursing	New York : National League of Nursing Education, 1937
4778	4777	WY 18 F791f 1970	Fundamentals of research in nursing / David J. Fox.	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970.
4779	4778	WY 18 G162e 1965	Educational administration in nursing / Anna Helen Gallagher	[S.l.] : MacMillan, 1965
4780	4779	WY 18 H249r 1947	A Review of nursing : with outlines of subjects quesitons and answers / Helen F. Hansen	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1947
4781	4780	WY 18 H465t 1946	Teaching in schools of nursing;"Teaching and learning in schools of nursing principles and methods / [by] Loretta E. Heidgerken."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1946.
4782	4781	WY 18 H465t 1965	Teaching in schools of nursing;"Teaching and learning in schools of nursing : principles and methods / Loretta E. Heidgerken."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965.
4783	4782	WY 18 K24s 1966	Saunders review for practical nurses / Claire Keane.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1966.
4784	4783	WY 18 K24s 1971	Study guide and workbook in medical-surgical nursing for practical nurses / Claire Brackman Keane	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1971
4785	4784	WY 18 M647i 1965	Inservice educaiton for hospital nursing personnel	New York : Dept. of Hospital Nursing National League for Nursing, 1965
4786	4785	WY 18 M758c 1959	Community college education for nursing : an experiment in technical education for nursing report / Mildred L. Montag, director of project. With part II by Lassar G. Gotkin, research assistant.	New York : Blakiston Division, McGraw-Hill, 1959.
4787	4786	WY 18 M861s 1965	Steppingstones to professional nursing : text and workbook for student nurses / Luella Josephine Morison.	St. Louis : Mosby, 1965.
4788	4787	WY 18 N832s 1959	Science principles applied to nursing a feference for nurse educators / by Madelyn Titus Normark and Anne W. Rohweder	Philadelphi : Lippincott, 1959
4789	4788	WY 18 S412c 1972	Creative teaching in clinical nursing / [by] Jean E. Schweer.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1972.
4790	4789	WY 18 S559a 1961	The Art of clinical instruction, medical and surgical nursing / by Lillian A. Sholtis and Jane Sherburn Bragdon	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1961
4791	4790	WY 18 ช212ร 2518	การฝึกปฏิบัติการทางการศึกษาด้านการแพทย์และอนามัย วันที่ 4-17 มกราคม 2518 ณ คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่ / จัดโดย คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่	เชียงใหม่ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2518
4792	4791	WY 18.8 R823p 1975	Personal and vocational relationships in practical nursing / Carmen F. Ross.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, c1975.
4793	4792	WY 18.8 ฟ226ค 2522	คู่มือปฏิบัติการพยาบาลขั้นวิชาชีพ / ฟาริดา อิบราฮิม	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
4794	4793	WY 19 B828m 1949	Methods of teaching in schools of nursing / Alice B. Brethorst	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1949
4795	4794	WY 19 N277d 1964	National League for Nursing. Department of Diploma and Associate Degree Program Toward esceelence in nursing education : a guide for diplama school improvement	New York : [s.n.], 1964
4796	4795	WY 193 C521t 1968	A Textbook for nursing assistants / Gertrude D. Cherescavich with 174 illus.	Saint Louis : C. V. Mosby, 1968.
4797	4796	WY 195 F853c 1968	Clinical nursing workbook for practical nurses / by Marlilyn Gottehrer Freedman and Justine Hannan	Philadelphia : Davis, 1968
4798	4797	WY 195 K24e 1969	Essentials of nursing : a medical-surgical text for practical nurses / Claire Brackman Keane	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1969
4799	4798	WY 195 W927p 1971	Planning and programming for nursing services / World Health Organization.	Geneva : WHO, 1971.
4800	4799	WY 20 S528a 1970	Administration in nursing / [by] Mary D. Shanks [and] Dorothy A. Kennedy.	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1970.
4801	4800	WY 20 W722a 1950	Administration of schools of nursing / Dorothy Rogers Williams, Isabel M. Stewart	New York : Macmillan, 1950
4802	4801	WY 20 ว735ห 2521	หลักบริหารการพยาบาล / วิเชียร ทวีลาภ, สุลักษณ์ มีชูทรัพย์ และจันทร์เพ็ญ การีเวท	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
4803	4802	WY 20.5 A135b 1965	Better patient care through nursing research / by Faye G. Abdellah, Eugene Levine.	New York : Macmillan, 1965.
4804	4803	WY 20.5 W913c 1978	Methods of clinical experimentation to improve patient care / P. J. Wooldridge, R. C. Leonard, J. K. Skipper.	Saint Louis : Mosby, 1978.
4805	4804	WY 20.5 ว232ว 2522	วิจัยทางการพยาบาล / วิจิตร ศรีสุพรรณ	เชียงใหม่ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่, 2522
4806	4805	WY 22 W879w 1965	World directory of post-basic and post-graduate schools of nursing / World Health Organization	Geneva : The Organization, 1965
4807	4806	WY 31 A512f 1961	Facts about nursing : a statistical summary / American Nurses' Association	New York : The Association, 1961
4808	4807	WY 31 S592n 1964	Nursing research : a survey and assessment / by Leo W. Simmons and Virginia Henderson	New York : Appleton-Century-Grofts, 1964
4809	4808	WY 32 C914l 1975	Law every nurse should know / Helen Creighton.	Philadelphia : Saunders, 1975.
4810	4809	WY 32 L622n 1965	Legal aspects of nursing;"Nursing practice and the law / by Milton J. Lesnik, Bernice E. Anderson."	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1965.
4811	4810	WY 85 G654s 1932	The Social and ethical significance of nursing / Annie Warburton Goodrich	New York : Macmillan, 1932
4812	4811	WY 85 H417m 1964	Moral principles of nursing / by Edward J. Hayes ... [et al.]	New York : Macmillan, 1964
4813	4812	WY 85 ส122จ 2505	จรรยาพยาบาล / สงวนวรรณ เฟื่องเพ็ชร	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์มหามกุฎราชวิทยาลัย, 2505
4814	4813	WY 87 A182h 1964	Handbook for psychiatric nurses / Brain Ackner	London : Bailliere, Tindall, 1964
4815	4814	WY 87 C593h 1956	Human development and learning / Lester D. Crow, Alice Crow.	New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold, c1965.
4816	4815	WY 87 C597m 1942	Mental hygiene for community nursing / Eric Kent Clarke	Minneapolis : The University of Minnesota Press, 1942
4817	4816	WY 87 C597p 1960	Psychology in nursing / Wendell W. Cruze	New York : McGraw-Hill, 1960
4818	4817	WY 87 C973p 1946	Psychology of nurses : designed and written for student nurses / Bess V. Cunningham	New York : Appleton-Century, 1946
4819	4818	WY 87 C973p 1951	Psychology for nurses / Bess V. Cunningham	New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1951
4820	4819	WY 87 H845o 1966	The Order of presentation in persuasion / by Carl I. Hovland ... [et al.]	Mew Haven : Yale University Press, 1966
4821	4820	WY 87 M958n 1950	The Nature and direction of psychiatric nursing : the dynamics of human relationships in nursing / Theresa Grace Muller	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1950
4822	4821	WY 87 M966n 1980	The Nurse's communication handbook / Harry E. Munn, Jr.	Germantown, Md. : Aspen Systems, 1980.
4823	4822	WY 87 N974 1974	Nursing of families in crisis / edited by Joanne E. Hall and Barbara R. Weaver.	Philadelphia : Lippincott, 1974.
4824	4823	WY 87 O36p 1966	Psychology and the nurse / by Frank J. O'Hara and Herman R. Reith.	Philadelphia : W.B. Saunders, (c.1966)
4825	4824	WY 87 S713p 1964	Psychology in education / Herbert Sorenson	New York : McGraw-Hill, [1964]
4826	4825	WY 87 จ221ส 2522	สังคมวิทยาสำหรับพยาบาล / จำเรียง กูรมะสุวรรณ	กรุงเทพฯ : คณะพยาบาลศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
4827	4826	WZ 309 ศ231ห 2522	หมอไทย ยาไทย / โครงการเผยแพร่เอกลักษณ์ไทยทางโทรทัศน์และวิทยุกระจายเสียง	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2521
4828	4827	สร กห.363 1/ 2522	สถิติผลงานกรมแพทย์ทหารเรือปีงบประมาณ / กรมแพทย์ทหารเรือ	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 25--
4829	4828	สร กห0609 1/ 25-	รายงานกิจการสายแพทย์ กองทัพอากาศ ประจำปีงบประมาณ / รวบรวมโดย กองวิทยาการ กรมแพทย์ทหารอากาศ	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2537-
4830	4829	สร กห0629.1 1.1/ 2521	การประชุมวิชาการทางการแพทย์ ครั้งที่ 1 ศุกร์ที่ 27 มกราคม 2521 / กรมแพทย์ทหารอากาศ	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2521
4831	4830	สร กห0629.1 1.2/ 2524	รายงานสถิติผู้ป่วยเจ็บประจำปี / โรงพยาบาลภูมิพลอดุลยเดช	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2525-
4832	4831	สร กห0629.1 1.2/1 2524	รายงานสถิติ ประจำปี / กรมแพทย์ทหารอากาศ	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2524-
4833	4832	สร ทม0200 1.1/ 2521	การผลิตและพัฒนาบุคคลากรสาขาแพทยศาสตร์ : รายงานสรุปการประชุมสัมมนา วันศุกร์ที่ 16 มิถุนายน 2521 ณ ศูนย์สารนิเทศ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย / สำนักงานปลัดทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2521
4834	4833	สร ทม0200 1.1/1 2516	การทดสอบสัมฤทธิ์ผล : การประชุมวิชาการ / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัยของรัฐ และสำนักงานคณะกรรมการการศึกษาแห่งชาติ สำนักนายกรัฐมนตรี	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2516-
4835	4834	สร ทม0200 1.1/4 2518	รายงานฉบับย่อการสัมมนาเรื่อง แผนพัฒนาการศึกษาแห่งชาติ ระยะที่ 4 ณ ศูนย์สารนิเทศ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย 21-23 สิงหาคม 2518 / จัดโดย สำนักงานปลัดทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2518
4836	4835	สร ทม0200 2.2/ 2522	รายชื่อหน่วยงานสังกัดทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพ : ทบวง, 2522
4837	4836	สร ทม0200 6/ 2520-4	แผนพัฒนาการศึกษาระดับอุดมศึกษา ระยะที่ 4 พ.ศ.2520-2524 / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2520
4838	4837	สร ทม0200 6/ 2525-9	แผนพัฒนาการศึกษาระดับอุดมศึกษา ระยะที่ 5 พ.ศ.2525-2529 / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2525
4839	4838	สร ทม0207 2.1/ 2518	ประมวลงานวิจัยของอาจารย์ในสถาบันอุดมศึกษาและวิทยานิพนธ์ของนิสิตบัณฑิตปีการศึกษา / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2519-
4840	4839	สร ทม0207 2.1/1 2520	ประมวลงานวิจัยของอาจารย์ในสถาบันอุดมศึกษา = Summary of research works of teaching staff / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2520-
4841	4840	สร ทม0207 2.1/2 2521	ประมวลงานวิทยานิพนธ์ของนิสิตบัณฑิต ปีการศึกษา = Compilation of theses of graduate students academic year / กองวิชาการ ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2528-
4842	4841	สร ทม0207 2.1/2 2522	ประมวลวิทยานิพนธ์ของนิสิตบัณฑิต = Summary of theses of graduate students / ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : ทบวง, 2520-
4843	4842	สร ทม0300 1.1/1 2518	เวชศาสตร์ชุมชน : รายงานโปรแกรมการสอน ที่ คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย และอำเภอแก่งคอย จังหว้ดสระบุรี / โดยฝ่ายการศึกษา โครงการพัฒนาบริการอนามัยชุมชนและการศึกษาของบุคคลากรฝ่ายการแพทย์และอนามัย จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519-2521
4844	4843	สร ทม0300 2.5/ 2518-20	บทคัดย่อผลงานวิจัย / จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2518
4845	4844	สร ทม0311 1.1/ 2513	การประชุมวิชาการประจำปี 2512 คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณมหาวิทยาลัย วันที่ 12-16 พฤษภาคม 2512	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2512
4846	4845	สร ทม0311 1.1/ 2520	การจัดการศึกษาด้านการสาธารณสุขให้สอดคล้องกับแผนพัฒนาสาธารณสุขแห่งชาติ ะยะที่ 4 7-12 พฤษภาคม 2520 ณ ภูเก็ต ไอแลนด์รีสอร์ จังหวัดภูเก็ต / หน่วยแพทยศาสตร์ศึกษา จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย และมหาวิทยาลัยสงขลานครินทร์	กรุงเทพฯ : หน่วยแพทยศาสตร์ศึกษา จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2520
4847	4846	สร ทม0311 1.2/ 1965	Statistical report / Faculty of Medicine & Chulalongkorn Hospital, Chulalongkorn University	Bangkok : The University, 1965-
4848	4847	สร ทม0311 6/ 2522	หลักสูตรแพทยศาสตร์บัณฑิต คณะแพทยศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย พ.ศ. 2522 / คณะแพทยศาสตร์จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522-
4849	4848	สร ทม0313 2.1/ 2522	บรรณานุกรมด้านประชากรศาสตร์ของประเทศไทย อดีต-พ.ศ. 2522 / นพวรรณ จงวัฒนา	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันประชากรศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2524
4850	4849	สร ทม0313 2.3/1 1977	The Survey of fertility in Thailand : country report a joint project of Institute of Population Studies, Chulalongkorn University and Population Survey Division, National Statistical Office	Bangkok : The Institute, 1977-
4851	4850	สร ทม0313 2.3/1 2522	ภาวะการสมรส : ปัญหาและนโยบาย = Nuptiality patterns : problems and policy / ภัสสร ลิมานนท์	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันประชากรศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย กองวางแผนประชากรและกำลังคน สำนักงานคณะกรรมการพัฒนาการเศรษฐกิจและสังคมแห่งชาติ, 2522
4852	4851	สร ทม0313 2.3/30 2522	การเปลี่ยนแปลงภาวะเจริญพันธุ์และภาวะการตายในประเทศไทย พ.ศ. 2493-2518 / โดย คณะกรรมการประชากรศาสตร์ฝ่ายประเทศไทยและอื่น ๆ	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันประชากรศาสตร์ จุฬาลงกรณ์มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522
4853	4852	สร ทม0507 2.3/ 1976	Progress report January-September 1976 Re : Volunteer Health Workers (Thailand) a research project carried out by Faculty of Medicine, Khon Kaen University Khon Kaen, Thailand	Khon Kaen : The University, [1976?]
4854	4853	สร ทม0507 4/ 2515	คำชี้แจงเรื่องขอความเห็นชอบในการจัดตั้งคณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยขอนแก่น สำนักนายกรัฐมนตรี / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยขอนแก่น	ขอนแก่น : มหาวิทยาลัย, [2515?]
4855	4854	สร ทม0507 6/ 2515	คำชี้แจงเรื่องการขอความเห็นชอบหลักสูตรแพทยศาสตร์บัณฑิต มหาวิทยาขอนแก่น / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยขอนแก่น	ขอนแก่น : มหาวิทยาลัย, [2525?]
4856	4855	สร ทม0800 1.1/(1)/1-3 2522	รายงานการประเมินผลการประชุมอบรมศึกษาแพทยศาสตร์ของไทย ครั้งที่ 1-3 (พ.ศ. 2499, พ.ศ. 2507, พ.ศ. 2514) : เอกสารประกอบการประชุมอบรมศึกษาแพทยศาสตร์ของชาติ ครั้งที่ 4 / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2522
4857	4856	สร ทม0800 1.1/1 1956	The First Thai National conference on medical education Bang-Saen, Thailand November 25-30, 1956(B.E.2499) final report.	Bangkok 1957
4858	4857	สร ทม0800 1.1/1 2499	ประชุมการอบรมศึกษาแพทยศาสตร์ของไทย วันที่ 25-30 พฤศจิกายน พ.ศ. 2499 รวมรายงานการประชุม / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2500
4859	4858	สร ทม0800 1.1/2 1964	The Second Thai National conference on medical education Sala Santitham, Bangkok, Thailand August 17-22, 1964 (B.E.2507) final report	Bangkok : 1969
4860	4859	สร ทม0800 1.1/2 2507	รายงานประชุมการอบรมศึกษาแพทยศาสตร์ของไทย วันที่ 17-22 สิงหาคม 2507 ณ ศาลาสันติธรรม / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2508
4861	4860	สร ทม0800 1.1/3 2514	การผลิตแพทย์ให้เหมาะสมกับความต้องการของสังคมไทยในระยะ 10 ปี : การประชุมการอบรม 9-11 พฤศจิกายน 2514 ณ คณะแพทยศาสตร์ โรงพยาบาลรามาธิบดี มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2515
4862	4861	สร ทม0800 1.1/4 2522	การศึกษาแพทย์เพื่อสุขภาพของทุกคนใน 20 ปีข้างหน้า : การประชุมอบรม 29 ตุลาคม-2 พฤศจิกายน 2522 ณ โรงแรมแอมบาสซาเดอร์ กรุงเทพมหานคร	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพิมพ์ ร.ส.พ, [2522?]
4863	4862	สร ทม0800 1.1/9 2519	ชีววิทยาการสืบพันธุ์ : สัมมนาวิชาการ บทคัดย่อ 9-10 กันยายน 2519 ณ ห้อง Pr 201 คณะวิทยาศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล ถนนพระราม 6 กรุงเทพฯ / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2519
4864	4863	สร ทม0800 1.3/ 2516	การศึกษาแพทยศาสตร์ด้านอนามัยชุมชน : รายงานการประชุมปฏิบัติการ วันที่ 14-18 พฤษภาคม 2516 ณ โรงแรมพัทยาพาเลช จังหวัดชลบุรี / จัดโดยมหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล ทบวงมหาวิทยาลัยของรัฐ สำนักนายกรัฐมนตรี	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2516
4865	4864	สร ทม0800 1.4/ 1974	Mahidol University annual research abstracts	Bangkok : Mahidol University, 1973-
4866	4865	สร ทม0800 1.4/ 1977	Mahidol University annual research abstracts and bibliography of non-formal publications	Bangkok : The University, 1975-
4867	4866	สร ทม0800 1/ 2504-5	รายงานประจำปี / มหาวิทยาลัยแพทยศาสตร์	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2504-
4868	4867	สร ทม0800 1/ 2508-9	มหาวิทยาลัยแพทยศาสตร์ สำนักนายกรัฐมนตรี แถลงการณ์การศึกษา / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2504-
4869	4868	สร ทม0801.07 2.1/1 1971	Bibliography of bibliographical books catalogued in Siriraj Medical Library.	Bangkok : Mahidol University, 1971.
4870	4869	สร ทม0801.07 2.1/3 1973	Bibliography of population and family planning.	Bangkok : Mahidol University, 1973.
4871	4870	สร ทม0801.07 2.1/5 1975	Tuberculosis bibliography in Siriraj Medical Library.	Bangkok : Siriraj Medical Library Mahidol University, 1975.
4872	4871	สร ทม0801.07 2.1/6 1976	Gastrointestinal bibliography in Siriraj Medical Library.	Bangkok : Mahidol University, 1976.
4873	4872	สร ทม0805 1.2/ 1969	Statistical report 1969 Ramathibodi Hospital	Bangkok : The University, [1969?]
4874	4873	สร ทม0806 1.1/4 2517	การประชุมใหญ่ทางวิชาการแห่งศิริราช : รายการประชุม 22-27 เมษายน 2517 ณ คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล / [จัดโดย] คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2517
4875	4874	สร ทม0806 1.2/ 1963	Statistical report / Tumour Registry Cancer Institute Siriraj Hospital.	Bangkok : Faculty of Medicine Siriraj Hostital Mahidol University, 1960-
4876	4875	สร ทม0806 6/ 2521	หลักสูตรแพทยศาสตร์บัณฑิต พ.ศ. 2521 / คณะแพทยศาสตร์ศิริรราชพยาบาล มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
4877	4876	สร ทม0809 8.4/ 2504	ที่ระลึก พิธีเปิดคณะอายุรศาสตร์เขตร้อน มหาวิทยาลัยแพทยศาสตร์ 11 ส.ค. 2504 / คณะอายุรศาสตร์เขตร้อน มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2504
4878	4877	สร ทม0811 1.1/ 2520	รายงานการสัมมนาอนาคตของการพัฒนาบุคลากรสาธารณสุข / คณะสาธารณสุขศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, [2520?]
4879	4878	สร ทม0811 1.3/ 1978	The First international group training course on the rural health services delivery system 1 March - 26 April 1978 jointly conducted by Faculty of Public Health, Mahidol University and the Department of Technical and Economic Cooperation / Faculty of Public Health Mahidol University sponsered by the Government of Thailand	Bangkok : The University, 1978
4880	4879	สร ทม0811 2.3/ 2517-8	รายงานการปฏิบัติงานพัฒนาอนามัยชนบทเบ็ดเสร็จของนักศึกษาและอาจารย์มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล ปีการศึกษา / คณะสาธารณสุขศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2514-
4881	4880	สร ทม0813 1.4/ 1978	Research abstracts / Prince of Songkla University.	Songkla : The University, 1976-
4882	4881	สร ทม0813 6/ 2510	ระเบียบการและหลักสูตรบัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยแพทยศาสตร์ ปีการศึกษา / มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2510-
4883	4882	สร ทม0814 1.1/ 2520	การศึกษาด้านพฤติกรรมการเจริญพันธุ์และการวางแผนครอบครัวของไทย : การสัมมนาทางวิชาการ วันที่ 19-21 มกราคม 2520 / โดยสถาบันวิจัยประชากรและสังคมและฝ่ายพัฒนาและวางแผน มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบัน, [2521?]
4884	4883	สร ทม0814 1.1/ 2522	การพัฒนาและความแตกต่างในภาวะเจริญพันธุ์ในภูมิภาคของประเทศไทย: รายงานการสัมมนา,25-28 กรกฎาคม 2522 / จัดโดย คณะกรรมการประชากรศาสตร์ฝ่ายไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันวิจัยประชากรและสังคม มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2523
4885	4884	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 1970	Nuptiality in Thailand : a cross-sectional analysis of the 1970 census / Aphichat Chamratrithirong	Bangkok : Institute for Population and Social Research, Mahidol University, 1979
4886	4885	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 1977	A Follow up study of vasectomized men in Thailand / Chanya Sethaput, Boonlert Leoprapai	Bangkok : The University, 1977
4887	4886	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 1977	Comparative social and health statistics for Thailand by Amphoe : 1975 / Institute for Population and Social Research Mahidol University	Bangkok : The University 1977
4888	4887	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 1978	A study of the acceptability of the routes of administration of fertility regulating methods in Thailand / Soontaree Suvipakit	Bangkok : Institute for Population and Social Research, Mahidol University , 1978
4889	4888	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 1979	Recent migrants in Bangkok metropolis : a follow-up study of migrants' adjustment, assimilation and integration / Aphichat Chamratrithirong	Bangkok : Institute for Population and Social Research, Mahidol University, 1979
4890	4889	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 2520	ภาวะเจริญพันธุ์และการวางแผนครอบครัวของสตรีในกรุงเทพมหานคร : รายงานการศึกษา / สุนทรี สุวิปกิจ	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันวิจัยประชากรและสังคม มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2530
4891	4890	สร ทม0814 2.3/ 2521	การติดตามผลการผ่าตัดทำหมันชายในประเทศไทย / โดย จรรยา เศรษฐบุตร และบุญเลิศ เลี้ยวประไพ	กรุงเทพฯ : มหาวิทยาลัย, 2521
4892	4891	สร ทม0814 2.3/1 2521	การจัดองค์การงานวางแผนครอบครัวของกรุงเทพมหานคร : การศึกษามุ่งที่พนักงานวางแผนครอบครัวเป็นพิเศษ / โดย ปราโมทย์ ประสาทกุล ... [และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันวิจัยประชากรและสังคม มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2521
4893	4892	สร ทม0814 2.3/36 2522	สถานสภาพสตรีกับการเจริญพันธุ์ : การศึกษาสตรีในชุมชนภาคใต้แห่งหนึ่งเพื่อเปรียบเทียบกับสตรีในกรุงเทพมหานคร / [ปราโมทย์ ประสาทกุล ... และคนอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันวิจัยประชากรและสังคม มหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2522
4894	4893	สร ทม0814 2.3/5 1974	Male sterilization in Thailand : a follow-up study / Robert G. Burnight, Verasing Muangmun and Michael J. Cook	Bangkok : Institute for Population and Social Research, Mahidol University , 1974
4895	4894	สร ทม0814 2.3/64 2512-21	ภาวะการหย่าร้างของประชากรไทย ระหว่างปี พ.ศ. 2512-2521 : การศึกษาจากทะเบียนการหย่า / วันทนา กลิ่นงาม	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบันวิจัยประชากรและสังคม มใหาวิทยาลัยมหิดล, 2525
4896	4895	สร นร0900 1.1(1)/ 2512	เอกสารประกอบการสัมมนาการวางแผนการศึกษาระดับชาติ วันที่ 7-11 กรกฎาคม 2512 / สำนักนายกรัฐมนตรี	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนัก, 2512
4897	4896	สร นร0900 1.1/2 2510	การบริหารงานมหาวิทยาลัย : รายงานการสัมมนามหาวิทยาลัย 29-31 กรกฎาคม 2510 ณ สวางคนิวาส สมุทรปราการ / สำนักงานปลัดสำนักนายกรัฐมนตรี และสำนักงานสภาการศึกษาแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงานสภาการศึกษาแห่งชาติ, 2511
4898	4897	สร พท0100 1.1/15 2514	รายการการประชุมทางวิชาการส่วนภูมิภาค ครั้งที่ 15 ของแพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์ 2-4 ธันวาคม 2514 ณ ศูนย์ฝึกอบรมอนามัยภาคตะวันออกเฉียงเหนือ จังหวัดขอนแก่น	กรุงเทพ : แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยฯ, 2514
4899	4898	สร พท0100 1.1/15.1 2514	การประชุมทางวิชาการส่วนภูมิภาค ขอนแก่น 2-4 ธันวาคม 2514 / [จัดโดย] แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยฯ	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2514
4900	4899	สร พท0100 1.1/16 2515	รายการและย่อคำบรรยาย : การประชุมทางวิชาการส่วนภูมิภาค วันที่ 2-4 ธันวาคม 2515 ณ โรงแรมรถไฟ หัวหิน / แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2515
4901	4900	สร พท0100 1.1/17 2516	รายการและย่อคำบรรยาย : การประชุมใหญ่ทางวิชาการส่วนภูมิภาค วันที่ 26-28 พฤศจิกายน 2516 ณ หอประชุมเทศบาลเมืองภูเก็ต / [จัดโดย] แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2516
4902	4901	สร พท0100 1.1/20 2520	รายการและย่อคำบรรยาย : การประชุมใหญ่ทางวิชาการส่วนภูมิภาค วันที่ 14-16 มกราคม 2520 ณ มหาวิทยาลัยสงขลานครินทร์ อำเภอหาดใหญ่ จังหวัดสงขลา / [จัดโดย] แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยฯ	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, [2520]
4903	4902	สร พท0100 1.1/22 2521	รายการย่อและคำบรรยาย : การประชุมใหญ่ทางวิชาการส่วนภูมิภาค วันที่ 21-23 ตุลาคม 2521 ณ วิทยาลัยพยาบาล และโรงพยาบาลพระปกเกล้า จันทบุรี / [จัดโดย] แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2521
4904	4903	สร พท0100 2.2/ 2498	ทำเนียบนามสมาชิก / แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยฯ	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2522-
4905	4904	สร พท0100 2.2/ 2500	นามานุกรม รายนามสมาชิก แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทย ในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์ ปี พ.ศ. 2500 / แพทยสมาคมแห่งประเทศไทยฯ	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2500
4906	4905	สร วทพ0400 1.6/ 2522	รายงานการไปศึกษา ดูงาน ฝึกอบรม ประชุมและสัมมนา ณ ต่างประเทศ ของข้าราชการและพนักงานรัฐวิสาหกิจ / กองวิเคราะห์โครงการและประเมินผล สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2500-
4907	4906	สร วทพ0403 2.1/ 2516-20	ทำเนียบโครงการวิจัย ซึ่งได้รับทุนอุดหนุนจากสำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ / สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2503-
4908	4907	สร วทพ0403 2.1/4 2520	ทำเนียบโครงการวิจัยทางวิทยาศาสตร์และเทคโนโลยีในประเทศไทย / กองทะเบียนการวิจัย สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2520-
4909	4908	สร วทพ0403 2.2/ 2517	ทำเนียบนักวิจัยและผู้ทรงคุณวุฒิในประเทศไทย : สาขาวิทยาศาสตร์กายภาพและคณิตศาสตร์ / สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2517-
4910	4909	สร วทพ0403 2.2/1 2519	ทำเนียบนักวิจัยและผู้ทรงคุณวุฒิในประเทศไทย สาขาวิทยาศาสตร์การแพทย์ / สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2517-
4911	4910	สร วทพ0403 2.2/2 2519	ทำเนียบนักวิจัยและผู้ทรงคุณวุฒิในประเทศไทย : สาขาวิทยาศาสตร์เคมีและเภสัช / สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2517-
4912	4911	สร วทพ0403 2.5/ 2521	วิทยาศาสตร์และเทคโนโลยีเพื่อการพัฒนาภาคเหนือ : บทคัดย่อการประชุม 22-24 ธันวาคม 2521 คณะวิทยาศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม่ / จัดโดย สมาคมวิทยาศาสตร์แห่งประเทศไทยฯ ... [และอื่น ๆ]	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2521
4913	4912	สร วทพ0403 8.1/ 2522	แผนงานวิจัยของชาติตามนโยบายและแนวทางการวิจัยของชาติ ฉบับที่ห้า (พ.ศ.2540-2544) / สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัยแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2541
4914	4913	สร วทพ0405 1.1/ 2521	รายงานการสัมมนาวิชาการแห่งชาติเรื่อง ประชากรของประเทศไทย ครั้งที่ 4 21-25 สิงหาคม 2521 / สำนักงานคณะกรรมการวิจัย	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, [2521?]
4915	4914	สร วพ5101 2.5/ 2520	Abstracts of master theses in Thailand, 1944-1974 = สาระสังเขป วิทยานิพนธ์ บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย 2487-2517	Bangkok : Applied Scientific Research Corporation of Thailand, 1977.
4916	4915	สร วศท0100 1.1/3 2521	การประชุมประจำปี 2521 : บทคัดย่อ รายงานกิจการเอกสารวิชาการ วันที่ 19-22 กรกฎาคม 2521 / วิทยาลัยศัลยแพทย์แห่งประเทศไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : วิทยาลัย, 2521
4917	4916	สร วศท0100 1.1/4 2522	การประชุมประจำปี วิทยาลัยศัลยแพทย์แห่งประเทศไทย ของแพทยสภา บทคัดย่อ รายงานกิจการทำเนียบสมาชิก วันที่ 7-9 กรกฎาคม 2522 พัทยาชลบุรี / วิทยาลัยศัลยแพทย์แห่งประทศไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : วิทยาลัย, 2522
4918	4917	สร สคช 1.1/ 2522	สมุนไพรยาพื้นบ้านลานนาไทย : รายงานการประชุมสัมมนา วันที่ 19-21 มกราคม 2522 ณ ตึกวินยาภรณ์ วัดเจดีย์หลวง อ.เมือง จ.เชียงใหม่ / โดยสมาคมสงเคราะห์ครอบครัวเชียงใหม่ ในความอุปถัมภ์ของสมาคมสงเคราะห์แห่งประเทศไทยในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์	เชียงใหม่ : สมาคม, 2522
4919	4918	สร สพสท 1.1/ 2522	วารสารข่าวแพทย์สตรีฉบับประชุมใหญ่สามัญประจำปี 21 ตุลาคม 2522 / [จัดโดย] สมาคมแพทย์สตรีแห่งประเทศไทยในพระบรมราชูปถัมภ์.	กรุงเทพ : สมาคม, 2522.
4920	4919	สร สส 0607 2.3/ 2521	การศึกษาและวิจัยสุขาภิบาลร้านอาหารในจังหวัดเชียงใหม่ / พัฒน์ สุจำนงค์	กรุงเทพฯ : กองสุขาภิบาล, 2521
4921	4920	สร สส0100 1.1/ 2511	รายงานการประชุมประสานงานการแพทย์ 7-10 เมษยน 2511 ณ ศาลาสันติธรรม และโรงพยาบาลสงฆ์ / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวงสาธารณสุข, [2511?]
4922	4921	สร สส0100 1.1/ 2519	การอบรมครูสอนเจ้าหน้าที่และอาสาสมัครสาธารณสุข โดยความร่วมมือของมหาวิทยาลัยศรีนครินทร์วิโรฒ พิษณุโลก 1-12 มีนาคม 2519 / โครงการลำปาง กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, [2519?]
4923	4922	สร สส0100 1.1/ 2522	การป้องกันตาบอด : การสัมมนา 20-21 พฤศจิกายน 2522 ณ โรงพยาบาลสงฆ์ / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวงสาธารณสุข, 2522
4924	4923	สร สส0100 1.1/2 2522	การวิจัยบริการสาธารณสุข : การสัมมนาระดับชาติ = Report of national seminar on health services research วันที่ 5-10 กุมภาพันธ์ 2522 ณ โรงแรมรถไฟ จังหวัดเชียงใหม่ / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2522
4925	4924	สร สส0100 8.4/15 2500	อนุสรณ์กระทรวงสาธารณสุข ครบ 15 ปี พ.ศ. 2485-2500 / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2510
4926	4925	สร สส0100 8.4/20 2505	อนุสรณ์กระทรวงสาธารณสุข ครบ 20 ปี พ.ศ. 2485-2505 / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2505
4927	4926	สร สส0100 8.4/25 2510	อนุสรณ์สาธารณสุข ครบรอบ 25 ปี แห่งการสถาปนากระทรวงสาธารณสุข พ.ศ 2485-2510 / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, [2510?]
4928	4927	สร สส0200 1.1/3 2522	ข้อเสนอและผลการสัมมนาเรื่องประเด็นสำคัญในการกำหนดแนวนโยบายพัฒนาการสาธารณสุขและวางแผนกำลังคนระยะยาว (ฉบับแก้ไขครั้งที่ 2) 1-2 พฤษภาคม 2522 / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2522
4929	4928	สร สส0208 1.1/ 2521	การสาธารณสุขมูลฐาน : รายงานการประชุม แถลงการณ์ และข้อเสนอแนะ จากการประชุมนานาชาติ = Report of international conference on primary health care Alma Ata 6-12 Steptember 1978 6-12 กันยายน 2521 ณ กรุงอัลมา อตา สหภาพโซเวียต / Organized by WHO and UNICEF กองแผนงานสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กองแผนงานสาธารณสุข, 2521
4930	4929	สร สส0208 6/ 2520	รายละเอียดโครงการฝึกอบรมและพัฒนาบุคลากรตามแผนพัฒนาเศรษฐกิจและสังคมแห่งชาติ ฉบับที่ 4 พ.ศ. 2520 - 2524 / กองแผนงานสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กอง, 2520
4931	4930	สร สส0213 2.3/ 2512	ข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับโรงเรียนพยาบาล 2510 = Facts about schools of nursing 1967 / สำนักงานปลัดกระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : สำนักงาน, 2512
4932	4931	สร สส0216 1.1/นร 2518-20	รายงานผลงาน / โรงพยาบาลนครราชสีมา	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพยาบาล, 2521-
4933	4932	สร สส0219 1.1/ 1973	The First national seminar on sterilization at the Faculty of Medicine Ramathibodi Hospital December, 19-20-21, 1973 / The National Family Planning Program Ministry of Public Health	Bangkok : The Ministry, [1973?]
4934	4933	สร สส0219 8.6/ 2520	คำบรรยายประกอบการสอนการวางแผนครอบครัว / โครงการวางแผนครอบครัว กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2520
4935	4934	สร สส0300 1.1/ 2521	บทบาทของโรงพยาบาลในสถานการณ์ปัจจุบันของการพัฒนาสาธารณสุขแห่งชาติ : รายงานการการประชุมสัมมนา วันที่ 28-29 ธันวาคม 2521 ณ โรงพยาบาลสงฆ์ / กรมการแพทย์, กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2521
4936	4935	สร สส0300 1.1/1 2519	การอนามัยครอบครัวและการวางแผนครอบครัว : รายงานการประชุมสัมมนา 19-30 มถุนายน 2519 / จัดโดย กรมการแพทย์, กระทรวงสาธารณสุข และคณะสาธารณสุขศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยฮาไว	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2520
4937	4936	สร สส0300 1.1/15 2507	รวมเรื่องการประชุมนายแพทย์ผู้อำนวยการโรงพยาบาลในสังกัดกรมการแพทย์ ครั้งที่ 15 พ.ศ. 2507 / กรมการแพทย์	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2508
4938	4937	สร สส0300 1.1/2 2520	การอนามัยครอบครัวและการวางแผนครอบครัว : รายงานการประชุมสัมมนา 1-10 มถุนายน 2520 ณ โรงพยาบาลสวนปรุง จังหวัดเชียงใหม่ / จัดโดย กรมการแพทย์, กระทรวงสาธารณสุข และคณะสาธารณสุขศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยฮาไว	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2521
4939	4938	สร สส0300 1.1/4 2521	บทบาทของโรงพยาบาลทั่วไปในการให้บริการอนามัยครอบครัวและการวางแผนครอบครัว (ภาคตะวันออก) : การสัมมนา วันที่ 13-18 มีนาคม 2521 ณ โรงพยาบาลจิตเวช ขอนแก่น / จัดโดย กรมการแพทย์ กระทรวงสาธารณสุข และคณะสาธารณสุขศาสตร์ มหาวิทยาลัยฮาวาย	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2521
4940	4939	สร สส0300 1.2/ 1964	Statistical report / Ministry of Public Health	Bangkok : The Ministry, 1962-
4941	4940	สร สส0306 1/ 2516	ผลงานประจำปีงบประมาณ / สถาบันมะเร็งแห่งชาติ	กรุงเทพฯ : สถาบัน, 2515-
4942	4941	สร สส0309 1.1(1)/ 2520-1	รวมปาฐกถาประชุมวิชาการสี่สถาบัน : ร.พ.ราชวิถี ร.พ. เด็ก สถาบันโรคผิวหนัง สถาบันพยาธิวิทยา 2520-21 / โรงพยาบาลราชวิถี	กรุงเทพฯ : โรงพยาบาล, 2521
4943	4942	สร สส0309 1.2/ 1964	Statistical report 19-- / Women's and Children's Hospital	Bangkok : Women's and Childrens Hospital, 1961
4944	4943	สร สส0309 1.2/ 2508	รายงานสถิติ ประจำปี / กองโรงพยาบาลหญิง	กรุงเทพฯ :\|กอง, 2508-
4945	4944	สร สส0510 1/ 1975	Annual report of the Virus Research Institute for 1975-76	Bangkok : The Department, [1976-1977?]
4946	4945	สร สส0600 1.1(1)/ 2518	การอบรมและใช้อาสาอนามัยประจำหมู่บ้านตามโครงการให้บริการสาธารณสุขระดับปลาย = Training and utilization of village health worker / กรมอนามัย	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2518
4947	4946	สร สส0600 1.1/ 2505	การประชุมพัฒนาการอนามัยของนายแพทย์อนามัยจังหวัดทั่วราชอาณาจักร วันที่ 2-10 กรกฏาคม 2505 / กรมอนามัย, กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2505
4948	4947	สร สส0600 1.1/ 2506	รายงานการประชุมพัฒนาการอนามัยภาคเหนือ วันที่ 11-16 พฤศจิกายน 2506 ณ หอประชุมติโลกราช จังหวัดเชียงใหม่ / กรมอนามัย กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	เชียงใหม่ : กรม, 2506
4949	4948	สร สส0600 1.1/14 2513	เอกสารอ้างอิงการบริหารงานสาธารณสุข / รวบรวมโดย กรมอนามัย	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2531
4950	4949	สร สส0600 2.3/ 2503-6	การประเมินผลโครงการพัฒนาการอนามัยท้องถิ่น รอบ 14 ปี (2503-2516) / กระทรวงสาธารณสุข	กรุงเทพฯ : กระทรวง, 2518
4951	4950	สร สส0600 2.3/ 2518	รายงานการศึกษาร่วมกันขององค์การอนามัยโลกและองค์การสงเคราะห์เด็กแห่งสหประชาชาติเรื่องวิธีการต่าง ๆ ในการสนองความต้องการพื้นฐานทางด้านสาธารณสุขของประชาชนในประเทศต่าง ๆ ที่กำลังพัฒนา / กรมอนามัย	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2518
4952	4951	สร สส0608 2.1/ 25060-26	บรรณานุกรมด้านการวางแผนครอบครัวในประเทศไทย (2506-2526) = Bibliography on family planning in Thailand (1963-1983) / กองอนามัยครอบครัว	กรุงเทพฯ : กอง, 2526
4953	4952	สร สส0611 8.2/ 2515	งานอาชีวอนามัยในประเทศไทย / กรมอนามัย	กรุงเทพฯ : กรม, 2515
4954	4953	สร สสพท 2.2/ 2520	ทำเนียบสมาชิกสมาคม โสต ศอ นาสิก แพทย์แห่งประเทศไทย = Directory of the Otoloryngologic Society of Thailand / สมาคม โสต ศอ นาสิก แพทย์แห่งประเทศไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2520
4955	4954	สร สสพท 8.6/2 2522	บทความวิชาการการประชุมวิชาการประจำปี สมาคม โสต ศอ นาสิกแพทย์แห่งประเทศไทย	กรุงเทพฯ : สมาคม, 2522-